Southwest Archives - Dani The Explorer https://dani-the-explorer.com/category/north-america/united-states/southwest/ Inspiring you to explore life's magic Tue, 28 Nov 2023 04:07:06 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.4.2 https://dani-the-explorer.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/cropped-d2a74d-32x32.png Southwest Archives - Dani The Explorer https://dani-the-explorer.com/category/north-america/united-states/southwest/ 32 32 200682285 Scottsdale Food Guide, AZ — All The Best Places To Eat https://dani-the-explorer.com/scottsdale-food-guide/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/scottsdale-food-guide/#respond Tue, 28 Nov 2023 04:00:04 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56774 Scottsdale, Arizona, oh how you’ve captured my culinary heart! With a food scene as vibrant and diverse as the stunning desert landscapes surrounding the city, Scottsdale deserves its own moment in the foodie spotlight.  This ultimate guide is full of my recommendations on where to eat in Scottsdale, whether you’re a first-time visitor or new […]

The post Scottsdale Food Guide, AZ — All The Best Places To Eat appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Scottsdale, Arizona, oh how you’ve captured my culinary heart!

With a food scene as vibrant and diverse as the stunning desert landscapes surrounding the city, Scottsdale deserves its own moment in the foodie spotlight. 

This ultimate guide is full of my recommendations on where to eat in Scottsdale, whether you’re a first-time visitor or new to the city.

So buckle up and prepare your palate, as we dive into the ultimate foodie journey through Scottsdale, Arizona, with a rundown of the best spots for breakfast, brunch, lunch, dinner, and dessert.

At the end, I’ve included a map of the best places to eat!

For more help planning your ultimate Scottsdale trip, I suggest checking out my other guides:

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

Breakfast: Rise and Dine

Butters Pancakes & Café — Delight in a breakfast feast at Butters Pancakes & Café, where the pancakes are light, fluffy, and utterly irresistible. Try their signature buttermilk stacks or venture into the savory realm with their omelets and breakfast burritos.

Daily Dose Old Town Bar & Grill — For a breakfast that packs a punch, Daily Dose is the place to be. Offering a mix of classic and contemporary dishes, their breakfast tacos and French toast are local legends.

Lo-Lo’s Chicken & Waffles — Experience the soulful flavors of the South with Lo-Lo’s Chicken & Waffles. This spot is famous for its crispy fried chicken paired with fluffy waffles, creating a harmonious blend of sweet and savory.

Arcadia Farms Café — Nestled in a charming cottage, Arcadia Farms Café serves breakfast with a side of serenity. Their quiches are a must-try, and their pastries are the perfect companion to a cup of coffee.

Brunch: Mid-Morning Indulgences

Olive & Ivy — Transport yourself to the Mediterranean at Olive & Ivy. Their smoked salmon flatbread and spinach and goat cheese omelet are crowd-pleasers, and the waterfront setting is simply sublime.

Hash Kitchen — Make your brunch interactive at Hash Kitchen, home to Arizona’s largest bloody mary bar. The menu is filled with innovative and hearty dishes, perfect for fueling a day of adventures.

Farm & Craft — Embrace wellness at Farm & Craft, where the focus is on sustainable and healthy dining. Their protein pancakes and avocado toast are as delicious as they are nutritious.

Lunch: Midday Bests

Café Monarch — For a luxurious lunch, Café Monarch is unparalleled. Their four-course menu changes weekly, ensuring a unique and memorable dining experience each time.

FnB — Celebrate Arizona’s agricultural bounty at FnB, where the menu is a love letter to local farmers and producers. The dishes are inventive, seasonal, and always satisfying.

Citizen Public House — Immerse yourself in the convivial atmosphere of Citizen Public House, known for its gastropub fare and extensive whiskey selection. The chopped salad is legendary.

Culinary Dropout — For a laid-back lunch with an edge, head to Culinary Dropout. Their menu is packed with elevated comfort food, from the soft pretzels with provolone fondue to the fried chicken.

Dinner: Evening Elegance

Pomo Pizzeria — Satisfy your pizza cravings at Pomo Pizzeria, where the pies are authentic, the ingredients are fresh, and the flavors are unforgettable.

Roaring Fork — Indulge in the bold and hearty flavors of the American West at Roaring Fork. Their wood-grilled steaks and spicy fish tacos are not to be missed.

Mastro’s City Hall Steakhouse — For a swanky steakhouse experience, Mastro’s City Hall is the place to be. The steaks are cooked to perfection, and the seafood is equally impressive.

The Mission Old Town — Dive into the rich flavors of Latin cuisine at The Mission. From the tableside guacamole to the slow-roasted pork shoulder, every dish is a work of art.

Dessert: Sweet Sensations

Sugar Bowl — Step into a world of nostalgia at Sugar Bowl, Scottsdale’s iconic ice cream parlor. The malts, sundaes, and smiles are plentiful.

Sweet Republic — Explore artisanal ice cream at its finest at Sweet Republic. With unique flavors and top-quality ingredients, it’s a sweet lover’s paradise.

Map of Scottsdale Food Spots

Click here to view a live version of the map!

Overall

Scottsdale’s culinary scene is a treasure trove of flavors, textures, and experiences, with something to satisfy every palate.

From the first sip of coffee to the last bite of dessert, this city proves that it is indeed a foodie paradise.

So, embark on this gastronomic journey and discover the best food that Scottsdale, AZ, has to offer. Bon appétit!

Read next: For more travel inspiration, check out my Things to do in Scottsdale post.

The post Scottsdale Food Guide, AZ — All The Best Places To Eat appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/scottsdale-food-guide/feed/ 0 56774
Things to Do in Zion National Park Besides Hiking | 13 Activities https://dani-the-explorer.com/things-to-do-in-zion-national-park-besides-hiking/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/things-to-do-in-zion-national-park-besides-hiking/#respond Tue, 28 Nov 2023 03:48:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56782 Hiking is often the first activity most people consider when visiting a national park in the US, and Zion is no different. But wouldn’t it be great to explore this magnificent Utah park without hiking? If you agree, you’ve come to the right place. There are plenty of things to do in Zion National Park […]

The post Things to Do in Zion National Park Besides Hiking | 13 Activities appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Hiking is often the first activity most people consider when visiting a national park in the US, and Zion is no different.

But wouldn’t it be great to explore this magnificent Utah park without hiking?

If you agree, you’ve come to the right place.

There are plenty of things to do in Zion National Park for non-hikers.

Whether you’re looking for a secluded excursion in the skies or a thrilling adventure gliding over sand dunes, this ultimate Zion National Park guide has got you covered.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

13 Things to Do at Zion National Park That Don’t Involve Hiking

When it comes to things to do, Zion National Park has it all.

From walking through marvelous slot canyons to driving among towering red rock formations, most activities in Zion National Park will leave you awe-struck and wanting more.

Let’s dive into some of the best things to do in Zion National Park without having to go hiking.

1. Scenic Drive on the Zion Mount Carmel Highway

If you don’t feel like hiking, then perhaps a drive through Zion National Park is right up your alley.

And it doesn’t get any better than the Zion Mount Carmel Highway.

It’s arguably the best scenic drive through the national park, traversing 10 miles from east Zion to the southern entrance.

Along the way, you’ll drive through stunning views of red mountainous scenery, grazing wildlife, and the 1.1-mile Zion Mount Carmel Tunnel that connects this national park to Bryce Canyon

Note: Private vehicles are not allowed on the Zion Canyon Scenic Drive when the park shuttle is operational (more on that later). This is to reduce traffic congestion within the park.

2. Go Bike Riding

Biking is a fantastic way to experience the best of Zion.

Being the only hiking path that allows bicycles, the paved Pa’rus Trail is the top choice for biking through Zion National Park. 

Rent a bike in Springdale and ride through mesmerizing scenery from the South Campground all the way to the Temple of Sinawava.

You can also bike on all of the park’s roadways, so feel free to take on the Zion Mount Carmel Highway for more spectacular viewpoints.

Note: Biking on other trails besides Pa’rus is strictly prohibited. The park also requires you to always wear a helmet and stay clear of the Zion Mount Carmel Tunnel for safety reasons. 

3. Take a UTV Riding Tour

Riding UTVs is an excellent way to see Zion’s most remote areas.

This UTV riding tour takes you through the rugged terrains of East Zion to captivating slot canyons.

You’ll enjoy a thrilling four-wheel-drive experience followed by a magical walk through deep slot canyons. 

4. Go Off-Roading on a Jeep Tour

If you’re up for a more adventurous off-roading experience, look no further than this guided Jeep tour to the majestic Red Canyon. 

This excursion is one of the most ideal things to do in Zion National Park if you’re not keen on hiking.

The tour takes you through awe-inspiring views as you ride through rough terrains and walk along the towering red walls of the Peek-a-Boo Canyon. 

5. Take a Helicopter Tour

Another fabulous way to see the stunning red scenery of Zion National Park is from a bird’s eye perspective.

Take a scenic helicopter tour around Zion and view the park’s famous attractions without having to walk and battle long queues and crowded views.

On this 55-mile helicopter tour, you’ll soar over marvelous sites such as Kolob Canyon, the Canaan Mountain Wilderness Area, as well as the Smith Mesa.

6. Go Horseback Riding 

Horseback riding is an excellent way to see the best of Zion without having to hike.

There are plenty of tour providers in the area, so booking this excursion shouldn’t be an issue. This one-hour horseback tour sees you traversing through the majestic White Mountain.

You’ll get the best of both worlds, catching panoramic views of the park while riding to an isolated slot canyon, where you can stop and take in the towering red walls.

If you’re a novice rider, don’t be discouraged, as this tour is perfectly suitable for beginners.

7. Ride the Shuttle

Like other Utah national parks, Zion has a shuttle service that offers you an easy way to travel through the park, so you won’t have to worry about parking space.

The shuttle service operates daily from March to November, as well as during the holiday season until the end of December.

You can catch the park’s shuttle at the Zion Canyon Visitor Center.

From here, the shuttle stops eight more times at attractions such as the Zion Human History Museum and Weeping Rock.

Tip: The shuttle comes every 10 to 15 minutes, based on a schedule that varies according to the season and time of day. Check out the shuttle schedule to make sure you don’t miss it.

8. Attend a Ranger Program

You’ll find plenty of ranger-led Zion National Park activities.

These programs are designed to give you insight into the history, geology, and biodiversity of the national park and its surroundings.

At the Zion Canyon Visitor Center, you can attend patio talks on various topics three times a day: at 11 am, 1:30 pm, and 3 pm.

Junior ranger programs geared towards families and children are also available at the visitor center and the Zion Human History Museum.

Read Next: Yellowstone NP vs Utah NP

9. Go Stargazing

Stargazing is one of the most sought-after Zion activities that don’t involve hiking; you need only to lie down for this one.

On clear nights, the starry skies above Zion National Park are a sight to behold.

You can join a ranger-led astrology program or opt for a guided one-hour stargazing experience.

This star-studded excursion is one of the best things to do in Zion at night.

Your experience is complete with a telescope, a warm blanket, and a delicious cup of hot chocolate as you gaze at the starry Milky Way under Utah’s non-polluted skies.

10. Catch the Sunset

Sunsets in Zion National Park are simply extraordinary.

Picture this: rugged red rock cliff flooded with vibrant orange, pink, and purple hues.

There are lots of sunset spots in the park, many of which are accessible via a short walk.

But if you don’t want to hike at all, opt for a sunset Jeep tour.

Alternatively, other popular spots among visitors and rangers are the Zion Canyon Overlook, the Canyon Junction Bridge, and the Zion Museum (which is likely to be less crowded).

11. Take a Wildlife Spotting Adventure

Wildlife spotting is something you can do year-round at Zion, but spring and fall are considered optimal viewing seasons.

Some animals, like mule deer, are often spotted during the day, while foxes and ringtail cats usually come out to play at night.

Some great places to go for wildlife spotting include the Weeping Rock, along the Zion National Park Scenic Drive, as well as on the paved Riverside Walk running along the Virgin River.   

12. Go Canyoneering

Canyoneering is among the best outdoor thrills you’ll find in Zion National Park.

And with the park’s numerous slot canyons, craggy mountain peaks, and meandering river-carved gorges, it’s not hard to see why.

However, it’s important to note that canyoneering is not just rock climbing; this activity may also include a little bit of hiking, rappelling, and even swimming in some parts.

This canyoneering tour gives you an opportunity to fully immerse yourself in the park’s gorgeous landscapes.

Note: Canyoneering is a very technical outdoor activity, so safety precautions should be taken at all times. Familiarize yourself with Zion’s canyoneering regulations and the required permits.

13. Try Your Hand at Sandboarding

Last, but certainly not least, you can enjoy sandboarding in Zion National Park. This non-hiking experience is for avid thrill seekers and adventurers.

If that’s you, consider this sandboarding adventure down the sandy slopes near the park’s entrance.

The tour allows you to enjoy surfing the dunes while standing up or sitting down (this depends on your comfort level).

You’ll complete this tour with a UTV ride to the Peekaboo Slot Canyon.

Where to Stay in Zion National Park

Okay, so you’re all clued up on some of the best things to do in Zion National Park besides hiking.

Now, let’s look at where you can lay your head after a long, adventure-filled day in Zion.

Holiday Inn Express Springdale — $$$

Enjoy stunning views of red rock cliffs, an expansive outdoor pool, fire pits, a fitness center, and large rooms at Springdale’s Holiday Inn Express.

This star-rated hotel boasts sophisticated amenities, similar to those in big cities, and elegantly styled rooms showcasing regional culture. 

La Quinta Inn & Suites by Wyndham — $$

Want a luxurious stay without having to pay appalling prices? Then La Quinta Inn & Suites may be the perfect place for you to stay.

This three-star hotel features spacious rooms, an on-site convenience store, laundry facilities, and a resort-style pool with mesmerizing mountain views.

Zion Park Motel — $

If you’re not looking to break your budget, consider staying at the Zion Park Motel. This highly-rated lodge is quite rustic but offers all the mod cons you’ll need for a comfy stay.

You’ll get access to a seasonal outdoor swimming pool, BBQ facilities, and access to the Zion shuttle.

Wrapping Up What to Do at Zion National Park Without Hiking

Although it’s often associated with day hiking, Zion National Park offers many outdoor activities that do not require trekking.

From off-roading to picturesque sunset views to soaring in a helicopter over the red cliffs to surfing down dunes, Zion is an excellent choice for non-hikers.

So whether you’re looking for quick excursions, you can do in a day or adventures that require a 2-day Zion itinerary, these activities that don’t involve hiking are certainly must-dos.

The post Things to Do in Zion National Park Besides Hiking | 13 Activities appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/things-to-do-in-zion-national-park-besides-hiking/feed/ 0 56782
Ultimate 2 Days in Moab, Utah Itinerary | Bucket List Trip https://dani-the-explorer.com/2-days-in-moab-utah/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/2-days-in-moab-utah/#respond Tue, 14 Nov 2023 17:39:27 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=54796 Picture this: You wake up to chirping birds and the faint morning sun bouncing off red mountains in the distance. Later, you’re going on a hike and ATV ride among century-old rock formations. Tonight you’re going on a river dinner cruise with a light and music show. It’s not a movie— it’s your 2 Days […]

The post Ultimate 2 Days in Moab, Utah Itinerary | Bucket List Trip appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Picture this: You wake up to chirping birds and the faint morning sun bouncing off red mountains in the distance. Later, you’re going on a hike and ATV ride among century-old rock formations. Tonight you’re going on a river dinner cruise with a light and music show. It’s not a movie— it’s your 2 Days in Moab itinerary ahead!

As a Southwest native, I’ve been to Moab more times than I can count. Heck, I lived there when I traveled in my campervan! So in this post, I’m condensing that experience into the ultimate two day itinerary. Let’s dive right in!

When you’re done, read this Moab travel guide for everything you need to know before you go!

(Stay until the end of this post where I give you a map plus itinerary add-ons!)

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Arrival

First, let’s get to know you.

Are you an early-bird-catches-the-worm type traveler or a night-owl-on-the-prowl type person?

This is essential information to know when you arrive for your visit to Moab.

If you’re a night owl, you’ll have a better time on your trip if you arrive the evening before.

That way, you can squeeze in a dinner at one of the city’s best restaurants or pubs.

There are a few places to go to self-induce a food coma, but one of the best places to do that is Zax Restaurant.

They offer pizza, burgers, pasta, and a bar in downtown Moab.

Depending on your arrival, early risers, you might still have time for a sunrise breakfast before exploring the city for the day.

Try the retro Moab Diner on the main street, which serves an all-day breakfast from 6 am. If you’re ever in doubt about where to pick up some grub, just cruise through South Main Street for a pick of the city’s best eateries.

Insider Tip: For this itinerary, you’ll be moving through two national parks, so it would be a good idea to get an America the Beautiful Pass to save a few coins!

Don’t forget these:

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

Day 1 — Arches National Park

An Arches and Canyonlands itinerary can take as long as you want.

But, for this trip, you’ll only spend half a day at each park.

That way, you’ll still have plenty of time to explore more of the city in one day in Moab.

For your first day in Moab, you’ll explore downtown and one of the national parks — Arches National Park.

One day in Arches is plenty, don’t worry!

Let’s dive into the details!

Morning

This National Park has no restaurants, so you’ll have to pick up sustenance before you go.

Many hotels offer buffet breakfasts to their guests either free of charge or at a low cost. 

If your hotel doesn’t provide this service, Moab Diner is always a winner and opens at the crack of dawn.

You can also pick up lunch boxes to-go there for a mid-day lunch in the park.

My suggestion? On your first morning in Moab, spend your first few hours just exploring the downtown area yourself.

There are many coffee shops, restaurants, and shops on South Main Street alone.

Stop by Moab Made, Lema’s Kokopelli Gallery, and Hogan Trading Company to pick some fantastic gifts and art pieces made by locals.

A few great clothing shops also sell handmade and custom pieces.

Then, stop by one of the great eateries for a quick brunch or lunch before heading to your next destination.

Insider Tip: Notable cafes include Jailhouse Cafe, Moab Coffee Roasters, and Love Muffin Cafe.

Afternoon

Your first adventure of the day is called Hell’s Revenge.

Don’t worry. It isn’t as bad as it sounds.

This Hell’s Revenge 4×4 Off-Roading Tour from Moab is a midday tour of the 6.5-mile terrain outside downtown Moab. 

On your 2.5-hour driving trip, you’ll see the fantastic views of the La Sal Mountains, Abyss Canyon, and the Colorado River on a thrilling and adrenaline-pumping ride. 

After that thrilling experience, it’s time to head over to Arches National Park.

This setting is much more relaxing and allows for tranquil walks and stunning views that will stop you in your tracks.

So, if off-roading isn’t your thing, consider this Arches National Park Adventure from Moab instead. 

Of course, you don’t need to take a tour to enjoy the park. Just buy an admission ticket and take a self-guided tour.

There is plenty to do and see, from fantastic scenic drives to rock climbing and hikes.

Here are some of my faves:

  • Hike to Delicate Arch
  • Visit the Windows Section
  • Get a permit for Fiery Furnace
  • Visit Sand Dune Arch

Insider Tip: If you only have time for one, make sure Delicate Arch is on your list!

Evening

For a night-time treat, you might enjoy this Colorado River Dinner Cruise.

It comes accompanied by music and a light show.

Come on that is a fantastic way to end the night!

On this romantic cruise, you’ll be seated in a dining room with river views and served a delicious cowboy-style dinner from a Dutch oven.

After this, the theatrics begin with your guide’s show of lights, shadows, music, and dramatic storytelling.

On this ride, you’ll learn about the canyon’s history through the lens of its early settlers. 

No flash photography is allowed, and remember to bring a jacket along!

Alternative: If a dinner cruise isn’t your jam, check out one of Arches best sunset spots!

Day 2 — Canyonlands National Park and Beyond

Another day, another marvelous adventure on this two-day trip to Moab!

After a day in Arches, Canyonland’s itinerary is up next for day two.

I’ve also included activities outside of the national park so you get the full Moab experience.

Let’s dive in!

Morning

Did you know that Arches National Park’s formations date back to the Jurassic Era?

And after yesterday, you’ve only scratched the surface of the areas 300+ million-year-old bows.

However, if you’d like to explore another prehistoric attraction, visit the Moab Giants

This is an open-air museum of (you guessed it) dinosaurs.

First things first; breakfast. Visit the Giant’s Cafe for breakfast and a drink from their themed menu. Then, head to the action.

This museum is a fun place to kill an hour or two and still learn about the area’s prehistoric past.

Hike the dinosaur trail to spot 100 life-sized dinos as well as a fantastic view of the Arches National Park. 

There are also a few interactive exhibits to explore, like the 5D Prehistoric aquarium, 3D theater, and the tracks museum. It’s good to keep in mind that the museum is closed on Wednesdays.

Alternative: You can do a sunrise mission to Corona and Bowtie Arches—the trail is located in Moab and a moderately, challenging 2.4-mile round trip adventure. It takes about 1 hour to complete.

Afternoon

After a Jurassic amount of fun at the museum, it’s time to move to Dead Horse Point State Park — about a 30-minute drive away.

You probably wouldn’t expect too much with a name that bleak, but the views here are amazing. 

But first, let’s address the elephant (or horse) in the room.

This is cowboy territory, and it was the area where many corralled horses accidentally succumbed to the elements and lack of food and water. 

Today, visitors often report seeing or hearing horses roam here from time to time — or so the legend goes.

Whether you believe this 19th-century folklore is up to you. But, what you cannot deny are the astounding views.

With the flat top rock formations and Colorado River below mirroring the sky, it will feel like you’re captured in a painting. 

Most trails here are relatively easy, like the Dead Horse Point Overlook Trail.

This is a short hiking trip that takes less than an hour but leads to the awe-inspiring and iconic photo view.

Every time I have ever come to Moab, I’ve stopped here and LOVED it. The park is gorgeous for sunrise or sunset too.

Insider Tip: You’ll only need a few hours max at Dead Horse Point before you make your way over to Canyonlands National Park. The parks are about a short 15-minute drive away from each other, so it’s quite easy to reach by car.

Evening

It isn’t that far from Canyonlands to Moab.

So, you can spend a few more hours in the park before heading to your accommodation for the last night.

Canyonlands is the perfect place to watch the sunset

For the best views, head over to Green River Overlook at sunset.

Utah is also one of the few places in the US that gets minimal light pollution, which means the sky is really alight with stars almost every night.

So, don’t forget to stick around for the canyon’s amazing full moon hikes!

The dark skies allow you to see the Milky Way crystal clear while you explore Moab, Utah in two days.

Insider Tip: These hikes typically happen in summer and start at White Rim Overlook.

Where to Say

If you’re planning on visiting Moab, you’ll probably need some place to crash, huh?

The good news is that it doesn’t matter how long your Moab trip is because almost anywhere you stay will have amazing views.

But here are a few faves:

Best Western Plus Canyonlands Inn — This 3-star hotel is basically on Arches National Park’s doorstep yet remains affordable.

La Quinta by Wyndham Moab — If you want to experience downtown Moab with your pet at hand, you better book a spot at this 3-star hotel. Rooms come with a kitchenette, en-suite bathroom, and seating area. 

Hoodoo Moab, Curio Collection By Hilton — 4-star contemporary hotel hugged by the nearby mountains, which you can ogle at from the heated outdoor pool.

Your 2 Days in Moab Itinerary in Sum + Map

  • Day 1:
    • Downtown Moab
    • Hell’s Revenge/ Arches National Park
    • Colorado River Dinner Cruise
  • Day 2:
    • Moab Giants
    • Canyonlands
    • Watch the Sunset
    • Take Moon-lit Hikes

You can click here to view a live version of the map!

Your Next Read: Utah National Parks Road Trip

Trip Add-Ons

Let’s be frank, Moab is a great city with so much to explore!

So don’t be afraid to mix it up a little and remove and add a few of the things you most badly want to see instead!

Packrafting

Packrafting in the Moab area is one of my TOP recommendations.

It’s basically like backpacking, but on a raft you can take on the go.

Packrafting Utah was a serious bucket list experience for me that everyone needs to try at least once.

Pro Tip: You can book an epic packrafting adventure down the Green River for an unforgettable experience.

Canyoneering

You might not know this, but spending 2 days in Moab, Utah gives you the perfect amount of time to try things you wouldn’t have the opportunity to otherwise.

Canyoneering is one of those activities!

You’ll have the chance to scale some of Moab’s gorgeous rock formations, Indiana Jones style.

Insider Tip: This tour is the perfect way to experience canyoneering and packrafting.

Helicopter Rides 

Sure, you can see the canyons well enough on foot, but why not float above them and see them from a different angle?

It doesn’t matter how many days in Arches National Park you spend, you’ll be surprised at the beauty from above.

Insider Tip: You can go on a scenic airplane ride to get a different perspective!

Horseback Riding

Utah is a cowboy landscape, so saddle up a horse and gallop away.

It is a great way to see the landscape at a closer yet faster range.

You don’t have to be a seasoned rider to enjoy the activity; beginners are welcome.

Perhaps don’t ride a horse in Dead Point State Park. You wouldn’t want to spook them there!

Final Tips for Your 2 Days in Moab Itinerary

Let’s wrap all this up with some parting tips for your Moab 2 day itinerary.

Practice Good Hiking Trail Etiquette

There’s nothing worse than walking behind someone that doesn’t respect nature as they should.

If you’re a first-time hiker, make sure this isn’t you and that you practice good hiking trail etiquette.

Prepare for the Heat

Utah’s summers can be sweltering.

Expect temperatures to rise anywhere between 85°F to 88°F.

Now, add that to the scorching desert terrain, and it may feel like you’re trapped in an oven.

Layer up on sunscreen, wear protective clothing, and stay hydrated.

Plan Your Hikes Well

Ranking Utah National Parks may be difficult, but Moab’s National Parks are among the most highly rated places to hike.

Make sure you know the hiking trail’s length, elevation, and duration before attempting it.

Also, ensure you have enough water, snacks, and food to carry you throughout the hike.

Make a Trip Out of It

You’re already visiting 2 Utah National Parks, so why not visit the rest of them?

Take a Utah National Parks road trip through the Big 5!

You’ll get to see what Bryce, Capitol Reef and Zion have to offer.

You can also take an Arizona Utah road trip, which I have a post on ;).

Overall Thoughts on Spending 2 Days in Moab, Utah

Moab, Utah is the perfect place for travelers and adventure-lovers to experience new things in a gorgeous, other-worldly setting.

So have fun and enjoy yourself!

If you want more tips for exploring Utah, make sure you click here to check out my other Southwest posts!

The post Ultimate 2 Days in Moab, Utah Itinerary | Bucket List Trip appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/2-days-in-moab-utah/feed/ 0 54796
Arizona National Parks Road Trip — A Perfect 4-Day Itinerary https://dani-the-explorer.com/arizona-national-parks-road-trip/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/arizona-national-parks-road-trip/#respond Sat, 11 Nov 2023 23:19:33 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56598 Arizona is a treasure trove of unique landscapes, rugged cliffs, and million-year-old fossils that draw in tourists from all over the US. The locals can’t recommend that you make time to take on an Arizona road trip itinerary at least once in your life, enough! You’ll find 24 national parks, monuments, memorials, and historic sites […]

The post Arizona National Parks Road Trip — A Perfect 4-Day Itinerary appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Arizona is a treasure trove of unique landscapes, rugged cliffs, and million-year-old fossils that draw in tourists from all over the US.

The locals can’t recommend that you make time to take on an Arizona road trip itinerary at least once in your life, enough!

You’ll find 24 national parks, monuments, memorials, and historic sites dotted all over Arizona.

In this guide, we unpack some of the best things to do and see at each of three Arizona national parks – Grand Canyon, Petrified Forest, and Saguaro.

So pack your bags, and let’s explore this mystical wonderland that is Arizona, or as it’s affectionately known, The Grand Canyon State.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Arizona National Parks Road Trip

  • When to Go: The most ideal times for you to visit these national parks are winter, which runs from December to February, and spring, from March through May.
  • Trip Length: 4 days is enough time for you to explore Arizona’s national parks and some of its stunning monuments.
  • Fly: For the best flight tickets, check out KAYAK.
  • Rental Car: KAYAK is a great platform for you to find cheap rental cars as well.
  • Rental Campervan: If you like camping, you’ll probably want to rent a campervan. Check out Outdoorsy for great prices.
  • Stay: We’ll discuss your accommodation options at each national park a little later.
  • Park Fees: Standard entrance fees typically range between $20 and $35 per vehicle. But you can avoid paying this fee at each park by getting yourself an “America The Beautiful Pass”, an annual permit for all US national parks, which costs about $80.

Where to Start Your Arizona National Parks Road Trip

Now that you’re all clued up on all the planning you need to do for this Arizona road trip, let’s dive into nitty gritty details, like where to start your adventure. 

Here are a few options of cities you can fly into:

  • Phoenix, AZ (recommended) This route takes about 11 hours and 10 minutes (one-way) without counting extra stops. Your first stop on this route is Grand Canyon National Park. 
  • Las Vegas, NV (great alternative) — If you take this route, you’ll drive for about 12 hours (one-way) without the extra stops. The first stop from Las Vegas is also the Grand Canyon.
  • Salt Lake City, UT — On this route, you’ll be driving for longer, about 15 hours and 30 minutes (one-way), with no extra stops. But on the flip side, this route gives you the perfect opportunity to explore the stunning Southwest with an Arizona-Utah road trip.

Note: For this Arizona road trip itinerary, you’ll land at the Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport. From there, start driving towards the Grand Canyon, stopping in Sedona and Flagstaff.

Arizona Road Trip Itinerary at a Glance

  • Day 1 – Land in Phoenix and drive to Grand Canyon
  • Day 2 – Explore Grand Canyon National Park
  • Day 3 – Visit the Petrified Forest National Park
  • Day 4 – Drive to Tucson and explore Saguaro National Park

This ultimate road trip to Arizona’s national parks covers the best of the state’s rugged, colorful landscapes.

You’ll be starting this road trip through Arizona at the Grand Canyon and ending it at Saguaro National Park, where you can take a domestic flight from Tucson International Airport.

Click here for a live version of the map!

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

4-Day Arizona National Parks Road Trip Itinerary

Day 1 — Phoenix to Grand Canyon National Park

Once you’ve landed in Phoenix, pick up your rental car and get ready to hit the road.

If you’re not running short on time, feel free to stop at one or two of the most Instagrammable places in Phoenix for a quick photo-op.

Read Next: All US National Parks + Checklist

Morning — Arrive in Sedona

After hours of driving, you’ll appreciate this much-needed stop in Arizona’s Red Rock County.

There are plenty of things for you to do in Sedona.

You’ll find many New Age shops, art galleries, meditation retreats, and even a few easy hikes in Sedona you can quickly do.

The city has local eateries that you’ll love, as well as a number of Sedona boutique hotels that offer all the mod-cons you’ll find in bigger cities.

Before heading off, make a few quick stops at some of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona to snap some epic photos for your feed. 

Afternoon — Check-In at Your Hotel in Flagstaff and Drive to the Grand Canyon

About 45 minutes after leaving Sedona, you’ll arrive in the town of Flagstaff.

This quaint city is often used as the base camp for visitors to the Grand Canyon, and it’s not hard to see why. 

In addition to having several hotels, Flagstaff is also an International Dark Sky City, making it the perfect place for star-gazing.

If you have some time, explore some of the best things to do in Flagstaff, like wandering through the Historic Downtown or sampling a muffin at Macy’s.

Evening — Arrive in Grand Canyon National Park

The first day of your Arizona itinerary ends with a mesmerizing evening drive through the Grand Canyon.

The Desert View Drive is a scenic road that runs along the Grand Canyon’s South Rim. 

You’ll begin your drive at Grand Canyon Village and head towards Route 64.

By taking this scenic drive, you’ll get to see many of the best viewpoints in the park, like Lipan and Grand View Point, as well as attractions like the Desert View Watchtower.

Tip: You should get a Desert View Drive map to avoid missing any great viewing spots.

Day 2 — Grand Canyon National Park

  • Flagstaff to Grand Canyon: ~ 1 hour and 15 minutes
  • Time in Exploring: 2 days (Day 2 of 2)
  • Stay: El Tovar Hotel, Yavapai Lodge, Grand Canyon Lodge – North Rim
  • Eat: Yavapai Tavern, El Tovar Dining Room, Arizona Steakhouse
  • Fees: Park entry ($35) or America The Beautiful Pass

Start your day bright and early so you have a full day to explore Grand Canyon National Park.

There are a few lodges within the park, so you can spend the night there and save on the driving time from Flagstaff.

Morning — Hike the Rim Trail

If you’re visiting the Grand Canyon for the first time, you’ll want to start your adventure by exploring one of the park’s best hiking trails.

Stretching 13 miles across the South Rim, from the South Kaibab Trailhead to Hermits Rest, this trail offers many of the best overlooks in the park. 

Take the park’s red route shuttle bus to explore the best of the Rim Trail with ease.

This route begins at Bright Angel Trailhead and stops nine times on the way to Hermits Rest. This portion of the Rim Trail has the best views and often fewer crowds.

Afternoon — Helicopter Tour

Another fantastic way to explore the Grand Canyon is to see the majestic gorge from the sky.

Take a scenic helicopter tour and get the most stunning panoramic views of the South and North rims.

You’ll also get glimpses of the ponderosa pine-filled Kaibab National Forest and the mighty Colorado River as it meanders through the canyon.

Late Afternoon (Optional) — Kayaking on the Colorado River

If you’re keen on a thrilling outdoor adventure around the Grand Canyon, nothing beats kayaking between towering rugged cliffs along the Colorado River. 

You’ll find many tour outfitters that offer white river rafting tours around the Grand Canyon.

These range from one-day to multi-day trips, as the river runs over 1,450 miles across many states.

So, make sure to plan ahead if you’re interested in rafting along the Colorado River.

Evening — Catch the Sunset

Wrap up your last day in the Grand Canyon with a stunning sunset over the expansive gorge.

Many viewpoints along the South Rim, like Mather and Hopi points, offer great sunset views. 

Get a less-crowded sundown experience with an off-road sunset safari through the Grand Canyon.

Or, opt for a sunset hiking adventure deep below the canyon for 360-degree views of the gorge, showered with bouncing lights of kaleidoscopic hues. 

Day 3 — Petrified Forest National Park

The closest city to Petrified Forest National Park is the town of Holbrook, renowned for its Native American charm.

This is the best place to eat and stay for this part of your road trip in Arizona.

Morning — The Colorful Hills of the Painted Desert

Petrified Forest National Park is simply divided into two parts.

In the northern half, you’ll come across colorful badlands and a sea of blue-banded rock formations that will blow you away. 

Explore this section of the park by driving on the Petrified Forest Road, and taking short hikes along the Painted Desert Rim Trail.

Make a few stops during your hike, like at Kachina Point and the Painted Desert Inn, a Pueblo Revival–style adobe museum dotted with Hopi murals.

Afternoon — The Petrified Logs

Spend your afternoon in the southern portion of Petrified Forest National Park, walking among ancient tree logs and wood.

They’re preserved by minerals they absorbed after being submerged under the riverbed about 200 million years ago. 

Feel free to take on several of the best hiking trails in this part of the national park, like the Jasper Forest, Crystal Forest, Giant Logs, and Long Logs trails.

These trails take you through hundreds of millions of years of tree trucks turned into solid, sparkling quartz-like rock.

Evening — Dinner in Holbrook

End your time in Holbrook with a hearty meal to reward yourself for all the hiking you did today.

Many of the restaurants in Holbrook are located right next to Route 66, so not only are you getting a classic American meal, but you’ll also get picturesque views of this historic road. 

Day 4 — Drive to Tucson and Explore Saguaro National Park

  • Holbrook to Saguaro National Park: ~ 4 hours and 30 minutes
  • Time in Exploring: 1 day
  • Stay: Hotel McCoy, The Tuxon Hotel, Hilton Tucson East 
  • Eat: Bobo’s Restaurant, Maynards Kitchen, 5 Points Market & Restaurant
  • Fees: Park entry ($25) or America The Beautiful Pass
  • Your final day of this Arizona trip itinerary ends with unbelievable views of giant saguaros, but you’ll have to wake up super early to have enough time to explore both the park and Tucson.

Morning — Tucson Mountain District

The Saguaro National Park is split into two distinct regions. The Tucson Mountain District is more popular as it is more densely populated with saguaros. 

Spend your morning in this region, hiking or biking through scenic routes like the Valley View Overlook Trail.

Also, hop into the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum for a brief lesson on the ecology of this region and its towering saguaro cacti.

Afternoon — Rincon Mountain District

Head over to the other section of the park, the Rincon Mountain District, to spend the rest of your day in relative solitude as you wander around the sparse saguaros.

This portion also has fantastic sunset spots, like Javelina Rocks.

You’ll need to take a moderately challenging hike to get to Javelina Rocks. Along the way, you’ll scramble up a few boulders for an excellent vantage point of the saguaro desert and the city.

Keep your eyes peeled for the tiny pig-like javelinas, as they usually come out to play at dusk.

Evening — Explore Tucson + Dinner in Tucson

For the rest of your day in Tucson, you should definitely head into the town to mingle with the locals and explore some of its hidden gems.

The town is jam-packed with interesting museums, botanical gardens, quirky theaters, and plenty of places to eat a wholesome dinner.

Wrapping Up Your Perfect Arizona National Park Road Trip

There you have it. From one of the deepest gorges in the world to colorful mineral-tinted landscapes and 60-foot-tall saguaros, Arizona’s national parks deserve to be on every American Southwest bucket list.

Whether you’re looking for great hikes below the Grand Canyon, want to see ancient tree trucks turned into solid rocks, or are just keen for a walk among giants, Arizona’s got you covered.

The post Arizona National Parks Road Trip — A Perfect 4-Day Itinerary appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/arizona-national-parks-road-trip/feed/ 0 56598
36 Hours in Scottsdale: Weekend Itinerary & Travel Guide https://dani-the-explorer.com/36-hours-in-scottsdale/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/36-hours-in-scottsdale/#respond Wed, 08 Nov 2023 06:00:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56594 Luxurious resorts, spas, world-class golf courses, towering saguaros, and rugged cliffs define Scottsdale in a nutshell. But there’s more to this city than what meets the eye. With this 36-hour itinerary, you’ll get the best of both worlds, from famous attractions to unique hidden gems — coming from someone who has lived in Scottsdale for […]

The post 36 Hours in Scottsdale: Weekend Itinerary & Travel Guide appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Luxurious resorts, spas, world-class golf courses, towering saguaros, and rugged cliffs define Scottsdale in a nutshell.

But there’s more to this city than what meets the eye. With this 36-hour itinerary, you’ll get the best of both worlds, from famous attractions to unique hidden gems — coming from someone who has lived in Scottsdale for the past few years (me haha).

Spend a weekend in Scottsdale exploring its retro vibes, eclectic cowboy culture, and numerous outdoor adventures.

From hiking among giant saguaros to kayaking on the Salt River and eating your way through the Old Town, Scottsdale is a fantastic destination.

Now, without wasting time, let’s dive into this ultimate 36-hour Scottsdale itinerary.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

Planning Your 36-Hour Weekend in Scottsdale, AZ

  • Fly: You can catch a direct flight to Scottsdale Airport (SCF), about a 20-minute drive from the city center. If you’re arriving from out of state, the closest major airport, Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport (PHX), about 15 minutes away, is your best bet. Check for flight tickets on KAYAK.
  • Car Rental: From the airport, you’ll have to pick up your rental car. KAYAK offers excellent deals on car rentals starting from just $20.
  • When to Go: March through early May and late September through November.

Best Time to Visit Scottsdale

Arizona gets extremely hot in summer, something you probably already know, but visiting Scottsdale in summer is not a complete no-no.

You’ll just have to pack lots of sunscreen and carry plenty of water during your outdoor excursions.

Spring, which runs from February to April, and fall, which happens from September to November, are great times to take a Scottsdale trip.

The spring season brings with it colorful wildflowers, while fall comes with leaf-peeping opportunities and events like the Scottsdale International Film Festival.

If you ask the locals (like myself), they’ll probably say winter is the best time to visit Scottsdale.

Boasting clear skies and temperate weather, winter, which runs from December to February, offers tons of outdoor fun, from hiking to kayaking and going on off-road adventures.

Getting to Scottsdale

You have plenty of options to travel to Scottsdale.

The Scottsdale Airport (SCF) sits about 20 minutes from the city center. It’s the best arrival destination if you’re coming in from neighboring states. 

And if you’re coming from within the state, I would suggest you add Scottsdale as a stop on an ultimate Arizona road trip itinerary.

If you’re arriving from other parts of the US or internationally, then the Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport (PHX) would be the ideal place to land.

Where to Stay When Visiting Scottsdale, Arizona

  • Boulders Resort & Spa – Enjoy stunning views of Pinnacle Peak and the mighty Sonoran Desert from every direction. Play some golf at the world-class course, get a relaxing massage at the spa, or eat at any one of the seven onsite restaurants.
  • Condo in the Heart of Old Town – Get the best mountain views, relax in the expansive pool, or soak in the hot tub all at this gorgeous, well-equipped condo. You’ll also have access to a fitness center, poolside BBQ facilities, and a clubhouse. 

Perfect Weekend in Scottsdale Itinerary at a Glance

Here’s a snapshot of what you can look forward to during your 36 hours in Scottsdale plus a map.

Friday

  • Arrive in Scottsdale and Hotel Check-In
  • Dinner at Loco Patrõn

Saturday

Sunday

  • Breakfast at Press Coffee and Shopping on 5th Avenue and Fashion Square
  • Explore Scottsdale Museums
  • Depart from Scottsdale

Click here for a live version of the map!

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

Now that you know what’s in store for you for the next couple of days in Scottsdale, AZ, let’s dive into the nitty gritty of this ultimate weekend in Scottsdale.

Friday Itinerary — Settle into Scottsdale

Your Scottsdale itinerary kicks off at a leisurely pace.

After half a day of traveling, it’s very likely that you’ll want to hurry to your hotel to check in on time and rest. 

Late Afternoon: Arrival + Hotel Check In

Upon your arrival in Scottsdale (or Phoenix), you’ll want to quickly get your rental car and drive to your hotel of choice for check-in.

Make sure you phone ahead of time so that you don’t arrive late for your check-in, as some accommodations have a very strict check-in time rule. 

Evening: Dinner at Loco Patrõn

You can probably enjoy a tasty meal at your hotel, but I highly suggest that you go out for dinner.

Loco Patrõn is one of many Scottsdale restaurants serving up delicious Mexican food and drinks, from award-winning tacos to handcrafted margaritas.

The restaurant has a classic Mexican vibe featuring a rustic setting with pops of red and green.

You can choose to have your meal inside or outdoors. Loco Patrõn also has a bunch of TV screens, making it a great place to catch a sports match.

Tip: Make it an early night because tomorrow is a jam-packed day.

Saturday Itinerary — Explore the Best of Scottsdale

As the only full day you have in Scottsdale, your Saturday kicks off at a lightning pace, and it actually stays that way for the rest of the day. So brace yourself!

Early Morning: Sunrise at Pinnacle Peak Park

Start your day off with a refreshing hike to Pinnacle Peak, where you’ll catch one of the most mesmerizing sunrises in all of Scottsdale.

This 1.75-mile out-and-back hike takes you through the magnificent Sonoran Desert while giving you stunning views of the Arizona mountains.

At the beginning of the trail, you’ll find a visitor center equipped with picnic tables, restrooms, and drinking fountains.

To get the best views of the city, you’ll have to scramble up several boulders to get to the summit, where you’ll arrive at a breathtaking sunrise.

Tip: The Pinnacle Peak Trail is a very popular hiking route for both sunrise and sunset, so be sure to arrive early enough to secure a parking spot and get the best vistas.

Mid-Morning: Breakfast at Berdena’s

Next up on your 36-hour itinerary is a stop at one of the best coffee shops in Scottsdale

Berdena’s is a charming cafe tucked in a corner that would make it really easy to miss if it weren’t for the long queues, usually running out the door. 

Spotting a vibrant interior with door-to-ceiling windows that give you bustling street views, Berdena’s coffee, pastries, and vibes definitely live up to the hype and make a worthy visit.

Try their famous avocado toast for breakfast, and I promise you won’t regret it.

Early Afternoon: Segway Tour Around Scottsdale Old Town

Now that you’ve fueled up, it’s time to explore Scottsdale’s lively Old Town District.

Sitting at the heart of the city, Old Town is dotted with many eateries, shops, museums, and world-class art galleries.

And what better way to explore this vibrant district than with a thrilling segway tour?

This tour is a great way to see Scottsdale’s top attractions and landmarks.

You’ll ride past iconic spots like Rusty Spur Saloon, the Soleri Bridge, and the white-washed Old Adobe Mission, all while listening to interesting facts and stories.

Alternative Early Afternoon: Day Trip to Sedona + Grand Canyon

Have you heard about the Sedona vs. Scottsdale debate? If not, this would be a fantastic time for you to find out why this comparison is being made.

If you got up early enough and you can spare a few hours of your day, I urge you to take a day trip from Scottsdale to Sedona.

Dotted with gorgeous red rock buttes, slot canyons, natural arches, and dense pine forests, Sedona is known as the gateway to the Grand Canyon.

This city offers amazing hiking and bird-watching spots. It also has lots of mystic shops, spas, and art galleries you can explore. 

Lunch: Party Bike Pub Crawl + Waterfront Food Tour

Back in Scottsdale, you can enjoy sipping and riding around the Old Town with a fun party bike pub crawl (oh, and it’s completely safe, as you’ll have a designated driver/captain aboard).

This tour takes you to a few bars where you’ll enjoy exclusive drink specials just for you.

Afterward, you can do something similar for lunch by taking an immersive Scottsdale Waterfront food tour.

If you’re a foodie, you’ll love the perfect blend of walking and riding on a Scottsdale trolley to several top eateries in the city. 

You’ll enjoy skipping long queues sampling signature dishes at each spot, and you may even score a couple of refreshing cocktails during your food tour.

Late Afternoon: Sonoran Preserve – Desert Vista Trailhead

Once you’ve sobered up enough to continue with your Scottsdale itinerary, make a beeline to the Sonoran Preserve to hike among towering saguaro cacti along the Desert Vista Trail.

This route is quite popular, so expect it to be busy, but that doesn’t take away from the experience.

The Desert Vista Trail runs along a clearly marked path, making it super easy to navigate.

You’ll have to bring loads of water and apply plenty of sunscreen, as the trail is completely unshaded.

Alternative Late Afternoon: Kayaking on the Salt River

If walking around the desert isn’t your idea of a perfect afternoon in Scottsdale, then perhaps kayaking on the Salt River may be up your alley.

Many nature enthusiasts love this outdoor activity, and I suspect you will, too.

Just imagine it. A slow-paced kayak ride marveling at the beautiful Tonto National Forest, paddling below towering rugged cliffs, and catching sights of the magnificent saguaros.

Sonoran Desert Jeep Tour at Sunset

As the day gets closer to the end, head back to the Sonoran Desert for a magical sunset experience.

Take a jeep tour at sunset and venture beyond Scottsdale to the saguaro-filled Sonoran Desert, where you’ll go off-road and spot wildlife and highlights like Pinnacle Peak.

This is also a terrific opportunity to learn about the history of the desert and its flora and fauna from an expert guide.

The tour kicks off in the afternoon and ends with panoramic views of the sun setting over the saguaro cacti with red, orange, and purple hues.

Evening: Dinner at Culinary Dropout

Wrap up your day in Scottsdale with a heartwarming meal at Culinary Dropout on the Waterfront.

This vibey British-style gastropub serves up classic American comfort food and creative cocktails – an exceptional way to end the busy day if you ask me.

Culinary Dropout offers a wide range of meals and beverages, so it will do you good to check out their menu online to avoid a case of analysis paralysis.

Also remember to book a reservation, as the restaurant is quite busy at dinner time.

Sunday Itinerary — Wrapping Up Your Weekend in Scottsdale

Your 36 hours are almost over, but there are still tons of things to do in Scottsdale.

You’ll explore the city at a much slower pace, shopping for souvenirs and strolling through fun museums. 

Morning: Press Coffee + Shopping on 5th Avenue + Fashion Square

Begin your Sunday morning in style with a quick bite and a dose of caffeine at Press Coffee on the Waterfront. This rustic cafe offers plenty of rich blends, pastries, and sandwiches to enjoy.

After getting in the most important meal of the day, head over to the 5th Avenue District for some retail therapy. The district features many quaint shops selling all sorts of unique treasures. 

Next, go over to the Fashion Square for a luxury shopping experience paired with a concierge, a champagne toast, early store access, and everything in between that screams opulence.

Early Afternoon: Explore Scottsdale Museums

Spend your early afternoon uncovering the history of Scottsdale at its various museums.

The city’s Museum of the West and Historical Museum boasts a number of historical artifacts, Native American and Western art, and personal items from Scottsdale’s founder, Winfred Scott.

For something a little out of the box, visit the Scottsdale Museum of Contemporary Art (SMoCA) for a sneak peek into the city’s collection of modern art, design, and architecture.

Late Afternoon: Depart from Scottsdale

Get back to your hotel early to avoid missing your check-out time.

Once that’s done, you can head towards the nearest airport or drive back home if that’s the plan.

At the airport, you’ll have to return your rental car before you catch your flight home.

Ultimate 36-Hour Scottsdale Itinerary | Wrapped Up

Scottdale is one of the best vacation spots in the US, and I’m not just saying that because I’m a local.

This charming desert city offers the best outdoor recreation, from hiking among giant saguaros to off-roading, kayaking, and even taking scenic hot air balloon rides over Scottsdale.

Whether you’re looking for a picturesque outdoor adventure or a classic desert city experience, the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale offer you that and so much more.

So pack your bags and be ready to explore the city with this ultimate Scottsdale travel guide in just 36 hours!

The post 36 Hours in Scottsdale: Weekend Itinerary & Travel Guide appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/36-hours-in-scottsdale/feed/ 0 56594
One Day in Phoenix | Best Downtown Attractions + Map https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-phoenix/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-phoenix/#respond Mon, 06 Nov 2023 06:00:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56593 The country’s fifth largest city, the shining capital of Arizona state, and the jewel of the Sonoran Desert: it’s time to zone in on Phoenix. “The Valley” is a picturesque, sunny, year-round desert escape that’s far from dry, dull, or boring. Whether you’re after interesting discoveries, a booming nightlife scene, cultural explorations, or outdoor adventures, […]

The post One Day in Phoenix | Best Downtown Attractions + Map appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
The country’s fifth largest city, the shining capital of Arizona state, and the jewel of the Sonoran Desert: it’s time to zone in on Phoenix.

“The Valley” is a picturesque, sunny, year-round desert escape that’s far from dry, dull, or boring.

Whether you’re after interesting discoveries, a booming nightlife scene, cultural explorations, or outdoor adventures, Phoenix won’t disappoint.

Forget a long vacation or a multi-destination trip like you’d get in a Phoenix-Sedona-Grand Canyon adventure.

A pointed travel plan in one specific part of a city as lively as Phoenix can hit the spot just as well. So, embrace a day trip to Phoenix instead.

With limited time, it’s about picking a special target area in the 602. One eclectic place delivers buzzing urban spaces and that classic southwestern charm: downtown Phoenix.

Here’s what to do in the city’s heartbeat in one day when you plan a trip to Phoenix, AZ. All recommendations are coming from my experience as a Phoenix resident!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

Phoenix Packing List | What to Bring for 1 Day in Phoenix

Your Phoenix trip starts way before you actually set foot in Arizona, during the all-important packing stage.

With these six must-haves, you’ll be sorted:

  • Sunscreen – Phoenix’s enduring warm weather means good sun protection is non-negotiable.
  • Hat A stylish wide-brim hat will keep you cool, shielding you from the sun’s harsh rays.
  • Comfortable walking shoes There’s enough walking to necessitate comfy footwear for your downtown expedition.
  • Light sweater You’ll feel breezy yet well-prepared for a sudden nippy temperature turn if you don a light sweater.
  • Leggings Well-fitting leggings or joggers go a long way in ensuring comfort while exploring.
  • Backpack A lightweight backpack or daypack makes all the difference for keeping and carrying your basics as you uncover downtown Phoenix.

Best Time to Visit and Spend a Day in Phoenix

It isn’t dubbed the “Valley of the Sun” for no reason. Eighty percent of the year are sunny days in Phoenix, AZ, and when it’s hot – it’s blistering.

You’ll get the most out of your one-day escapade if you travel at the right time.

The best time to visit and spend a day in Phoenix is springtime (March to May).

The days are warm, wildflowers abound, and occasional rain sprinkles cool things down wonderfully.

Next Read: Even just one day somewhere enthralling, like Phoenix, can inspire the best snaps. Get tips on how to capture unforgettable moments – adventure photographer-style – here.

What to Do in Downtown Phoenix in One Day

The Valley is a popular destination for day trips from Scottsdale and further afield. When deciding what to see in Phoenix in one day, the city center is calling.

Here’s the ideal one-day itinerary for the city’s glorious downtown area – a colorful hub for business, culture, art, and exquisite cuisine.

Arrival | Kicking Off Your Phoenix Itinerary

Take in the Views at Papago Park

One of the best ways to kick off your Phoenix one-day itinerary is to head to Papago Park for a short hike, some reflection time, and to behold spectacular city views.

Located just 15 minutes (seven miles) from downtown Phoenix, this is a marvelous way to get the day going before hitting the city center action.

Consider tackling the 0.3-mile round-trip trek along the Hole-In-the-Rock trail. This isn’t just any old hole in a giant stone; it’s an intriguing sandstone landmark in a striking natural setting.

You might have heard of the mysterious Superstition Mountains east of Phoenix. This mesmerizing, jagged wilderness is around 50 miles from the downtown area.

It’s best to save an outdoor adventure here for an extended Arizona road trip when you can spend more than a day in Phoenix.

You’d Like: Scottsdale versus Phoenix

Breakfast | A Day in Downtown Phoenix

Fill Up on a Hearty Meal at Matt’s Big Breakfast

After getting a scenic lay of the land at Papago Park, a day in Phoenix needs to be set in motion with some delicious grub as fuel in the tank for the activities that’ll unfold.

One of the most cherished spots in downtown Phoenix for a simple yet scrumptious meal is Matt’s Big Breakfast.

They offer delectable breakfast sandwiches, brunch specials, and trusty morning staples.

With a full belly and your energy all the way up, get the shopping ball rolling by exploring the local retail scene.

Practical Art is a gallery and retail studio selling handmade items from over 100 local craftspeople and artists.

You can find a new statement piece (or two) and Phoenix mementos, like unique jewelry, garments, and decoratives.

Morning | Things to Do in Phoenix for a Day

Experience the Vibe and Get More of Your Retail Fix at The Churchill

With the day well underway, your next stop is The Churchill – a definite downtown Phoenix must-see attraction.

This jazzy space was born when shipping containers were converted into a vibey courtyard-style location with shops and eateries.

You can spend the first part of your morning sampling what’s on offer at the three restaurants, a smoothie shop, two bars, and a grocery outlet.

There are also three retail stores for continued shopping exploits.

The Churchill brings together art, music, food and drinks, and a small market experience in a way that celebrates Phoenix’s diverse urban community.

What makes this building more extraordinary is the emphasis on collaboration and community service.

Vendors are encouraged to pay it forward with “social rent”, which entails volunteering as part of the monthly rent.

Mid-Morning | Things to Do in Phoenix During the Day

Spend a Couple of Hours at Some Museums

Is it an authentic downtown experience without a museum tour? Of course not, and luckily for you, one of the top things to do during the day in Phoenix is to visit the Phoenix Art Museum.

Discover exceptional exhibitions and masterpieces from some of the world’s most talented creators in a contemporary space with over 20,000 artifacts.

The museum displays modern artworks in the form of oil paintings, sculptures, weavings, and jewelry.

If one museum isn’t enough, include an inspiring, art-focused cultural exploration at the Heard Museum. This is the home of astonishing collections of Native American artwork.

For a different museum atmosphere altogether, geek out at the Arizona Science Center to tickle and appease the nerd in you.

Afternoon | What to See in Phoenix Downtown

Meander Through Roosevelt Row

Roosevelt Row is undoubtedly one of the most entertaining downtown Phoenix attractions – a vivid arts district full of restaurants, galleries, quaint shops, and bars.

The walls and brick faces are splashed with imaginative designs and popping street art.

Each mural tells its own story, detailing a timeless moment, mood, and emotion.

So significant is this part of the neighborhood that it’s now considered a protected area – the city’s cultural core, and thus an unmissable location while discovering Phoenix in a day.

In Roosevelt Row in Phoenix, Arizona, downtown, you’ll find the Japanese Friendship Garden. This is a tranquil park of serenity and beauty for quiet walks and garden tours.

You can enhance your experience and join a Chanoyu Japanese tea ceremony for an enriching cultural experience.

Next Read: Roosevelt Row and the Japanese Friendship Garden are just two of many Instagrammable places in Phoenix

Evening | Enjoying Day Trips in Phoenix

Treat Yourself to Fine Dining – the Downtown Phoenix, AZ Way

By the time the sun is setting, the pulse and pace of your Phoenix day trip needn’t slow down.

Venture into the evening spell by grabbing dinner at Cocina Madrigal Tacos + Tequila. This is an excellent Mexican restaurant where spice and flavor are in no short supply.

Perhaps you’re in the mood for a juicy steak or posh comfort food, in which case The Arrogant Butcher is a winning bet.

You can also snag a table at Pizzeria Bianco, another dining hotspot where wood-fired pizzas and Neapolitan-style pies are all the rage.

If you’re one of the ‘brave ones’ who don’t limit their fish indulgence to the coastal cities only, why not try a yummy swordfish dish at Chula Seafood?

After all, who says you can’t munch good-quality marine food in the desert, right?

Night | Downtown in Phoenix

Get a Taste of the Phoenix Nightlife

In the nighttime, as you wind down your trip to Phoenix, a splendid seal to your downtown deal will be Century Grand.

This is a three-in-one cocktail bar venue where specialty crafts are the order of the day (or, more aptly, the night).

Think of the Century Grand as a bar-hopping adventure with more bar and less hop, as the spaces are in the same vicinity. What to expect, you ask?

  • Platform 18 – This luxe cocktail bar is designed to emulate a moving train, allowing you to sip on something exotic while giving you a New Orleans bayou feel.
  • Grey Hen Rx – The Grey Hen is apothecary-inspired and is your bar of choice if premium whiskeys and bourbons are your poison.
  • UnderTow – This zany, nautical-themed cocktail bar offers an immersive, tiki-inspired experience. Enjoy drinks and a bit of theatrics, thanks to sound effects, flashing lights, and a viewing screen with peculiar displays. I LOVE this bar!

Pro Tip: Although walk-ins are welcome, book a reservation to eliminate disappointment or long waiting times.

A Day in Downtown Phoenix | Map

Take a look at this map to see what your movements entail when you spend a day in downtown Phoenix.

  • Papago Park
  • Practical Art
  • The Churchill
  • Phoenix Art Museum
  • Heard Museum
  • Arizona Science Center
  • Roosevelt Row
  • Japanese Friendship Garden
  • Restaurants & Bars
    • Matt’s Big Breakfast
    • Cocina Madrigal Tacos + Tequila
    • The Arrogant Butcher
    • Pizzeria Bianco
    • Chula Seafood
    • Century Grand

Click here for a live version of the map!

Must-Know Things | What to Do in Phoenix for a Day

When planning a trip to Phoenix, Arizona, even for one day, there are a few things to remember to maximize the overall experience.

The following info will help elevate your day trip to Arizona state’s capital:

  1. The Valley is a Sonoran desert landscape. Most of the time, the weather is hot and dry. So, keeping well hydrated is an essential part of enjoying your visit.
  1. Phoenix is a large city, making it pretty neat that this day trip only focuses on one area. Downtown is very walkable, with a fantastic fusion of open areas, retail outlets, restaurants, and attractions. Bike or scooter rentals are fun options, too, if you’d like to zip around the neighborhood with ease.
  1. Arizona’s summer is monsoon season. If you’re visiting Phoenix between June and September, be prepared for a cloudburst or two.

Next Read: Phoenix’s warmth and sunshine guarantee awesome location pictures, but a little tweaking for the perfect Insta shot never hurts. Learn about the niftiest aesthetic photo editing apps.

Where to Eat in Phoenix | Best Downtown Spots

Nothing captures a city’s essence like its food. These top downtown picks will give you a proper taste of what Phoenix’s culinary scene is all about:

  • Breakfast – Matt’s Big Breakfast serves tasty morning and brunch classics. Crispy bacon, potatoes, eggs, and fluffy pancakes? They’ve got it all.
  • Lunch – Pomo Pizzeria is your go-to for an Italian-style lunch, from pizzas to pasta to gourmet paninis and more.

Next Read: Take your food snaps to a whole new level with viral IG reels.

Where to Stay in Phoenix | Downtown Accommodations

  • If you love historic districts, this remodeled duplex in Garfield, a downtown neighborhood that pops with culture and diversity, is the place for you.
  • FOUND:RE Phoenix is adorned with chic urban decor and lovely bursts of color – fit for travelers who appreciate comfort, convenience, and aesthetics.

Next Read: All trips, even short one-day excursions like this one, are best enjoyed when you have your travel safety tips in check.

Parting Thoughts | One Day in Phoenix Downtown

If the question is, is Phoenix worth visiting, this scoop proves that the resounding answer is yes!

From quirky, vibrant spaces like The Churchill to the museums to the famous Roosevelt Row, downtown is the place to be when embarking on a one-day trip.

You know exactly where to go now, and there’ll be no shortage of what to do in Phoenix for a few hours when you make the downtown area your prime destination.

You can also enjoy a Phoenix stop during longer journeys, like an Arizona-Utah road trip. It’s your chance to seize a remarkable memory-making holiday opportunity.

The post One Day in Phoenix | Best Downtown Attractions + Map appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-phoenix/feed/ 0 56593
Perfect Arizona Utah Road Trip – Bucket List Southwest Itinerary https://dani-the-explorer.com/arizona-utah-road-trip-itinerary/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/arizona-utah-road-trip-itinerary/#comments Wed, 01 Nov 2023 00:08:07 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53254 Imagine a world with endless sunrises and sunsets that are so beautiful they leave you feeling enchanted and unworthy of their presence all at the same time (kidding). The only world capable of this magical kind of spell is the USA Southwest. And if you’ve never been to this part of the States before, there’s […]

The post Perfect Arizona Utah Road Trip – Bucket List Southwest Itinerary appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Imagine a world with endless sunrises and sunsets that are so beautiful they leave you feeling enchanted and unworthy of their presence all at the same time (kidding). The only world capable of this magical kind of spell is the USA Southwest. And if you’ve never been to this part of the States before, there’s no better introduction to some Southwest magic than a proper Arizona Utah road trip. 

As an Arizona resident, I’ve done a Phoenix to Utah road trip or two or ten, and I am so excited to present you with the ultimate AZ, UT itinerary!

Who knows, maybe you’ll love it so much that you’ll find yourself moving here ;). 

This trip is special because it it comprised of a Utah National Parks road trip and a Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon National Park trip—both of which I have blogs on!

Let’s not waste any more time! Before getting into the Utah Arizona road trip itinerary, I want to take a minute to discuss a few planning “must-knows.”

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Road Trip Itinerary

When planning, you’ll want to keep the below details in mind.

  • 🌵When to Go: Winter to early summer is a great time to road trip Utah and Arizona. Winter may require some extra prep, but it’s a gorgeous time to visit!
  • ⏰Trip Length: 10 days
  • ✈Fly: For the best tickets, check KAYAK. Fly into Phoenix Sky Harbor (a popular choice).
  • 🚗Rental Car: KAYAK can also help you find cheap rental cars! You will not need a 4×4 for this trip.
  • 🚐Rental Campervan: Want a campervan instead? You can rent one using Outdoorsy.
  • 🏨Stay: We’ll cover where to stay too.
  • 🎟Park Fees: You will be visiting national parks on this trip. The standard entrance fee is about $35 per park. To save, snag the America The Beautiful Pass ($79.99).

It’s worth noting that while you might be able to do this trip in less than 10 days, you’ll end up rushing through it!

A 10 day itinerary will give you enough time to actually enjoy all the attractions we discuss.

Utah Arizona Road Trip Itinerary at a Glance + Map

  • Day 1 – Sedona
  • Day 2 – Monument Valley and Valley of the Gods
  • Day 3 – Moab, Arches National Park, Canyonlands National Park
  • Day 4 – Moab, Arches National Park, Canyonlands National Park
  • Day 5 – Capitol Reef National Park and Bryce Canyon National Park
  • Day 6 – Zion National Park and Page, AZ
  • Day 7 – Grand Canyon National Park
  • Day 8 – Flagstaff and Phoenix, AZ
  • Day 9 – Phoenix and Scottsdale, AZ
  • Day 10 – Depart

Here’s what your route will look like!

Click here to view a live version of the map!

Arizona Utah Road Trip Map

You will be hitting the best National Parks in Utah and Arizona, so no need to fret about that!

Below, each day is split into morning, afternoon, and evening itineraries, complete with specifics on places to see. 

Day 1 — Phoenix to Sedona, AZ

Morning & Afternoon

Once you’ve landed in Phoenix and picked up your rental car, start making your 2 hour drive up to Sedona.

This is where you will spend the night and your first day in AZ before continuing up your road trip from Arizona to Utah!

When you get there, you can head off on a Sedona hike. There are some fantastic trails in Sedona.

Below is a quick list of my favorites:

  • Birthing Cave – One of the best caves in Sedona and relatively easy to get to. The hike is 1.5 miles round trip. 
  • Sugarloaf Summit – 1.6 mile round trip hike to the top of a beautiful mountain that’s perfect for sunrise!

If you want to do something a bit different, you can book a tour!

Below are some popular choices for your day in Sedona:

  • Pink Jeep Tour – Go off-roading in Sedona in, you guessed it, a pink jeep!
  • Hot Air Balloon Ride – Book a sunrise hot air balloon ride to see Sedona in all its golden light glory!
  • Sedona Helicopter Tour – Perfect for adventure lovers and thrill-seekers who want to see Sedona from a different perspective. 

You’d Like: Red Rock Pass vs America the Beautiful

Evening

You can certainly end your day with a Sedona sunset hike, but I say opt to watch the sunset at Airport Mesa vortex for ease.

This beautiful 360 vortex is extremely easy to get to. 

You’ll park in the designated lot and take a .1 mile (if that) path to a plateau where you’ll be greeted with a 360 view of Sedona. Pick a spot to watch the sunset and enjoy! 

Wanderer Tip: Alternatively, you can check out Cathedral Rock Vortex.

Day 2 — Monument Valley, Valley of the Gods, Moab, UT

Morning

From Sedona, make the 3 and a half-hour drive to Monument Valley. If you’re feeling super adventurous, you can get here for sunrise, which is one of the prettiest times to be there!

Monument Valley is where you can see the famous “Forrest Gump Road.”

You can also see the large mitten-like formations towering over the Arizona Utah border.

Because Monument Valley is a Navajo Tribal Park, you must comply with park rules and regulations. 

Wanderer Tip: I recommend visiting NavajoNationParks.org to read into the hours and the current vehicle restrictions for the famous 17-mile loop road through the Valley!

Afternoon

Next up is Valley of the Gods!

Valley of the Gods is a scenic sandstone formation area located in Mexican Hat, Utah.

The drive here from Monument Valley is about an hour. 

You’ll enter a dirt road that takes you through the Valley when you arrive.

It’s a gorgeous place to explore and admire Utah’s famous views!

You’d Like: How to Become an Adventure Photographer

Evening

The drive to Moab, Utah will be about 3 hours.

Moab is home to some Utah National Parks like Arches and Canyonlands.

Once you arrive here, you’ll stay in Moab for 2 days before setting off again!

Wanderer Tip: Spend your first evening getting something to eat and settling in.

Days 3 & 4 Moab, Arches, Canyonlands

Morning to Evening (Arches National Park)

A visit to Arches will be a great intro to all the UT Park goodness to come.

Here are some things to do in the park:

  • Hike to Delicate Arch
  • Visit the Windows Section
  • Get a permit for Fiery Furnace
  • Visit Sand Dune Arch

You can spend an entire day exploring these attractions and the surrounding Moab area.

Wanderer Tip: To help with your trip planning, I recommend reading my one day in Arches guide.

Morning to Evening (Canyonlands National Park)

Here are some things to do in Canyonlands:

  • Visit Mesa Arch
  • Catch sunset at Grand View Point Overlook
  • Admire Green River Overlook

To see the “best” of the park, you really only need a day in Canyonlands.

If you want to take things a step further, you can always plan for a more “unique” adventure like a packrafting trip.

You’d Like: Canyonlands versus Grand Canyon

Morning to Evening (Optional Moab Adventures)

Moab is an adventure hub full of things to do.

Aside from the parks, I recommend checking out Dead Horse Point State Park for an epic sunset or sunrise!

But here are some great tours and excursions you can embark on, too:

Wanderer Tip: You might find my complete Moab Utah travel guide helpful for this portion of your trip!

Day 5 Capitol Reef to Bryce Canyon

  • Total Drive Time: 4 Hours 40 Minutes
  • Time Exploring: 1 Day
  • Stay: Under Canvas Bryce Canyon, Bryce Valley Lodging
  • Eat: Try to do a grocery run near Moab because there are not many food options near Bryce Canyon!
  • Fees: National Park entry ($35 each) or America The Beautiful Pass

Morning & Afternoon

At around the 2 hours and 30-minute mark is when you’ll get to Capitol Reef National Park!

When you arrive, I recommend stopping at the Gifford House and getting a fresh-baked item.

They have bread, pies, jellies—it’s pretty amazing. 

Wanderer Tip: Then if you’re up for it, you can drive the park’s Scenic Byway and take in some of the surrounding views. 

Evening

The drive to Bryce is about 2 hours from Capitol Reef National Park.

Once you arrive in the Bryce Canyon National Park area, you’ll see towering orange hoodoo formations that let you know you’re in the right place! 

You’ll most likely arrive in Bryce National Park during the late afternoon or just in time for sunset.

If so, head to Sunset Point before going to sleep!

If you have time, you can also hike the Navajo Loop! It’s a 3-mile trail that brings you into Bryce Canyon NP to get up close and personal with some of it’s famous rock formations.

Expect it to take about 2 hours to complete.

Wanderer Tip: If you don’t have time, you can save this trail for the morning or hike part of it!

Day 6 Zion National Park to Page, Arizona

  • Total Drive Time: 2 Hours and 30 Minutes OR 4 Hours (with Zion)
  • Time Exploring: 1 Day
  • Stay: Best Western in Page
  • Eat: BirdHouse, Big John’s Texas BBQ, El Tapatio, Fiesta Mexicana
  • Fees: National Park entry ($35) or America The Beautiful Pass

Morning (Optional)

Along your route to Page, AZ, you’ll pass Zion National Park. You can certainly stop here, but note that doing so will make your drive to Page 4 hours. 

You may want to extend your trip a day.

In that case, you’ll want to read my 2 day Zion National Park itinerary blog. 

Wanderer Tip: On your way down from Bryce, you can stop in Kanab, UT, and try to get permits to explore The Wave. 

Afternoon & Evening

Page is full of texture and wide-open landscapes that you can’t miss!

Some of the best activities in Page, AZ can be accessed by booking a tour.

So here are some tours in Page, AZ that are worth your time! 

  • Book a Lower Antelope Canyon Tour — Explore the rainbow-colored canyon walls of Lower Antelope Canyon or Upper Antelope Canyon. 
  • Horseshoe Bend Overlook — Best at sunrise or sunset. Entry is $10. You can also book a helicopter flight over Horseshoe Bend for a different perspective!
  • Jeep Tour — Explore more canyons and hidden gems in Page with a Jeep tour.
  • Lake Powell — While you’re up this way, you can explore the Lake Powell surrounding area or Rainbow Bridge National Monument. 

Wanderer Tip: If you only have time for one thing, my suggestion would be to check Antelope Canyon off your list!

Day 7 Grand Canyon National Park

Morning to Evening

The South Rim of Grand Canyon National Park will be worth the stop.

The drive from Page is about 2 hours and 30 minutes. This will be your last major stop before heading back down to Phoenix. 

Once you arrive at the Grand Canyon National Park, surely you’ll want to explore a bit!

Here are some things to do when you get there:

Wanderer Tip: If you want more details on how to best plan your day in the Grand Canyon, I suggest reading my Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon trip blog!

Day 8 Flagstaff, AZ to Phoenix, AZ

Morning & Afternoon

You’ll have about a 4 hour drive to PHX from the Grand Canyon, BUT as with all of the other long drive days, you’ll break it up!

At about the halfway point in your drive, you’ll reach Flagstaff.

Stop here for a coffee at Macy’s European Cafe! 

Wanderer Tip: If you’re up for a bit of detour, you can drive up the Snowbowl area to get a nice view of Flagstaff’s tallest mountain, Humphreys Peak, and the San Francisco Peaks!

Evening

Once you arrive back in the Phoenix area, you’ll probably be tired from all of your driving and might want to crash in your hotel.

BUT, if you’re up for exploring a bit more, stay in the Scottsdale area and explore some of the local outdoor spaces, hotels, and restaurants!

Scottsdale is about 15 minutes from Phoenix Sky Harbor airport, so staying here then flying out the next day won’t be a difficult journey!

Make sure you hit up the best Old Town Scottsdale happy hours when you arrive in the city!

You’d Like: How to Spend 36 Hours in Scottsdale

Day 9 Phoenix & Scottsdale

Morning to Evening

This is an optional day, but you can explore a bit before leaving while you’re back in the Phoenix area!

If you stay in here, there are some great day trips from Scottsdale that may be worth your time, like visiting Lake Pleasant, Superstition Mountains, Downtown Phoenix, and more!

These are all a 30 to 40 minute drive from the city.

Read Next: The Most Instagrammable Places in Phoenix

Day 10 — Wrapping Up Your Utah Arizona Road Trip Itinerary

Should you choose to spend a relaxing last day in Phoenix, you would then depart on day 10, concluding your Arizona Utah itinerary!

And that’s all folks! While you might not have gotten to see EVERYTHING in these Southwest states, hopefully this itinerary was enough to give you a little intro into all the amazingness just waiting for you in the desert!

If you enjoyed this blog, you’ll probably want to check out my other Southwest guides like my Phoenix Sedona Grand Canyon itinerary.

And with that, happy exploring :)!

The post Perfect Arizona Utah Road Trip – Bucket List Southwest Itinerary appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/arizona-utah-road-trip-itinerary/feed/ 1 53254
Scottsdale vs. Phoenix | Ultimate Desert City Guide https://dani-the-explorer.com/scottsdale-vs-phoenix/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/scottsdale-vs-phoenix/#respond Mon, 30 Oct 2023 06:00:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56563 Need help deciding whether to visit Scottsdale or Phoenix? I’ve been there! Arizona’s sunny spots have a lot to offer. Phoenix is this big, lively place full of cool stuff to do, and Scottsdale? It’s more laid-back and classy. Hence, looking at Scottsdale vs. Phoenix could help plan your southwest trip. Both cities, nestled in […]

The post Scottsdale vs. Phoenix | Ultimate Desert City Guide appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Need help deciding whether to visit Scottsdale or Phoenix? I’ve been there!

Arizona’s sunny spots have a lot to offer. Phoenix is this big, lively place full of cool stuff to do, and Scottsdale? It’s more laid-back and classy. Hence, looking at Scottsdale vs. Phoenix could help plan your southwest trip.

Both cities, nestled in the sun-soaked state of Arizona, offer distinct experiences. Still, one might edge out the other, depending on your preference. 

Pulling from my experience as an Arizona native, I’m going to use this blog to give you allllllll the ins and outs of visiting both desert cities. 

So, let’s dive in and dissect the differences between these jewels — that way, you can decide what’ll be best for your trip!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

Phoenix versus Scottsdale: What Are They Famous For?

Phoenix and Scottsdale have similarities regarding overall vibes, food, and activities. 

However, each city is “known” for unique qualities you should be aware of while planning your trip.

Phoenix

Phoenix is widely recognized for its striking desert vistas, significant Native American art, and outdoor activities, particularly hiking and golfing. 

The Desert Botanical Garden, showcasing a vast collection of arid-land plants, and vibrant events like the Phoenix Open Golf Tournament are among the city’s celebrated highlights.

Scottsdale

Scottsdale is famed for its luxury spa resorts, high-end shopping districts, and vibrant nightlife. 

It is also known for hosting upscale events such as the Barrett-Jackson Auto Show and the annual Scottsdale Arts Festival, attracting aficionados of luxury cars and art enthusiasts, respectively.

I should note that Phoenix and Scottsdale are known for their golf and outdoors — they’re just a bit different, which we’ll dive into.

Getting Around Phoenix and Scottsdale

Arizona cities aren’t the most walkable places, so you’re better off having a car for Phoenix and Scottsdale. 

Plus, Uber makes it easy to catch a ride when needed. 

Phoenix

Phoenix does offer public transportation, but it isn’t the best, nor will it give you the most options.

It’s cumbersome and doesn’t compare to that of most large metropolitan cities in the USA.

If you plan on visiting downtown, you’re really better off having a car. 

There are parking garages everywhere, so that usually isn’t a hassle.

Scottsdale

However, while Scottsdale is spread out in some parts too (like Old Town to North Scottsdale is about a 20-minute venture), if you explore the trendier, more tourist-friendly Old Town area, you can get away with coming here without a car.

In fact, the Scottsdale Waterfront is a great place to bike — which I highly recommend!

Most hotels in Scottsdale also offer complimentary bikes you can use to ride around the city.

Good to Know: Scottsdale is also home to the Indian Bend Wash Greenbelt, which offers walking and biking trails that weave through golf courses and urban parks.

City Vibes

So, what should you expect regarding the “vibe” of these two cities? Let’s discuss!

Phoenix

Starting with Phoenix, it’s a sprawling metropolis recognized as the fifth most populous city in the United States. 

You’ll find it’s enveloped by rugged mountains and scintillating landscapes.

It’s the vibrant heart of Arizona, teeming with diverse activities, attractions, and cuisine.

I enjoy the mix of cultural treasures, from the Heard Museum to the musical performances at the Orpheum Theatre.

If I had to describe Phoenix in one word, it’d be “hipster” LOL.

Scottsdale

Scottsdale, in contrast, is the chic sibling, renowned for its upscale resorts and refined ambiance. 

It’s where luxury and leisure walk hand in hand, and the stunning Sonoran Desert serves as a picturesque backdrop to golf courses, spas, and boutique shops. 

I’m always taken by the elegance of Scottsdale, with its art galleries whispering tales of creativity and its culinary scene presenting a symphony of flavors.

Scottsdale vs. Phoenix Outdoor Adventures

Both Phoenix and Scottsdale offer a lot with the outdoors. 

However, they have their differences.

Phoenix

For those keen on outdoor adventures, Phoenix is your go-to, with thrilling hiking trails like Camelback Mountain — it comes with panoramic views bathed in the golden glow of the desert sun. 

Phoenix is also home to South Mountain, which folks explore via mountain bike and hiking — the terrain is a bit rough compared to other AZ hikes.

Scottsdale

Scottsdale offers serene desert tours like the McDowell Mountains

If you want to explore these, head to the Gateway Trail! It’s a short, dog-friendly hike you can use to connect to other trails.

Hiking here is like stepping into a desert fairy tale, with the sun painting the landscape in golden hues and the trails offering glimpses of Arizona’s wild beauty.

The McDowells are a much more scenic mountain range, so they’re also one of the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale.

Scottsdale also allows you to grab a bike and explore hot spots like The Waterfront.

I personally like the outdoor activities available in Scottsdale over those in Phoenix, BUT the best in Arizona is going to be away from these areas (think Sedona and Flagstaff).

Wanderer Tip: If you have time, check out hikes in the Superstition Mountains.

The Food Scene in Scottsdale and Phoenix

When it comes to culinary experiences, both cities cater to diverse palates. 

Phoenix’s culinary landscape is a melting pot. 

You can savor mouth-watering tacos, indulge in innovative vegan dishes, and discover delicious international cuisine.

In contrast, Scottsdale’s food scene is a culinary canvas painted with gourmet restaurants, sophisticated wine bars, and chic cafes, where every meal feels like a luxurious experience.

From experience, both cities have great things to offer in the food scene. Your choice of “where to go” depends on where you think you’ll spend more time.

Phoenix or Scottsdale: Things to do

Let’s quickly cover the highlights and my suggestions for things to do in both cities!

Phoenix

Exploring Different Worlds: The Desert Botanical Garden is a must, with its unique desert plants and vibrant flowers.

Hitting the Trails: South Mountain Park offers unreal views and is a haven for hikers.

Diving into the Food Scene: The culinary variety is endless, from delicious tacos to innovative vegan dishes!

Scottsdale

Strolling Through Elegance: Old Town has cute shops and cozy cafes, perfect for a leisurely day.

Indulging in Art: The Scottsdale Museum of Contemporary Art is a treasure trove for modern art lovers.

A Little of Everything: You can attend car shows, go hiking, or spend the day at a luxe spa!

Costs

So, where would you get the most bang for your buck? 

Phoenix

In Phoenix, you’ve got a whole spectrum of places to stay, ranging from budget-friendly to a bit more splurge. 

The culinary scene is just as varied, offering everything from affordable food truck bites to high-end dining experiences, catering to all kinds of budgets. 

And while enjoying the great outdoors is often free or inexpensive, be prepared for museum and event ticket prices—they can add up!

Scottsdale

Scottsdale, on the other hand, is more about the luxe life. 

Accommodations tend to lean towards the pricier side, especially if you’re eyeing those upscale resorts and chic hotels

And when it comes to dining, it’s all about the experience, with many places offering gourmet dishes in stylish settings, which can be a bit pricier. 

Whether it’s a relaxing day at the spa or a shopping spree at high-end boutiques, indulging in the Scottsdale way of life might have you spending more.

So, Phoenix or Scottsdale?

Ultimately, the choice between Phoenix and Scottsdale boils down to what you’re seeking. 

Are you yearning for a diverse, bustling city filled with myriad experiences? Phoenix is your place.

Craving a refined, relaxed atmosphere where luxury and elegance reign supreme? Scottsdale beckons.

Either way, you’re bound to leave with a suitcase full of memories and a heart filled with the warmth of the Arizona sun. 

Whether it’s Phoenix’s dynamic vibrancy or Scottsdale’s refined charm, your Arizona adventure awaits. So, which will it be?

The post Scottsdale vs. Phoenix | Ultimate Desert City Guide appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/scottsdale-vs-phoenix/feed/ 0 56563
Canyonlands vs. Grand Canyon: Which Is Better? https://dani-the-explorer.com/canyonlands-vs-grand-canyon/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/canyonlands-vs-grand-canyon/#respond Thu, 26 Oct 2023 06:00:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56565 When it comes to spectacular natural wonders, nothing in the United States comes close to the magical landscapes of the Southwest. And trust me — you’ll want to see it all. From the rugged terrains of Utah, dotted with mesas, plateaus, and river-eroded canyons, to the deserted lands of Arizona full of saguaros, the American […]

The post Canyonlands vs. Grand Canyon: Which Is Better? appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
When it comes to spectacular natural wonders, nothing in the United States comes close to the magical landscapes of the Southwest. And trust me — you’ll want to see it all.

From the rugged terrains of Utah, dotted with mesas, plateaus, and river-eroded canyons, to the deserted lands of Arizona full of saguaros, the American Southwest is a must-see destination.

You can draw many comparisons between the different national parks in the Southwest, but this guide focuses on the two that partially owe their existence to the mighty Colorado River.

Grand Canyon and Canyonlands offer breathtaking scenery you can easily explore through hiking, mule riding, rock climbing, and backpacking.

But before getting into the nitty-gritty of each park, here’s a breakdown of the main similarities and differences between Canyonlands and Grand Canyon.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

Canyonlands vs. Grand Canyon — The Breakdown

It’s not hard to see the most obvious similarity between the two national parks – it’s in the names.

Both the Grand Canyon and Canyonlands were carved out by the Colorado River, with the Green River also playing a major role in creating the Canyonlands.

Have a look at these similarities and differences that make Canyonlands and Grand Canyon national parks a must-add to your Southwest itinerary.

Canyonlands vs. Grand Canyon: Similarities

Some similarities between Canyonlands and Grand Canyon are:

Popularity

Both Canyonlands and Grand Canyon are among the most visited national parks in the Southwest Region of the United States.

Canyonlands is one of Utah’s Mighty Five, and the Grand Canyon is an unskippable stop on any Arizona road trip

Bottom-Up Views

You can see both national parks from top to bottom.

Numerous hiking trails take you from the surface all the way down to the canyon floors. You’ll get picturesque overlooks and viewpoints at every turn.

Scorching Summer Weather

Both national parks experience extremely hot temperatures, especially in summer.

Canyonlands temperature averages about 92°F, while the Grand Canyon reaches about 93°F.

Canyonlands vs. Grand Canyon: Differences

Some key differences between Canyonlands and Grand Canyon are:

Shape and Size

Although these national parks look the same, Canyonlands is more of a giant open crater.

The Grand Canyon is made up of a series of deep canyons.

The Canyonlands and Grand Canyon size comparison is 337,570 to 1,218,375 acres.

Location

Both national parks are located in the Southwest, but Canyonlands is in Utah, and the Grand Canyon is in Arizona.

You can actually drive from one park to another by taking an Arizona to Utah road trip.

It’ll take you about five to six hours to complete.

Accessibility

To see the Grand Canyon from the bottom up, you’ll have to take one of the long, strenuous hikes to the canyon floor.

But to see Canyonlands in this way, you can do so with a quick drive.

Which Park is Better?

It’s difficult to compare the two parks because they both have so many great qualities. But here is a look into each national park so you can decide for yourself.

Getting to Know Canyonlands National Park

Canyonlands is divided into four unique districts, each offering a landscape and sightseeing opportunities that radically differ from the others. 

Island in the Sky

The park’s most visited section – Island in the Sky, is a mesa resting atop sandstone cliffs with sheer drops of over 1,000 feet.

This vantage point offers sweeping views of the Canyonlands.

You’ll find multiple pullouts and overlooks along the scenic drive that can easily be explored via the hiking trails or a guided 4×4 tour.

The Needles

Named after the multi-colored sandstone spires that dominate the landscape, The Needles district sits in the southeastern corner of the Canyonlands.

This section is quite remote, making it perfect for long day hikes and overnight stays.

You can also take a 4×4 drive through the district if time is limited.

The Maze

This district is characterized by towering red-rock mesas topped with white bands.

This is the park’s most remote section, so don’t expect crowds. The district has the least developed roads and trails within Canyonlands, so you’ll require more time to explore it.

You’ll also need to bring survival gear for self-rescue, as visitor centers and amenities are rare in this district.

The Rivers

Last but certainly not least, the fourth section of Canyonlands is made up of The Rivers that traverse through the park.

The Colorado and Green rivers cut through the heart of the national park.

They flow upstream towards The Confluence, making them ideal for kayaking, canoeing, and river rafting

Best Time To Visit

The best time to visit is when the weather in the Canyonlands is not scorching hot. So spring and fall are ideal seasons to visit. 

Early spring begins in March with cold temperatures and moderate showers. While April and May offer warmer and clearer days. 

Fall kicks off with hot days in September, but gradually, from October to November, temperatures drop, and the vibrant fall foliage comes to life.

Where To Stay Near Canyonlands National Park

The closest place to stay when visiting Canyonlands is the Utah city of Moab. The area boasts numerous lodges, eateries, and amenities.

The Moab Resort — Stay in a luxury condo fully furnished with modern equipment and sophisticated decor. You’ll have access to a fitness center, an outdoor pool, and a hot tub.

Downtown Moab Townhouse — Traveling as a family or group of friends? This 3-bedroom townhouse is just what you need. You’ll have access to a pool, jacuzzi, and a lush backyard.

Camping — Canyonlands offers two campgrounds. The Island in the Sky camping area has toilets, picnic tables, and a spectacular overlook of the Green River. The campsite in The Needles also offers toilets, picnic tables, and portable water.

Top Things To Do

There are many things to keep you busy when visiting this national park.

From hiking to mountain biking, kayaking, and stargazing, you’ll find many great outdoor adventures in Canyonlands National Park, even if you’re here just for a day.

Catch the Sunrise of Sunset at Mesa Arch

Watch as hues of red and orange light bounce on the canyonlands at Mesa Arch.

This is a popular spot to catch the sunrise and sunset, so make sure you arrive early. Look through the natural frame to see glimpses of the La Sal Mountains. 

Stop At The Canyon Overlooks

Besides the great viewpoints along the scenic drive, you can also see incredible vistas at other canyon overlooks.

The Dead Horse Point Overlook, Shafer Canyon Overlook, and Buck Canyon Overlook offer views of dramatic canyons and red rock formations.

Go Stargazing

The remoteness of the Canyonlands makes it an excellent spot for stargazing.

On clear nights, the park’s dark skies reveal a spectacular display of dancing stars.

Bring your telescope or join a ranger-led stargazing program to see the glistening celestial bodies up close.

Pop Over to Arches National Park

Start your day early at Canyonlands and then head towards its neighbor, Arches National Park, to witness a mesmerizing collection of natural arches.

The iconic Delicate Arch, Double Arch, Balanced Rock, and Fiery Furnace are must-sees.

Getting to Know Grand Canyon National Park

Similar to the Canyonlands, Grand Canyon National Park is also split into sections. These are called “rims”.

Although not all of them are located within the park, each of these districts of the Grand Canyon offers a unique perspective of the gorge.

South Rim

The Grand Canyon’s South Rim is vast and features many viewpoints you’re likely to see on magazine pages and social media. That’s why this park section is often called “the true Grand Canyon”.

The South Rim is where you’ll find most of the activity in the park.

The Grand Canyon Village sits at the heart of the South Rim. It offers lodgings, restaurants, and shuttle stops to some of the park’s most popular overlooks, like Grandview Point and Hermit’s Rest.

You’ll also find the Grand Canyon Visitor Center here, where you can get maps, see topographic exhibits of the gorge, and ask rangers for advice or assistance.

The visitor center is a short hike from Mather Point, one of the park’s most visited viewpoints.

North Rim

With the South Rim attracting about 90% of the park’s visitors, the North Rim is a great alternative if you want to avoid the crowds.

The North Rim is over 1,000 feet higher in altitude than the South Rim. It supports alpine plants and wildlife you won’t see in the South Rim.

The North Rim has a shortened open season, closing in winter due to snow.

While it’s open, you’ll find a lodge that offers food and beverages and a campground for overnight stays.

Some popular overlooks in the North Rim include Bright Angel Point, Cape Royal, and Point Imperial.

West Rim (Grand Canyon West)

This rim lies outside the bounds of Grand Canyon National Park.

The West Rim forms part of the Hualapai Indian Tribal Lands. So, if you’d like to see this part of the canyon, you’ll have to acquire a separate entrance pass.

The West Rim is a part of the canyon that is closest to Las Vegas; hence, the Rim receives a lot of visitors from Nevada.

In fact, the West Rim is the second most-visited part of the canyon. 

The most popular attraction in the West Rim is the Skywalk. This glass sky bridge and walkway make for an unforgettable experience, bringing you closer to the canyon wall.

East Rim (Grand Canyon East)

The East Rim is the least-visited section of the Grand Canyon, but that’s not to say that it has fewer attractions and sights to offer.

Located along the Colorado River, the East Rim is the least accessible part of the gorge, making it ideal for fearless adventurers who like smaller crowds.

The most popular attraction in the East Rim is the Little Colorado River (LCR), which is responsible for carving several canyons in the region.

Another must-see in the East Rim is the Horseshoe Bend, where you can watch the most magnificent sunrises and sunsets.

Best Time To Visit

Like Canyonlands, the Grand Canyon experiences sweltering temperatures in the summertime.

The best time to visit this national park is spring (March to May) and fall (September to November). 

These are known as the “shoulder seasons” when temperatures are pleasant, crowds are not as frequent, and most of the park is open to visitors.

Where To Stay Near Grand Canyon National Park

The Grand Canyon is massive, so you can access the gorge from different cities. If you’re visiting the West Rim, Las Vegas or Henderson are great places to stay. 

But if you’re going to the heart of the Grand Canyon, nearby towns like Flagstaff and Sedona are the ideal places for a home base. You’ll also find several lodgings within the park.

Downtown Carriage House — Stay in a 1920s stone carriage apartment in Flagstaff and enjoy tranquil pleasures like walking through flower-filled grounds and cozying up at the stone fire pit.

Residence Inn — Luxury exudes from every corner of this hotel. You’ll have access to a fitness center, a lobby bar to grab a drink, an outdoor pool, and BBQ facilities, making for a perfect day in Sedona.

Camping — You can stay at several campgrounds within Grand Canyon National Park. The most popular sites, like Mather Campground, are located in the South Rim.

Top Things To Do

The Grand Canyon is one of the most iconic natural wonders, not just in the United States but in the world. There are plenty of activities and attractions to make the most of your visit.

Go Mule Riding

Experience the canyon from a unique perspective by taking a thrilling mule ride.

These are available through guided tours and offer an unforgettable journey into the canyon’s depths.

Explore Grand Canyon Village

The historic Grand Canyon Village is where you’ll find many of the park’s top attractions, like the Grand Canyon Railway Depot, Kolb Studio, Verkamp’s Visitor Center, and the Rim Trailhead.

Take a Helicopter Tour

Get a bird’s-eye view of the Grand Canyon by taking a scenic helicopter tour.

This offers you a unique perspective of the gorge and a chance to get a good grasp of the canyon’s vastness.

Visit Hopi House

The Hopi House is a stone structure shaped and built like a traditional Hopi pueblo.

It was designed by architect Mary Colter and gives you a sneak peek into the lives of the Hopi people, with artifacts like pottery jars, thatched baskets, and jewelry laid out for your inspection.

Grand Canyon vs. Canyonlands | Wrapped Up

Canyonlands and Grand Canyon National Parks offer some of the most dramatic landscapes of the Southwestern states of Utah and Arizona.

These national parks share a few similarities, like rugged canyon walls, desert shrubs, and sweltering temperatures.

But they also have distinct differences, with Canyonlands being smaller yet more scattered and remote.

In contrast, the Grand Canyon is so vast that some parts of the gorge are not located within the park. 

These are important considerations to make before deciding on which park to visit. So, which national park is first on your bucket list?

Next Read: Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon Itinerary

The post Canyonlands vs. Grand Canyon: Which Is Better? appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/canyonlands-vs-grand-canyon/feed/ 0 56565
Canyonlands National Park in One Day | Perfect Bucket List Trip https://dani-the-explorer.com/canyonlands-national-park-in-one-day/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/canyonlands-national-park-in-one-day/#respond Wed, 25 Oct 2023 19:25:33 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56564 Utah, or the Beehive State, is a hotspot for natural beauty in the western US, with its incredible national parks, wacky rock formations, and vibrant colors. One terrific park to explore is the Canyonlands National Park, home to many hiking trails, photo opportunities, and picturesque vistas.  That said, there is so much to do in […]

The post Canyonlands National Park in One Day | Perfect Bucket List Trip appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Utah, or the Beehive State, is a hotspot for natural beauty in the western US, with its incredible national parks, wacky rock formations, and vibrant colors.

One terrific park to explore is the Canyonlands National Park, home to many hiking trails, photo opportunities, and picturesque vistas. 

That said, there is so much to do in this gorgeous state, especially if you’re on a Utah National Parks road trip, so you may be wondering if you can visit Canyonlands in one day.

As an Arizona native, I’ve driven up to Canyonlands more times than I can count. The park never ceases to amaze me ; however, there are definitely some “must-sees” you need to prioritize if you only have a day.

In this blog, we’ll cover all the need-to-know info, such as what to see in Canyonlands in one day, fantastic things to do in Canyonlands, and what to pack — all based on my experience visiting and living in the Southwest!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

5 Best Things to Do in Canyonlands National Park in One Day

If you’re visiting Canyonlands in a day, it can help you understand what this spectacular park offers.

There are many fun activities here, but we’ve summed up the best of Canyonlands, so you don’t have to stress.

Don’t forget your America The Beautiful Pass!

Be Amazed at Shafer Canyon Viewpoint 

You’ll find sweeping views and vibrant sandstone cliffs in the Canyonlands district of Island in the Sky.

One exceptional way to see all this is by taking a short drive up to the Shafer Canyon Viewpoint.

Named after a Mormon pioneer family, this canyon is home to the Shafer Trail.

Throughout its history, the path has been used by Native Americans, sheepherders, and settlers.

It’s a challenging Canyonlands hike that many trek down over 1,500 feet. 

It’s much easier to get to the viewpoint, as it’s just past the Island in the Sky Visitor Center.

Once you get here, you’ll be able to see the White Rim and even Dead Horse Point State Park.  

Walk to Mesa Arch

Mesa Arch is another fantastic attraction on the Island in the Sky district and one of the top spots in Canyonlands National Park for photos.

Like Arches National Park’s sunrise spots, this spectacular formation is one of the most popular places in Canyonlands for visitors. 

That’s because it’s extremely picturesque in the early morning, as the sunrise highlights the bottom of the arch.

To get to Mesa Arch, you’ll have to walk along a 0.5-mile loop trail, which should take around 30 minutes.

It’s not too challenging and is a Canyonlands must-see. 

Top Tip: Prefer not to get up so early? You can also visit at sunset, as the park is open 24 hours a day.

Take in Mesmerizing Views at the Green River Overlook

Next, we’ve got the delightful Green River Overlook, where you can understand why this park is called Canyonlands.

It’s one of the most majestic views in the Southwest and even competes with the Grand Canyon. 

Why this, you may ask? Well, it’s an awe-striking experience as you take in the beauty of the surrounding canyons and the majesty of the Green River.

You’ll need to take the 0.2-mile out-and-back trail to get to the viewpoint. This should only take 5 minutes, as it’s a flat path.

PS: If you want to experience the park at a more exhilarating level, packrafting Utah’s Green River is an activity you should add to your bucket list.

Hike Aztec Butte Trail 

Now, we get to one of the best hikes in Canyonlands, the Aztec Butte Trail.

This 1.6-mile out-and-back Canyonlands trail is a moderate hike and will take 45 minutes to an hour to complete. 

However, it’s all worth it for the incredible sights and experiencing the region’s history.

That’s because you’ll encounter two Ancestral Puebloan ruins along the trail’s western fork.

These are known as granaries and were used by indigenous people to store medicines and food.

Along the trail’s eastern fork, you’ll go up to Aztec Butte for some terrific panoramas of the park.  

Have a Picnic at Upheaval Dome

So, there are two ways to get to this ancient crater in Canyonlands: hiking or driving.

The trail up to Upheaval Dome is one of the more challenging Canyonlands hikes, as it’s a steep 1.8-mile out-and-back path.

This usually takes around an hour, and it’s not for everyone. 

However, what makes Upheaval Dome great is that it also has a picnic area near it, so you can appreciate the views while digging into a fantastic lunch. 

Top tip: You’ll want to bring your own food, as the park has no dining facilities. Luckily, Moab has some terrific options to grab a bite to eat.  

Packing List for One Day in Canyonlands

Okay, so now that you know where to go, it might be helpful to know what to pack for a visit to Canyonlands National Park.

Here are a few of my favorite things to bring:

  • Durable sun hat – to protect against the harsh Utah sun.
  • Good hiking boots – to keep your feet supported.
  • Sturdy water bottle – to stay hydrated in the desert.
  • High-SPF sunscreen – to avoid getting bad sunburns.
  • Spacious backpack to keep all these things together. 

The Ideal One-Day Canyonlands Itinerary

Morning 

Start your Canyonlands National Park itinerary by catching a stunning sunrise at one of the park’s many viewpoints or overlooks.

Additionally, you could walk up to Mesa Arch to get one of the best views in Canyonlands National Park, especially at sunrise.

That said, as it’s such an exceptional vista, you’ll have to get there early, as it gets crowded quickly. 

Next, hike the Aztec Butte Trail, full of intriguing sights and ancient ruins.

Another fun option is walking to Whale Rock, another great Canyonlands hiking trail and an interesting rock formation.

Midday

If you’re thinking of what to do in Canyonlands National Park around midday, don’t worry; there are quite a few options.

Although, as it’s part desert, it can get quite hot, so make sure to pack enough water and sunscreen. 

Also, by now, the park is the most busy. With that in mind, avoid Canyonlands’ most popular attractions, such as Mesa Arch and visitor centers.

Instead, go on one of the best hikes in Canyonlands National Park, to the Upheaval Dome. 

Walking along the park’s less busy hiking trails is a great way to avoid the crowds, especially if the weather permits it.

Some other Canyonlands National Park hikes with gorgeous scenery are the 5.4-mile Gooseberry Trail, the 1.8-mile White Rim Overlook Trail, and the 1.8-mile Grand View Point Trail. 

After this, however, you might want something to eat, so having lunch at one of the park’s two picnic areas is a terrific idea.

These are found in The Needles and the Island in the Sky districts. 

Afternoon

If your legs are tired from walking, relieve them by taking one of the park’s many scenic drives.

The Island in the Sky district is probably best for this, especially the drive along Grand View Point Road and Upheaval Dome Road.

You can easily drive to one of its viewpoints, including Shafer Canyon Viewpoint, Candlestick Tower Overlook, Buck Canyon Overlook, and Orange Cliffs Overlook.

As it gets later into the afternoon, a great plan would be to start heading to one of Canyonlands’ brilliant sunset spots.

The best one, by far, is Grand View Point Overlook.

It’s also the end of the scenic drive and a definite highlight of what to do in Canyonlands. Enjoy a vast array of colors, from deep oranges to azure blues. 


Evening 

The park is open 24 hours a day, so you don’t have to worry about 5 pm closing times here.

This means you can even enjoy Canyonlands in the dark, and it’s undoubtedly a fantastic time to be in the park.

That’s because you can stargaze in Canyonlands National Park, especially in the Island in the Sky and Needles districts.

If you’re an avid photographer, the Mesa Arch is the perfect spot to take some night sky shots.

With the contrast of the night sky and the silhouette of the arch, you can capture the essence of Canyonlands’ nighttime beauty.

Some other terrific places for stargazing are the Island in the Sky Mesa, Big Spring Canyon Overlook, and Green River Overlook. 

The park also holds guided full moon hikes from April until August and evening programs from April until November.

These tours are a fun way to socialize, especially if you’re staying at one of Canyonlands’ campgrounds. 

Top tip: Prefer to have a more guided stargazing experience? Several parks have ranger-led stargazing programs, including Dead Horse Point State Park, Arches National Park, and Canyonlands. 

One Day in Canyonlands at a Glance + Map

  • Shafer Canyon
  • Mesa Arch
  • Green River Overlook
  • Aztec Butte Trail
  • Upheaval Dome

Click here for a live version of the map!

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

Top Tips for Spending One Day in Canyonlands

Now that you’ve learned about the best hikes Canyonlands offers and how to spend 24 hours in the park, you might still have some questions.

Luckily for you, here are some brilliant tips to help you out. 

Where to Stay When Visiting Canyonlands National Park

After a full day in Canyonlands National Park, you’ll probably feel exhausted and want somewhere delightful to stay with a comfy bed and a spacious room.

There are two campgrounds in the park, but if that’s not your style, here are a few awesome nearby hotels: 

  • Under Canvas Moab – This property is brilliant for a unique glamping experience just 20 miles from Canyonlands. This spot will refresh you after a long day of exploring, featuring organic toiletries, private bathrooms, and complimentary s’more kits. Check Rates and Availability  
  • Inn at the Canyons – If you’d prefer to spend most of your day in the Needles at Canyonlands, stay at this fantastic inn in Monticello. It’s got an indoor pool to cool off in after hiking, a complimentary continental breakfast to fuel up at, and a convenience store for any midnight cravings. Check Rates and Availability 
  • Element Moab – This accommodation will keep you relaxed and comfy for one of the most luxurious hotels near Canyonlands. With its 55-inch flat-screen TVs with Netflix, an outdoor pool, and air-conditioned rooms, you’ll love the simplicity of this hotel. Check Rates and Availability

Best Time to Visit Canyonlands National Park

Now that you’ve sorted out where to stay, you might still be asking, but what’s the best time to visit Canyonlands?

Generally, the best seasons to visit are spring and fall, as the daytime temperatures are more moderate, ranging from 60º to 80ºF. 

However, this time can vary depending on your interests and what you want from a visit.

For example, hikers should visit Canyonlands in April, in the middle of springtime.

To avoid the crowds, it’s highly recommended that you visit Canyonlands National Park in the winter, as it’s colder (but still stunning). 

Canyonlands Entrance Fees

To access Canyonlands National Park’s trails and idyllic vistas, you must pay an entrance fee online or at one of the visitor centers.

The cost of these varies, with a vehicle pass costing $30, a motorcycle pass costing $25, and a person pass costing $15. These are all valid for one week. 

Final Thoughts on One Day in Canyonlands National Park

Canyonlands National Park is a joy to see, no matter when you visit it.

From the enchanting hikes in Canyonlands to its otherworldly rock formations, it’s no surprise why it’s one of Utah’s best national parks. 

Whether visiting the park on an Arizona-Utah road trip or as part of a Moab itinerary, it’s full of exceptional things to do, even if you only spend one day there. 

Canyonlands is a highlight of visiting Utah, so consider it when planning to visit the Beehive State. Just make sure to pack your hat and enough sunscreen! 

The post Canyonlands National Park in One Day | Perfect Bucket List Trip appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/canyonlands-national-park-in-one-day/feed/ 0 56564
Ultimate Scottsdale Travel Guide for Your Bucket List AZ Trip https://dani-the-explorer.com/scottsdale-travel-guide/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/scottsdale-travel-guide/#respond Sun, 24 Sep 2023 00:33:31 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=55383 If you’re looking for a southwest town that’ll blow you away, Scottsdale, Arizona, is a perfect choice. This Scottsdale travel guide has all the info to help you plan the perfect getaway. I absolutely love Scottsdale for so many reasons and I hope this guide helps you love it too. It provides guests with a […]

The post Ultimate Scottsdale Travel Guide for Your Bucket List AZ Trip appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
If you’re looking for a southwest town that’ll blow you away, Scottsdale, Arizona, is a perfect choice. This Scottsdale travel guide has all the info to help you plan the perfect getaway.

I absolutely love Scottsdale for so many reasons and I hope this guide helps you love it too.

It provides guests with a wealth of activities, resorts, spas, and fantastic restaurants, is only 20 minutes from Phoenix. Furthermore, Sedona and the Grand Canyon are both great nearby options for a day trip from Scottsdale. .

Based on my experience as a local, this guide will highlight all my favorite locations, top eateries, hiking routes, best times to go, and more!

Let’s dive in!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Trip to Scottsdale, AZ

First, let’s cover some must-know details for booking your trip.

Where is Scottsdale? Scottsdale is a major urban hub located in central Arizona. Despite having a more than 10-mile long boundary, Phoenix and Scottsdale’s downtowns are around 12 miles apart and need a 20–30 minute commute.

How to Get to Scottsdale: You can fly into Scottsdale using one of the two airports in the area. Or you can have a fun road trip to the city.

Rental Cars: Expedia is an excellent for vehicle rentals.

How Many Days: A weekend should be enough time to discover all Scottsdale offers. However, 3-4 days is the best choice if you want to take your time with everything.

Best Time to Visit: Scottsdale vacations are best taken from October to April.

Fees: Some spots require a small entrance or booking fee before you go.

Wanderer Tip: Sedona or the Grand Canyon are great day trip ideas!

Where to Stay in Scottsdale

If there’s one thing Scottsdale is known for, it’s the resort options.

It’s easy to feel like you’re on a secluded island somewhere.

Whether you are looking for a quirky, Instagrammable place in Scottsdale or a luxurious, relaxing haven in the middle of the desert, this city won’t let you down.

Here are my suggestions for you:

The Boulders Resort ($$$) 

This Waldorf property is an oasis in the Sonoran Desert.

With everything from outstanding spa facilities to 36 holes of top-notch golf, you cannot miss out on this spot.

>>Click here to check availability 

Sanctuary Camelback Mountain Resort & Spa ($$$)

This gorgeous and inconspicuous resort in the Camelback Mountains offers luxury accommodations, a world-class spa, and delectable cuisine.

It’s no wonder Jay-Z and Beyoncé had their honeymoon here (they need to invite me next time LOL).

>>Click here to check availability 

The Phoenician ($$$)

This four-star hotel is conveniently situated and offers all the best extras, like golf and fantastic dining options.

Thanks to the nine swimming pools, outstanding spa facilities, and eight restaurants, you will have everything you need on-site.

>>Click here to check availability

How To Get To Arizona’s Scottsdale 

There are a few options for getting to Scottsdale. I suggest using Expedia for the best flight options.

Via Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport

  • Only a 15-minute drive from the city center.
  • Has a shuttle service if you don’t want to hire a car.
  • Known as “America’s Friendliest Airport”
  • 20 major airlines, including Southwest, Volaris, United, Condor Airlines, Eurowings, Delta, British Airways, American Airlines, and Air Canada.

Via Scottsdale Airport

  • Located minutes from world-class resorts and only nine miles from Scottsdale’s downtown area.
  • Smaller airport but one of the busiest single runway facilities in the nation.
  • More suited toward corporate jet travel.

Best Time to Visit Scottsdale, AZ

As you probably know (because everyone does, LOL) Arizona gets HOT in the summer. But believe it or not, that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t visit — I’ll explain.

But other than summer, there are definitely other times of year worth visiting.

Winter 

Scottsdale winters are as picturesque as they come, featuring clear skies and highs around 72°F (22°C) from December to mid-February.

It’s an optimum time to enjoy championship golf or explore the Sonoran Desert.

With its bright and cozy weather, I suggest you embrace the outdoor allure of Scottsdale during this season, experiencing the serenity and beauty it offers.

Spring

Spring in Scottsdale brings sunny skies, stadium brats, beers, and vibrant wildflowers dotting the Sonoran Desert trails.

Mid-February to early April is the prime time to enjoy outdoor events and activities.

As a local, I can’t help but recommend you experience the lively and colorful atmosphere of Scottsdale in spring, immersing yourself in the myriad of experiences the city unfolds.

Read Next: Ultimate Weekend in Scottsdale

Summer

Visiting Scottsdale in summer might raise eyebrows, but as an Arizona local, I can vouch it’s an ideal time to explore the city sans the tourist bustle.

It’s my top suggestion for snagging great deals on accommodations and diverse activities, with even airfares being more economical.

The quieter, more affordable setting lets you experience Scottsdale’s unique charm and vibrant culture intimately.

But I need to emphasize that it WILL be hot — so only visit if you want to skip crowds and save!

Fall

Fall breathes refreshing coolness into Scottsdale, morphing the Sonoran Desert into an October outdoor haven.

I recommend visiting this season; it’s a local and tourist favorite due to the comfortable climate and the spectrum of available experiences.

Whether you’re into outdoor adventures or cultural explorations, fall in Scottsdale assures a memorable and charming retreat.

Things to Do on your Scottsdale, AZ vacation

Scottsdale offers a lot of sights to see and things to do.

Below are some of the must-do activities and unmissable sights in Scottsdale AZ.

Wanderer Tip: Read my guide on unique things to do in Scottsdale

Take a Stroll Through the Old Town

Scottsdale’s charm is segmented into several unique districts, each a short stroll from the next.

Explore the Historic Old Town, the Art District, and the Garden District to discover their allure.

Stop by the Old Town Bischoff General Store, a staple since 1971, for myriad offerings, maybe a Diet Coke or some cowboy attire.

Scottsdale’s transformation into a picturesque desert haven began with the acquisition of 640 acres by the Winfield Scott family for just $2.50 per acre.

The olive trees planted by the Scott family can still be witnessed today, adding to the city’s historical charm.

And make sure to take advantage of the public art!

Statues adorn numerous streets, featuring works like the “One Eyed Jack” rabbit, the Bronze Horse Fountain, and the Soleri Bridge.

Wanderer Tip: I recommend a leisurely stroll to experience the artistic spirit of Scottsdale and explore the remnants of its enriching history.

Jump on a Hot Air Balloon Ride

Witnessing the globe from 7,000 feet above ground is the most tranquil and fantastic sensation.

You have to go on a hot air balloon ride while you’re in Scottsdale.

The early morning awakening is well worth the sleep lost.

You will get to see  the desert landscape transition from brown to pink to white with spurts of green cactus as the sun rises over the mountains.

Everyone ought to experience something as amazing as that once.

Desert Botanical Garden

You might be wondering; the desert has a garden? Yes! And it’s a gorgeous experience.

You’ll see almost every species of flowering cactus sparkling against the red mountain backdrop. 

This assortment of flowering trees and cacti is incredible.

George Lindsay established the garden in 1939 by gathering species from all over that survive in the arid environment.

The enormous cacti, some of which were easily over 12 feet tall, are astounding.

Additionally, while you’re there, you may take advantage of specialty tours, events, exhibits, an outdoor café, and a gift store.

Note: You must purchase general admission & member tickets in advance.

Kayak on the Salt River

The Salt River’s cold waters provide Scottsdale with the ideal relief from the heat.

You can go to Saguaro Lake Guest Ranch to embark on a self-guided, two-hour kayaking adventure.

Or you can decide on this three-hour kayak tour with a certified guide if you’re not ready to take on the river by yourself.

Here, you’ll see otters swimming with ease, wild horses grazing, and cliffs rising 1,000 feet above the spectacular Saguaro Cacti.

Go hiking

With over 36,000 acres (36 times the size of Central Park), the McDowell Sonoran Preserve is ideal for hiking, biking, or equestrian riding.

Sound like something you’re after? Get on a hiking tour.

Roadrunners and towering cacti that reach the height of the mountains will cross your route.

The Gateway Trail Loop is 4.5 miles long, somewhat strenuous, and gains 650 feet in height.

Try Pinnacle Peak if you want a more leisurely hike.

And if you’re up for a little challenge, take on the incline on Camelback Mountain while on a private hike.

Read Next: Scottsdale versus Sedona

Paolo Soleri, an Italian-American architect who trained with Frank Lloyd Wright, lived and worked in Cosanti.

It is now a gallery and active studio where Soleri exhibits his creations, including bronze and ceramic bells — and it’s beautiful!

The structures he carved out of the desert that appear to merge with the scenery are true works of art.

Read Next: Best Coffee Shops in Scottsdale

Attend the Artwalk

The Thursday night ArtWalk in Scottsdale is a must-attend event.

This fantastic free art event is conducted every Thursday during the peak fall or spring season and is located in Old Town.

The celebration includes live performances, art, food, beverages, and entertainment from 7–9 pm.

Grab a glass of wine and explore the numerous galleries.

The Legacy Gallery, where you’ll find terrific Southwest artworks by John Nieto, Jim Norton, and Duke Beardsley, is one of the top choices.

Where to Eat in Scottsdale

Scottsdale is a treasure trove for food enthusiasts, boasting many eateries that promise to satiate every palate (and great happy hour spots too).

Choosing a place to dine can be overwhelming, with over 650 options available, but there are some spots you shouldn’t miss.

As a local, I suggest immersing yourself in the city’s culinary delights and various cuisines (you can do this with a food tour too).

The Mission – If you’re in the mood for contemporary Latin food, The Mission is an excellent choice.

Gertrude’s – The best place to get comfort food is here. After a hot day in the sun, tasty soups and salads, fresh vegetables, and seasonal dishes are the best options.

Herb Box – This is the ideal place to stop for flavorful salads, hearty soups, and nutritious sandwiches if you want a light dinner.

T. Cook’s – This spot serves the most opulent, lavish, and mouthwatering food. The wine list is also excellent.

AZ88 – This place calls itself a “modern-day saloon,” appearing more like a bar than a sophisticated restaurant. There are rotating works of art that are changed every few months and pub-style fare.

ZuZu – Creative shared dishes, vibrant cocktails, and a sleek bar with a mid-century contemporary feel are all available at this lovely spot.

Cowboy Ciao – This is a popular hangout because of the welcoming staff, hearty cowboy food with flair, and the largest and most interesting wine selection.

What to Pack

It’s simple to prepare for a weekend in Scottsdale, Arizona.

Nevertheless, you’ll need to pack things for all the many activities you’ll be engaging in.

Here is a quick list of what you should bring:

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

sony a6400

Sony a6400

Sony a7iii

Sony a7RIII

sony 16-35 f4

16-35mm f/4

Next Steps for Your Best Trip to Scottsdale

After reading this travel guide to Scottsdale, you should have all the information you need to help you plan your trip to this beautiful city.

For even more handy information, have look at my previous blogs about Scottsdale:

The post Ultimate Scottsdale Travel Guide for Your Bucket List AZ Trip appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/scottsdale-travel-guide/feed/ 0 55383
18 Best Day Trips from Scottsdale, AZ That Prove West is Best https://dani-the-explorer.com/day-trips-from-scottsdale/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/day-trips-from-scottsdale/#respond Tue, 29 Aug 2023 21:57:54 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=52966 Scottsdale, Arizona, never ceases to amaze me. There’s cactus (duh), world-class resorts, MOUNTAINS— I mean, no wonder it’s coined, “The West’s Most Western Town.” And guess what? Red rocks, SNOW, urban sprawl, and national parks are all quick day trips from Scottsdale. Like what doesn’t this place have to offer? Okay, maybe, generally speaking, not […]

The post 18 Best Day Trips from Scottsdale, AZ That Prove West is Best appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Scottsdale, Arizona, never ceases to amaze me. There’s cactus (duh), world-class resorts, MOUNTAINS— I mean, no wonder it’s coined, “The West’s Most Western Town.” And guess what? Red rocks, SNOW, urban sprawl, and national parks are all quick day trips from Scottsdale.

Like what doesn’t this place have to offer? Okay, maybe, generally speaking, not enough cool weather, but hey, who cares when there is so much to do!

I wrote this entire post based on my experience as a local.

So, I hope it helps you plan an epic desert adventure!

Ready to get started? Before taking a Scottsdale day trip, let’s begin with the “must-know” details!

Check out my other guides when you’re done!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Day Trips from Scottsdale

✈Fly: The best airport for proximity to fly into will be the Scottsdale Airport. Otherwise, go with Phoenix Sky Harbor, a 16-minute drive to Scottsdale. Check KAYAK for tickets!

🚗Car Rental: There are multiple Enterprise locations in the Scottsdale area.

🏨Stay: Royal Palms Resort and Spa, The Saguaro Scottsdale, Hotel Valley Ho, The Scott Resort & Spa

🌵When to Go: October through May can be a great time to go on a day trip from Scottsdale.

Where to Stay

I can’t recommend The Scott Resort and Spa enough when picking where to stay!

It is one of the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale, but it’s one of the most well-thought-out hotels in the city.

The Scott Resort and Spa is in Old Town Scottsdale, which is such a great spot to be as you explore Scottsdale and enjoy a day trip or two.

Cuba inspired the entire hotel, from its decor to its blue convertible in the front of the hotel.

Staying here feels like a day trip to the Caribbean, ha!

Read Next: Best Boutique Hotels in Scottsdale, AZ

Check out more Scottsdale hotels that’ll make your heart sing!

Driving Distances from Scottsdale

Some of the best day trips from Scottsdale will only require you to drive a little under 30 minutes.

The most extended day trip takes about 4.5 hours to reach.

All of which are worth the journey!

In this blog, I made sure I listed out information about the driving distances from Scottsdale to each destination, as well as what you can expect when you get there.

Pro Tip: You should also check out my guide on things to do in Scottsdale, AZ.

The Best Day Trips from Scottsdale, AZ

#1 McDowell Mountains

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~20 minutes

The McDowell Mountains surround most of Scottsdale, AZ, with their massive peaks.

They’re one of the best day trips from Scottsdale city center because of their accessibility and drop-dead gorgeousness!

So if you didn’t think Arizona had mountains to show off, the McDowells would prove you wrong!

As soon as you enter North Scottsdale, you’ll see the McDowells!

The Sonoran Desert plastered its beauty all over the McDowell Mountains for visitors to enjoy.

There’s lush desert fauna, hiking trails, mountain biking, horseback riding, and hot air balloon rides you can enjoy within the same area!

You’ll find that the Gateway Trail area has beginner friendly paths that are perfect for folks new to hiking or the desert in general.

Things To Do in the McDowell Mountains

  • McDowell Gateway Trail—Located in McDowell Sonoran Preserve and a central hiking location to most trails in the area.
  • McDowell Regional Park—Go mountain biking or enjoy some more popular routes.
  • Sunset or Sunrise Hot Air Balloon Ride—See the mountains from above!
  • Horseback Riding —Explore the Sonoran Desert on horseback.

Wanderer Tip: If you’re traveling with your dog, you can take Fido to the McDowells too! There’s some wonderful hiking trails you can enjoy together.

#2 Papago Park

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~20 minutes

Looking for a gorgeous place to take a hike, have a photoshoot, or watch sunset? OR all the above?

Papago Park’s location makes it the perfect day trip!

Papago Park is home to a popular Phoenix area trail known as Hole in the Rock.

The park may seem small, but it’s about 1,500 acres of rolling desert hills!

You can explore the little pond area, some of the buttes, and visit the Hunt’s Tomb historic ruin.

It’s also home to Phoenix Zoo and the Desert Botanical garden.

Things To Do in and around Papago Park

  • Hike Hole in the Rock—A 0.3 mile easy hike to a natural rock formation with a hole, overlooking the Phoenix skyline!
  • Phoenix Zoo—As mentioned, the Phoenix Zoo sits in Papago, so you can easily visit!
  • Desert Botanical Garden—Same as above! The Desert Botanical Garden usually has new exhibits, and for many, this is a Phoenix “must.”
  • Take a Bike Ride—Take a bike ride along one of the many trails!

Wanderer Tip: Take this day trip if you’re not in the mood to drive too far and need something to do during a larger Scottsdale itinerary!

#3 Downtown Phoenix

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~25 minutes

A day trip from Scottsdale to Downtown Phoenix is the perfect place for art lovers and city dwellers.

It is home to cute coffee shops, plant shops, Instagrammable photo locations, and other hidden gems.

You can go to museums, try different restaurants, attend a show, or chill in a luscious park (the Japanese Friendship Garden is great for that!).

There’s something for everyone! Downtown Phoenix also holds a lot of history.

You might spend the whole day admiring historic buildings or architecture and still not see it all!

There’s also some amazing Instagrammable places in Phoenix that you can spend a day exploring.

Things To Do in Downtown Phoenix

  • Phoenix Art Museum—Spend the day taking in the art scene at the Phoenix Art Museum!
  • Take a Street Art Tour—Learn about all the eye-catching street art on Roosevelt Row.
  • Bike Tour the City—See just about every nook and cranny of Downtown PHX by bike! 

Wanderer Tip: Love art AND food? During “First Fridays,” Downtown Phoenix becomes an art mecca sprinkled with food trucks and lots of music. 

#4 Saguaro Lake

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~43 minutes

A cruise in the middle of the desert? Yep!

If you’ve been feening to jump into a kayak or ride a scenic cruise, then it sounds like a trip to Saguaro Lake might be what you need!

Saguaro Lake is a reservoir in the Salt River, located in Tonto National Forest and east of Scottsdale.

You’ll be traveling along Bush Highway to get there—a super scenic desert drive!

You can spend a relaxing day tubing on Saguaro Lake or go on an adventurous kayaking excursion when you visit.

But, if you’re too scared of sea monsters (kidding, KIIDDING), you can jump on a hike instead!

The Butcher Jones Recreation area surrounding the lake is extraordinarily lush and full of great desert trails.

Things To Do in Saguaro Lake

  • Scenic Cruise—Take a 90-minute boat ride on the Desert Belle where you can see desert fauna and maybe some wildlife!
  • Salt River Kayaking—Kayak in the heart of the Salt River admiring the desert scenery.
  • Horseback Riding—Take a VERY scenic horseback ride along Saguaro Lake and the surrounding desert.

Wanderer Tip: As a bonus, if you want to spend the night on the lakeshore, you can book a stay at the Saguaro Lake Guest Ranch! Bring a Sony a6400 to take some good pics!

#5 Superstition Mountains — Hiker’s Day Trip from Scottsdale

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~45 minutes

Located in Tonto National Forest, the Superstition Mountains, known as “The Supers,” are about a 40-minute drive from PHX, making them a great day trip from Scottsdale.

Some of the best hikes in the Superstition Mountains offer unique to Arizona.

This mountain range is also known for some of its desert backpacking trails, where you can sleep under a shimmering blanket of stars.

Looking for a place to catch an Arizona sunset? The Superstition Mountains have spots for that, too, like the Lost Dutchman State Park area!

Things To Do in the Superstition Mountains

  • Peralta Trail—5.8-mile hike that leads to the famous “Weaver’s Needle” rock formation.
  • Apache Trail Tour—Is a scenic drive and boat tour that leads deep into the Supers, where you can see mountain layers and epic overlooks.
  • Lost Dutchman State Park—One of the more popular destinations in the Superstition Mountains. The park is known for its famous Flatiron Hike.

The Supers also have trails that create waterfalls after heavy rain, so if you find yourself in Scottsdale after some bad weather, consider coming here to hike a trail like Massacre Falls.

Wanderer Tip: Make sure you bring sturdy hiking boots!

#6 Lake Pleasant

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~1 hour

Who wouldn’t have a pleasant time here? HA. Sorry, I had to, lol.

Lake Pleasant is a beautiful Arizona lake surrounded by a desert landscape.

It makes for the perfect day trip from Scottsdale for when you want to get out of the city and over to some water.

Boat ride, anyone? They have a marina for that!

Sure! Arizona has plenty of other lakes you can visit.

But, Lake Pleasant is VERY open, which means the sunsets cast the most intense hue of pink over the water with no obstruction!

Things To Do in Lake Pleasant

  • Go Camping—Lake Pleasant is the perfect sunset destination and great for campers too.
  • Hop on a Cruise—Hop on a boat and go have some fun in the sun! Don’t forget your sunscreen, though. 
  • Rent ATVs—Rent some ATVs and go off-roading around the lake!

Fun Fact: You can go hiking around Lake Pleasant too! You might even see a donkey.

#7 Payson, AZ

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~1 hour 13 minutes

If you like a good mix of swimming holes and mountain views, then Payson is your place!

As one of the best day trips from Scottsdale, if you find yourself in Payson, you’ll be convinced that there is so much more to the desert than the cactus.

Payson is full of lush forest that will put you in the middle of a mossy, pine-tree-covered jungle.

You’ll feel like you’re not in AZ!

It is also known for its waterfall and creekside attractions, like Horton Creek, making it a popular summer destination for visitors looking to beat the heat.

Things To Do in Payson, AZ

  • Knoll Lake—Less popular than other lakes in Arizona and smack in the middle of ridiculously tall pine trees, Knoll Lake, is the perfect place for a swim.
  • Tonto Natural Bridge State Park—A large natural travertine bridge that towers over the forest.
  • Mogollon Rim—Possibly one of the most popular places in Payson, the Mogollon Rim is the perfect place for sunset!

Wanderer Tip: How does a white Christmas in Arizona sound? Book a Payson cabin rental and have a romantic holiday getaway!

#8 Saguaro National Park — Sunset Chaser’s Day Trip from Scottsdale

Drive Time From Scottsdale: ~ 1 hour 45 minutes

Saguaro National Park is located near Tucson, Arizona, and is the perfect day trip from Scottsdale if you want to get some desert hiking in and witness one of the best sunsets of your life.

Seriously, the sunsets will blow you away!

There are two parts to Saguaro National park, but the Tucson Mountain District section is where you want to be when the sun starts to go down!

And it’s worth noting that what makes Saguaro National Park so unique is the abundance of saguaro cactus you can admire there.

Believe it or not, it takes anywhere from 60 to 70 years for branches to start appearing on a saguaro cactus!

So they’re slow growers and a super treasured part of Arizona’s ecosystem.

Things To Do in Saguaro National Park

  • Gates Pass Sunset—Witness the most insanely pink and orange desert sunset you’ve ever seen!
  • Explore the Cactus Gardens—Walk around the lush saguaro cactus gardens where you can admire other desert fauna too.
  • View Petroglyphs—Visit the Signal Hill area where you can see ancient petroglyphs.

Even though Saguaro National Park is in southern AZ, you might witness the park covered in a beautiful, rare blanket of snow if you visit in winter!

Wanderer Tip: Don’t forget your America the Beautiful Pass!

#9 Prescott, AZ

Drive Time From Scottsdale: ~ 1 hour 50 minutes

Prescott is a small city located in central Arizona.

Over the years, it has become adored by adventure lovers and novices.

If you’ve ever wanted to try something new like kayaking or mountain biking, this is the place to do it!

Prescott is abundant in biking trails, and its Northern part boasts the famous Watson Lake!

Things To Do in Prescott, AZ

  • Fossil Creek—Fossil Creek is a natural swimming hole and waterfall in Northern AZ. Make sure you get permits!
  • Kayak Watson Lake—Watson lake is excellent for someone who wants to hop on a paddleboard or kayak and have a picnic by the water.
  • Scenic Off-Roading Tour—See Prescott’s hard-to-reach gems with a scenic off-roading tour!

Prescott’s “hometown” feel everywhere really makes it shine.

Visitors like yourself come back again and again because Prescott is like a home away from home.

Wanderer Tip: Hikers can enjoy Prescott, too. If that’s your vibe, definitely visit Fossil Creek!

#10 Tucson, AZ — Foodie’s Day Trip from Scottsdale

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~1 hour 55 minutes

Tucson, Arizona, is a beautiful desert city known for its hotels, food, spas, and mountains.

You can do just about anything there!

You can hike to a waterfall, take a scenic drive up Mt. Lemmon, try some authentic Mexican food, have a margarita, stay at a resort, and do it all over again if you want to! 

Tucson is rich in culture and doesn’t fall short in beauty. So it’s a must for Arizona first-timers!

Things To Do in Tucson, AZ

  • San Xavier Del Bac Mission—A beautiful church with Spanish and Native American history – makes for some southwestern chic photos, too!
  • Taco Bike Tour—Try some authentic Mexican food while you bike around from one taco shop to another!
  • Saguaro National Park—An Arizona National Park known for its abundance of cactus. Don’t forget your America The Beautiful Pass!
  • Historic Bike Tour—Learn about Tucson’s history and culture while cycling the city!

Wanderer Tip: To see more of what Tucson has to offer, check out my 7-day Arizona road trip itinerary guide!

#11 Sedona, AZ

Drive Time From Scottsdale: ~2 hours

Sedona is a magical place in Northern Arizona that hosts millions of visitors every year.

With all its variety in attractions, it’s no wonder why Sedona is one of the best day trips from Scottsdale!

You’ll love how diverse it is with red rocks, vortexes, Oak Creek Canyon, award-winning spas, and Sedona sunset hikes.

When you visit, you’ll find that aside from its outdoor activities, Sedona has an extensive art scene, too.

It’s really an Arizona bucket list location!

If you come in winter, you will be in constant awe at the red rocks covered in a light blanket of snow.

If you’re a photo lover, you might enjoy my guide on the most Instagrammable places in Sedona!

Things To Do in Sedona, AZ

Looking for something more romantic? Couples can book a stay at one of Sedona’s luxury hotels and treat themselves to a high-end spa and resort experience—ooo la la.

You should also check out my guide on easy hikes in Sedona, AZ.

Read Next: Day Trip to Sedona From Scottsdale

#12 Jerome, AZ — Ghost Hunter’s Day Trip From Scottsdale

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~2 hours

Have you ever seen a real-life ghost? Yeah, me neither.

But maybe that means we need to spend some time in Jerome.

Jerome is an old copper mining town turned tourist hub for ghost lovers.

It’s also a gem for those to enjoy Southwest history.

It’s full of beautiful historic hotels and historic attractions, making it one of the best day trips from Scottsdale.

It’s the perfect place to explore some Arizona history or go ghost hunting—if you dare oooooo.

Things To Do in Jerome, AZ

  • Douglas Mansion—Check out the largest adobe structure in AZ and learn about Jerome’s history.
  • Book a Ghost Tour—Explore Jerome’s haunted and spooky corners!
  • Explore a Wine Tasting Room—Jerome is home to various wine tasting rooms you can visit and spend the day touring!

Wanderer Tip: Jerome is a short 40-minute drive from Sedona, so you can make a mini Arizona road trip out of visiting both locations!

#13 Flagstaff, Arizona

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~2 hours 20 minutes

Flagstaff’s seasonality makes it one of the best day trips from Scottsdale.

As a mountain town surrounded by the San Francisco Peaks, Flagstaff is a prime destination for skiers and snowboarding enthusiasts.

Visiting in the spring and summer will get you away from the AZ heat.

You might even spot some of Flagstaff’s wild sunflowers, begging you to come frolic in them.

In the fall, you can frolic in Flagstaff’s fall foliage.

It’s home to local breweries and a quaint downtown area too.

There are so many things to do in Flagstaff!

Things To Do in Flagstaff, AZ

  • Bear Jaw Trail—A 6.9mi hike through a lush aspen forest that’s BEAUTIFUL during the fall!
  • Humphreys Peak—Humphreys Peak is one of the most popular destinations in Arizona. You can hang around the base of the peak for snow sports, and during the summer, you can hike all the way to the top!
  • Zipline Adventure—Zipline through Flagstaff’s beautiful forests and mountains!

Visiting Flagstaff will make you feel like you left AZ for a neighboring mountain state.

Wanderer Tip: If I had to pick one thing to do here, it would be to see Humphreys Peak.

#14 Kartchner Caverns State Park

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~2 hours and 44 minutes

Kartchner Caverns State Park is in Southern Arizona and was discovered in 1974.

The park features a cave FULL of stalagmites and other geological wonders.

Visitors can marvel at the beautiful cave formations by traveling deep into 2.4 miles worth of passages.

Lots of the formations in the cave have been created over hundreds of thousands of years, making it that much more unique!

You’ll want to make sure you visit ArizonaStateParks.com for park fees and tour bookings!

Things To Do in Kartchner Caverns State Park

  • Book a Cave Tour—Explore the caverns and walk through the cave tunnels!
  • Go Camping—Book a stay at one of the State Park cabins and spend a night under the desert stars.

Wanderer Tip: With Kartchner Caverns State Park’s proximity to Tucson, AZ, you can spend your day trip exploring most of Southern Arizona!

#15 Grand Canyon National Park — A Bucket List Day Trip from Scottsdale

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~3 hours and 30 minutes

I mean, does this day trip from Scottsdale need an explanation?

This US National Park is full of beautiful campsites, hikes, photo locations, and experiences you can’t replicate elsewhere.

Also, the Grand Canyon at sunrise is *chef’s kiss*. 

While the drive to get here is around 4 hours, you can undoubtedly get to GCNP early and do a short day hike or catch a sunrise! 

If you think you’ll need more than a day trip to explore here, I have a Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon trip blog you can read!

Things To Do in Grand Canyon National Park

Wanderer Tip: If you have time to do one thing in Grand Canyon National Park, try to catch a bucket-list worthy sunrise or sunset at Yavapai Point!

#16 Petrified Forest National Park

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~ 3 hours 30 minutes

Trying to cross all the US National Parks off your list? Wanna feel like Indiana Jones for the day?

Well, you can’t skip out of Petrified Forest National Park!

This day trip from Scottsdale is perfect if you want to see a completely different landscape from anything else you’ll see in AZ.

The park is famous for its petrified logs and archeology. Petrified Forest National Park accounts for 200,000 acres in the Painted Desert.

Most people don’t know that its environment is technically a prairie and not a desert!

When you visit, you’ll be able to enjoy some hiking in the area to get up close to the petrified formations and ancient petroglyphs.

Things To Do in Petrified Forest National Park

  • Hike a Trail—You can hike to ancient petroglyphs or the famous petrified Giant Logs.
  • Go Backpacking—Spend a night admiring the stars shining in one of the darkest skies in the country!

Wanderer Tip: As a bonus, Petrified Forest National Park is pet-friendly so Fido can enjoy it with you!

#17 Page, AZ

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~ 4 hours 27 minutes

Ready to REALLY see some of Arizona’s beauty? Take a Scottsdale day trip to Page, AZ!

Page is home to some of the most beautiful desert scenery you’ve ever seen in your life.

You’ll feel like you’re exploring something from a postcard when you go!

And trust me, it’ll 100% be worth the trip.

Page is where you can explore the ever-so-famous Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon.

There is a lot to see in Page, but for most activities you will need to book a tour. That means you’ll have to plan ahead for this day trip!

Things To Do in Page, AZ

Wanderer Tip: If you pick one thing to see, make it Antelope Canyon or Horseshoe Bend.

#18 Canyon de Chelly National Monument

Drive Time from Scottsdale: ~ 4 hours 43 minutes

Canyon de Chelly National Monument is an often overlooked Arizona gem.

Located on the Navajo Reservation, the monument is known for its gargantuan spire rock formation.

Spider Rock, as it’s called, stands about 800 feet tall.

The formation is surrounded by vibrant, red sandstone cliffs that’ll make you go “oo la la”.

For more information on the monument visiting hours, head to NPS.gov.

Things To Do in Canyon de Chelly

  • Take a Scenic Drive—You can admire the canyon floor from above with two different rim drives!
  • White House Overlook—A 1.2-mile trail to ancient ruins, descending almost 600 feet into the canyon.
  • Camp—Stay the night and sleep under the stars!

Similar to Page, AZ, this is a long drive!

So I suggest turning your experience into a longer road trip.

Wanderer Tip: If interested, I have an Arizona Utah road trip blog you can read to give you some inspo!

List of the Best Day Trip from Scottsdale, AZ

Here’s a quick list of the best day trips from Scottsdale:

  1. McDowell Mountains
  2. Papago Park
  3. Downtown Phoenix
  4. Saguaro Lake
  5. Superstition Mountains
  6. Lake Pleasant
  7. Payson, AZ
  8. Saguaro National Park
  9. Prescott, AZ
  10. Tucson, AZ
  11. Sedona, AZ
  12. Jerome, AZ
  13. Flagstaff, AZ
  14. Kartchner Caverns State Park
  15. Grand Canyon National Park
  16. Petrified Forest National Park
  17. Page, AZ
  18. Canyon de Chelly National Monument

Picking Your Day Trip from Scottsdale

Scottsdale is the perfect hub for explorers, making it an easy choice to book for your next trip to Arizona!

While the above list of trips might seem hefty, picking what day trip from Scottsdale to choose comes down to your interests.

There’s something for everyone!

If you want to explore the great outdoors, you’ll want to head to the mountains.

On the other hand, if you’re a foodie, an urban location might be a better fit for you.

And if you find yourself with a lot of time on your hands, you might want to take a long drive to a national park or beyond.

Honestly, though, you can’t go wrong with any of these trips—that’s what’s so great about them!

Regardless, I hope this list of day trips gave you some ideas for what parts of AZ to explore. Are you staying in Scottsdale?

Check out my other blogs!

The post 18 Best Day Trips from Scottsdale, AZ That Prove West is Best appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/day-trips-from-scottsdale/feed/ 0 52966
Grand Canyon First-Time Visitor | Travel Guide & Tips https://dani-the-explorer.com/grand-canyon-first-time-visitor-guide/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/grand-canyon-first-time-visitor-guide/#respond Tue, 29 Aug 2023 20:48:08 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56460 Planning on visiting the Grand Canyon for the first time? Well, stick around because you’ll find all you need to know before your visit right here. And as an Arizona local, I pride myself on knowing just about everything there is to know about the park (kidding) — I’ll be pulling from my experience to […]

The post Grand Canyon First-Time Visitor | Travel Guide & Tips appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Planning on visiting the Grand Canyon for the first time? Well, stick around because you’ll find all you need to know before your visit right here. And as an Arizona local, I pride myself on knowing just about everything there is to know about the park (kidding) — I’ll be pulling from my experience to help you. 

The Grand Canyon is one of the most spectacular places on Earth, and it’s easy to see why. Situated in the northwestern corner of Arizona, the Grand Canyon has been a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1979. Why? — The gorge displays the most stunning vistas, buttes, spires, and mesas, incomparable with anything else in the world.

Encompassing over 278 miles of the Colorado River, the Grand Canyon boasts over two billion years of geological history that you can explore with a detailed itinerary. But, what is the best way to see the Grand Canyon, you may wonder. 

In this first-timer’s guide, I’ll unpack all the details, such as how to get there, where to stay, where to eat, and what to do when you arrive — I want you to have the best experience possible, duh!

After reading this, make sure you check out these Arizona travel guides:

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Trip to the Grand Canyon

Before we dive in, let’s look at some must-know nitty-gritty details.

Where Is the Grand Canyon: Northwestern Arizona, about an hour and a half drive from Flagstaff, two hours from Sedona, and about four hours from major cities, Phoenix and Las Vegas.

Best Time To Go: Spring – March to May and Fall – September to November.

How Many Days to Visit: Spend two to three full days in the Grand Canyon. This will give you enough time to explore the national park and surrounding areas.

Flights: Fly into Phoenix, Las Vegas, or small regional airports in Flagstaff and Sedona. Find the best ticket deals on KAYAK.

Rental Car: You can also use KAYAK to find the best car rental deals.

Stay: Squire Resort, The Grand Hotel, Yavapai Lodge, Log Cabin in Elk Country, Maswik Lodge

Fees: You’ll need a Standard Entrance Pass. Fees are as follows: $20 per person, $30 for a motorcycle, and $35 for a private vehicle. For unlimited visits to Grand Canyon National Park, purchase an Annual Pass for $70.

Pro Tip: Grab an America the Beautiful pass to save on all park entry!

Getting to the Grand Canyon

There are many viable options when it comes to traveling to the Grand Canyon.

Flying to a nearby airport and then driving is the best way to get to Grand Canyon.

Luckily, you’ll have numerous airports to choose from. 

Here are a few airports and major cities closest to the Grand Canyon. 

  • Valle Airport, AZ — About 30 miles away and a 40-minute drive.
  • Flagstaff Pulliam Airport, AZ — About 90 miles away and a one-hour and 30-minute drive.
  • Sedona Airport, AZ — About 116 miles away and a two-hour and 30-minute drive.
  • Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport, AZ — About 230 miles away and a four-hour drive.
  • Harry Reid International Airport, NV — About 277 miles away and a four-hour and 30-minute drive.

Where To Stay in the Grand Canyon

With a whopping five million annual visitors, the Grand Canyon National Park and surrounding areas offer various accommodation options that will cater to your every need.

Have a look:

Squire Resort — This property provides a unique experience when visiting Grand Canyon. You’ll be a minute away from the Kaibab National Forest, and facilities like swimming pools, a fitness center, and an arcade room are all at your disposal. 

The Grand Hotel — This luxe property boasts a rustic charm and offers you all the mod-cons, from spacious rooms to an onsite restaurant and bar, a fitness center, and a gift shop where you can purchase some souvenirs. 

Yavapai Lodge — Set within the national park, this property occupies a prime location on the South Rim. You’ll have easy access to the park shuttle and amenities at the Grand Canyon Visitor Center.

Log Cabin in Elk Country — Sitting on a 10-acre lot, this log cabin boasts expansive windows giving you great views of a stunning ponderosa pine forest, with elk and deer passing by. You’ll also have a gas grill on the patio and a hot tub to soak in after a long day.

Maswik Lodge — Located in Grand Canyon Village, this property offers brightly decorated rooms, a bar, two onsite restaurants, and access to top attractions like the Rim Trail and Grand Canyon Railway.

Where To Eat in the Grand Canyon

You’ll need to fuel up to explore all that the Grand Canyon has to offer. Fortunately, there are several dining options for you to consider.

These are all located within the national park, so you won’t have to worry about driving for too long.

Yavapai Tavern — Located inside Yavapai Lodge, this sports bar offers delectable southwestern cuisine paired with locally crafted beer and wine. The bar regularly hosts events such as live music performances and signature beer tastings.

El Tovar Dining Room — If you’re looking for gourmet dining while surrounded by historic charm and elegance, look no further than El Tovar. Situated along the Rim Trail, this dining room provides stunning vistas of the Grand Canyon from some tables.

Arizona Steakhouse — Sitting on the eastern end of Bright Angel Lodge, Arizona Steakhouse offers southwestern cuisine paired with artisanal brews and wine. The eatery also sits along the South Rim, providing unmatched views.  

Deli in the Pines — Located in the North Rim Grand Canyon Lodge, this grab-and-go deli offers delicious snacks, sandwiches, pizzas, and salads that will help you fuel up for your adventures around the canyon.

What To Pack When Visiting the Grand Canyon

The items you bring along on your Grand Canyon trip will largely depend on the time of year you’re visiting.

Summer, spring, and fall are the most ideal seasons to see the Grand Canyon, so here are a few must-bring items if you visit during this time.

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

sony a6400

Sony a6400

Sony a7iii

Sony a7RIII

sony 16-35 f4

16-35mm f/4

Getting Around the Grand Canyon

The best way to get around when exploring the Grand Canyon is via the national park’s free shuttle buses or by taking a self-guided driving tour.

But each option has some drawbacks. 

The shuttles only operate in the South Rim, so if you’d also like to explore the North Rim, you’re better off taking a self-guided driving tour.

On the other hand, driving your private car in the South Rim comes with challenges like limited parking spaces and traffic within the park.

You should opt to use the shuttle, if you can, as it’s the best way to see Grand Canyon.

Depending on the time of the year, you’ll have three to five shuttle routes to choose from.

These shuttle routes take you through the most popular scenic overlooks, visitor centers, campgrounds, and lodges across the park.

Unmissable Things To Do in the Grand Canyon

As a first-time visitor, you probably won’t know where to go in the Grand Canyon to make the best of your trip. Here are some must-see attractions that you should not miss out on.

Explore the South Rim

The South Rim offers breathtaking panoramas of the vast canyon and its colorful rock formations.

It’s arguably the best section of the park, offering facilities like the Visitor Center, where you’ll find restrooms, information desks, historical artifacts and exhibits, and a gift shop.

You’ll also find the Grand Canyon Village, where you can grab a bite to eat.

The South Rim is home to some of the best viewpoints in the park. Mather Point, Yavapai Point, and Hopi Point are among the most popular overlooks in the South Rim, so expect large crowds.

If you want less-crowded views, opt for Ooh Aah Point and Mohave Point.

Hike the Rim Trail

The Rim Trail offers the best hike in the South Rim. It’s an easy walk with numerous overlooks and inner canyon views that will leave you in awe.

The 13-mile trail extends from the South Kaibab Trailhead to Hermit’s Rest, but you can start your hike from Grand Canyon Village.

You can further customize your hike’s starting and ending points by using the park shuttle.

Catch the Sunrise and Sunset

Watching the sunrise or sunset in the Grand Canyon is one of the best ways to see the natural beauty of this gorge come to life.

There are many viewpoints that provide staggering views of red and orange hues contrasting the rugged canyon walls.

Some great overlooks for catching the sunrise or sunset include Navajo Point and Desert View Point in the South Rim, Cape Royal Point in the North Rim, and Horseshoe Bend in the East.

Visit the Desert View Watchtower

The Desert View Watchtower is one of the most iconic structures in the South Rim, and while it can be seen from miles away, nothing compares to seeing it up close.

The historic Desert View Watchtower is an excellent vantage point, offering panoramic views of the South Rim and a chance to appreciate Native American architecture.

The View Room, located on the lower floor, features cultural handicraft exhibits and gives you sweeping views of the canyon through the tower’s numerous windows.

Hike the Bright Angel Trail

Another fantastic hike in the South Rim is trekking the Bright Angel Trail.

Although it’s steep in some parts, this trail offers you a chance to walk in the footsteps of the region’s indigenous people who lived thousands of years ago.

The Bright Angel Trail offers excellent views of the canyon, with partial shade along the trail in the morning and afternoon.

You’ll also find rest houses along the way, as well as drinking water stations during the summer.

Pro Tip: South Kaibab Trail to Ooh Aah Point is another great option, too!

Experience Colorado River Rafting

Take a rafting trip along the Colorado River to see the canyon from different angles and experience its beauty from the water.

There are numerous tour outfitters that offer rafting tours along the river.

These range from one-day to multi-day trips, as the Colorado is a massive river stretching over 1,450 miles across several states. 

Go Stargazing

The Grand Canyon is one of the International Dark Sky Places spread across the United States,  making it an excellent location for stargazing.

You can attend a ranger-led astronomy program for a unique evening experience.

Alternatively, you can watch stars dancing across the dark skies at Moran Point and Lipan Point in the South Rim.

Explore Viewpoints Along Hermit Road

Take the free shuttle along the Hermit Road, stopping at viewpoints and accessing trailheads that lead to scenic overlooks like Pima Point.

This route offers less crowded viewpoints and a chance to explore less-traveled areas in the South Rim.

The road ends at Hermit’s Rest, a historic stone structure built by Mary Jane Colter in 1914.

Inside you’ll find a small bookshop and snack bar where you can grab a quick bite to eat. 

Note: Water is not available along the trail during winter, so don’t forget to fill your water bottle.

Visit the Havasu Falls

If you’re up for an adventure, consider a visit to Havasu Falls, within the Havasupai Indian Reservation.

The stunning turquoise waterfalls and pools are an exceptional sight to behold, as the red canyon walls create a striking contrast with the deep blue water. 

Havasu Falls attracts thousands of visitors each year who enjoy swimming in the various pools.

It’s also one of the most captivating places in the canyon, so bring your camera gear.

Note: Visiting Havasu Falls requires a permit and a hike through the reservation.

Walk Over the Grand Canyon Skywalk

Before calling it a wrap, head to the West Rim to experience the Grand Canyon Skywalk, a horseshoe-shaped glass bridge that extends over the canyon.

Standing at over 4,000 feet above ground, the skywalk offers a thrilling perspective and sweeping views of the canyon.

You’ll need a Hualapai Legacy Day Pass to access the skywalk. It includes a chance to take photos with the Hualapai tribal members and a hop-on hop-off shuttle to viewpoints like Guano Point and Eagle Point.

Finally, you’ll also get to visit the Hualapai Ranch.

Final Thoughts on Visiting the Grand Canyon for First-Timers

The Grand Canyon’s vast wonders offer an unforgettable experience for first-time visitors. From stunning South Rim viewpoints like Mather Point and Yavapai Point, which deliver awe-inspiring vistas to kaleidoscopic sunrises and sunsets through the park.

The Rim Trail and Bright Angel Trail offer an immersive experience, while helicopter tours give you outstanding views of the park from a bird’s eye perspective. You’ll learn more about Native American culture at the Desert View Watchtower. 

So, if you’re still uncertain about visiting the Grand Canyon, don’t let the first-time jitters get to you. Pack your bags, purchase your tickets, and get ready for a mind-blowing adventure. 

Up Next: After conquering the Grand Canyon, extend your stay with an Arizona road trip.

The post Grand Canyon First-Time Visitor | Travel Guide & Tips appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/grand-canyon-first-time-visitor-guide/feed/ 0 56460
Sedona vs. Scottsdale | Which One Is Best For Your Bucket List? https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-vs-scottsdale/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-vs-scottsdale/#respond Mon, 28 Aug 2023 18:13:01 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56433 Living in Scottsdale and having traveled to Sedona countless times, I’ve had the pleasure of experiencing the distinct charm both cities bring to Arizona’s vast desert landscape. From Scottsdale’s chic urban vibe to Sedona’s tranquil red rock splendor, the Southwest offers a rich tapestry of experiences. Amidst the backdrop of sprawling cacti, ancient Native American […]

The post Sedona vs. Scottsdale | Which One Is Best For Your Bucket List? appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Living in Scottsdale and having traveled to Sedona countless times, I’ve had the pleasure of experiencing the distinct charm both cities bring to Arizona’s vast desert landscape. From Scottsdale’s chic urban vibe to Sedona’s tranquil red rock splendor, the Southwest offers a rich tapestry of experiences.

Amidst the backdrop of sprawling cacti, ancient Native American heritage sites, and the unmistakable hue of the desert, these two Southwest cities shine brightly. Sedona and Scottsdale offer a unique blend of natural beauty and cultural allure, from mesmerizing desert sunsets to enchanting local attractions.

If you’re torn between these two Arizonian gems, you’re not alone. Let me guide you through the heart of Sedona and Scottsdale, drawing from my personal adventures, and help you navigate your way to the perfect destination for your next trip. Making a choice between Sedona vs. Scottsdale has never been easier!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Scottsdale or Sedona — The Breakdown

Having lived in Scottsdale and frequented Sedona many times, I’ve truly come to appreciate the unique essence of each location.

While both cities offer breathtaking desert backdrops, their individual characters set them apart in delightful ways.

Sedona, with its enchanting red rocks, is a haven for adventure junkies, nature lovers, and those on a spiritual journey.

It exudes a tranquil, rustic charm that invites visitors to unwind and reconnect with the earth.

If you’re looking for a nearby stop to add on a Grand Canyon road trip, Sedona is closer to this natural wonder of the World than Scottsdale.

On the flip side, Scottsdale seamlessly blends relaxation with cultural vibrancy.

Nestled in its urban setting are pockets of art, culture, and gourmet delights, just waiting to be explored.

It’s also the perfect distance if you’re looking for a short day trip from Phoenix.

Sedona — The Adventurer Experience

Sedona is INCREDIBLE to say the least.

I’ve always been captivated by its canyons and artistic flair that seems to paint every corner of the city — it’ll captivate you too!

It’s truly a mosaic of adventures waiting to be experienced.

But beyond its natural beauty, Sedona is a sanctuary for those seeking spiritual and holistic rejuvenation.

It’s a place where the mystical intertwines with the everyday, offering travelers a deeper connection to themselves and the world around them.

With so many natural wonders just a stone’s throw away, it’s easy to find yourself lost in the magic of it all.

Top Things to Do

As the ultimate mix between a small-town feel and outdoor pleasures, here are a few things to do in Sedona to make your trip memorable.

I highly suggest spending 3 days in Sedona!

Learn About & Explore a Sedona Vortex

Sedona’s Vortex locations are characterized as spaces that contain seemingly otherworldly energy.

They are the perfect spaces for soul searching and meditation. 

The popular sites among visitors looking to experience a high intensity of this energy usually have Cathedral Rock, Boynton Canyon, Red Rock Crossing, Airport Mesa, and Bell Rock on their list. 

If you find yourself near the Village of Oak Creek, the beauty of Bell Rock is the perfect chance to feel these mystical marvels paired with a low-intensity hike.

Here, you’ll be able to witness an intricate display of red-rock formations that is sure to make your chakras align.

Insider Tip: The Bell Rock and Courthouse Loop Butte Trail is a relatively easy hike that will take around two hours to complete (depending on fitness levels).

Attend a Festival

What better way to experience the vibrance and essence of a city best than at a fun-filled festival?

Sedona has a fine selection of eventful happenings to look forward to throughout the year.

Whether you’re traveling solo or with your young rowdy bandits for a day trip in Sedona, there is something for everyone:

  • Red Rocks Oktoberfest —  A celebration dedicated to the boozy pleasures and German culture, Sedona knows how to rock (among the rock formations). This Oktoberfest is a unique way to enjoy this traditional occasion in October among the stunning mountain ranges of Sedona and its surroundings.
  • Sedona International Film Festival — An annual event celebrated at the end of February, this star-studded occasion is one not to miss. With more than 100 screenings to choose from, you’ll have the opportunity to unleash your inner cinephile in full throttle.
  • Sedona Yoga Festival — Playing on the theme of holistic wellness this destination is known for, the Sedona Yoga Festival is the perfect place to breathe in and meditate in wonderful surroundings.      

Read Next: The Most Instagrammable Places in Sedona

Go Wine Tasting

With its close proximity to the Verde Valley, a famous wine region in Arizona, Sedona is a great place to stay near the grapevine growing action.

The most popular wines produced around this particular region range from bold Cabernets to buttery Chardonnays.

A 20-minute drive from Sedona, you’ll find the green blanketed landscape of Page Spring Cellars vineyard.

This vino-infused destination has a premier selection of wines to try while overlooking stunning sceneries, such as the Oak Creek Canyon.

While many opt to embark on a wine tour for an in-depth look into its production, you can also find locally produced wines in many restaurants in the city itself.

Read Next: Best Sedona Vacation Rentals & AirBnBs

Enjoy a Nature Walk in Red Rock State Park

From the red-hued natural formations to the winding loops filled with wildlife, the Red Rock State Park will surely enrich your journey with the soul-nourishing properties of nature.

With 286 acres of land to explore, you’ll need a game plan before heading to these dusty trails.

If you’re looking for activities beyond hiking, you can choose from other desert adventures available at the park.

These include activities such as self-guided driving audio tours, horse riding, and bird watching. 

Red Rock State Park is also a fantastic option for adventurous families and couples!

This national park offers children a chance to become junior rangers on their visits by completing an interactive activity sheet. 

Tip: Research available trails and updated regulations before your trip, as emergency safety measures might be in place (such as fire restrictions).

Scottsdale — The Luxury Getaway Experience

Peppered with stunning resort options and a hip-shaking nightlife scene, a trip to Scottsdale will surely add a touch of opulence to your life in the best way — ooo la laaaaaaa.

This city is the ultimate choice for travelers looking to keep their finger on the pulse of urban living while being near captivating natural scenery.

Scottsdale is seemingly made for thriving in the lap of luxury and indulging in the decadence and refinery of slow living.

And if you’re a local, it’s the perfect place for a staycation — you might not know it yet!

Read Next: The Best Happy Hour Spots in Old Town Scottsdale

Top Things to Do

With no shortage of fun and exciting Scottsdale things to do to venture into, this location provides an extensive list of things to do to add to your trip itinerary. 

From the pleasant places of Old Town to amazing adventures of a hot air balloon ride over the desert, you’re in for a wild ride.

Explore the Art District

The Scottsdale Art District, with its location mainly in the Old Town, has a variety of arty avenues to explore, which feature an assortment of art forms.

This includes art galleries, fascinating museums, and a center for performing arts.

Whether you’re looking for thought-provoking paintings to enjoy or a dance performance to sway along to, this cornucopia of cultural spaces will leave you breathless.

If you’re looking for an art-filled trip that compliments the surrounding sandy landscape, you’ll love the cowboy spirit of Scottsdale’s Museum of the West.

This museum has an amazing collection of permanent exhibits for visitors to enjoy, ranging from Native American jewelry to a Western Pop art collection.

Read Next: Most Instagrammable Places in Scottsdale

Practice Your Swing at a Luxury Golf Course

With around 50 golf courses within the city’s bounds, Scottsdale is a golfer’s paradise in terms of quantity and quality fairways.

The desert and boulder-speckled landscapes make for a perfect backdrop to practice your putts, which include the coveted grounds of TPC Scottsdale.

While this activity might be on the more expensive side, the epic greens of these pristine and manicured courses will make you feel like a pro while playing.

If you’re not much of a player, many of these beautiful courses have clubhouses to drink in the sublime scenery of the surroundings with a cocktail in hand.

Find Your Inner Cowboy at MacDonald’s Ranch

Is any desert adventure complete without indulging in the wild west ways of the Southwest?

From the old-timey buildings to the gallop of horses in the distance, you’ll feel like you’ve been transported straight into a Western film once you’ve set foot in these parts.

While horse riding is an obvious choice on the rocky roads of MacDonald’s Ranch, there is a stunning selection of alternative activities to get you into the true cowboy spirit.

These include cowboy cookouts and an annual pumpkin patch from the end of September to October.

Pro Tip: I also suggest going to McDowell Mountain Preserve! There is so much hiking in Scottsdale and this set of mountains is my favorite.

Taste the Culinary Splendors of Scottsdale

A great way to explore a new city and experience its specific flavor is by giving your tastebuds a good workout.

Scottsdale has an array of restaurants and eateries to try, which ranges in cuisine types and prices.

  • Citizen Public House — With elegant decor and a finely-crafted menu, this restaurant is an excellent choice for travelers looking for a low-key yet classy night out. 
  • Local Donut — The simple pleasures of a donut with an extravagant edge, the Local Donut is a must for sweet tooth enthusiasts. From glazed to brûléed items on their menu list, you’ll recount this mouth-watering memory from your vacation.

FAQs — Sedona or Scottsdale

While you might think these two dazzling desert cities offer a similar experience, Sedona and Scottsdale have different qualities that make them unique.

Take a look at a few helpful inquiries to make an informed decision for your next cacti-filled trip:

Is Sedona or Scottsdale Better?

This is entirely up to what type of vacation you’re looking for.

Sedona is your best bet if you’re looking for a desert adventure filled with nature and adrenaline-fueled activities.

For travelers looking to unwind and explore more of an upscale urban setting, Scottsdale is perfect for satisfying your luxury resort town fantasies. 

If you’re looking to enjoy these two destinations in a day trip, Sedona to Scottsdale is a short distance (around 124 miles) to experience the best of both worlds.

How Many Days Should I Spend in Scottsdale and Sedona?

Scottsdale and Sedona are so much more than a mere stop on the road during a journey to the Grand Canyon.

These urban areas have a wide selection of unforgettable experiences within their hidden gem-filled crevasses.

The highlights of Scottsdale are best to experience within two to three days in order to enjoy all this tranquil yet vibrant city has to offer — without feeling too rushed.

That’s why a weekend in Scottsdale is such a popular option.

Sedona, on the other hand, would require a minimum of three days for hiking lovers to sample a variety of locations to trot along.

Note: If you’re planning to visit both cities, the Vortex to Vineyard tour is an excellent option to enjoy the splendors of the earth (from healing spaces to tannin-filled nectar).

What is the Distance from Scottsdale to Sedona to the Grand Canyon?

While the main question might revolve around whether Sedona/Scottsdale is the ultimate winner, these cities can easily be visited on a single journey. 

With the camping opportunities in Sedona and the luxury accommodation options in Scottsdale, you’ll have a magnificent mix of stayover locations on a road trip.

The Scottsdale to Sedona distance is around two hours. 

Driving by car is by far the most popular method of traveling from these two cities, but other options are available if you’re looking for a more budget-friendly option. 

Bus rides take around 10.5 hours to get to Sedona from Scottsdale. From Sedona, it’s a further two hours to get to the South Rim of the Grand Canyon.

Final Thoughts | Your Scottsdale vs. Sedona Decision

Whether you’re looking for a Sedona and Scottsdale day trip or deciding exclusively between the two destinations, these urban areas will meet your expectations (and more). 

While choosing between these destinations might seem like an impossible choice, remember to keep your dream desert getaway in mind. 

From the energy-infused spaces in Sedona to the sublime swift swings of Scottsdale’s golf courses, you’re in for a treat.

Both cities are filled to the brim with unique desert experiences that are constructed to provide a surreal adventure amongst the dunes and dude ranches. Still can’t decide? Choose both; your secret is safe here.

The post Sedona vs. Scottsdale | Which One Is Best For Your Bucket List? appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-vs-scottsdale/feed/ 0 56433
One Day in Bryce Canyon Itinerary (Map Included) https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-bryce-canyon-itinerary/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-bryce-canyon-itinerary/#respond Sun, 20 Aug 2023 05:08:50 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56390 Nestled within southern Utah’s vast expanse, Bryce Canyon National Park stands as a magnificent reflection of nature’s brilliance.  The distinctive orange and red hue and mesmerizing landscapes of Bryce Canyon attract over a million visitors every year. There is much to see at Bryce Canyon, but if you’ve only got a day to spare, this […]

The post One Day in Bryce Canyon Itinerary (Map Included) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Nestled within southern Utah’s vast expanse, Bryce Canyon National Park stands as a magnificent reflection of nature’s brilliance. 

The distinctive orange and red hue and mesmerizing landscapes of Bryce Canyon attract over a million visitors every year. There is much to see at Bryce Canyon, but if you’ve only got a day to spare, this one day in Bryce Canyon itinerary is the perfect guide. 

Bryce Canyon offers breathtaking vistas from sunrise to sunset, making it one of the most worthwhile of Utah’s National Parks to visit on a day trip. So pack your bags and your boots and get ready to spend some time in the USA’s great outdoors at Bryce Canyon National Park.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Things to Do at Bryce Canyon in One Day

Before we dive into the details, here’s a quick glimpse of the top things to do in Bryce Canyon in one day: 

Top tip: To make the most of your day at Bryce Canyon, make sure to have an America the Beautiful Pass. 

Hike: Whether you’re an experienced hiker who enjoys a treacherous trail or two or a hiking novice looking for a light stroll, Bryce Canyon has plenty to offer. Each path at Bryce will lead you through a labyrinth of natural scenery to unforgettable vistas. 

Horseback Riding: Get close to nature on a Bryce Canyon horseback riding tour. So you can still soak up the scenery if hiking isn’t your cup of tea, and having an experienced guide to answer your questions is always a welcome bonus.

Biking: If you crave a little more activity, you can use your bicycle or E-bike on Bryce Canyon’s paved park roads. At Bryce, you’ll have to stick to the paved paths, but if you’re more into off-road rides, you can try the trails at the nearby parks.

Get Educated: There is lots to learn about at Bryce Canyon. The national park offers ranger-led activities and educational programs for visitors of all ages. You’ll learn about the park’s history, its wildlife, and its geological wonders.

Picnic: Who doesn’t love a charming picnic? There are designated areas where you can stop, throw down your blanket, open your baskets, and soak up the scenery while enjoying your snacks. Just make sure to stick to the designated picnic area to avoid disrupting the wildlife.

Wildlife Watching: Bryce Canyon National Park is home to an array of beautiful animals. There are about 175 documented species of birds, 59 species of mammals, and 11 species of reptiles to look out for. 

Rock Climbing: This region of Utah is a climber’s paradise because of its variety of rock formations with tricky climbing routes. You’ll need to be an experienced climber with a climbing permit to scale rocks in and around Bryce Canyon. 

Photography: Take some time out of your day to find some of Bryce Canyon’s most Instagrammable spots. Pro-tip, if you’re an early bird, you can capture some magnificent sunrise shots at the amphitheater.

Bryce Packing List

Make sure you have these items before your trip!

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

Arrival

Catch the Sunrise

Get ready to experience the best of Bryce Canyon in a day.

To maximize your one day at Bryce Canyon National Park, you’ll need to get an early start.

Sunrise is the most magical time in this region.

As the sun creeps over the rocky outcrops and hoodoos, it brings a warm glow to the canyon, perfectly complimenting the canyon’s already red and orange hues. 

The best place to capture this phenomenon is at Bryce Canyon’s amphitheater.

You can take a short walk from Sunset Point to Sunrise Point on the Rim trail.

It’s an easy 0.5-mile path, and the walk is well worth the pictures. 

Alternatively, you can take a drive along the Main Road from Sunset Point, turn right at the lodge, continue past it, and take the next right immediately after the Service Station.

There you are, Sunrise Point! 

Read Next: 2 Days in Zion National Park

Breakfast

Once you’ve watched the sun rising and got a gallery full of pictures, you’ll need to fuel up for the rest of your day. 

You can grab a hearty breakfast at The Lodge at Bryce Canyon Restaurant.

It opens every day at 7:30 am and is only a 5-minute drive from Sunrise Point.

This restaurant has a pretty extensive breakfast menu, including vegetarian options and meals for kids. 

Read Next: Best Sunrise and Sunset Spots in Arches National Park

Morning – Visiting Bryce Canyon

Hike The Navajo Trail

When it comes to choosing the best Bryce Canyon hikes, the Navajo Trail is an easy contender.

If you only have the time or the energy to do one hike during your one day in Bryce Canyon, let it be this one.

The Navajo Trail is one of the park’s most popular routes because it starts at Sunset Point and descends deep into the canyon through a series of switchbacks and past many magnificent red-rock formations.

As you trek, you’ll find that the already Martian landscape changes, presenting a little bit of Bryce Canyon’s best features with every few steps.

The hike is easy to moderate difficulty, with a small elevation of 500 feet along the 1.5-mile route.

It’ll take you around 2 hours to complete the loop trail, which begins and ends at Sunset Point. 

Along the way, you’ll see ancient rock formations such as the Twin Bridges, Wall Street, and Thor’s Hammer.

Besides the otherworldly experience the hike offers, it’s also a popular choice because it intersects with the Queen’s Garden Trail, so you can extend your hike if you’ve got time and energy to spare. 

There are many hiking trails at Bryce Canyon, so while this one is a popular favorite, there might be another hike that better suits your fitness level and interests.

You can find out all about Bryce Canyon day hikes from the official national parks website.

Read Next: Arizona Utah Road Trip

Alternative: Bryce Canyon Scenic Drive

If hiking isn’t your thing, you can still see the best of the park by taking a scenic drive around Bryce Canyon.

You can take the main road from the park’s entrance all the way to Yovimpa Points at the end of the road. 

The route is around 18 miles long and will take about 3 hours to drive if you stop at each viewpoint.

Taking a scenic drive is the best way to see most of the park’s highlights in a limited time. 

In the first 3 miles, you’ll see the Bryce Amphitheater, and for the next 15 miles, you’ll continue along the Southern Scenic Drive

The best way to tackle the journey is by driving straight to Rainbow and Yovimpa Point, stopping here to enjoy the vistas, and then driving back.

Since you’re now heading in the opposite direction, all the viewpoints are to the right.

It’s much easier and safer to pull over and take in the scenery. 

Pro Tip: If you’re not planning to stop at every viewpoint, make sure that Rainbow Point, Yovimba Point, Natural Bridge, and Agua Canyon are on your list. 

Mid-Morning – Things to Do in Bryce Canyon

Mossy Cave Trail

If you’re hiking in the summer, the sun gets pretty intense as it becomes midday.

For that reason, you don’t want to embark on any lengthy hikes with limited shady spots to cool off.

The Mossy Cave Trail is the perfect short-and-sweet route to take if you still fancy a bit of hiking at this time of day. 

While this trail doesn’t promise incredible views of the canyon, you will see a beautiful waterfall along the way and the Mossy Cave to its left.

If you have the time, I’d recommend exploring both features. 

The hike is a short 0.8 miles, but you will have to drive outside of the main park to reach the trailhead.

Insider Knowledge: It’s just 4 miles south of the main park area on Route 12. 

Alternative: Biking at Bryce Canyon

Mid-morning is the perfect time to explore Bryce Canyon’s paved trails.

There are no off-road trails within the park, but it’s all in the name of natural preservation and safety, which isn’t so bad.

Plus, the paved trails around the park and at the camping grounds are lovely. 

For a little more adventure, there are several off-road biking trails outside of the park’s boundaries and in other neighboring parks.

Thunder Mountain is a popular route, as well as Bunker Creek and Navajo Lake. 

Note that you should be an experienced mountain biker if you’re going to attempt these trails.

Pro Tip: Help isn’t easy to come by in these regions, so it’s best to know what you’re doing and have the proper equipment.

Afternoon – What to Do in Bryce Canyon

Lunch at The Pizza Place

After burning all those calories in the great outdoors, you’ll be hunkering for something tasty.

The Pizza Place is just 15 minutes away from Bryce Canyon National Park along Route 63 and Route 12.

While it’s called The Pizza Place, and they do have a wide variety of pizzas and toppings, they also serve burgers, steaks, and many other American classics.

They also have a special menu for kids and options for vegetarians and vegans.

The Pizza Place Opens every day at 11 am, just in time for an early lunch.

Horseback Riding Near Bryce Canyon

After lunch, you can head back to Bryce Canyon to enjoy your afternoon outdoors.

Taking a Horseback riding tour near Bryce Canyon is a fantastic (and easy) way to take in more of the natural scenery after a long morning of hiking and biking. 

This 3-hour-long horseback tour explores the Losee Canyon trail at Red Canyon.

This park is only 9 miles from Bryce National Park and offers a few outdoor activities like horseback riding, biking, off-roading, camping, and hiking. 

On the tour, you’ll have an experienced and knowledgeable guide to answer your questions and tell you all about the wildlife and formations along the route.

The tour also follows a historic path, and you’ll get to travel the same road as outlaws did 100 years ago.

Evening – Things to Do in Bryce National Park

Sunset to Sunrise Hike

While it is technically a hiking trail, the Sunset to Sunrise route is an easy route along the rim of the canyon.

Going on this 1-mile walk is a great way to pass some time before the sun sets. 

The Sunrise to Sunset trail is paved and safe for strollers and hikers with mobility challenges.

Both viewpoints offer spectacular vistas of the canyon and its ancient rock formations.

Plus, there are so many spots to take pictures with your camera gear to remember your day at Bryce. 

Night – Bryce Canyon 1 Day Itinerary

Dinner at Bryce Canyon Pines Restaurant

Pay a visit to Bryce Canyon Pines Restaurant for some classic American food.

Here, you’ll find a variety of hearty meals, from steaks to locally sourced fish and homemade burgers.

This restaurant opens every day at 7 am and closes at 9:30 pm, and is only a short 8-minute drive from Bryce Canyon National Park. 

Stargazing

This region of Utah is one of the best places to enjoy a magical night of stargazing.

A clear, moonless night is the best time to admire the night skies at Bryce Canyon.

You can see up to 7,500 stars when the conditions are right.

You can join one of the stargazing tours or programs at the park or just enjoy some independent stargazing. 

Top tip: Sunrise and Sunset Points are both great spots to see the stars.

What To Do With One Day in Bryce National Park + Map

  • Sunrise at Sunrise Point
  • Hike Navajo Trail
  • Bryce Scenic Drive
  • Mossy Cave Trail
  • Horseback Riding
  • Sunset to Sunrise Trail

Now here’s a map for you to use!

Click here for a live version of the map!

Where to Stay Near Bryce Canyon

Bryce Canyon Pines — Located just a 5-minute drive from Bryce Canyon National Park, this motel in Bryce is a great place to spend the night after a long day of exploring Utah’s wilderness. Check Rates and Availability

Luxe Home Bryce Canyon — This home is the perfect stay for up to 10 guests. It’s only a 2-mile drive from Bryce National Park and less than a mile from Bryce Town’s eateries and points of interest. Check Rates and Availability

Best Western Plus Bryce Canyon Grand Hotel — This hotel offers standard rooms, deluxe suites, and king suites, less than 2 miles from Bryce Canyon. It’s a fantastic option for a comfortable short stay in Utah. Check Rates and Availability

Final Thoughts on One Day in Bryce Canyon

Bryce Canyon National Park is a wonderland for nature enthusiasts, boasting magnificent rock formations and unforgettable vistas.

With this guide, you can experience the best of Bryce Canyon in one day and make memories that will last a lifetime. 

If you want to see more of Utah on your next trip, check out this guide on how to have an amazing 8-Day Utah National Parks road trip.

The post One Day in Bryce Canyon Itinerary (Map Included) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-bryce-canyon-itinerary/feed/ 0 56390
Perfect Day Trip to Sedona from Scottsdale | Bucket List 24 Hours https://dani-the-explorer.com/day-trip-to-sedona-from-scottsdale/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/day-trip-to-sedona-from-scottsdale/#respond Sun, 20 Aug 2023 01:24:07 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56384 If you want to be enchanted by Sedona’s stunning landscape, then a day trip to Sedona from Scottsdale should be on the cards. During this 24-hour journey, you’ll soak up the breathtaking beauty of Sedona’s renowned red rock formations. And with everything you’ll get to see and do, your trip from Scottsdale to Sedona will […]

The post Perfect Day Trip to Sedona from Scottsdale | Bucket List 24 Hours appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
If you want to be enchanted by Sedona’s stunning landscape, then a day trip to Sedona from Scottsdale should be on the cards. During this 24-hour journey, you’ll soak up the breathtaking beauty of Sedona’s renowned red rock formations. And with everything you’ll get to see and do, your trip from Scottsdale to Sedona will leave you feeling refreshed and in awe.

You may be wondering, “How far is Sedona from Scottsdale?” Well, it’s about 125 miles away. And when looking at the duration, the Scottsdale to Sedona drive is around two hours long. 

But enough with distance and time. The real question is what you’ll experience spending one day in Sedona. Yes, you’ll be leaving the hustle and bustle of Scottsdale, but that doesn’t mean Sedona’s a boring place in the desert.

From cozy cafés to invigorating hiking spots, Sedona’s got it all. And hopefully you love it as much as I do!

Let’s dive right in!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Must-Know Things for the Ultimate Sedona, AZ Day Trip

Without further ado, here’s what you need to know for your Sedona day trip.

How to Get Around for One Day in Sedona, Arizona

You’ll easily walk to and from the art galleries and shops in Uptown Sedona’s downtown area.

That said, outside of Uptown Sedona, the rest of the city is rather spread out, making walking to destinations more difficult.

So, to make things a bit easier for you, it’s highly recommended you use a car to get around this magical city. But if you don’t have one, don’t worry.

Below are some public transportation options available to you.

Verde LynxThis public bus system has stops in different parts of Sedona. Be it Uptown Sedona, West, and more; it’ll take you where you need to go. The Verde Lyx is reliable and affordable, at just $1, paid in cash, for Lynx trips within Sedona.

Bike RentalsWhile you can rent a bike to get around Sedona, the terrain is quite hilly overall. So, mountain bikes are your best bet for riding with ease. And with Sedona’s Trails and Pathways System (ST&PS), the city aims to expand shared-use pathways for improved access to transportation. Currently, you’ll have access to about 4 miles of these pathways—a full-day mountain bike rental for an adult ranges from $59 to $120.

UberAs convenient and reliable as Uber (and other ride-sharing apps) generally are, you won’t get rides as easily in Sedona as in other areas. In fact, you may wait up to 15 minutes for a ride. Using UberX, it’ll cost you around $10 to $15 to travel from one side of Sedona to the other.

Guided TourA guided tour is the best way to explore Sedona. And with several Sedona tours from Scottsdale, AZ, knowing which to choose can be tricky. This ten-hour tour will take you to attractions like the Tlaquepaque Arts & Shopping Village. Prices range from $250 upwards.

Read Next: Explore these fantastic day trips from Scottsdale next.

Best Time to Visit Sedona, Arizona

Hmm, so when should you plan your Scottsdale to Sedona day trip?

This is a difficult question. In fact, asking “How far is Sedona from Scottsdale, AZ?” is much easier to answer. But here’s the scoop. 

You’ll probably have a far more enjoyable time visiting Sedona during spring or fall.

Here’s why: Spring (March to May) brings pleasantly mild weather with fewer crowds than summer.

And fall (September to November) is relatively warm and sunny. Like spring, you’ll experience fewer crowds. 

Both seasons greet you with Sedona’s natural beauty; flowers like the golden Desert Marigold bloom in spring, and the city’s famous red rock formations stun viewers in vibrant pink-red shades in fall.

As you see, a day trip to Sedona will be a memorable experience during these times.

So, let’s not waste any more time and get into the nitty gritty of your itinerary.

Insider Tip: Speaking of Sedona’s red rock formations, why not discover which pass is best for exploring America’s Southwest with this Red Rock Pass vs. America the Beautiful post?

Your Day Trip to Sedona, AZ

Arrive in Sedona

With the Scottsdale to Sedona drive time being around two hours, you’ll want to rest up at your hotel for a bit.

Based on this timeline, you should plan to arrive in the city at around 8:00 am or even 7:00 am.

You’ll be able to nap or freshen up before getting ready to explore Sedona in a day.

Let’s say you take a plane because you don’t want to drive from Scottsdale to Sedona; it’s well worth catching the earliest flight you can.

That said, an alternative to the above is arriving in Sedona the night before.

This way, you’ll have plenty of time to get some decent shut-eye.

Overall, the plan is to get your day started as early as possible to fully enjoy Sedona in one day.

Top Tip: Flying into Sedona and need a car? Use Enterprise to get the right vehicle for your needs.

Morning

Sedona’s mornings are a lot cooler than other parts of the day, so it’s recommended you get your hike in really early to avoid the desert heat and crowds.

Afterward, you’ll have brunch in downtown Sedona, close to all the sights and attractions.

Hike in Red Rock State Park

Grab a sandwich and a bottle of water before leaving your hotel and head to Red Rock State Park.

Here, you’ll hike the Eagle’s Nest trail, a moderate 2.8-mile hike that’ll get your blood pumping. 

Being the popular trail that it is, it’s best you arrive early in the morning to avoid crowds.

You’ll also enjoy cooler weather and witness the sheer beauty of the red rock formations from Eagle Nest’s peak.

After hiking for about an hour, it’s time to head to downtown Sedona.

Doe Mountain (Alternative)

If you’re an early riser like me and want to catch sunrise over Sedona, I’m a huge fan of Doe Mountain!

It’s an incredibly easy hike with 360 views of the red rocks.

Sometimes, you can see hot air balloons out for a morning flight!

Pro Tip: Have your America the Beautiful Pass handy!

Brunch

If breakfast is the most important meal of the day, then brunch is the next best option.

Although you had something light to eat before your hike, you’re probably hungry by now.

So, now’s the time to treat yourself to a delicious meal and some strong coffee. 

Open from 8:00 am to 3:00 pm, Tuesdays to Saturdays, Layla’s Cafe And Bakery serves up scrumptious European baked goods.

Their pain au chocolate and bulletproof coffee are sure to give you that hit of caffeine and sugar needed to fuel you.

Shop and Soak Up Some Art at Tlaquepaque Arts & Shopping Village

Located in the heart of Sedona is this cultural landmark. Here, you’ll get to admire locally crafted artwork and souvenirs.

Plus, you’ll also enjoy the laidback Southwest vibe, thanks to its cobble-stoned paths and lovely arches. 

The outdoor shopping complex boasts over 45 art galleries, one of which is the Renee Taylor Gallery, which showcases contemporary jewelry.

You’ll also find spices and unique condiments at Spirits & Spice, as well as out-of-this-world masala chai at The Chai Spot.

With so many options, it’s easy to get overwhelmed.

That said, aim to spend no more than an hour to 90 minutes there to make room for other activities.

Tip: Be sure to explore a few different shops and see what piques your interest.

Afternoon

Come afternoon, and you’ll have spent half a day in Sedona.

Now, it’s time to venture out more for some exciting things to do.

Head to the Chapel of the Holy Cross

If Sedona’s stunning red rocks didn’t enchant you on your morning hike, then the Chapel of the Holy Cross will.

The structure juts out of a “thousand-foot rock wall,” which is a marvel to witness.

Located at 780 Chapel Road, this architectural wonder delights you with even more impressive desert views.

But it’s not just an attraction; the Chapel actually hosts religious services such as Confession from 1:00 pm to 3:00 pm. 

Before you leave, consider purchasing local art on the building’s lower floor to keep as a memento.

Tip: The Chapel kindly requests that guests maintain silence and don’t eat or drink when visiting. Also, pets aren’t allowed here.

Visit Sedona Heritage Museum

They say traveling is about the journey and not the destination.

No place further exemplifies this than the Sedona Heritage Museum.

This museum will take you on a journey through time as you explore the city’s rich heritage.

You’ll learn all about Sedona’s culture and development, from its pioneers to the interesting native plants that dot the garden.

Bell Rock Climb (Alternative)

Now, if you just want to hike your heart out, a good mid-day option would be Bell Rock Vortex.

You can opt for a loop hike or hike to the top.

Read Next: All the Best Sedona Hikes for Sunrise and Sunset

Dinner & Sedona Evening Activities

After a splendid afternoon soaking up some architecture, religion, and culture, it’s time for you to see what Sedona’s nightlife has to offer.

Delight in Sunset Views at Airport Mesa Viewpoint

Honestly, Sedona is such a showoff in terms of nature.

But with Airport Mesa Viewpoint, the city has earned bragging rights. 

Before you wrap up your day with dinner, you’ll come here to marvel at the sunset’s rosy hues and the rocks’ changing colors.

Head to Airport Mesa and leave your vehicle at the parking.

It gets really busy, so aim to arrive up to 45 minutes before sunset to ensure you get a parking spot.

After parking, walk for about five minutes to the main viewpoint.

With 360-degree angles of Sedona, you’ll have endless sunset views.

Lovers Knoll & Cathedral Rock (Alternative)

As with anything else in this itinerary, you can swap out things as you please!

If you want another iconic hike in Sedona, try Cathedral Rock Vortex for sunset.

Munds Wagon is a good one too, but if it were me, I would book a jeep tour to take me to this area via Schnebly Hill Road.

Not in the mood to hike? Try Lover’s Knoll!

Read Next: The Most Instagrammable Places in Sedona, AZ

Have Dinner at Creekside American Bistro

For a casual, upscale dining experience, look no further than Creekside American Bistro.

The restaurant serves up hearty meals, like their high country shrimp & grits and braised short ribs, all made from fresh, local ingredients.

And that’s not all.

True to its name, Creekside American Bistro offers you serene creek views from its large deck.

Your Day Trip to Sedona from Scottsdale at a Glance + Map

Morning:

  • Hike in Red Rock State Park
  • Brunch
  • Shop and Soak Up Some Art at Tlaquepaque Arts & Shopping Village

Afternoon:

  • Head to the Chapel of the Holy Cross
  • Visit Sedona Heritage Museum

Evening

  • Delight in Sunset Views at Airport Mesa Viewpoint
  • Have Dinner at Creekside American Bistro

Click here for a live version of the map!

Where to Stay in Sedona, Arizona

If you want to be as close to the action, landmarks, and amazing dining options, Uptown Sedona is where you need to be. 

Here are the ideal spots to stay in when checking out what to see in Sedona in one day.

These top recommendations cater to all budgets.

Luxury Uptown HomeThis Luxury Uptown Home has mountain views you can enjoy whilst soaking in the hot tub. Boasting a firepit and outdoor dining, this accommodation is perfect for socializing and sharing meals with company. With lavish furniture like luxurious sheets and mattresses, you’re sure to enjoy unrivaled, restful sleep here.

While it’s in the mountains, this three-bedroom home is an accessible 13-minute walk to Tlaquepaque Arts & Shopping Village.

Matterhorn InnMatterhorn Inn blends simplicity and effortless style with its décor. From kitchen to bathroom, the rooms are light and spacious. This Inn is the perfect retreat from a busy day out exploring Sedona’s attractions. If the desert heat beats down on you, you can always cool down in the outdoor pool.

The accommodation is only a minute’s drive from Sedona Arts Center, making it convenient for you to check out works by local artists.

Serene Getaway in Uptown SedonaThis Serene Getaway in Uptown Sedona offers you value for money. Not skimping on quality, this accommodation is ideal if you’re on a budget. Despite its pared-down interior, Serene Getaway still maintains a warm, inviting atmosphere.

Located less than 10 minutes away from Sedona Arts Center and 13 minutes from Tlaquepaque Arts & Shopping Village, you’ll be close to all landmarks.

Read Next: Best Sedona Vacation Rentals

Final Thoughts on Your Ideal Scottsdale, AZ to Sedona, AZ Trip

A day trip to Sedona’s gorgeous landscape promises a remarkable journey you don’t want to miss.

Yes, it’s for a day only, but you can extend your time to view more artistic sights and reconnect with nature a bit more. 

The thing is, whether Sedona’s spiritual energy enchants you or its outdoor adventure thrills you, the city’s unique charm won’t disappoint you.

Apart from this, the area also offers you a brief escape from Scottsdale if you need it, making it worth visiting.

Returning to Scottsdale and wondering what to do next? Look no further for the perfect getaway for your weekend in Scottsdale.

The post Perfect Day Trip to Sedona from Scottsdale | Bucket List 24 Hours appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/day-trip-to-sedona-from-scottsdale/feed/ 0 56384
Your Perfect One Day in Arches National Park | Bucket List Itinerary https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-arches-national-park/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-arches-national-park/#respond Sun, 16 Jul 2023 17:50:41 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=56186 Arches National Park is a captivating red-rock wonderland located in the heart of Utah. With an exceptional landscape dotted with contrasting colors, unusual landforms, and picturesque natural arches, you’ll find plenty of fun things to do in Arches National Park in a day. If you’re embarking on a Utah national parks road trip but running […]

The post Your Perfect One Day in Arches National Park | Bucket List Itinerary appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Arches National Park is a captivating red-rock wonderland located in the heart of Utah. With an exceptional landscape dotted with contrasting colors, unusual landforms, and picturesque natural arches, you’ll find plenty of fun things to do in Arches National Park in a day.

If you’re embarking on a Utah national parks road trip but running short on time, this 1 day in Arches National Park itinerary will help you make the most of your visit. This guide will take you on an unforgettable journey through some of the park’s must-see attractions.

So strap on your hiking shoes, pack your camera, and get ready for one day at Arches National Park, filled with adventure and natural beauty.

And PSSSST! I’ve been to Arches several times over the years so you’re in great hands.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Things To Do in Arches National Park in One Day

Let’s dive into the national park’s breathtaking landscapes and plethora of natural arches that will leave you in awe. 

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

Don’t forget your America the Beautiful Pass

Arches National Park Visitor Center

Start your day at the Arches National Park Visitor Center, where you can get valuable information about the park’s trails, weather conditions, and important updates.

You’ll find knowledgeable park rangers who can suggest the best routes to make the most of your day.

The visitor center also has a bookstore, where you can buy maps or travel guides about the area.

Other amenities include a water bottle filling station, toilets, picnic tables, and trash bins.

Insider Tip: You’ll find the Arches National Park Sign along Highway 191, about five miles north of Moab.

Courthouse Towers

The first stop on your Arches National Park 1-day itinerary is a collection of towering sandstone columns that resemble the grandeur of a courthouse.

You can get to this scenic vista by hiking or taking the Arches Scenic Drive.

You can access the Park Avenue Trailhead to Courthouse Towers, about a six-minute drive from the visitor center.

The 1.8-mile out-and-back trail is considered generally easy to complete and awards you with a scenic viewpoint, the Park Avenue Overview, roughly halfway through the hike. 

If you opt to take the scenic drive, you’ll get to see amazing views of the La Sal Mountains.

Exploring Arches National Park from the comfort of your own car is a good way to avoid crowded group tours, and gives you the freedom to stop for as long as you wish.

Insider Tip: Take the Arches National Park self-guided driving audio tour to make sure that you don’t miss out on the park’s best attractions.

Ring Arch

From the Courthouse Towers, you’ll hike to the first natural arch on this itinerary.

Ring Arch is one of the least visited attractions in the park, so you can expect solitude during your hike.

But don’t let the scarcity of hikers fool you, Ring Arch is one of the most fascinating attractions you’ll find in Arches National Park!

The stunning geological formation is characterized by a massive stone ring carved by the forces of erosion. This old pothole-type natural arch is approximately 64 feet wide and 39 feet high.

The trail to Ring Arch is generally flat and easy to trek through; it takes about two to three hours round trip.

You can stop by other viewpoints along the Scenic Drive within a mile of Courthouse Towers.

These include the Sheep Rock to your left, standing at 320 feet and the Tower of Babel to your right, which is 435 feet tall.

Read Next: Best Sunrise and Sunrise Spots in Arches National Park

Petrified Sand Dunes

The Petrified Sand Dunes are an area of the park that showcases nature’s artistic flair with distinction. These red sandstone dunes have solidified over time, creating a mesmerizing landscape.

Over the years, layers of sediments and quartz have compressed into Navajo sandstone, and thanks to erosion, you can appreciate the captivating dune-scape.

Take in the panoramic views, snap some photos, and appreciate the natural wonders surrounding you.

On the other side of the Scenic Drive, opposite the Petrified Sand Dunes, you’ll find The Great Wall, another formation worth adding to your Arches itinerary.   

The Phallus Pillar 

Less than a mile from the Petrified Sand Dunes, you’ll find the towering Phallus Pillar.

While the name might raise an eyebrow, the Phallus Pillar is an impressive sandstone formation that’s worth a mention when visiting Arches National Park. 

Standing tall at about 100 feet, this unique rock formation will undoubtedly capture your attention with its unique hoodoo-like structure.

The Phallus Pillar is undoubtedly one of the most wondrous landmarks of all of Utah’s national parks.

I think my favorite part about this area is just walking around and taking in all the beauty!

Rock Pinnacles

About a three-minute walk from the Phallus Pillar, you’ll stumble upon a majestic series of spires rising from the earth to form a stunning natural spectacle.

Take a moment to soak in the sheer magnitude of these structures and appreciate the remarkable forces of nature that created them. 

The Rock Pinnacles are a part of the Great Wall; they sit at the north end of the formation.

Insider Tip: At the base of the Great Wall, you can catch views of the Phallus Pillar and The Poodle, another sandstone spire standing at about 160 feet tall. 

Balanced Rock

Standing at a staggering 128 feet tall, the Balanced Rock is one of the most iconic landmarks in Arches National Park. This massive sandstone boulder precariously sits on a slender pedestal, defying gravity and captivating visitors. 

Although the formation of the structure appears to be a balancing act, it’s actually not.

The slick rock boulder is attached to the slowly eroding pedestal, and while it defies gravity now, that won’t always be the case.

Fun Fact: One day, the 3,600-ton rock will come tumbling down due to erosion.

Double Arch

The awe-inspiring Double Arch is one of the park’s most famous landmarks. Standing at 112 feet tall, it is the tallest and second-longest (144 feet) arch in the park.

This impressive formation features two colossal arches that intertwine with each other at the foundation. 

The Double Arch is located in the Windows Section of Arches National Park, one of the world’s most concentrated areas of natural arches.

You’ll find plenty of other scenic arches in this area, including the North Window Arch and Turret Arch along the Windows Trail.

At the end of the Double Arch Trail, you’ll come across the picturesque Cove of Caves, the Cove Arch, and Elephant Butte a little further down the way.

Insider Tip: Other scenic spots you’ll find in this area include the Garden of Eden and Pothole Arch, sitting on opposite sides of Windows Road.

Wolfe Ranch 

Wolfe Ranch is one of the most historical places in all of Arches National Park.

Here, you’ll discover remnants of an early 20th-century homestead and gain insight into the lives of the early settlers.

Wolfe Ranch sits right next to the Delicate Arch Trailhead, so you cannot miss it.

Explore the cabin and imagine what life was like in this rugged and beautiful landscape before taking a short 0.2-mile hike to the historic Ute Indian Petroglyphs.

These rock markings feature ancient drawings of sheep and horsemen. 

Delicate Arch

No day trip to Arches National Park would be complete without experiencing the mesmerizing Delicate Arch.

This is by far my favorite place in Arches and I know you’ll love it!

In a park with over 2,000 arches, this natural wonder particularly stands out as the most photographed and has thus become an icon of Utah and a symbol of the state’s wild beauty. 

You’ll need to embark on a moderate 1.6-mile hike from the trailhead to reach the arch.

And as you emerge from the trail, be prepared to be awe-struck by a majestic arch standing boldly at 46 feet tall against the backdrop of the expansive desert.

Delicate Arch is a popular spot in the park, so you may find it overrun with tourists.

Luckily the park has two optional viewing spots — Lower Delicate Arch Viewpoint and Upper Delicate Arch Viewpoint.

Where you can see Delicate Arch from a mile and half a mile away, respectively.

Insider Tip: Delicate Arch is an amazing Arches National Park sunrise and sunset spot!

Fiery Furnace

From one iconic landmark to another, the Fiery Furnace is one of the most intriguing viewpoints in Arches National Park.

If you’re an adventurous soul, the Fiery Furnace offers a unique and challenging experience. 

This labyrinth of narrow sandstone canyons, fins, and oddly-shaped rocks will test your navigation skills and reward you with hidden arches and mesmerizing rock formations.

Due to its delicate ecosystem, it’s recommended that you explore the Fiery Furnace via a ranger-led guided tour, so plan ahead and secure your spot. These tours cost about $16 per person.

Tip: You can also explore the Fiery Furnace via a self-guided tour, but you must have an individual exploration permit, which you can purchase online at Recreation.gov

Landscape Arch

Spanning over a whopping 290 feet, Landscape Arch is the world’s largest natural arch, beating out another famous Utah landmark, Kolob Arch in Zion National Park, by a mere three feet.

The Landscape Arch is located in the Devil’s Garden region on the northern end of the park. 

This area boasts plenty of scenic spots, including natural sandstone arches like Tunnel Arch and Navajo Arch.

You’ll also find the Devil’s Garden Campground and picnic area to rest, use the bathrooms, and reset for more exploration.

Now back to the Landscape Arch, this delicate formation spans an impressive distance, showcasing nature’s delicate craftsmanship.

Insider Tip: Take a 20-minute hike from Devil’s Garden Trailhead to get up close and personal with this extraordinary wonder.

Double O Arch

Further along the Devil’s Garden Trail, you’ll find the Double O Arch.

This captivating formation consists of two arches stacked upon each other, creating a unique and mesmerizing sight.

The larger arch spans about 71 feet, while the smaller arch only has a 21-foot span.

Getting to the Double O Arch can be a bit strenuous.

It will take you about two to three hours to complete the four-mile round drip, and you’ll gain an elevation of 275 feet.

While it’s not as famous as the Double Arch, this natural marvel is worth visiting. 

Insider Tip: Other notable landmarks you can explore in the Devil’s Garden region include the Dark Angel, a 150-foot pillar standing in solitude, Black Cave Arch, and the fascinating Top Story Window.

Tower Arch

Situated on the northwest end of Arches National Park, Tower Arch is an ideal spot to take in the park’s beautiful red landscape without the crowds.

To get to this secluded 92-foot arch, you’ll have to climb up a steep rock wall, cut across a valley, and then meander through sandstone fins and sand dunes.  

The Tower Arch Trail is considered one of the moderate to strenuous hikes in Arches National Park.

It’s about 2.6 miles round trip and takes about two to three hours to complete.

As you hike through the sandy terrain and rugged landscape, your reward — an arch standing tall and surrounded by serene beauty. 

Insider Tip: Take a moment to bask in the tranquility of the area and take your travel camera out to make sure you capture the memory forever.

Anniversary Arch

Last but certainly not least, Anniversary Arch is the last stop on your Arches National Park one-day itinerary.

This hidden gem offers a peaceful and secluded environment where you can reflect on the wonders you’ve witnessed throughout the day.

Anniversary Arch also boasts two openings, the larger one spans about 16 feet, while the smaller one spans about seven feet.

Although it’s not the most grandiose natural arch in the park, Anniversary Arch and its surrounding scenery will leave you with a lasting impression.

Alternative: Make time to check out Sand Dune Arch instead!

Where To Eat in Arches National Park

There are no restaurants or dining options within the park, so naturally, you’ll have to get your food and sustenance in Moab. Here are a few options to consider:

  • Moab Diner – This old-school eatery sitting in the heart of town serves an all-day breakfast you’ll love.
  • Zax Restaurant – This all-American restaurant serves an all-you-can-eat pizza, soup, or salad specials and eclectic vibes.
  • Arches Thai – If you love Asian cuisine, this relaxed Thai eatery serves pho, curries, other classic dishes in a cozy setting with a fireplace.

Where To Stay in Arches National Park

There are also no lodging options available in the park, and since you’ll be spending a day or two days in Moab, you’ll need a comfortable place to stay. Here are a few options to consider:

  • Under Canvas MoabEnjoy a unique glamping experience in the middle of the desert! You’ll spend your days at the park and your nights star gazing from a luxurious private glamping tent.
  • Expedition Lodge Looking for a laid-back lodge that has all the modern amenities but won’t break the bank? This 2-star hotel offers a pool, a game room, and views of the city.
  • Red Stone InnIf you’re looking for a place to just lay your head at night, after all, you’ll only be in Moab for a day; consider this rustic inn that offers cozy rooms, hot tubs, and Wi-Fi. 

Arches National Park Itinerary For One Day | Wrapped Up

Arches National Park is a treasure trove of natural wonders that can be explored even in a single day. From the famous Delicate Arch to the lesser-known hidden gems, this park will leave you spellbound with its majestic landscapes and incredible rock formations.

The post Your Perfect One Day in Arches National Park | Bucket List Itinerary appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-arches-national-park/feed/ 0 56186
10 Best Arches National Park Sunrise & Sunset Spots + Map https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-arches-national-park-sunrise-sunset-spots/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-arches-national-park-sunrise-sunset-spots/#respond Fri, 02 Jun 2023 16:45:42 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=55978 Utah state’s captivating natural landscapes and dry, semi-arid climate make it a popular destination for hikers and adventure seekers. With so many remarkable national parks covering the state, it’s easy to justify adding Utah to your travel bucket list. But you know what’s really special? Arches National Park sunrises and sunsets. And visiting the best […]

The post 10 Best Arches National Park Sunrise & Sunset Spots + Map appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Utah state’s captivating natural landscapes and dry, semi-arid climate make it a popular destination for hikers and adventure seekers. With so many remarkable national parks covering the state, it’s easy to justify adding Utah to your travel bucket list. But you know what’s really special? Arches National Park sunrises and sunsets.

And visiting the best Arches National Park sunset and sunrise spots is a must on your bucket list!

Arches National Park, near Moab, features highly in any Utah national parks ranking for good reasons. The 119 square-mile (76,519-acre) park is home to over 2,000 natural red rock stone arches, which are especially awe-inspiring to witness at sunrise and sunset.

So in this post, I’ll use my experience to tell you everything you need to know about these amazing spots and give you a map to reference during your Utah trip!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Best Sunset and Sunrise Arches National Park Spots

You might be planning a Utah national parks road trip or looking to make the most of an upcoming visit to Moab and its surrounding areas. If not, now’s a good time to consider a Utah expedition. 

Here’s some undeniable inspiration for your photography and social media.

Check out these amazing Arches sunrise and sunset spots!

And don’t forget your America the Beautiful Pass!

Next Read: How to Spend One Day in Arches National Park

#1 Courthouse Towers & Park Avenue (Sunrise)

What makes this spot special: This is one of the most spectacular outlooks and is super close to the parking lot.

  • Roundtrip Distance: 1.8 miles (2.9 km)
  • Time: 60 minutes
  • Difficulty: Moderate

The glorious Courthouse Towers are a fabulous welcoming point near the park’s entrance.

Start at the information boards, get a good lay of the land, and then kick off your exploring.

The boards offer valuable particulars about the arches’ history and interesting scientific facts.

Early risers will love this spot for the most staggering sunrise.

You can do a fair two-mile sunrise hike (roughly 60 minutes) and enjoy a bit of morning exercise on the trail.

A canyon leads you through Park Avenue, where gobsmacking sunrise hues await!

Insider Tip: For some of the best pictures, snap away right at the Park Avenue entrance!

#2 Delicate Arch (Sunrise)

What makes this spot special: Delicate Arch offers the best hike in the park.

  • Roundtrip Distance: 3 miles (4,8 km)
  • Time: 30 – 60 minutes
  • Difficulty: Moderate 

The truth is whether you’re chasing a Delicate Arch sunrise or sunset, you won’t be disappointed. I visited Delicate Arch in the winter and it was easily my favorite destination in the park.

This is a visitors’ favorite in the park and gets very busy.

Grab your gear (remember that headlamp) and a delicious cup of coffee, and hit the trail early. 

As the park’s largest free-standing arch, it has a 46-foot-high, 32-foot-wide light opening.

It can take between 30 minutes and an hour to conquer the three-mile trail (there are upper and lower viewpoints). Be prepared, though.

What starts as flat planes gets steeper as you ascend — bring trekking poles as needed! 

When you finally get to the big boulder, an impressive vista is your reward.

Fun Fact: Utah license plates feature the Delicate Arch as a symbol — oo la la!

#3 Turret Arch (Sunset)

What makes this spot special: The red rocks shimmer deep reds and bright oranges during sunset.

  • Roundtrip Distance: 1 mile (1.6 km)
  • Time: 30 – 60 minutes
  • Difficulty: Easy

Turret Arch, part of the famous Windows Section, is another grand spot in the park.

And it has an extra treat for you when you visit. You can see it through the North Window, providing cool ways for photogs to snap the most creative pictures.

Naturally, this means views of the North and South Windows are equally as tremendous from within Turret Arch.

The trail is quite delightful, with few stairs and easy inclines. Expect exceptional golden glows with touches of red and orange at sunset!

P.S. Turret Arch sunrises are pretty darn awesome for the gram too.

#4 The Windows (Sunrise)

What makes this spot special: The Windows Arches really do let you look through them for fantastic two-way views.

  • Roundtrip Distance: 1 mile (1.6 km)
  • Time: 30 – 60 minutes
  • Difficulty: Easy

A Windows Arches’ sunrise is something else. And the North and South Windows

are two of the most prominent spots in the entire section. At first, the Windows trail is flat without any barriers. Then you get unevenness and many elevated steps.

You’ll journey for a mile to get to the Windows! That’s where you’ll enjoy the most beautiful sunrises.

I suggest getting here early if you’re serious about sunrise pics because this is a popular destination!

The Garden of Eden and Parade of Elephants are other popular areas.

Aiming for an original wallpaper and screensaver-worthy photograph? Position yourself under the arches to get immaculate images of the sun rising!

Insider Tip: I recommend you grab something like a Sony a6400 and 16-35mm f/4 lens for the best pics.

#5 Balanced Rock (Sunrise)

What makes this spot special: The Balanced Rock offers clear, open views of the sun rising above the arches.

  • Roundtrip Distance: 0,3 miles (0,5 km)
  • Time: 10 – 15 minutes
  • Difficulty: Easy

The aptly named Balanced Rock, at 128 feet (39m) tall, is iconic because of its appearance and what it symbolizes.

What’s a better way to remember that life is all about balance than nature showing you in the quirkiest way?

This location is easy to get to because of its proximity to the entrance.

Entrada Sandstone is the name of the boulder on top as it rests on Dewey Bridge — which holds it up.

Fun Fact: It’s said that the rocks won’t be balanced forever. So you must visit and get photograph souvenirs before this natural balancing act is no more!

#6 Fiery Furnace (Sunset)

What makes this spot special: As the name suggests, ‘the Furnace’ illuminates a fiery glow at sunset.

  • Roundtrip Distance: 2 miles (3.2 km)
  • Time: 30 – 60 minutes
  • Difficulty: Challenging

The Fiery Furnace comprises narrow passages between giant sandstone walls. Navigating this part of the park is no child’s play.

You need a ranger guide or a “self-guided exploration permit” to visit this labyrinth.

The two-mile hike is a maze. You can get lost easily despite the trail markers.

Sadly, if you thought GPS was your friend, it’s useless here because the walls are like huge blocking towers.

Pro Tip: It’d be scary to get lost here after dark. So plan your time wisely to ensure a safe return.

#7 Panorama Point (Sunrise)

What makes this spot special: Panorama Point is the perfect place for a picnic.

  • Roundtrip Distance: 0.3 miles (0.5 km)
  • Time: 10 – 15 minutes
  • Difficulty: Easy

A short walk from the parking lot gets you to Panorama Point, a neat spot for a memorable picnic (complete with picnic tables).

It’s an expansive area that allows magnificent panoramic views of the surroundings from the hilltop.

From this point, you can view the Fiery Furnace, Devil’s Garden, and the La Sal Mountains.

This area is ideal for sunrise and sunset. If you get the chance, you must also add stargazing to your Panorama Point to-do list.

Adventure photographer and wedding photographers love this kind of view!

Insider Tip: It’s a favored spot for many, so snagging a spot will prove difficult if you’re not early enough.

#8 Double Arch (Sunrise)

What makes this spot special: View two arches in one spot.

  • Roundtrip Distance: 0.6 miles (1 km)
  • Time: 15 – 30 minutes
  • Difficulty: Easy

A Double Arch sunrise is unique because you get double the spectacle with two arches in the same location. The arch, part of the Windows Section, is one of the park’s tallest.

The modest 0.6-mile hike (about 30 minutes) is pleasurable because of the gentle slopes.

The 112-foot (34m) double arch appearance will inspire artsy photos with fun angles and extraordinary framing.

It’s one of the most unbelievable spots to savor a superior sunrise!

Whether spending a short two days in Moab, Utah or splurging on a longer trip, fill it with unforgettable moments in timeless places.

Insider Tip: For Unique pictures, step inside the arch and get a different perspective!

#9 Skyline Arch (Sunset)

What makes this spot special: Take cracking pictures of the skyline during sunset.

  • Roundtrip Distance: 0.3 miles (0.5 km)
  • Time: 10 – 15 minutes
  • Difficulty: Easy

Skyline Arch is located at the end of another of the park’s short, easy trails.

It’s a busy spot that attracts many hikers, all chasing that perfect still of the Utah skyline.

It’s a lovely place to witness an alluring sunset!

The short hike means getting first dibs for prime spots for those late-afternoon sunset shots.

And outstanding sunrises, too — if you can activate your early bird powers.

Insider Tip: You could choose the park’s Devil’s Garden Campground as your base if you’re on a road trip (like an Arizona Utah road trip) which will put you closest to Skyline Arch.

#10 Broken Arch & Sand Dune Arch (Sunset)

What makes this spot special: Getting to Broken Arch includes hiking across grasslands, where you can spot the area’s wildlife.

  • Roundtrip Distance: 1 — 3 miles (1.6 — 4.8 km), depending on departure
  • Time: 30 – 60 minutes
  • Difficulty: Easy

Broken Arch isn’t really broken, but it gives that illusion that it’s still connected by what seems like a notch of rock holding on for dear life…

Okay, in reality, it’s doing more than holding on by the skin of its teeth.

This wonderful place to view an Arches sunset offers many picture-perfect opportunities.

The best spot is under the arch, with a unique viewpoint.

Insider Tip: Include a visit to Sand Dune Arch along a side path. I love taking pictures here too!

List of the Best Sunrise & Sunset Spots in Arches National Park + Map

  1. Courthouse Towers & Park Avenue (Sunrise)
  2. Delicate Arch (Sunrise)
  3. Turret Arch (Sunset)
  4. The Windows (Sunrise)
  5. Balanced Rock (Sunrise)
  6. Fiery Furnace (Sunset)
  7. Panorama Point (Sunrise)
  8. Double Arch (Sunrise)
  9. Skyline Arch (Sunset)
  10. Broken Arch & Sand Dune Arch (Sunset)

As you plan a day in Arches National Park, reference the map I made for you below!

Click here to view a live version of the map!

Tips for Visiting Arches National Park

You can use these top tips to ensure an easy, smooth, and well-planned trip where fun and memory-making are your only focus.

Best Time of Year to Visit Arches National Park

Arches’ hot desert climate makes the summers quite harsh. Not to mention the crowds, as summer (June – August) is peak season, so I recommend avoiding this.

Beat the rat race and visit Arches National Park in the winter (December – February).

It’s equally as marvelous.

If you’re willing to factor in fewer daylight hours and look out for some of the icy park areas, you’ll love your winter Arches visit!

But maybe you’re not about that cold weather life, and you prefer mild temperatures for rocking your short-sleeve tees and shorts. In that case, spring (March – May) will be your ideal time to visit this phenomenal park.

How Long to Make Your Arches Trip

A one day in Arches NP or a two-day period is enough time to explore the best of Arches. But you might want to include a few Moab attractions (like Hell’s Revenge and Fisher Towers).

Four days is the sweet spot if you want to extend your trip to include other Utah National Parks!

After all, Arches National Park and Moab are just 5.2 miles (8 minutes) apart. Grab this handy Moab travel guide and prepare for an adventure rivaling all you’ve been on!

I love Moab because it’s so outdoor friendly. Once you visit, you’ll want to extend your stay!

Things to Do at Arches

There is so much to do at Arches besides hiking. These four stand-out activities should top your list:

  • Do self-guided yoga during sunrise at the Delicate Arch
  • Take the most exquisite adventure photographs in The Windows Section (Did someone say mesmerizing Insta content? #photosonfleek)
  • Enjoy a silent moment of reflection on the Sand Dune Arch
  • Go on an epic Arches National Park 4×4 adventure from Moab

What Not to Do at Arches

The number one no-no is simple enough: don’t climb on the arches.

This is for your safety and to adhere to the park’s aim of preserving these majestic natural rock formations.

What to Bring When You Visit Arches

You’ll want to be prepared with all the essentials to catch those sensational sunrises and sunsets. Here’s a simple checklist of must-haves during your visit:

  1. Hydroflask
  2. Yummy snacks
  3. Sunscreen
  4. Comfortable, light-colored clothing
  5. Sturdy hiking boots
  6. A Headlamp (red-light headlamps are less harsh than white light)
  7. Wide-brimmed hat
  8. Sunglasses
  9. Lightweight backpack (I also love this Osprey Pack)
  10. Camera like a Sony a6400
  11. BONUS: Mini first aid kit (if there’s space in your backpack)
keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

sony a6400

Sony a6400

Sony a7iii

Sony a7RIII

sony 16-35 f4

16-35mm f/4

Major Advantage of Visiting Arches

Moab and Arches are close in proximity, making it easy and convenient to tailor your trip into a multi-activity travel extravaganza.

There are exciting places to see and unique things to do in the area, so go all out.

If your travel budget and time allow, squeeze in a visit to Canyonlands National Park, just half an hour (26,2 miles) from Arches.

You could even do a full-day Canyonlands and Arches 4×4 driving combo tour to get the best of both renowned parks.

One Major Disadvantage of Visiting Arches

You can expect it’ll be bustling when visiting a popular tourist attraction and much-loved national landmarks.

Forget the stress of large crowds and long waiting times.

Opt for a quieter time of year (like spring or winter) and a somewhat chilled time of day (like early morning or late afternoon).

Extending Your Trip

I highly recommend spending more time in Arches and taking a fun Utah National Parks road trip through the Mighty 5!

The Mighty 5 include Arches, Zion, Bryce, Canyonlands, and Capitol Reef.

Alternatively, you can head south and experience an Arizona Utah road trip!

Overall | Unmatched Spots for Sunset and Sunrise in Arches National Park

That brings this quick guide to the best spots to watch sublime sunsets and sunrises at Arches National Park to a close.

Now that you know where to experience Mother Nature when she’s showing off, you’re ready to hit the road. Discover the enduring beauty of one of Utah’s most stunning parks!

But don’t let that be the last of your travel exploits in the West. How does a thrilling water-based activity sound for your next action-packed escape?

Read about pack rafting Utah’s green river and keep ticking off those rip-roaring items on your bucket list.

^I did a packrafting trip back in 2019 and it was a once in a lifetime kind of experience I k now you’ll love!

The post 10 Best Arches National Park Sunrise & Sunset Spots + Map appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-arches-national-park-sunrise-sunset-spots/feed/ 0 55978
15 Unique Things To Do In Scottsdale, AZ For Your Bucket List https://dani-the-explorer.com/unique-things-to-do-in-scottsdale-az/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/unique-things-to-do-in-scottsdale-az/#respond Tue, 23 May 2023 19:09:01 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=55388 Scottsdale has been crowned the West’s Most Western Town, but is the west best? That’s for you to find out, but I’m here to help with these unique things to do in Scottsdale, AZ! The city’s perfect year-round weather makes it easy to find things to do around Scottsdale, no matter the season. But what […]

The post 15 Unique Things To Do In Scottsdale, AZ For Your Bucket List appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Scottsdale has been crowned the West’s Most Western Town, but is the west best? That’s for you to find out, but I’m here to help with these unique things to do in Scottsdale, AZ!

The city’s perfect year-round weather makes it easy to find things to do around Scottsdale, no matter the season. But what are the best activities and attractions to do while here? 

This handy guide will point out everything you need to know about the city, sometimes nicknamed the “Beverly Hills of the Desert.” I lived in Scottsdale for about two years, so I’ll be pulling from my local experience to help you have the best trip!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Best Things to Do in Scottsdale, Arizona

If you’re looking for fun things to do, Scottsdale in Arizona ought to be high on your list.

The city is excellent for explorers, foodies, and adventure seekers— which is exactly why I love it so much!

#1 Taste the City Through Old Town

Old Town is at the heart of the city and one of the best places to introduce you to the area.

One of the fun things to do in Scottsdale’s Old Town is to take a walking foodie tour of all restaurants, bars, and the best coffee shops.

The local farmer’s market is open from October to May and is a great place to pick up seasonal and artisanal foods, flowers, and ciders.

FnB Restaurant is a favorite among locals and tourists simply because of its great southwestern seasonal menu.

It is full of fresh produce with dishes for worldwide palates, which you can pair with Arizona’s finest wines.

Then end your day with a Scottsdale happy hour before ending the night.

The city ensures you get the best deals, with some starting as early as 3 pm with $5 drinks. Let’s cheers to that! 

#2 Hike in Pinnacle Peak Park

There are few better ways to stretch the legs than with a hike in the mountains, and boy does Scottsdale not disappoint.

You can hike to see the Arizonian mountains in a few places in the city, but Pinnacle Peak takes the cake for many.

This 1.75-mile hike takes you up an out-and-back path through the Sonoran Desert. You’ll have to hike to the top of a boulder-filled peak that overlooks the city.

At the start of the trail, you’ll find a visitor’s center, picnic tables, and a washroom. 

Why not make a day of it and pack a basket full of treats before going up at sunset? c’est magnifique!

It is a pretty popular trail, so come early as the parking spaces fill up fast and expect to see quite a few people on the path.

#3 Visit Butterfly Wonderland

Did you know there is an indoor tropical rainforest filled with thousands of butterflies in Scottsdale? Yep.

Butterfly Wonderland is one of America’s largest butterfly conservatories, and you can have a chance to see these fluttering wings up close.

The conservatory has many more animals and insects from the rainforest, like reptiles, fish, and even chickens, to say hi to.

There is a 3D theater where you can see a short film about a butterfly’s life.

Then move into the Butterfly Emergence Gallery, where you can see this life cycle in action.

And, if you’re feeling brave, stop by the vending machine at the edible insects’ section to pick up a fun treat (or souvenir).

If you’re not ready for the animal fun to end, the OdySea Aquarium is just a short walk away.

P.S. You’d also love my guide on the Best Day Trips from Scottsdale, AZ!

#4 Do a Pub Crawl 

O Captain! My Captain! Take me to the next bar.

Okay, so there might not be as much “crawling” because this bar-hopping tour is actually on a bike. But don’t worry.

Your captain (or driver) will safely steer you from bar to bar as the giggle juice kicks in.

In a span of two hours, you’ll not only get a tour through Scottsdale’s Old Town but you’ll also get introduced to some of its best watering holes.

Your ticket includes drink specials, ice, and cups, so all you have to worry about is keeping your balance.

#5 Take a Desert Jeep Tour

There is no doubt that the Sonoran Desert is beautiful, but it is enormous.

So, why not rent a jeep for the day to really explore the Arizona outback?

This sunset Sonoran Desert jeep tour offers a bumpy yet exciting ride through the desert landscape.

On your ride, you can see natural landmarks like the Pinnacle Peak, Reata Pass, and Tonto National Forest.

Try to spot some of the local wildlife and the Saguaro Cactus, which is native to the region.

And to top off this wild ride, you’ll get front-row seats to a spectacular sunset.

#6 Get the Best Instagram Shots at Taliesin West

This beautiful structure was once the home of architect Frank Lloyd Wright.

Today, it is a well-loved UNESCO World Heritage Site, a National Historic Landmark, and one of the most instagrammable places in Scottsdale.

You’re sure to get incredible snaps no matter where you turn here.

Take a group or self-guided audio tour around the property as you scour the best backdrops for that perfect shot.

For a select few months out of the year, the foundation offers their Sunset & Sips happy hour, where you can mingle with a drink in hand while catching incredible cotton-candy sky views. 

You’ll never get bored here as the foundation is filled to the brim with amazing events, from yoga to film night and book club.

The ever-rotating exhibition hall also focuses on architecture and Mr. Wright’s works.

#7 Get a Bird’s Eye View on a Hot Air Balloon Ride

Get ready to tick off another activity from your bucket list in good ol’ Scottsdale — a hot air balloon ride.

Allow yourself to be swept away in an enchanting hot air balloon ride across the Sonoran Desert at sunrise.

Now, depending on what time of the year you visit, sunrise can be quite early in the morning (especially for the night owls), but it is so worth it.

And, once you’re up there and experience the hour of serene beauty as you float above the landscape at golden hour, you’ll totally agree.

If this still doesn’t sound enticing enough for you to become an early riser, no worries.

There are always afternoon or sunset rides too.

Depending on the company, you’ll also get a certification of completion and a celebratory toast to commemorate this awesome experience.

#8 Fill Up Your Cup on a Scottsdale Wine Trail

While Scottsdale may not be the first place you think of when you hear wine (hello, Napa Valley?), it still has a few fantastic wineries you should check out.

The Scottsdale Wine Trail takes you to about seven wineries, all within a short distance from each other in Old Town.

On the trail, you’ll get to sample award-winning wines from knowledgeable sommeliers and even get a chance to buy a few bottles for yourself.

The best part?

You’re right in the bustling Old Town, so you’ll have more than enough restaurants to choose from to grab a bite afterward.

Wanderer Tip: Buy a wine trail passport for $5 and get $2 off each tasting you do on the trail.

#9 Visit Scottsdale Fashion Square and Wonderspaces

This is a two-for-one as Wonderspaces is in Scottsdale Fashion Square, a luxury shopping complex.

If you’re looking for all of the high-end brands like Gucci, Neiman Marcus, and Louis Vuitton, Scottsdale Fashion Square is your best friend.

The shopping complex will be your new go-to for all your fashion needs.

There are also a few restaurants and bars to refuel after your extensive exercise going from fitting room to fitting room.

Wonderspaces is an immersive and interactive art space with 14 showrooms that incorporate almost all art mediums.

Head to the light exhibitions to see some groovy displays of light and sound that are ever-changing.

A few cool installations also help you become part of the artwork as a collaborator.

Both places are a great way to spend a few hours in the city.

#10 Go Horseback Riding at MacDonald’s Ranch

Just in case you’ve forgotten that you’re in the Wild West, MacDonald’s Ranch is sure to remind you.

This family-friendly ranch is open Wednesday to Monday and offers the best dadburnit horse riding in the west.

Like a real western movie, you’ll be able to click-clack your way past desert cacti and wildlife with your expert guide leading the pack.

You can book a group or private ride through the plains, but for a unique experience, opt for the moonlight rides.

On these rides, your guide and the moon are your compasses as the sun sets and the moon appears.

However, don’t forget to pack something light to keep you warm as you trot along underneath the night sky.

Note: Moonlight rides are only available for four days before the full moon and require a reservation beforehand.

#11 See Artworks at the Scottsdale Museum Of Contemporary Art

Art enthusiasts will love this space filled with four galleries and artworks in all forms.

The Scottsdale Museum Of Contemporary Art (SMoCA) was once an old movie theater, but thanks to a few dedicated artists hoping to keep modern art going, it has found new life.

Besides its regular exhibitions, the museum also hosts events regularly.

Here, you can expect movies, trivia nights, and talks all surrounding design, art, and architecture.

You can download Scottsdale’s Public Art Walking Tour map for a self-guided audio tour to see them.

Note: There are also a few artworks scattered around the city.

#12 Tour the Desert Botanical Garden

You’ll find this desert beauty in Phoenix just a short drive from Scottsdale.

The garden has over 50,000 desert plants, rocks, and artworks scattered all around.

But the park doesn’t only have cacti and red rocks scattered around.

There is actually a healthy mix of vibrant colors added to the park by the wildflowers and butterflies.

Besides these beauties, you can also spot a few woodpeckers and hummingbirds happily floating about.

There are events all year round with shows like the Luminarias and the Electric Desert, where the whole park is lit up with glowing lights.

Besides these events, there are also regular culinary and live music events and showcases too.

#13 Soak Up the Outdoors at McDowell Sonoran Preserve

Yes, the city is amazing. But, sometimes, you just want to unplug and reconnect with nature.

The McDowell Sonoran Preserve offers you over 30,000 acres of untouched land.

It is excellent for hiking, horse riding, mountain biking, and just about anything else you enjoy doing in nature. 

Tom’s Thumb Trailhead is a great trail to take if you’re a bit more experienced hiker and lover of geological wonders.

However, if you’re a beginner, you might like the Gateway Trailhead more.

If you’re lucky (or unlucky, depending on how you look at it), you might see the local wildlife come say hi.

The area is known for a few Mexican wolves and bighorn sheep sightings. 

Make sure you have your Sony a6400 (or Sony aR7III) and a 24-70mm f/2.8 lens!

Wanderer Tip: Come during sunset for the best pictures!

#14 Have a Spa Day

Scottsdale is home to world class spas that are sure to please!

You can have a spa day or even rent out a poolside cabana at one of the local resorts.

I personally love and recommend The Scott Resort and Spa!

It’s a Cuban inspired hotel with an amazing aesthetic and vibe.

Head to the Canal Club for some great cocktails before you get a massage at the spa.

#15 Walk the Scottsdale Waterfront

The Waterfront is a well-known area in Old Town Scottsdale that runs along the city’s canal.

You can head to different restaurants, shop, or take a leisurely stroll.

Another popular thing to do is rent bikes and ride up and down the canal!

Wanderer Tip: Bring your camera gear for some pictures.

List of Things to Do in Scottsdale, AZ

  1. Taste the City through Old Town
  2. Hike in Pinnacle Peak Park
  3. Visit Butterfly Wonderland
  4. Do a Pub Crawl 
  5. Take a Desert Jeep Tour
  6. Get the Best Instagram Shots at Taliesin West
  7. Get a Bird’s Eye View on a Hot Air Balloon Ride
  8. Fill Up Your Cup on a Scottsdale Wine Trail
  9. Visit Scottsdale Fashion Square and Wonderspaces
  10. Go Horseback Riding at MacDonald’s Ranch
  11. See Artworks at the Scottsdale Museum Of Contemporary Art
  12. Tour the Desert Botanical Garden
  13. Soak Up the Outdoors at McDowell Sonoran Preserve
  14. Have a Spa Day
  15. Walk the Scottsdale Waterfront

Where to Stay in Scottsdale, AZ

Scottsdale has some of the best boutique hotels.

But if you’re looking for something a little more mid-range, these amazing hotels are the bee’s knees too. 

The Scott Resort and Spa ($$$) — A cuban inspired resort that has an indoor-outdoor feel. Staying here is like a vacation in a vacation! Plus it’s in an ideal location for exploring Scottsdale, AZ.

The Scottsdale Plaza Resort & Villas ($$) — The resort of Scottsdale Plaza offers deluxe accommodations with four on-site restaurants, a wellness center, and five pools. Perfect for an even better relaxation vacation in the west.

Best Western Plus Sundial ($$) — The Best Western Plus Sundial is at the fingertips of the best attractions in Scottsdale’s Old Town. This pet-friendly hotel has spacious rooms, a fitness center, and plenty of pool space.

Are Your Bags Packed for the Best Things to Do in Scottsdale This Weekend?

As you can see, fun attractions and Scottsdale go hand in hand. There are just so many things to do whether you consider yourself a foodie, an adrenaline junkie, or a budding photographer. 

These fun things to do in Scottsdale, Arizona, will defs keep you on your toes and coming back for more once you’ve left. This list is a great way to curate your Scottsdale itinerary for a trip to the best of the west. Which activity are you most excited to do while here?

The post 15 Unique Things To Do In Scottsdale, AZ For Your Bucket List appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/unique-things-to-do-in-scottsdale-az/feed/ 0 55388
13 Best & Unique Things To Do In Flagstaff, AZ | Local Recs https://dani-the-explorer.com/things-to-do-in-flagstaff/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/things-to-do-in-flagstaff/#comments Wed, 17 May 2023 15:58:38 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=1429 Flagstaff is entirely different from what comes to mind when one thinks of “stereotypical” Arizona. Pine trees, canyons, log cabins, and – under the right conditions — winter snow are what make Flagstaff, AZ, the beautiful city it is. And needless to say, there are plenty of bucket list worthy things to do in Flagstaff, AZ! […]

The post 13 Best & Unique Things To Do In Flagstaff, AZ | Local Recs appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Flagstaff is entirely different from what comes to mind when one thinks of “stereotypical” Arizona. Pine trees, canyons, log cabins, and – under the right conditions — winter snow are what make Flagstaff, AZ, the beautiful city it is. And needless to say, there are plenty of bucket list worthy things to do in Flagstaff, AZ! Whether you’re taking a day trip from Scottsdale, are wrapping up a Sedona itinerary, or are on your way to explore more of Northern AZ, Flagstaff warrants a stop! 

I’m pulling from my experience as a local to tell you all the details! Let’s dive right in.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Trip to Flagstaff, AZ

view of a gloomy sunset over a blue mt humphreys in flagstaff arizona with cows in the foreground

Let’s quickly discuss some trip planning details before we get into the best things to do. 

P.S. You’d also like my guide on how to spend 3 days in Sedona!

#1 Take a Drive Through the San Francisco Peaks

North of Flagstaff lies 6 of the highest peaks in Arizona, and man, are they dreamy!

Driving around the San Francisco Peaks is one of the best things to do in Flagstaff, even if you only have a weekend because you’ll get to see the volcanic formations that make Arizona so unique.

There are just about 30 trails in the area if you like hiking.

One of the most popular and most challenging ones is Humphreys Summit Trail – the tallest of the peaks in Arizona.

The views will blow you away! 

The Humphreys Peak area in summer because it is littered with wildflowers!

You can also opt to explore the Lava River Cave Trail, which will take you through a natural lava tube (hollow) for thousands of years ago.

Bring a flashlight with you!

#2 Explore Historic Downtown Flagstaff

Downtown Flagstaff is one of the cutest city centers you’ve ever seen.

It’s full of historic Flagstaff buildings, and Route 66 runs right through it.

So downtown is a great place to start your Flagstaff trip! 

Sprinkled around Flagstaff, you’ll also find lots of local breweries.

OH, and if you visit downtown Flagstaff during New Year, you can watch the famous pinecone drop!

#3 Sample a Muffin at Macy’s European Cafe

Macy’s European Cafe is a rustic coffee shop serving up vegan muffins and scones, among other treats. Not to mention, their lattes are pretty tasty too! 

Macy’s has some of the traditional roasting equipment sitting inside the cafe so you can see the bean roasting process they used when they first opened.

It’s the perfect place to eat after a hike!

#4 Hike or Mountain Bike Inner Basin Trail

Known for its aspens, the Inner Basin area is probably one of the most popular hikes in Northern AZ, so it most definitely needs to be on your list of things to do in Flagstaff!

While Inner Basin looks its best in the fall as the aspen leaves change color in whats called Lockett Meadow, this spot is also a good option in the summer seasons

The trees make for a great hammock setup as well.

AND of course, if you’re not the hiking type, mountain biking up the Inner Basin trail is a popular thing to do:

  • Location: 15 miles north of Flagstaff; 35°21’23.2″N 111°37’22.6″W
  • Distance: 4 miles round trip
  • Elevation Gain: 757ft
  • Difficulty: Moderate

#5 Go Back in Time at the Volcanic Fields

So you know about the San Francisco Peaks and Humphreys Peak, but did you know that Flagstaff also has volcanic fields you can visit?

The SP Crater volcanic area makes for a beautiful drive and Flagstaff attraction.

When I first visited this area, it reminded me of more exotic places like Iceland! 

But the best part about the fields?

They’re chock-full of vibrant blues and orange that are unique to the minerals in the soil.

HIGHLY recommend you add this to your list of things to do in Flagstaff!

#6 Visit Walnut Canyon National Monument

Did you know that Flagstaff, Arizona is also home to a dense population of walnut trees? I had no idea! Alas, that is how Walnut Canyon National Monument got its name.

The national monument is famous for its ancient ruins and cliff dwellings left by the Sinagua people 100s of years ago.

A short trail will take you there, and along the way, you’ll be able to admire various dwellings.

#7 Look Deep into Space at the Lowell Observatory

Fun Fact: The Lowell Observatory is home to the discovery of Pluto! Pretty cool, huh?

Visiting the observatory is a great thing to do in Flagstaff, Arizona, especially if you’re a space lover!

And here’s another fun fact: because of the city’s code developed to reduce light pollution around Flagstaff, you can admire stars just about anywhere in town!

#8 Get Your Game Fix at the Geekery

While outdoor adventure may be Flagstaff’s most popular attraction, there are other fun indoor options as well!

Visiting the Geekery is one of the best things to do in Flagstaff when it’s raining

The Geekery is close to the university, and you can spend a whole day playing games there with friends, family, or complete strangers!

While it sounds a bit out of the ordinary, I do believe the Geekery is a great way to relax and have some no-nonsense fun after you’ve been exploring for a few days. 

#9 Read a Book and Hang a Hammock at Lake Mary

Believe it or not, Lake Mary is actually two lakes! Upper Lake Mary is the largest of the twins and popular for boaters and water skiers.

Typically, the Lower lake runs a bit dry, but if you’re lucky, you might catch it with some water! 

You can opt to take a swim in the lakes, but my favorite pastime is hanging a hammock and relaxing the whole day.

There are countless trees in the area, so you’re bound to find a secluded spot to relax!

#10 Have a Different Kind of Adventure in an Obstacle Course

The Extreme Adventure Course is one of the most popular things to do in Flagstaff because, unlike other obstacle courses, it takes you high above the trees!

You’ll use zip-lines and ropes to complete challenges that will have you in for an adrenaline rush!

The course is located in Forthill Country Park and is an excellent place for a group if you’re looking for something to do!

You can easily spend the whole day here.

#11 Go Off The Beaten Path at Abineau – Bear Jaw Loop

Of course, you can choose to explore the famous Inner Basin Trail, but how does a little adventure off the beaten path sound?

The Abineau — Bear Jaw Loop Trail is known for its overlook of Flagstaff’s wilderness and color during the fall season.

The hike starts off with a steady incline and slowly gets steeper as you go along.

Here’s the trail info:

  • Location: 35°23’33.0″N 111°40’12.7″W
  • Distance: 6.9 miles round trip
  • Elevation Gain: 1,876ft
  • Difficulty: Moderate

#12 Feel Like Willy Wonka at Flagstaff’s Grand Falls 

Grand Falls, aka Chocolate Falls in Northern AZ, is one of the most unique things to do in Flagstaff.

It’s a natural waterfall in the middle of the desert and is actually taller than Niagra Falls! 

The water flows into the Colorado River in a giant cascade formation when there is ample snowmelt.

You won’t believe your eyes when you go! 

#13 Camp at Edge of the World Flagstaff

Edge of the World (AKA East Pocket) is a hidden gem in Northern Arizona.

It sits it between Sedona and Flag, providing visitors with a unique experience and vantage point!

Come here to see the famous Jenga Rocks or camp for the night.

To read more about how to get here, camping, etc., check out my Edge of the World Flagstaff guide.

Exploring Around Flagstaff, AZ

Your Arizona adventures don’t have to stop in Flagstaff! Here is a quick list of other places to explore:

Wupatki National Monument — Explore one of Arizona’s hidden historic gems.

Sandy’s Canyon — Go rock climbing and hike around! Great in the winter too.

A1 Campsite — Camp overnight at one of Arizona’s most beautiful open campsites.

Scottsdale — Head down to the Phoenix, AZ area and explore Scottsdale’s Instagrammable places and beyond!

Sedona — Take a drive over to Sedona and hike around Red Rock country. Additionally you can spend one day in Sedona.

Utah — Head north with an Arizona Utah road trip!

Superstitions — Explore some of the best hikes in the Superstition Mountains!

List of Best Things To Do in Flagstaff + Map

  1. Take a Drive Through the San Francisco Peaks
  2. Explore Historic Downtown Flagstaff
  3. Sample a Muffin at Macy’s European Cafe
  4. Hike or Mountain Bike Inner Basin Trail
  5. Go Back in Time at the Volcanic Fields
  6. Visit Walnut Canyon National Monument
  7. Look Deep into Space at the Lowell Observatory
  8. Get Your Game Fix at the Geekery
  9. Read a Book and Hang a Hammock at Lake Mary
  10. Have a Different Kind of Adventure in an Obstacle Course
  11. Go Off The Beaten Path at Abineau – Bear Jaw Loop
  12. Feel Like Willy Wonka at Flagstaff’s Grand Falls
  13. Camp at Edge of the World Flagstaff

Below is a map you can reference as well. Click here for a live version of the map!

My Final Thoughts on Things to do in Flagstaff

Flagstaff, Arizona, is full of adventures and a fantastic day trip from Scottsdale. If you make it up to Flag, you’ll undoubtedly notice just how much the state of Arizona has to offer. If you plan on exploring more of AZ, make sure you read my other Southwest blogs!

The post 13 Best & Unique Things To Do In Flagstaff, AZ | Local Recs appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/things-to-do-in-flagstaff/feed/ 3 1429
Ultimate Guide to Edge of the World (East Pocket) Flagstaff, AZ https://dani-the-explorer.com/edge-of-the-world-flagstaff/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/edge-of-the-world-flagstaff/#respond Mon, 15 May 2023 19:40:16 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=55750 Arizona’s diverse landscape offers a plethora of breathtaking destinations, and the Edge of the World Flagstaff (AKA East Pocket) is one such hidden gem. Tucked away in the Coconino National Forest, this remote area will leave you spellbound with its stunning vistas, unique geological features, and serene atmosphere. In this comprehensive guide, we’ll delve into […]

The post Ultimate Guide to Edge of the World (East Pocket) Flagstaff, AZ appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Arizona’s diverse landscape offers a plethora of breathtaking destinations, and the Edge of the World Flagstaff (AKA East Pocket) is one such hidden gem. Tucked away in the Coconino National Forest, this remote area will leave you spellbound with its stunning vistas, unique geological features, and serene atmosphere. In this comprehensive guide, we’ll delve into everything you need to know about exploring Edge of the World, from the best time to visit the must-see attractions, camping options, and more. 

As an Arizona local, I’m pulling from my experience visiting this marvel, giving you the best tips for a memorable trip. So strap in, adventurers, and prepare for a journey!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

What is Edge of the World or East Pocket Sedona and Flagstaff?

East Pocket is a mesmerizing destination located between the cities of Sedona and Flagstaff. It offers an idyllic escape into Arizona’s captivating landscape, featuring epic mountain views of Red Rock Country from above, campsites, and the “secret” Jenga Rock.

Edge of the World was one of the first campgrounds I ever visited in Arizona and needless to say, it took my breath away. You really can’t beat the views here, so it’s easy to understand why this is a local favorite.

As you traverse the winding roads through the Coconino National Forest, you’ll find yourself nestled between the beautiful red rocks of Sedona and the cool, pine-scented air of Flagstaff. This unique position allows visitors to experience the best of both worlds while discovering the hidden gem that is Edge of the World Flagstaff, providing an unforgettable adventure amidst the natural wonders of the Southwest.

What Makes East Pocket So Unique?

East Pocket, also known as the Edge of the World, offers jaw-dropping panoramic views of the expansive valley below, the distant San Francisco Peaks, and the surrounding forest. The sheer drop-offs and dramatic cliffs create a sense of standing on the edge of a vast, untamed world, leaving visitors in awe of nature’s beauty!

It’s one of Arizona’s hidden gems! While you’re here, you should also read my guide on things to do in Flagstaff, AZ!

Not to mention, Jenga Rocks is incredible. This entire area is so untouched, wild, and scenic. Fun fact: the first time I camped here I saw brown bears!

When to Visit

The best time to visit Edge of the World Flagstaff is spring and fall, when temperatures are moderate, and the weather is generally more predictable. These seasons offer a comfortable environment for hiking, exploring, and camping while minimizing the risk of extreme heat or cold.

Summer months can bring intense heat and potential thunderstorms, making it a less ideal time to explore East Pocket. However, this time may be less crowded, providing a more secluded experience. 

Winters can be harsh, with snow and ice rendering the forest roads impassable. While the snow-covered landscape can be beautiful, it’s essential to be prepared for extreme cold and potential road closures if you choose to visit during this time!

Accessing Edge of the World Flagstaff

To reach Edge of the World Flagstaff, you’ll need to navigate a network of forest roads. Start from Flagstaff, take US Highway 89 north, turn left onto Forest Road 776, and follow it until you reach the junction with Forest Road 231, where you’ll turn right.

The drive from Flagstaff to Edge of the World, also known as East Pocket, typically takes about 1.5 to 2 hours. However, this can vary based on current road conditions, your vehicle, and how comfortable you are driving on rough forest roads.

The forest roads can be rough and challenging, particularly during inclement weather. Therefore, a detailed map, GPS, and updated information on road conditions is essential before starting your journey!

Given the rugged terrain and the possibility of encountering deep ruts, rocks, and mud, a high-clearance 4×4 vehicle is strongly recommended. This will ensure a smoother and safer ride and minimize the risk of getting stuck or damaging your car.

Read Next: Ultimate Sedona Travel Guide

Driving Tips and Safety Considerations

Drive slowly and cautiously, as the forest roads can be narrow with tight curves and sudden elevation changes. Be prepared for fallen trees, rocks, or washouts, and give yourself time to react. Watch for other vehicles, hikers, and wildlife sharing the road with you.

Camping at Edge of the World Flagstaff

Camping at Edge of the World Flagstaff offers a unique opportunity to immerse yourself in nature and enjoy the serenity of this secluded destination. As night falls, you’ll be treated to a mesmerizing display of stars unobstructed by city lights or pollution. In addition, the experience of waking up to a breathtaking sunrise over the canyon is truly unforgettable!

There are several dispersed campsites scattered throughout the East Pocket area. All camps are first come, first serve. When selecting a campsite, look for established spots with minimal environmental impact, and ensure you’re at least 200 feet away from the cliff’s edge and any water sources or trails.

Camping in this remote location means limited amenities, so be prepared to bring everything you need, including water, food, and waste disposal supplies. Also, remember that campfires are generally prohibited due to fire restrictions, so plan to cook on a portable camp stove instead. 

Check with the local forest service for the most up-to-date information on camping regulations and restrictions, especially during dry seasons. Dry seasons mean more fire risk.

Tips for an Enjoyable Camping Experience

Follow these tips to ensure a comfortable and safe camping experience at Edge of the World! 

  • Pack layers to adapt to changing temperatures, secure your food and belongings from wildlife Maintain a clean campsite to minimize your environmental impact. 
  • Always practice Leave No Trace principles. 
  • Carry a first aid kit, map, and emergency communication device in case of any unforeseen incidents.

I recommend at the least bringing: sunscreen, a hat, a Sony a6400 camera (or Sony a7RIII), 24-70mm lens, and hiking sandals.

Now let’s cover some of the highlights while you’re there!

Exploring Jenga Rock Sedona

Jenga Rock is a fascinating area characterized by massive boulders precariously stacked upon one another, resembling a giant game of Jenga. This incredible sight, combined with the surrounding picturesque landscape, creates an enchanting atmosphere that begs to be explored. And it’s one of my favorite parts of this area!

The name “Jenga Rocks” was coined by locals and visitors alike who were struck by the uncanny resemblance of the stacked boulders to the popular block-stacking game, Jenga. The moniker highlights the whimsical and playful nature of this geological wonder. Make sure you have sturdy hiking boots!

Getting to Jenga Rocks

Once you pull up to Edge of the World, you can see Jenga Rocks. You can park and follow the upper rim to the rock formation until you reach a small trail leading to the base of the rock.

Here are the exact coordinates of Jenga Rocks Sedona. The great thing about East Pocket is that it is essentially a rim you pull up to. Once there, spotting the rock formation should be easy enough.

Once you’ve arrived at Jenga Rock, take some time to marvel at its unique structure and capture stunning photographs with your camera.

P.S. You’d also like my guide on the best Sedona sunset and sunrise hikes!

Climbing the Rocks

Yes, Jenga Rocks are “climbable,” but they are not recommended unless you have the right equipment. So please exercise caution when you go!

Climbing Jenga Rock requires technical skill and specialized equipment, such as ropes, harnesses, and helmets. Therefore, ensure you have the necessary experience and gear before climbing.

For a safer and more enjoyable experience, consider booking a guided climbing tour with a local outfitter. Overall, I wouldn’t recommend climbing the Rocks unless you’re extremely comfortable and experienced.

Wildlife and Flora to Look Out For

The area surrounding Edge of the World Flagstaff is home to various plants and animals. Be looking for ponderosa pines, juniper trees, vibrant wildflowers, and various bird species. You may also spot elk, deer, bears, and smaller mammals like squirrels and rabbits.

And yes, I have seen bears here! Avoid leaving food out and unattended at your campsite.

Remember to observe wildlife safely and avoid disturbing their natural habitat! Please also avoid feeding any wildlife. This can cause them to attack humans in the future, but it can also prevent them from foraging for food in their natural habitats, which ultimately leads them to get sick and pass.

Where to Take the Best Photos at East Pocket, Sedona

Numerous vantage points around East Pocket provide breathtaking photo opportunities, capturing the region’s diverse landscape and vibrant colors. Sunrise and sunset are particularly magical times, as the sky comes alive with orange, pink, and purple hues, casting a warm glow on the cliffs and valley below.

For the best photos, stay overnight and take advantage of the sun! Additionally, Jenga Rocks will provide you with some amazing photo opportunities. Check out my favorite camera gear here!

Tips for Visiting Edge of the World

Responsible travel is crucial in preserving the natural beauty and integrity of places like Edge of the World Flagstaff. As a visitor, you can minimize your impact on the environment and contribute to the long-term sustainability of this incredible destination.

Follow Leave No Trace Principles

The Leave No Trace Center for Outdoor Ethics outlines seven principles that every traveler should follow:

  1. Plan ahead and prepare.
  2. Travel and camp on durable surfaces.
  3. Dispose of waste properly.
  4. Leave what you find.
  5. Minimize campfire impact.
  6. Respect wildlife.
  7. Be considerate of other visitors.

Adhering to these principles will help you enjoy the outdoors responsibly while preserving it for future generations.

Plan Ahead

Try to visit during the shoulder seasons (spring and fall) for the best weather and fewer crowds. Arrive early to secure a good parking spot and to have ample time to explore.

All campsites are first come, first serve, and space is limited. Getting to East Pocket early and reserving a spot is better than waiting until the last minute. Try to get there early to mid-afternoon.

You can go there as a day trip, but this might be a bit cumbersome with the long drive. Plan ahead! And make sure you bring your camera gear!

Prepare for the journey

Getting to Edge of the World Flagstaff is an adventure in itself. The route involves navigating forest roads, that can be challenging, especially for inexperienced off-road drivers!

Ensure your vehicle is in good condition, with enough fuel to make the round trip. Always carry a spare tire, tools, and recovery equipment just in case.

Pack Essentials

Pack everything you might need for the trip, including a Hydroflask, food, sunscreen, warm clothing, sturdy footwear, and a first-aid kit. Remember your camera to capture the breathtaking scenery and binoculars to spot wildlife. As the area has no cell phone service, carry a map and a compass for navigation.

Make a Trip Out of It

While you’re exploring the area, consider heading into Sedona and visiting:

Alternatively, you can take a 7-day Arizona road trip and visit spots like the Grand Canyon.

Explore the Area

Edge of the World Flagstaff offers various hiking and exploration options, from leisurely strolls along the cliff’s edge to more challenging treks through the rugged terrain. Watch for interesting rock formations, hidden nooks, and abundant wildlife as you wander through this remarkable landscape.

Enjoy and Appreciate

Lastly, take the time to soak in the beauty of Edge of the World Flagstaff. Marvel at the picturesque views, breathe in the fresh air, and listen to the sounds of nature.

This is a place to disconnect from the hustle and bustle of daily life and connect with the tranquility of the natural world. Enjoy your visit, and take away memories that will last a lifetime.

Pro tip: bring a slack-line, hammock or something fun to do at camp!

Frequently Asked Questions on East Pocket, AZ

Now let’s cover some frequently asked questions you might have on the East Pocket Arizona area.

How Do You Get to the Edge of the World in Flagstaff?

To get to the Edge of the World Flagstaff, start from Flagstaff and take US Highway 89 north. After approximately 14.5 miles, turn left onto Forest Road 776. Follow this road for about 11 miles until you reach a junction with Forest Road 231, where you’ll make a right turn. Continue on Forest Road 231 for approximately 9 miles until you reach East Pocket, also known as Edge of the World. Please note that these forest roads can be rough, and a high-clearance 4×4 vehicle is recommended for this journey.

What is Edge of the World, Officially Known as East Pocket, Outside of Flagstaff, Arizona?

Edge of the World, officially known as East Pocket, is a unique geological formation located in the Coconino National Forest, roughly 40 miles northwest of Flagstaff, Arizona. This breathtaking destination offers panoramic views of vast valleys, distant peaks, and a seemingly endless expanse of forest.

The area gets its popular name, Edge of the World, from the dramatic cliff edges that provide a sense of looking out over an infinite, untamed world. The extraordinary views, combined with its remote location, make East Pocket a sought-after destination for those seeking a unique off-the-beaten-path adventure.

Final Thoughts on Edge of the World, Flagstaff

Edge of the World Flagstaff is a captivating destination that’s worth exploring for any intrepid adventurer. With its awe-inspiring views, intriguing geological formations like Jenga Rocks, and the opportunity to camp under a star-studded sky, it’s a trip you won’t soon forget.

Equipped with the information in this guide, you’ll be well-prepared to navigate the challenging forest roads, select the best time to visit, and embark on an unforgettable journey to this lesser-known Arizona wonder. Remember to travel responsibly, adhering to Leave No Trace principles, and do your part to preserve the pristine beauty of the Edge of the World for generations to come. 

If you want to make the most of your Arizona adventures, check out my other guides!

The post Ultimate Guide to Edge of the World (East Pocket) Flagstaff, AZ appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/edge-of-the-world-flagstaff/feed/ 0 55750
How to Spend One Perfect Day in Sedona, AZ | Itinerary https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-sedona-az/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-sedona-az/#respond Mon, 08 May 2023 21:02:14 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=55740 Sedona, Arizona, is a mystical and enchanting destination among famous red rocks. With its breathtaking landscapes, rich cultural heritage, and ample opportunities for outdoor adventure, Sedona is the perfect place for a one-day getaway. In this comprehensive guide, I will take you through an unforgettable journey, exploring the hidden gems of Sedona as we unveil […]

The post How to Spend One Perfect Day in Sedona, AZ | Itinerary appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Sedona, Arizona, is a mystical and enchanting destination among famous red rocks. With its breathtaking landscapes, rich cultural heritage, and ample opportunities for outdoor adventure, Sedona is the perfect place for a one-day getaway. In this comprehensive guide, I will take you through an unforgettable journey, exploring the hidden gems of Sedona as we unveil its magic, one step at a time. So be ready to experience the best of Sedona, from sunrise to sunset!

All recommendations are based on the countless times I’ve enjoyed Sedona as a local. Let’s dive in!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Things to Do with One Day in Sedona, AZ

Before we cover what your day trip to Sedona will look like, let’s quickly discuss what you can do when you get there:

Hike: Sedona hikes are some of the best. You can enjoy easy hikes or difficult ones— both usually offer great views!

Off-Roading: Explore Sedona off the beaten path via a jeep or off-roading tour!

Enjoy the Arts: Explore unique sites like the Tlaquepaque Art Village in the center of Sedona. 

Vortex Hunting: Sedona is known for having otherworldly vortexes or “energy” areas. Some of the more popular ones include Bell Rock and Cathedral Rock Vortex

Scenic Drive: Take a scenic drive along the famous Red Rock Loop Road and witness amazing views of Cathedral Rock and more of the famous rock formations.

Dine In: Savor exquisite Latin American cuisine while taking in unobstructed views of Sedona’s red rocks at this fine-dining establishment.

Sedona’s World-Class Spas: Treat yourself to a rejuvenating spa experience at one of Sedona’s many world-class spas, such as Mii Amo, L’Auberge de Sedona, or Sedona Rouge Hotel & Spa, where you can indulge in luxurious treatments inspired by the area’s natural beauty and healing energy.

Yoga and Meditation: Connect with your inner self through yoga and meditation classes offered at various studios and wellness centers around Sedona, like Aumbase Sedona, 7 Centers Yoga Arts, or the Sedona Meditation Center— additionally you can book a meditation tour too!

Chapel of the Holy Cross: Visit this architectural marvel perched high on a hillside for a moment of peaceful reflection and stunning views.

Your one day in Sedona itinerary will include a healthy mix of these. Now let’s, dive into the itinerary!

Arrival

Fuel Up and Prepare for Adventure

Start your day off right with a hearty breakfast at the Red Rock Café. This local favorite offers a wide range of breakfast options, from classic eggs and bacon to their signature huevos rancheros. Make sure to fuel up as you have an action-packed day ahead.

Morning — Intro To Sedona’s Beauty

Vortex Hike at Airport Mesa

After breakfast, go to Airport Mesa for a truly unique Sedona experience. This moderately easy hike will take you to one of Sedona’s famous vortexes, where swirling energy centers are believed to possess healing and spiritual properties. These vortexes have become renowned worldwide, attracting travelers seeking personal growth, self-reflection, and a deeper connection to nature.

The hike up to Airport Mesa is relatively short, at about 2 miles round trip, with a well-maintained trail leading you to the vortex site. As you make your way up, take in the panoramic views of the city and surrounding red rocks, which are especially stunning during the golden hours of sunrise and sunset. 

The Airport Mesa vortex is considered an “upflow” vortex, meaning it is said to enhance feelings of inspiration, rejuvenation, and spiritual awakening. Once you reach the vortex site, take some time to quiet your mind and connect with the energy of this sacred space. 

Many visitors like to meditate, practice yoga, or simply sit and absorb the vibrations of the vortex. Some claim to experience physical sensations, such as tingling or warmth, while others report emotional or spiritual shifts.

Whether or not you feel the energy, the breathtaking views and serene atmosphere of Airport Mesa make it a worthwhile stop on your one-day Sedona itinerary. For another easy morning hike, check out Doe Mountain Sedona.

Alternative Hot Air Balloon Tour

Alternatively, you can book a hot air balloon tour and start your one day in Sedona with an incredibly scenic adventure from above. For a unique perspective, Sedona hot air balloon tours will take you high above the red rocks. P.S. You’d like my guide on the most Instagrammable Places in Sedona!

Scenic Red Rock Loop Drive (Optional)

For those looking to experience the beauty of Sedona’s red rock formations from the comfort of their vehicle, consider taking a leisurely drive along the Red Rock Loop. This 13-mile scenic drive offers stunning views of the area’s most iconic landmarks, including Cathedral Rock, Bell Rock, and Courthouse Butte, all set against lush vegetation and azure skies.

Begin your drive by heading west on Highway 89A and turning right onto Upper Red Rock Loop Road. As you meander along the winding route, you’ll be treated to a series of breathtaking panoramas that showcase the rugged beauty of Sedona’s landscape. Several pullouts and viewpoints along the way provide ample opportunities to pause, take photographs, and simply soak in the views.

Halfway through the loop, you’ll come across the Crescent Moon Picnic Site, which offers a picturesque spot to enjoy a packed lunch or a leisurely stroll along Oak Creek. From here, continue on to Lower Red Rock Loop Road, where you’ll encounter additional viewpoints and opportunities for short hikes or picnics before completing the loop and returning to Highway 89A.

The Red Rock Loop drive is an excellent option for those who prefer a more relaxed way to experience the natural beauty of Sedona. This scenic drive can easily be incorporated into your one-day Sedona itinerary and provides a memorable way to explore the area’s stunning red rock formations.

Mid-Morning — Discover Sedona’s Natural Wonders

Cathedral Rock Trail

Next up is the iconic Cathedral Rock, one of Sedona’s most photographed landmarks. This moderately challenging hike rewards you with stunning vistas and a unique view of the famous rock formation. Bring plenty of water and sunscreen, as the Arizona sun can be unforgiving.

And don’t forget your America the Beautiful Pass or Red Rock Pass!

Alternative — Devil’s Bridge

Alternatively, consider visiting Devil’s Bridge, one of Sedona’s most iconic landmarks. As the largest natural sandstone arch in the area, Devil’s Bridge is a must-visit destination for outdoor enthusiasts and photographers alike. The hike to the bridge covers approximately 4.2 miles round trip and is accessible via the Devil’s Bridge Trailhead.

While the majority of the hike is relatively easy, traversing well-maintained trails and gentle inclines, the final stretch leading to the arch can be a bit steep and challenging. During this part of the hike, you’ll navigate a series of natural stone steps carved into the hillside. Hikers should exercise caution, especially during wet or icy conditions— be prepared to use your hands for added stability!

Upon reaching the top, you’ll be rewarded with breathtaking views of the majestic Devil’s Bridge arch and the surrounding red rock formations. Take a moment to appreciate this natural marvel’s sheer beauty and geological wonder. 

If you want to capture stunning photographs, venture out onto the arch, but remember to be mindful of your surroundings and respect the delicate sandstone. In addition to its awe-inspiring scenery, the Devil’s Bridge hike also offers opportunities to spot local wildlife, such as mule deer, javelinas, and various bird species. Alternatively you can skip this hike and go up Soldier Pass.

Afternoon — Immerse Yourself in Sedona’s Culture and History

Lunch

Replenish your energy with a well-deserved lunch at Elote Café. This renowned eatery offers a fusion of Mexican and Southwestern cuisine. Make sure to try their signature dish, elote, a delicious grilled corn appetizer.

Explore Tlaquepaque Arts & Crafts Village

After lunch, set aside some time to explore the enchanting Tlaquepaque Arts & Crafts Village. This delightful destination, designed to resemble a traditional Mexican village, is an art lover’s dream, showcasing a diverse array of galleries, boutiques, and handcrafted goods.

As you wander through the village’s narrow cobblestone streets, you’ll be transported to another world, surrounded by stunning Spanish Colonial-style architecture, vibrant ceramic tilework, and lush gardens filled with colorful flowers and trickling fountains. The beautiful courtyards provide a tranquil setting for you to relax, unwind, and soak in the atmosphere.

Tlaquepaque, which translates to the “best of everything” in the ancient Aztec language, is home to over 40 unique shops and galleries, offering a wide range of fine art, jewelry, textiles, ceramics, and more. Many of the galleries showcase the works of local and international artists, giving you the opportunity to learn about their creative processes and inspirations.

In addition to its impressive art offerings, Tlaquepaque also hosts various cultural events throughout the year, such as live music, art demonstrations, and traditional Mexican celebrations like Día de Los Muertos. If your visit coincides with an event, be sure to join in the festivities for an authentic and immersive experience.

Whether you’re an art enthusiast, a shopper on the hunt for one-of-a-kind treasures, or simply looking for a peaceful place to spend a leisurely afternoon, Tlaquepaque Arts & Crafts Village is a must-visit destination during your one-day Sedona itinerary.

Visit the Chapel of the Holy Cross

Perched high on a hillside, the Chapel of the Holy Cross is an architectural marvel and a must-see in Sedona. Designed by Marguerite Brunswig Staude, a student of Frank Lloyd Wright, the chapel offers stunning views and a peaceful atmosphere for reflection! 

Completed in 1956, the chapel seamlessly integrates modern architectural elements with the natural beauty of the red rocks, creating a harmonious and striking visual experience—bring your camera to take some pics! Whether you’re seeking spiritual solace or simply an opportunity to appreciate exceptional design and breathtaking scenery, a visit to the Chapel of the Holy Cross will leave a lasting impression on your trip!

Evening — Relax and Unwind

Uptown Sedona Shopping and Dining

As the sun sets, head to Uptown Sedona for some shopping and dining. This vibrant area boasts an array of unique boutiques, art galleries, and restaurants. Don’t miss the opportunity to taste some delicious gelato at Black Cow Café or indulge in a glass of local wine at Vino Zona!

Spa Day

If shopping isn’t your vibe, book a relaxing spa experience in one of Sedona’s world-class spas. Treat yourself to a rejuvenating spa experience, such as Mii Amo, L’Auberge de Sedona, or Sedona Rouge Hotel & Spa, where you can indulge in luxurious treatments inspired by the area’s natural beauty and healing energy.

Sunset at Crescent Moon Picnic Site 

Finish your day with a mesmerizing sunset at Crescent Moon Picnic Site. This picturesque location offers a spectacular view of Cathedral Rock, reflecting the golden hues of the setting sun.

So pack a picnic, bring a blanket, and immerse yourself in the serene beauty of this magical spot as the day comes to a close. P.S. This is where the famous Red Rock Crossing is!

Alternative — Lover’s Knoll

On your way to Crescent Moon Picnic Site, you’ll pass the viewpoint known as Lover’s Knoll. This is a great, free alternative for watching the sunset

While there, you can witness a fantastic golden sunset cascading over Cathedral Rock. Parking is limited to about two spaces, so you’ll have to get there early to ensure you have a spot!

Night — Savor Sedona’s Culinary Delights

Dinner at Mariposa Latin Inspired Grill

After soaking in the beauty of the Sedona sunset, treat yourself to a memorable dinner at Mariposa Latin Inspired Grill. This fine-dining establishment, helmed by renowned Chef Lisa Dahl, offers an exquisite menu highlighting Latin American flavors with a focus on fresh, local ingredients. In addition, the floor-to-ceiling windows provide unobstructed views of the red rocks, making for a truly unforgettable dining experience!

Stargazing with Sedona Stargazing Tours

Cap off your incredible day in Sedona with a stargazing tour. Sedona’s low light pollution and clear skies make it ideal for admiring the cosmos.

Led by professional astronomers, Sedona Stargazing Tours will guide you through the constellations, planets, and other celestial wonders. This awe-inspiring experience is perfect for ending your magical day in Sedona. And that’s a wrap on your trip!

Sedona Tours: Explore the Best of Sedona with Expert Guides

If you have limited time in Sedona, taking a guided tour can be a great way to make the most of your visit. Here are some suggested tours that will help you discover the beauty and history of Sedona in just one day— feel free to add these to your itinerary as you see fit!:

Pink Jeep Tours: Experience the thrill of off-roading in a custom-built Pink Jeep while exploring the area’s stunning red rock formations and learning about Sedona’s geology, history, and Native American culture from knowledgeable guides. Click here to see jeep tour availability >>

Sedona Red Rock Adventure Tours: Enjoy a personalized, private tour with Sedona Red Rock Adventure Tours, where experienced guides will tailor the itinerary to your interests, whether it’s hiking, photography, or exploring ancient ruins. Click here to see bike tour availability >>

Sedona UFO & Vortex Tours: Delve into the mysteries of Sedona’s vortexes and the possibility of extraterrestrial life with a UFO & Vortex tour, led by experts in the field who will share fascinating information about the area’s energy centers and sightings of unexplained phenomena. Click here to see availability >>

Sedona Wine Tours: Sip and savor the flavors of Arizona’s burgeoning wine scene with a guided tour of local wineries and tasting rooms, such as those in the nearby Verde Valley Wine Trail, where you’ll learn about winemaking in the region and sample delicious local wines. Check availability >>

Sedona Trolley Tours: Hop aboard the charming Sedona Trolley for a narrated tour that covers the city’s highlights, including the Chapel of the Holy Cross, Tlaquepaque Arts & Crafts Village, and breathtaking viewpoints of the red rocks. Check availability >>

You can maximize your time, learn from local experts, and gain a deeper appreciation for this enchanting destination by including a guided tour in your one-day Sedona itinerary.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is One Day in Sedona Enough?

While one day in Sedona allows you to experience some of the area’s top attractions and natural beauty, there may need more time to fully explore everything Sedona offers. With its numerous hiking trails, vortex sites, art galleries, and wellness experiences, many visitors find that spending multiple days in Sedona allows for a more relaxed and comprehensive exploration of the area.

In fact, if you want more time check out my guide on how to spend 3 days in Sedona, AZ. However, if you only have one day, the itinerary provided in this blog will help you make the most of your time, showcasing some of the best that Sedona has to offer.

How to visit Sedona in one day?

To make the most of your one day in Sedona, follow our suggested itinerary and tips:

Start early: Begin your day at sunrise to maximize your time and experience the breathtaking beauty of Sedona’s red rocks in the early morning light.

Prioritize your interests: Choose activities and attractions that align with your interests, whether that’s outdoor adventure, art and culture, or wellness, and relaxation.

Opt for a guided tour: Consider taking a guided tour, like a Pink Jeep Tour or Sedona Trolley Tour, to cover more ground and gain expert insight into the area’s history and attractions.

Plan your route: Plan your day ahead of time, grouping nearby attractions together to minimize driving time and ensure a smooth, enjoyable experience.

Be mindful of time: Allocate sufficient time for each activity and account for travel time between locations. Keep an eye on the clock to ensure you can experience as many highlights as possible during your day in Sedona.

Planning ahead and following the suggested itinerary allows you to have an unforgettable day in Sedona, even if your time is limited.

Final Thoughts on Spending One Day in Sedona, AZ

Sedona is a treasure trove of hidden gems waiting to be discovered, from its majestic red rock formations to its vibrant art scene. With our ultimate one-day Sedona itinerary, you can experience the best of Sedona in a whirlwind of adventure, culture, and relaxation. Whether you’re a seasoned traveler or new to the Southwest, Sedona will leave you with memories that will last a lifetime.

Check out my other guides for an amazing trip:

The post How to Spend One Perfect Day in Sedona, AZ | Itinerary appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/one-day-in-sedona-az/feed/ 0 55740
14 Best Hikes in the Superstition Mountains, AZ | Local Recs https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-hikes-in-superstition-mountains-az/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-hikes-in-superstition-mountains-az/#respond Sun, 07 May 2023 03:55:10 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=55681 Arizona’s Superstition Mountains are a haven for outdoor enthusiasts, offering awe-inspiring landscapes, unrivaled natural beauty, and a wealth of history and folklore. In this all-encompassing guide, we’ll uncover the best hikes in the Superstition Mountains, AZ, guiding you on an unforgettable journey through the heart of the Southwest. Catering to all fitness and experience levels, […]

The post 14 Best Hikes in the Superstition Mountains, AZ | Local Recs appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Arizona’s Superstition Mountains are a haven for outdoor enthusiasts, offering awe-inspiring landscapes, unrivaled natural beauty, and a wealth of history and folklore. In this all-encompassing guide, we’ll uncover the best hikes in the Superstition Mountains, AZ, guiding you on an unforgettable journey through the heart of the Southwest. Catering to all fitness and experience levels, this handpicked selection of trails ranges from leisurely strolls to demanding treks— and I’ve done most of these so I’ll give you my take on them! Lace up your boots, grab your camera, and prepare to discover the hidden gems nestled within the remarkable Superstition Mountains!

And as an Arizona local, I will be spilling all the tea on these trails so you have a memorable adventure. Let’s begin!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

List of the Best Hikes in the Superstition Mountains

  1. Flatiron via Siphon Draw Trail
  2. Wave Cave
  3. Lost Dutchman Treasure Loop Trail
  4. Treasure Trail and Siphon Draw Loop
  5. Boulder Canyon Trail
  6. Hieroglyphic Trail
  7. Weaver’s Needle Loop
  8. Fremont Saddle Peralta Canyon Trail
  9. Battleship Mountain Scramble
  10. Garden Valley Loop
  11. Carney Springs Waterfall via Lost Goldmine Trail
  12. Massacre Falls Trail
  13. Broadway Cave via Jacob’s Trail
  14. Picketpost Mountain Trail

Below, we’ll dive into each of these trails and what you can expect. Here is where you can find a map with all the trailheads. Click here for a live version of the map!

#1 Flatiron via Siphon Draw Trail

Hiking Flatiron via Siphon Draw is a challenging and exhilarating hike in the Superstition Mountains, offering stunning panoramic views and a thrilling climb through diverse landscapes. This 5.5-mile round trip hike features a significant elevation gain of 2,641 feet, making it suitable for experienced hikers seeking an adventure. It’s easy to see why this is one of the best hikes in the area!

  • Trailhead: 33.4593348,-111.4799342
  • Mileage: 5.5 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Strenuous
  • Elevation gain: 2,641 feet
  • Parking permit: Required

From experience, this hike can be pretty difficult to navigate in some areas. It’s best to start your hike in the morning and have a trail map downloaded! There will most likely be crowds, but they never took away from my overall experience.

Starting at the Lost Dutchman State Park (fee required), the trail begins with a gentle wander through the desert landscape before leading to the mountain’s base. As you progress, the trail steepens, requiring careful navigation of rocky terrain and steep scrambles! There will be some areas where you may lose your footing— follow the blue and white trail markers to stay safe.

At the saddle, hikers can enjoy a brief respite and enjoy the stunning views of the Superstition Mountains and the valley below. The final push to the summit is challenging but rewarding, with the iconic Flatiron rock formation and expansive vistas of the surrounding desert and Phoenix in the distance.

Make sure you have sturdy hiking boots!

#2 Wave Cave (Unique Hike in the Superstition Mountains)

Wave Cave is a local’s favorite and probably one of the most unique hikes in the area and it was one of the first hikes I ever did in Arizona. Once you get inside the cave, you’ll see why this is one of the best hikes in the Superstition Mountains. Plus, it’s only 3 miles round trip!

  • Trailhead: 33.3856578,-111.373334
  • Mileage: 3 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Elevation gain: 869 feet
  • Parking permit: None

The hike begins at the Carney Springs Trailhead, leading you through a picturesque desert landscape filled with saguaros, cholla cacti, and various desert flora. As you progress along the trail, enjoy the striking views of the Superstition Mountains and keep an eye out for local wildlife.

The trail gradually ascends, becoming steeper and rockier as you approach the Wave Cave. But I have to warn you, this trail gets STEEP in some places, making it a literal stair-master. If you’re weak on the knees have some trekking poles!

Some scrambling and careful footing is required in this section, making it a moderately challenging endeavor. Once inside the Wave Cave, you’ll be rewarded with a unique geological formation and stunning views of the valley below.

The Wave Cave is a great option if you’re spending a weekend in Scottsdale or just visiting the area!

#3 Lost Dutchman Treasure Loop Trail

One of the best hikes in the Superstition Mountains is the Lost Dutchman Treasure Loop Trail, which presents a moderately challenging hike. This 2.3-mile loop trail goes through an enchanting desert landscape adorned with a diverse array of desert flora and awe-inspiring vistas. Pro tip: come here during sunset for the best light— bring your Sony a6400!

  • Trailhead: 33.4576573,-111.4788824
  • Mileage: 2.3 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Elevation gain: 534 feet
  • Parking permit: Required

Beginning at the Lost Dutchman State Park, the trail meanders through the park’s picturesque desert landscape, passing by an array of cacti and desert flora. As you ascend, you’ll be treated to increasingly impressive views of the surrounding Superstition Mountains, including the iconic Flat Iron and Weaver’s Needle.

The trail reaches its highest point at the junction of the Treasure Loop and Prospector’s View trails. Here, you can take a moment to rest and soak in the stunning panoramas before descending back to the trailhead. Along the way, immerse yourself in the fascinating history of the Lost Dutchman and the fabled gold mine that has captivated treasure seekers for generations.

The Lost Dutchman Treasure Loop Trail combines scenic beauty, intriguing history, and a moderate challenge, making it a rewarding hike for adventurers of all skill levels. You can read more about the fees here.

#4 Treasure Trail and Siphon Draw Loop

If you want to do a combo of two of the best hikes in the Superstition Mountains, try the Treasure Trail and Siphon Draw Loop! You’ll go up to a vantage point that sits above Treasure Loop, which is a great place to watch the sunset. The hike is considered moderately challenging and rocky, so wear sturdy hiking boots.

  • Trailhead: 33.4576573,-111.4788824
  • Mileage: 3 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Moderate to difficult
  • Elevation gain: 564 feet
  • Parking permit: Required

Beginning at the Lost Dutchman State Park, the trail meanders through the park’s picturesque desert scenery before reaching the base of the Superstition Mountains. Here, you’ll encounter the namesake Siphon Draw. This unique rock formation channels water during the rainy season, creating a natural water slide.

This hike is sure to leave an impression! You can do the loop clockwise or counterclockwise. From experience, you can’t go wrong with either.

Because this hike is in Lost Dutchman State Park, you will be required to pay upon entrance. This trail also has no shade, so wear a hat.

#5 Boulder Canyon Trail Hike in the Superstition Mountains

Boulder Canyon Trail is an exceptional and moderately challenging hike in the Superstition Mountains, ideal for experienced hikers seeking an exhilarating adventure. This 10-mile round-trip trail takes you through a breathtaking desert landscape, culminating in a stunning viewpoint overlooking the Superstition Wilderness.

  • Trailhead: 33.534016,-111.4330508
  • Mileage: 10 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Moderate to difficult
  • Elevation gain: 1,965 feet
  • Parking permit: Required

Starting at the Canyon Lake Marina Trailhead, the trail leads you through a picturesque desert environment filled with saguaros, ocotillos, and a variety of desert flora. As you hike along the well-marked path, enjoy the stunning views of the surrounding mountains and the unique terrain.

The trail gradually ascends towards the summit, becoming steeper and rockier as you approach the overlook. The final section of the trail involves scrambling up boulders, making it a moderately challenging endeavor. Wear sturdy hiking boots!

Once at the top, take in the sweeping views of the Superstition Wilderness, Canyon Lake, and the surrounding mountains. Pro tip: You can turn around at any time and don’t need to do the full 10 miles.

As a matter of fact, you can do a 5-mile round trip hike is you just go to Boulder Canyon Viewpoint! This will give you views of the famous Weaver’s Needle and the surrounding Superstitions.

#6 Hieroglyphic Trail

The Hieroglyphic Trail is a fantastic hike in the Superstition Mountains that will lead you to historic hieroglyphics. It’s really unlike any other hikes in the area! This 2.9-mile round-trip trail also features a seasonal waterfall you can enjoy.

  • Trailhead: 33.3901774,-111.4336781
  • Mileage: 2.9 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Easy to moderate
  • Elevation gain: 564 feet
  • Parking permit: None

Starting at the Hieroglyphic Trailhead, the trail leads you through a scenic desert landscape dotted with saguaros, ocotillos, and cholla cacti. As you meander along the well-marked path, enjoy the stunning views of the surrounding Superstition Mountains and watch for local wildlife.

Upon reaching the trail’s end, you’ll discover a series of captivating petroglyphs etched into the rock face by the ancient Hohokam people. These ancient symbols offer a glimpse into the area’s rich history and cultural heritage. During the rainy season, a seasonal waterfall cascades nearby, creating a picturesque oasis contrasting with the surrounding desert.

No parking permit is required at the Hieroglyphic Trailhead, which offers limited parking and no restroom facilities. The Hieroglyphic Trail is a delightful, accessible hike that combines the natural beauty of the Superstition Mountains with intriguing historical artifacts, making it a memorable experience for hikers of all ages and abilities.

#7 Weaver’s Needle Loop

Weaver’s Needle Loop presents an awe-inspiring, demanding hike in the Superstition Mountains, guiding you on a 12.5-mile odyssey through varied terrains while showcasing spectacular vistas and an intimate encounter with the iconic Weaver’s Needle rock formation. This formidable trail caters to seasoned hikers yearning for a full-day adventure that leaves a lasting impact— bring your Sony a6400 to take incredible photos!

  • Trailhead: 33.3973514,-111.3505266
  • Mileage: 12.5 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Strenuous
  • Elevation gain: 2,814 feet
  • Parking permit: None

Starting at the Peralta Trailhead, the loop trail leads you through a stunning desert landscape before entering a canyon filled with lush vegetation. As you ascend the Peralta Canyon, you’ll enjoy breathtaking views of the surrounding mountains, including the distinctive Weaver’s Needle.

Continuing along the trail, you’ll pass by Fremont Saddle, a picturesque viewpoint offering panoramic vistas of the surrounding wilderness. The trail then descends into Boulder Canyon, where you’ll encounter a challenging, rocky terrain that requires careful navigation.

As you complete the loop, the trail reconnects with the Peralta Trail, leading you back to the trailhead. P.S. You might also like my blog on easy hikes in Sedona, AZ!

#8 Fremont Saddle Peralta Canyon Trail (Best Hike in the Superstition Mountains)

The Peralta Trail is a moderate hike in the Superstition Mountains and probably one of the most popular ones in the area—for good reason too. This 4.6-mile round-trip trail leads you through a picturesque desert landscape. You’ll see the iconic viewpoint at Fremont Saddle overlooking the iconic Weaver’s Needle.

  • Trailhead: 33.3973514,-111.3505266
  • Mileage: 4.6 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Elevation gain: 1,341 feet
  • Parking permit: None

Starting at the Peralta Trailhead, the well-marked trail takes you through a scenic desert filled with saguaros, cholla cacti, and diverse vegetation. As you gradually ascend through the Peralta Canyon, the trail offers increasingly stunning views of the surrounding Superstition Mountains.

Upon reaching Fremont Saddle, hikers are rewarded with a breathtaking panoramic view of Weaver’s Needle and the rugged wilderness beyond! This picturesque spot is an ideal location to rest, take photos, and soak in the beauty of the Superstition Mountains before beginning your descent back to the trailhead.

Wear sunscreen! This trail has just about no shade.

#9 Battleship Mountain Scramble

Battleship Mountain is one of the more challenging hikes in the Superstition Mountains, popular for its difficult terrain. Experienced hikers looking to explore the rugged beauty of the wilderness will enjoy this trail. This 11.3-mile round-trip trail takes you through varied terrain, including canyons, rocky ridges, and dense vegetation, culminating in stunning panoramic views from the summit.

  • Trailhead: 33.4804833,-111.4630608
  • Mileage: 11.3 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Strenuous
  • Elevation gain: 1,847 feet
  • Parking permit: None

The hike begins at the First Water Trailhead, leading you through a picturesque desert landscape before entering a lush canyon filled with diverse flora. Bring your a6400 for some pictures! As you traverse the trail, you’ll encounter a series of creek crossings and rocky ascents that require careful navigation and occasional scrambling.

As you approach the summit, the trail becomes steeper and more rugged, offering a thrilling challenge for experienced hikers. Once atop Battleship Mountain, you’ll be rewarded with breathtaking views of the Superstition Mountains, Weaver’s Needle, and the surrounding wilderness.

This trail is rocky and challenging so wear good hiking boots to stay safe.

#10 Garden Valley Loop

The Garden Valley Loop (AKA Second Water and Hackberry Spring Loop) is a delightful and moderate hike in the Superstition Mountains, perfect for hikers of all skill levels and families seeking a leisurely adventure. This 5.5-mile loop trail offers a blend of beautiful desert landscapes, fascinating rock formations, and a glimpse of the area’s unique flora and fauna. Warning: the trail can be difficult to follow at times.

  • Trailhead: 33.4599116,-111.4403933
  • Mileage: 5.0 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Easy to moderate
  • Elevation gain: 570 feet
  • Parking permit: None

Starting at the First Water Trailhead, the trail leads you through the scenic desert landscape, where you’ll encounter a variety of cacti, wildflowers, and native plants.

As you continue through the Garden Valley, you’ll be treated to relatively flat terrain, making this hike suitable for beginners and experienced hikers. Watch for local wildlife, such as lizards, rabbits, and various bird species, as you traverse the picturesque valley!

#11 Carney Springs Waterfall via Lost Goldmine Trail

See water in Arizona! The Carney Springs Trail and Lost Goldmine Trail is a moderately challenging hike in the Superstition Mountains, ideal for hikers looking to explore the area’s diverse terrain and stunning vistas. It’s a great hike to do after a heavy rainfall because you’ll get to see a natural waterfall.

  • Trailhead: 33.3856582,-111.3630557
  • Mileage: 4.2 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Elevation gain: 633 feet
  • Parking permit: None

The hike starts at the Carney Springs Trailhead, leading you through a scenic desert landscape filled with cacti and desert vegetation.

After reaching the junction with the Lost Goldmine Trail, you’ll follow the trail as it skirts the base of the Superstition Mountains, providing a unique perspective on the area’s striking geological features. No parking permit is required at the Carney Springs Trailhead, which offers limited parking and no restroom facilities.

#12 Massacre Falls Trail

Massacre Falls Trail is one of the best hikes in the Superstition Mountains that have a natural waterfall! The waterfall is seasonal and surrounded by some of the most beautiful cactus-covered landscapes! It’s best explored after a rainy day.

  • Trailhead: 33.4715295,-111.4716582
  • Mileage: 5.4 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Elevation gain: 1,092 feet
  • Parking permit: None

Starting at the Crosscut Trailhead, the trail leads you through a scenic desert environment filled with saguaros, cholla cacti, and various desert flora. As you make your way along the trail, enjoy stunning views of the surrounding Superstition Mountains and keep an eye out for local wildlife.

The trail gradually ascends, requiring some rocky scrambles and careful footing as you approach the falls. Massacre Falls is a seasonal waterfall, so plan your hike after a rainy period to increase your chances of witnessing its full splendor. When flowing, the falls create a tranquil oasis, contrasting beautifully with the rugged desert surroundings.

#13 Broadway Cave via Jacob’s Trail

Are you ready for a unique adventure? Broadway Cave is one of the best hikes in the Superstition Mountains and lucky for you, it’s easy to get to! For a majority of your hike, you’ll navigate through flat and open desert, so make sure you wear sunscreen and a hat.

  • Trailhead: 33.4078598,-111.4789771
  • Mileage: 4.3 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Easy to moderate
  • Elevation gain: 977 feet
  • Parking permit: None

Starting at the Broadway Trailhead, the trail leads you through a picturesque desert environment filled with saguaros, ocotillos, and a variety of desert flora. As you hike along the well-marked path, enjoy the stunning views of the surrounding Superstition Mountains and watch for local wildlife such as lizards, rabbits, and various bird species. This area is known as Monument Canyon.

The trail gradually ascends towards the base of the mountain, where you’ll find the entrance to Broadway Cave. This large, shallow cave offers a fascinating geological feature to explore, as well as a shaded spot to rest and enjoy the panoramic views of the valley below.

(BONUS) #14 Picketpost Mountain Trail

Are you up for a thrilling and rewarding challenge? The Picketpost Mountain Trail is a difficult trail but one of the best hikes around the Superstition Mountains. It’s actually outside the mountain range, but worth the view if you want a unique adventure. This 4-mile round-trip trail takes you through a striking desert landscape, culminating in a summit with breathtaking panoramic views of the surrounding area. It’s known for the mailbox at the top!

  • Trailhead: 33.272392,-111.1790747
  • Mileage: 4 miles round trip
  • Difficulty: Difficult
  • Elevation gain: 1,900 feet
  • Parking permit: Required

Starting at the Picketpost Trailhead, the trail leads you through a beautiful desert environment filled with saguaros, cholla cacti, and a variety of desert flora. As you make your way along the well-marked path, enjoy the captivating views of the Superstition Mountains and the diverse terrain.

The trail becomes progressively steeper and more challenging as you approach the summit, requiring some scrambling and careful footing. Once you reach the top, you’ll be rewarded with spectacular 360-degree views of the surrounding landscape, including the distant mountain ranges and the vast desert below.

What to Pack for Your Superstitions Adventure

Now that you known what hikes you’ll be on, make sure you bring these items with you!

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

Frequently Asked Questions About Hiking the Superstition Mountains

What is the hardest hike in the Superstition Mountains?

The hardest hike in the Superstition Mountains is considered to be the Flat Iron Trail via Siphon Draw. This challenging hike is 5.5 miles round trip and features an elevation gain of approximately 2,800 feet.

The trail involves steep inclines, rocky scrambles, and some sections that require using your hands for climbing. The difficulty and technical aspects of the Flat Iron Trail make it the most strenuous hike in the Superstition Mountains. However, for experienced and well-prepared hikers, the stunning views from the summit make it a worthwhile endeavor.

What is the easiest trail in the Superstition Mountains?

The easiest trail in the Superstition Mountains is the Discovery Trail. This trail is approximately 0.5 miles long and is wheelchair accessible. It is a relatively flat and easy hike that offers an excellent opportunity to experience the desert landscape and the stunning views of the Superstition Mountains.

The Discovery Trail is also ideal for families with young children, as it provides an opportunity for an enjoyable outing without requiring much physical exertion. Despite being the easiest trail, the Discovery Trail still offers an impressive display of the natural beauty of the Superstition Mountains, making it a great starting point for hikers and visitors of all ages and abilities.

What is the best time of year to hike the Superstition Mountains?

The best time of year to hike the Superstition Mountains is during the fall, winter, and spring months, specifically from October to April. During this time, temperatures are typically cooler, ranging from the mid-60s to mid-70s Fahrenheit, making it more comfortable for hikers to enjoy the trails without the extreme heat of the summer months. The cooler temperatures also make for more enjoyable and safer hiking conditions.

From May to September, temperatures can reach well over 100 degrees Fahrenheit during the summer months, creating hazardous hiking conditions for even the most experienced hikers.

I recommend you avoid hiking during the summer months and instead explore the Superstition Mountains during the cooler months when conditions are more favorable. It’s important to always check the weather forecast before hiking and to bring plenty of water and sun protection regardless of the time of year.

Final Thoughts on the Best Hikes in the Superstition Mountains, AZ

With each hike boasting its own unique features and challenges, there’s no doubt that the Superstition Mountains offer some of the most rewarding trails in the Southwest. Whether you’re a seasoned hiker or just starting out, this diverse range of trails caters to all abilities and interests.

If you’re exploring more of Arizona, check out my other posts on the area!

The post 14 Best Hikes in the Superstition Mountains, AZ | Local Recs appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-hikes-in-superstition-mountains-az/feed/ 0 55681
Perfect 7 Day Arizona Road Trip Itinerary | Local Recs https://dani-the-explorer.com/7-day-arizona-road-trip-itinerary/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/7-day-arizona-road-trip-itinerary/#respond Sat, 06 May 2023 17:54:26 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=55650 Ready for the Southwest road trip of a lifetime? Embark on an unforgettable road trip through Arizona’s diverse landscapes and vibrant culture! From the bustling city of Phoenix to the awe-inspiring beauty of the Grand Canyon, this 7 day Arizona road trip itinerary will guide you through the state’s most iconic destinations and uncover its […]

The post Perfect 7 Day Arizona Road Trip Itinerary | Local Recs appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Ready for the Southwest road trip of a lifetime? Embark on an unforgettable road trip through Arizona’s diverse landscapes and vibrant culture! From the bustling city of Phoenix to the awe-inspiring beauty of the Grand Canyon, this 7 day Arizona road trip itinerary will guide you through the state’s most iconic destinations and uncover its hidden gems. So get ready to experience the best of Arizona, filled with adventures, delicious food, and unforgettable memories!

As an Arizona native, I’ll be pulling from my local experience to make sure you have the best trip possible. Let’s dive in! We’ll start with some must-know trip planning details.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

How Many Days Are Enough for Arizona?

The ideal duration for an Arizona trip depends on your travel goals and attractions of interest. While a short trip of 3-4 days covers some highlights, I recommend at least 7 days for a deeper immersion in the state’s diverse landscapes, cities, and unique experiences.

A 7-day Arizona road trip itinerary includes Phoenix, national parks like Saguaro, Petrified Forest, and the Grand Canyon, as well as Sedona, Monument Valley, and Antelope Canyon with Horseshoe Bend.

With 10-14 days, explore each location further, participate in activities like stargazing, river rafting, and off-roading, or visit additional attractions like Vermilion Cliffs National Monument, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, and Jerome. You can also use this time to do an Arizona Utah road trip!

At the end of the day, the length of your Arizona trip depends on your interests and preferred pace, but regardless of the duration, you’re sure to create lasting memories and discover unforgettable sights.

What is the Best Month for an Arizona Road Trip?

The best months for an Arizona road trip are spring (March-May) and fall (September-November), offering pleasant weather and moderate temperatures perfect for outdoor activities and sightseeing. Spring brings mild temperatures and blooming wildflowers, while fall provides cooler temperatures and stunning fall colors in higher elevations.

Summer (June-August) is scorching hot, limiting outdoor activities, while winter (December-February) can be cold in northern regions with snowfall and freezing temperatures at the Grand Canyon’s South Rim. However, winters are milder in southern Arizona.

In conclusion, spring and fall are ideal for an Arizona road trip, providing favorable weather to explore the state’s diverse landscapes and enjoy outdoor adventures.

Where to Start and End Your Arizona Road Trip

Start in Phoenix, Arizona, home to the Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport, which offers numerous flight connections. In addition, Phoenix is an excellent base for exploring the city’s landmarks and the nearby Superstition Mountains!

Choose Phoenix or Flagstaff as your ending point, depending on flight options and travel preferences. Both cities have airports with connections to various destinations.

Ending in Phoenix completes an entire state loop and allows one to revisit the city before departure. Allow approximately 3.5 hours for the drive from the Grand Canyon South Rim.

Ending in Flagstaff, just 1.5 hours from the Grand Canyon South Rim, offers a charming city experience before departure. Flagstaff Pulliam Airport provides convenient flight options.

No matter where you start and end your Arizona road trip, plan your itinerary carefully and maximize your time exploring this beautiful state!

Arizona Road Trip Itinerary (7 Days) At a Glance + Map

  • Day 1: Phoenix – City Exploration and Superstition Mountains
  • Day 2: Saguaro National Park and Tucson
  • Day 3: Sedona – Red Rock Adventures and Spiritual Vortexes 
  • Day 4: Petrified Forest National Park and Canyon de Chelly 
  • Day 5: Monument Valley and Valley of the Gods (optional)
  • Day 6: Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, and Lake Powell
  • Day 7: Grand Canyon National Park

Below is a map of your itinerary and the stops you’ll make along the way. You can click here for a live version of the map to use on your trip!

Since you’ll be visiting national parks and Sedona, remember to grab your America the Beautiful Pass!

Arrival

The best place to start your Arizona adventure is by flying into Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport, which offers numerous flights from various destinations. Try to arrive in the morning or early afternoon to make the most of your first day in Phoenix.

Upon arrival, you can explore the nearby Desert Botanical Garden, only a 15-minute drive from the airport, or visit the popular Roosevelt Row Arts District for a taste of the city’s vibrant art scene.

If you’re hungry, head to Matt’s Big Breakfast, a local favorite serving delicious all-day breakfast dishes, or indulge in authentic Mexican cuisine at Barrio Café.

Day 1: Phoenix – City Exploration and Superstition Mountains

Morning

Begin your Arizona adventure in the heart of Phoenix. If you didn’t already, Start by visiting the Desert Botanical Garden, where you’ll discover the stunning beauty of the Sonoran Desert. Next, dive into the city’s thriving art scene with stops at the Phoenix Art Museum. I also recommend visiting Scottsdale where you can even take a bike tour around the waterfront (an Instagrammable Scottsdale spot).

Coffee lover? Try Berdena’s or another Scottsdale coffee shop!

Old Town Scottsdale also has some greta places to eat if you’re hungry (I love Herbox for brunch)— you should read: The Best Day Trips from Scottsdale, AZ

Afternoon

After lunch, make your way east to the mysterious Superstition Mountains. This rugged wilderness area is perfect for an afternoon of outdoor adventure. Next, take on the Peralta Trail, a moderately challenging hike that rewards you with panoramic views of the desert landscape and unique rock formations.

Alternatively, you can head to Lost Dutchman State Park or the Apache Trail in the Supers— both are a great addition to your Arizona road trip 7 days! For lunch, head to one of the top-rated local eateries when hunger strikes for a delicious meal.

Consider trying the farm-to-table cuisine at FnB or the Caribbean-inspired dishes at The Breadfruit & Rum Bar.

Evening

As the sun sets, return to Phoenix for a night of delectable Southwestern cuisine. Sample the innovative dishes at Barrio Café, known for its unique take on Mexican food, or enjoy a memorable meal at Ocotillo, which offers a contemporary twist on American classics.

And of course, there are tons of food options and bars in Scottsdale that you can enjoy instead!

P.S. I recommend reading my guide on the most Instagrammable spots in Phoenix!

Accommodation

Rest up for the next day’s adventures at one of the area’s excellent accommodations. For an upscale experience, book a room at the historic Arizona Biltmore or the Cuban-inspired Scott Resort in Scottsdale.

However, if you’re looking for a more budget-friendly option, consider the stylish boutique hotel FOUND:RE Phoenix.

Day 2: Saguaro National Park and Tucson

Morning

On your second day, head south from Phoenix to Saguaro National Park, an iconic desert landscape filled with the majestic Saguaro cacti. Split into two districts, the park offers a variety of trails for all levels of hikers. Consider hiking the Valley View Overlook Trail in the Tucson Mountain District (West), offering stunning vistas.

In the Rincon Mountain District (East), the easy Cactus Forest Loop Drive presents an opportunity for a scenic drive through the park.

Afternoon

Spend the afternoon exploring Tucson’s unique cultural attractions. Visit the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, a combined zoo, botanical garden, and natural history museum that showcases the region’s diverse flora and fauna. Then, step back in time at the San Xavier del Bac Mission, a beautifully restored 18th-century mission church.

After working up an appetite, head into Tucson for a well-deserved meal. El Charro Café, the nation’s oldest Mexican restaurant, offers a taste of history alongside mouthwatering dishes.

Alternatively, try the innovative fusion cuisine at The Tasteful Kitchen.

Evening

As evening approaches, indulge in Tucson’s thriving food scene. Dine at the popular Mi Nidito, which offers a famous menu of Mexican cuisine.

For a more casual experience, head to the bustling Mercado San Agustín, a public market featuring a variety of food stalls and local vendors.

Accommodation

Rest for the night at one of Tucson’s comfortable lodgings. Consider booking a room at the Omni or the JW Marriott Tucson Starr Pass Resort & Spa for a luxurious stay.

Budget-conscious travelers can choose the La Posada Lodge & Casitas.

Day 3: Sedona – Red Rock Adventures and Spiritual Vortexes

Morning

Begin the third day of your 7 day Arizona road trip itinerary with a scenic drive north to the enchanting town of Sedona. Surrounded by red rock formations, Sedona offers a variety of outdoor activities. Start by hiking the iconic Cathedral Rock Trail, where you’ll be rewarded with breathtaking views of the surrounding landscape.

For this hike and many others in Sedona, you’ll need a Red Rock Pass.

If you need alternative hikes, I suggest ready my guide on easy hikes in Sedona, AZ!

Afternoon

Sedona is known for its spiritual vortexes, which are said to be areas of concentrated energy conducive to healing and meditation. Visit the Airport Mesa, Bell Rock, or Boynton Canyon vortexes for a unique, restorative experience. Alternatively, explore more of the area’s natural beauty by hiking the West Fork Oak Creek Trail or renting a mountain bike to tackle the trails.

After your morning hike, refuel with a delicious meal at one of Sedona’s excellent eateries.

Enjoy farm-to-table cuisine at the ChocolaTree Organic Oasis, or indulge in creative Southwestern dishes at Elote Café.

Evening

As the sun sets, take a moment to appreciate Sedona’s vibrant arts scene. Browse the Tlaquepaque Arts & Crafts Village for local artwork, or catch a live performance at the Sedona Performing Arts Center. If you’re up for hiking, there are plenty of great Sedona sunset hikes to enjoy!

For dinner, try the Italian-inspired cuisine at Dahl & Di Luca Ristorante Italiano or the eclectic menu at Mariposa Latin Inspired Grill.

Accommodation

Choose from Sedona’s wide range of accommodations to suit your preferences. For a luxurious experience, book a room at the Amara Resort or the Sedona Rouge Hotel & Spa (The Wilde Resort).

Budget-friendly options include the charming Southwest Inn at Sedona or the centrally-located Sky Ranch Lodge.

For more options, check out my guide on the best boutique hotels in Sedona!

Day 4: Petrified Forest National Park and Canyon de Chelly

Morning

Rise early and head east to Petrified Forest National Park, a fascinating landscape filled with colorful petrified wood, ancient fossils, and striking badlands. Begin your visit at the Rainbow Forest Museum, where you can learn about the park’s history and geology.

Then, explore the park’s main attractions, including the Giant Logs Trail, Blue Mesa, and the Painted Desert Inn.

Afternoon

Continue your journey to the remarkable Canyon de Chelly National Monument, home to towering sandstone cliffs, lush valleys, and ancient Ancestral Puebloan ruins. Take a self-guided tour along the North or South Rim drives, stopping at the many overlooks for stunning views of the canyon.

For a more immersive experience, consider joining a guided tour led by a Navajo guide, which will allow you to access the canyon floor and learn about the area’s rich history and culture. While options are limited inside the park, you can pack a picnic lunch to enjoy amidst the unique surroundings.

Alternatively, head to nearby Holbrook for a bite at one of the local diners, such as Joe & Aggie’s Café or Tom & Suzie’s Diner.

Evening

As you wrap up your day of exploration, dine at the Thunderbird Lodge Cafeteria, which offers a variety of Navajo and American dishes. Relax and soak in the peaceful atmosphere of the canyon as the sun sets.

Tomorrow you’ll head closer to Utah!

Accommodation

Spend the night within the Navajo Nation at the Thunderbird Lodge, which offers basic but comfortable rooms. Alternatively, consider staying in Chinle at the Best Western Canyon de Chelly Inn or the Holiday Inn Canyon de Chelly.

These options provide easy access to the park and a range of amenities for a restful night.

Day 5: Monument Valley and Valley of the Gods (optional)

Morning

On day five, venture north to the iconic Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park, a mesmerizing landscape of sandstone buttes and mesas featured in countless movies and photographs. Start at the visitor center to learn about the area’s geology and Navajo culture. Then, embark on the 17-mile Valley Drive, a self-guided tour that winds past some of the park’s most famous landmarks, such as the Mittens, the Three Sisters, and John Ford’s Point.

Next up you have an optional adventure!

Afternoon

For a more off-the-beaten-path experience, consider heading to the nearby Valley of the Gods. This lesser-known destination features striking sandstone formations and a serene atmosphere, perfect for hiking or taking a scenic drive.

While it lacks the amenities of Monument Valley, the Valley of the Gods offers an opportunity to connect with the breathtaking beauty of the Southwest in a more intimate setting. Savor a meal at The View Restaurant, which offers a variety of Navajo and American dishes, along with stunning panoramas of the valley.

Alternatively, pack a picnic lunch to enjoy amidst the dramatic scenery.

Evening

Return to Monument Valley and take in the unforgettable sight of the sandstone formations glowing in the warm hues of the setting sun. For dinner, enjoy a traditional Navajo meal at one of the nearby trading posts, such as the historic Goulding’s Trading Post.

Tomorrow you’ll be exploring some of the nearby, photogenic attractions, so pack your camera!

Accommodation

Spend the night in Monument Valley for a truly immersive experience. The View Hotel offers comfortable rooms with unparalleled views of the iconic landscape.

Alternatively, opt for a unique stay at a traditional Navajo hogan, like those offered by Tear Drop Arch Bed & Breakfast or Monument Valley Tipi Village.

Day 6: Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, and Lake Powell

Morning

Begin day six with a drive to Page, Arizona, home to the mesmerizing Antelope Canyon. This slot canyon, famous for its smooth, flowing sandstone walls and dramatic shafts of light, can only be visited via guided tours. Choose between the Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon, each offering a unique experience.

Be sure to book your tour well in advance, as spots fill up quickly!

Afternoon

Continue your day of exploration by visiting the breathtaking Horseshoe Bend. A short hike from the parking area leads you to an overlook with awe-inspiring views of the Colorado River as it winds around the distinctive rock formation.

Afterward, head to Lake Powell, a vast reservoir offering endless opportunities for water-based activities, such as boating, fishing, and swimming. After your Antelope Canyon tour, head to one of Page’s local eateries for a satisfying meal.

Big John’s Texas BBQ and the Blue Buddha Sushi Lounge are popular options, offering a variety of flavors to suit any palate.

Evening

As the day comes to a close, dine at one of Page’s delicious restaurants. Enjoy a hearty meal at the State 48 Tavern or savor Italian cuisine at the family-owned Bonkers Restaurant.

Tomorrow, you’ll be driving down to Grand Canyon National Park for the next part of your 7 day Arizona road trip!

Accommodation

Rest up for your final day of adventure at one of Page’s comfortable lodging options. For a touch of luxury, consider the Courtyard by Marriott Page at Lake Powell or the Lake Powell Resort.

Budget-conscious travelers can choose the La Quinta Inn & Suites by Wyndham Page at Lake Powell or the Holiday Inn Express & Suites Page – Lake Powell Area.

Day 7: Grand Canyon National Park

Morning

On the final day of your Arizona road trip, set out early for the grand finale: the awe-inspiring Grand Canyon National Park. Enter the park through the South Rim, where you’ll find the visitor center, numerous overlooks, and trailheads. While you’re here, I also recommend reading my Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon itinerary blog!

Make sure you have your America the Beautiful Pass!

Start your day with a stroll along the Rim Trail, which offers unparalleled views of the canyon and is suitable for all fitness levels.

Afternoon

After lunch, explore more of the park’s natural wonders by hiking part of the Bright Angel Trail or the South Kaibab Trail. Both trails descend into the canyon, offering unique perspectives on its grandeur.

Remember to allow ample time for your return hike, as the ascent can be challenging. If you want to see a great view, stop at Ooh Aah Point on South Kaibab Trail!

If you prefer a more leisurely activity, take a scenic drive along the Desert View Drive, which features multiple viewpoints and the striking Desert View Watchtower. For a memorable dining experience, consider having lunch at the historic El Tovar Dining Room, which offers a variety of dishes and panoramic views of the canyon.

Alternatively, grab a bite at the Bright Angel Lodge or the Maswik Food Court.

Evening

As the sun sets on your unforgettable Arizona adventure, find a spot along the rim to take in the breathtaking sight of the canyon bathed in the warm glow of the setting sun. Reflect on the incredible experiences and memories you’ve created throughout your journey.

Tomorrow, you’ll head to your departure location!

Accommodation

Spend your final night in Arizona at one of the South Rim’s lodgings. For a historic experience, book a room at the iconic El Tovar Hotel or the rustic Bright Angel Lodge. Other options within the park include the Kachina Lodge, Thunderbird Lodge, and Maswik Lodge.

Alternatively, consider staying in the nearby town of Tusayan, which offers a range of accommodations, such as The Grand Hotel or the Holiday Inn Express Grand Canyon.

Departure

On the final day of your adventure, plan to depart from either Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport or Flagstaff Pulliam Airport, depending on your travel preferences and flight options. If you’re flying out of Flagstaff, consider exploring the charming downtown area and grabbing a bite at Tourist Home All Day Café or Diablo Burger before your departure.

If your departure is from Phoenix, make sure to allow enough time for the approximately 3.5-hour drive from the Grand Canyon South Rim. You can stop in Sedona or Flagstaff along the way for a meal and a chance to reminisce about your unforgettable 7 day Arizona road trip itinerary!

If you have more time, check out Edge of the World, Flagstaff before you leave!

And that concludes your trip!

Arizona Road Trip Add-Ons

If you want to extend your Arizona itinerary 7 days, consider adding these extra destinations and activities. From exploring neighboring Utah’s national parks on a road trip to discovering additional hidden gems within Arizona, there’s no shortage of incredible experiences to make your trip even more unforgettable.

By adding these extra destinations and activities to your Arizona road trip, you’ll be able to explore more of the region’s diverse landscapes and delve deeper into the rich history and culture of the area.

Vermilion Cliffs National Monument: Located in northern Arizona, Vermilion Cliffs National Monument is a lesser-known gem with stunning sandstone formations, including the famous Wave. A permit is required to hike to the Wave, and it’s a challenging, off-the-beaten-path adventure.

Utah National Parks: Extend your road trip to visit Utah’s “Mighty 5” national parks: Zion, Bryce Canyon, Capitol Reef, Arches, and Canyonlands. These parks offer breathtaking landscapes, unique geological formations, and thrilling outdoor activities such as hiking, canyoneering, and scenic drives.

Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument: Situated near the Arizona-Mexico border, this national monument showcases the unique beauty of the Sonoran Desert. Drive the scenic Ajo Mountain Drive or hike one of the many trails to admire the diverse cactus species and desert landscapes.

Jerome: A historic copper mining town, Jerome offers a glimpse into Arizona’s past. Perched on the side of Cleopatra Hill, the town is filled with art galleries, museums, and eclectic shops. Don’t miss a visit to the Jerome State Historic Park for insights into the town’s mining history.

Kartchner Caverns State Park: Explore the fascinating underground world of Kartchner Caverns, an extensive limestone cave system with guided tours showcasing its stunning stalactite and stalagmite formations.

Tonto Natural Bridge State Park: Discover the world’s largest natural travertine bridge at this state park near Payson. Hike the park’s trails to witness the impressive natural bridge and surrounding lush vegetation, or enjoy a peaceful picnic in the park.

Whether it’s extending your trip to Utah or venturing into Arizona’s lesser-known attractions, these add-ons will create a truly unforgettable experience!

Final Thoughts on Arizona 7 Day Road Trip Itinerary

Embrace the beauty, culture, and adventure that this desert state has to offer in this epic 7-day Arizona road trip. From exploring the mysteries of the Superstition Mountains to marveling at the grandeur of the Grand Canyon, this itinerary will provide memories that last a lifetime.

As you journey through this breathtaking state, don’t forget to indulge in the local cuisine and immerse yourself in the spirit of the Southwest. Happy travels!

The post Perfect 7 Day Arizona Road Trip Itinerary | Local Recs appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/7-day-arizona-road-trip-itinerary/feed/ 0 55650
Sedona Red Rock Pass vs America the Beautiful – Which One? https://dani-the-explorer.com/red-rock-pass-vs-america-the-beautiful/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/red-rock-pass-vs-america-the-beautiful/#respond Fri, 05 May 2023 16:56:35 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=55620 Nestled in the heart of Arizona, Sedona is a magical destination renowned for its stunning red rock formations and captivating landscapes. A haven for outdoor enthusiasts and spiritual seekers alike, Sedona offers diverse activities, from hiking and mountain biking to meditation and energy vortex tours. Choosing the right pass is crucial for ensuring you make […]

The post Sedona Red Rock Pass vs America the Beautiful – Which One? appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Nestled in the heart of Arizona, Sedona is a magical destination renowned for its stunning red rock formations and captivating landscapes. A haven for outdoor enthusiasts and spiritual seekers alike, Sedona offers diverse activities, from hiking and mountain biking to meditation and energy vortex tours. Choosing the right pass is crucial for ensuring you make the most of your time in this picturesque corner of the American Southwest! This blog will look at the Sedona Red Rock Pass versus America the Beautiful Pass, helping you make an informed decision based on your unique travel plans. 

As an Arizona native and a Sedona frequent flier, I’m pulling from my experience to help you have the best trip possible! Let’s dive in.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

What is a Sedona Red Rock Pass?

The Red Rock Pass is specifically designed to provide access to the breathtakingly beautiful Red Rock Country within Coconino National Forest. Additionally, this pass is a vital funding source for maintaining and conserving these awe-inspiring landscapes.

The Sedona Red Rock Pass offers several options to cater to different needs, which we’ll discuss below!

Several Red Rock Passes are available, including daily, weekly, and annual passes. Prices vary depending on the length of your visit and the areas you plan to explore. For example, a daily pass costs $5, a weekly pass costs $15, and an annual pass costs $20. 

It’s important to note that some of Sedona’s easy hiking trails and more Instagrammable hiking trails require a red rock pass to access, so purchase the appropriate pass before setting out on your hike.

Where to Buy Red Rock Passes

You can purchase Red Rock Passes at several locations throughout Sedona, including the Sedona Visitor Center, the Red Rock Ranger District Visitor Center, and automated fee machines at certain trailheads and parking lots. Passes can also be purchased online through the U.S. Forest Service website.

Benefits of the Red Rock Pass

So why should you get a Red Rock Pass? Let’s quickly discuss some of the benefits:

  • It’s ideal for short-term visitors exploring Red Rock Country in a limited timeframe.
  • The pass is a cost-effective option for those planning multiple visits within a year.
  • Your purchase directly supports the maintenance and conservation efforts of Red Rock Country, ensuring the preservation of its natural beauty for future generations.

While the Sedona Red Rock Pass has its benefits, there are some limitations to buying a Red Rock Pass every time you want to hike:

  • The pass is only valid for Red Rock Country in Coconino National Forest.
  • It does not grant access to other national parks or recreation areas.

Now let’s talk about my favorite option and the only pass I use in Sedona: America the Beautiful Pass.

America the Beautiful Pass

America the Beautiful Pass is an all-inclusive pass that grants access to over 2,000 national parks, forests, wildlife refuges, and other federal recreation sites across the United States, including Sedona’s Red Rock Country. 

Designed for avid travelers and outdoor enthusiasts, the pass covers entrance fees, standard amenity fees, and day-use fees at a wide range of sites managed by various federal agencies, such as the National Park Service, U.S. Forest Service, Bureau of Land Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Bureau of Reclamation.

This versatile pass is available as an annual option, costing $80. Two people can sign the pass for added convenience, making it a fantastic option for couples or friends traveling together. You’d love it for spending 3 days in Sedona, AZ!

Where to Buy an American the Beautiful Pass

You can click here to check out the available passes and snag yourself an America the Beautiful Pass! Purchasing one from a retailer like REI makes renewing your pass easy and convenient. 

Plus, when you purchase a pass on REI, your purchase will count towards your annual dividends— which I highly recommend doing so you can benefit from your purchase!

Please note that the pass is non-transferable and valid for one year from the month of purchase. Additionally, there are specific passes tailored to seniors, military personnel, individuals with disabilities, and 4th graders in the U.S., providing discounted or free access to federal recreation sites.

Benefits of America the Beautiful Pass

Personally, I recommend buying an America the Beautiful Pass over a Sedona Red Rock pass. Let’s discuss the benefits when you go this route:

  • It’s ideal for travelers visiting multiple national parks and federal recreation sites, providing unlimited yearly access.
  • The pass covers entry to Red Rock Country and other federal sites nationwide, offering fantastic value for avid explorers.
  • Senior and Access passes are available at discounted prices or for free to eligible individuals, making it an inclusive option for various age groups and abilities.
  • Purchasing this pass supports conservation efforts across the country, contributing to preserving America’s diverse natural heritage.

Just like any pass, the America the Beautiful Pass has its limitations as well:

  • The upfront cost is higher than the Red Rock Pass, which may only suit some budgets.
  • There may be more cost-effective options for visitors planning a Sedona-only trip.

Sedona is home to several stunning hiking trails requiring a red rock pass. And now that you know you can snag an America the Beautiful Pass instead, here are just a few of the most popular hiking trails you can use it on:

Cathedral Rock Trail: This challenging hike rewards visitors with stunning views of Cathedral Rock and the surrounding area. The trailhead is on Back O’ Beyond Road, and visitors must have a red rock pass to park in the parking lot.

Bell Rock Vortex: This relatively easy hike takes visitors past the iconic Bell Rock formation. The trailhead is located on Bell Rock Boulevard, and visitors must have a red rock pass to park in the parking lot.

Devil’s Bridge Trail: This moderate hiking trail leads visitors to one of Sedona’s largest natural sandstone arches. The trailhead is at the Dry Creek Road parking lot, and visitors must have a red rock pass to park there.

Soldier Pass Trail: This scenic hiking trail takes visitors through beautiful red rock formations and past the Devil’s Kitchen sinkhole. The trailhead is located at the Soldier Pass Road parking lot, and visitors must have a red rock pass to park there.

Sedona Red Rock Pass vs American the Beautiful Pass — Choosing the Right One

When selecting the best pass for your needs, consider the following factors:

  • The duration of your stay in Sedona and surrounding areas.
  • Your travel plans, including any national parks or recreation sites you intend to visit.
  • Your budget and priorities as a traveler.

Armed with this information, you can make an informed decision that best suits your travel plans and preferences. But when visiting Sedona, you need to consider which hiking trails you’ll be visiting. 

That will help you determine what pass to get when considering Sedona Red Rock Pass versus America the Beautiful Pass!

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)

In this section, we’ll address some common questions related to the Sedona Red Rock Pass versus America the Beautiful Pass to help clarify any uncertainties you may have.

Can I use the America the Beautiful Pass at Red Rocks?

Yes, you can use the America the Beautiful Pass at Red Rock Country in Sedona. The pass covers entrance, standard amenity, and day-use fees for Red Rock Country, managed by the Coconino National Forest.

By using America the Beautiful Pass, you’ll have access to Sedona’s Red Rock Country and over 2,000 national parks and federal recreation sites across the United States.

Can I use the America the Beautiful Pass in Sedona?

Yes, you can use the America the Beautiful Pass in Sedona, specifically in the Red Rock Country, which is part of the Coconino National Forest. The pass covers the area’s entrance fees, standard amenity fees, and day-use fees.

In addition to granting access to Sedona’s Red Rock Country, America the Beautiful Pass provides entry to more than 2,000 national parks and federal recreation sites across the United States, making it a versatile and valuable option for those who love exploring the great outdoors.

What is the Red Rock Pass good for?

The Red Rock Pass is good for visitors coming to Sedona for a short time. The pass covers entrance fees, standard amenity fees, and day-use fees at various trailheads, picnic areas, and recreation sites within Red Rock Country.

Here’s what the Red Rock Pass is beneficial for:

  1. Short-term visitors: If your trip to Sedona is limited in duration and you only plan to explore the Red Rock Country, the pass offers an affordable option for accessing these areas.
  2. Frequent visits within a year: The pass is a cost-effective solution for those planning multiple visits to Red Rock Country within a year. With daily, weekly, and annual pass options, you can choose the one that best fits your needs.
  3. Supporting conservation efforts: Purchasing a Red Rock Pass directly supports the maintenance, preservation, and conservation efforts of the Red Rock Country in Coconino National Forest. This ensures the continued protection of its natural beauty for future generations to enjoy.

Please note that the Red Rock Pass is valid only for Red Rock Country in Coconino National Forest and does not grant access to other national parks or recreation areas.

Do you need a Red Rock Pass for Devil’s Bridge?

Yes, you need a Red Rock Pass when visiting Devil’s Bridge in Sedona, as it is located within the Red Rock Country of Coconino National Forest. The pass covers day-use fees at the trailhead parking area for Devil’s Bridge, one of the most popular hiking destinations in Sedona.

By purchasing a Red Rock Pass, you are not only complying with the regulations but also contributing to the maintenance and conservation efforts in the area. Remember to display your pass prominently on your vehicle’s dashboard or rearview mirror when parked at the trailhead.

Do you need to buy a parking pass for Red Rocks?

Yes, you need to buy a parking pass when visiting Sedona’s Red Rock Country, which includes popular sites like Devil’s Bridge, Cathedral Rock, and Bell Rock. The Red Rock Pass, also known as a parking pass, covers day-use fees for parking at most trailheads, picnic areas, and recreation sites within the Red Rock Country of Coconino National Forest.

Alternatively, if you have America the Beautiful Pass, it will also cover parking and day-use fees in Red Rock Country. Display your pass prominently on your vehicle’s dashboard or rearview mirror when parked at trailheads or other recreation sites to comply with regulations and help support ongoing maintenance and conservation efforts in the area.

Final Thoughts on Sedona Red Rock Pass vs American the Beautiful Pass

There are a lot of factors to think about when considering the Sedona Red Rock Pass versus America the Beautiful. Both offer incredible opportunities to experience the majestic beauty of Sedona’s landscapes.

By choosing the right pass for your needs, you can embark on a memorable adventure that will leave you with a deep appreciation for the natural wonders of this enchanting destination. So, lace up your hiking boots, pack your camera, and get ready to explore the extraordinary splendor of Sedona and beyond.

And while you’re planning your trip, check out these other guides I have:

The post Sedona Red Rock Pass vs America the Beautiful – Which One? appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/red-rock-pass-vs-america-the-beautiful/feed/ 0 55620
11 Best Sedona Sunrise & Sunset Hikes for Unreal Views https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-sedona-hikes/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-sedona-hikes/#comments Tue, 25 Apr 2023 22:57:49 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=1743 Sedona, Arizona, is an oasis for photographers, hikers, and explorers, full of vortexes, red rocks, and adventures. But you know what’s really amazing? Sedona sunsets and sunrises! As a hiker’s heaven, there are TONS of trails to explore (from difficult to easy Sedona hikes), but not all are ideal for sunset and sunrise. So let’s […]

The post 11 Best Sedona Sunrise & Sunset Hikes for Unreal Views appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Sedona, Arizona, is an oasis for photographers, hikers, and explorers, full of vortexes, red rocks, and adventures. But you know what’s really amazing? Sedona sunsets and sunrises!

As a hiker’s heaven, there are TONS of trails to explore (from difficult to easy Sedona hikes), but not all are ideal for sunset and sunrise. So let’s clear up what are the best Sedona sunset and sunrise hikes.

After you read this blog, check out these other posts that’ll help you plan the perfect Sedona vacation:

Before we begin, we need to cover two must-know Sedona details.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

What to Know Before Hiking in Sedona

01. Red Rock Passes

Most Sedona hiking trails require a Red Rock Pass, which you can purchase for $5 online or in-person at trailhead parking lots.

The Forest Service created the Red Rock Pass program to help keep Sedona trails as immaculate as possible.

If you skip on buying a pass and displaying it on your dash, you can get a citation – that’s no fun!

Avoid the Pass: If you’re a national park lover and have your America the Beautiful Interagency Pass handy, you can hang that on your car and you’ll be good to go! Read my guide on this here!

02. Sedona Shuttle System

To help with parking and provide more trail access to visitors, Sedona recently created a free shuttle system that runs Thursday through Sunday year round.

It provides transportation to Dry Creek (for Devil’s Bridge), Cathedral Rock Trail, and Solider Pass, which means you may not be able to park in these lots during service hours.

Being new, the shuttles still have kinks to work out (running 30+ minutes late, etc.), so plan your trip accordingly.

You can read more about the system on my Sedona travel guide.

Let’s get into the best sunset and sunrise hikes in Sedona, shall we?

✨ PS: You might need these! Sturdy hiking boots, a cute sun hat, a headlamp, sunscreen, a reusable water bottle, and sunglasses.

Best Sedona Hikes for Sunset and Sunrise

#1 Cathedral Rock (Sunset)

If you’ve never been to Sedona, hiking Cathedral Rock vortex is a must.

  • Cathedral Rock Trailhead: 34.8251648,-111.7895865
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: 1.4 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Top: 30 minutes to an hour
  • Elevation Gain: 645 feet
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes or America the Beautiful Pass

Cathedral Rock is the iconic landmark you’ve probably seen in most pictures of Sedona. It is GORGEOUS at sunset, so you’ll want to have your camera gear ready!

Due to its popularity and the markers, the path is relatively easy to navigate, even after the sun goes down.

You’ll want to get to Cathedral Rock Trail off Back O’ Beyond Road to start your hike.

To get to the top, follow the trail markers— wear good hiking boots.

Cathedral Rock Trail climbs gradually, but will definitely test your fitness level, especially during the scramble section.

The scrambling section is near the halfway point. That scares most people, but folks of all shapes and sizes can make it up — take your time!

From there, it’s a straight shot to the “End of Trail” sign at the top.

At the top, make sure you head left to find the hidden vortex pillar.

Trail Secret: Parking fills up quickly, so get here early for sunset— the “Edge” is where you can take some of the best pictures.

#2 Red Rock Crossing via Verde Valley Road (Sunset)

Red Rock Crossing is the perfect place to enjoy a Sedona sunset over Cathedral Rock, minus the strenuous hike!

  • Baldwin Trailhead: 34.8217445,-111.8080694
  • Difficulty: Easy
  • Distance: 1.4 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Crossing: 10 to 20 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: 50 feet
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes or America the Beautiful Pass

Below, I’ll talk about a couple of ways to get there (check the “Trail Secret” for my preferred way!).

Park at the Baldwin Trailhead to start your hike. Beware that there are only about 15 spaces at the trailhead!

Once parked, hang a left down Verde Valley Road until you get to Oak Creek.

From here, swing a right and walk along Red Rock Crossing Trail for 0.5 miles to Templeton Trail.

Take Templeton 0.2 miles to Buddha Beach where you can go swimming (bring a swimsuit and hiking sandals).

And voila! You’ve arrived.

With the Crossing’s proximity to Cathedral Rock, you’ll have incredible close and personal views of this Sedona landmark for sunset!

Trail Secret: To avoid having to navigate the creek and trails, go to Crescent Moon Day Use Site and follow the paved path here — especially perfect if you only have one day in Sedona!

#3 Devil’s Bridge via Chuck Wagon Trail (Sunrise)

Devil’s Bridge glitters with the prettiest golden color in the morning, making it one of the best Sedona hikes for sunrise.

  • Chuck Wagon Trailhead: 34.8908909,-111.8215838
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: ~6 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Bridge: 1 to 1.5 hours
  • Elevation Gain: 400 feet
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes or America the Beautiful Pass

Unfortunately, getting to Devil’s Bridge via Chuck Wagon Trail includes a trail junction that can confuse people, so let’s get into what to expect! 

Park at the Chuck Wagon Trailhead lot off Boynton Pass Road to start your adventure. Once parked, hike Chuck Wagon for about 2 miles to the Devil’s Bridge Trail junction.

The entire route before the junction is relatively flat and easy to follow.  

Once you hit Devil’s Bridge Trail, things start to pick up since all the elevation gain is along this path— wear sturdy hiking boots.

BUT, it’ll be a straight one-mile shot to Devil’s Bridge from here!

Will you be brave enough to cross the Bridge when you get there? Ooooooooooo, spoooookyyyyyy.

Trail Secret: Drive a 4×4, high-clearance vehicle directly to Devil’s Bridge Trail for a shorter hike or click here to book a Jeep Tour!

#4 Bear Mountain Trail (Sunrise)

Bear Mountain Trail is more on the strenuous side of all the sunrise hiking trails in Sedona, AZ.

  • Bear Mountain Trailhead: 34.8983127,-111.874322
  • Difficulty: Difficult
  • Distance: ~5 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Top: About 1.5 to 2 hours
  • Elevation Gain: 1,800 feet
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes or America the Beautiful Pass

You’ll park at the Doe Mountain parking lot and cross the street to the Bear Mountain Trailhead to begin your journey.

The trail starts flat but quickly begins to climb up to the summit.

Sometimes the path to the summit becomes faint and may be difficult for you to follow, especially for sunrise!

But if you keep your eyes peeled for white diamonds painted on the trail, you will have no problem making it to the top. Bring a headlamp if you’re doing this for sunrise.

At Bear Mountain Summit, you’ll see one of Sedona’s best panoramic sunrise views and, if you’re lucky, hot air balloons!

Hot air balloons and golden light make for a dreamy morning!

Trail Secret: If you want to hike this for sunrise, consider allocating 2 hours to reach the summit or just book a Sedona sunrise hot air balloon tour!

#5 Soldier Pass Trail via Cibola Pass (Sunrise)

Caves and pools and sinkholes, oh my! Soldier Pass trail happens to have all of those, making it an enjoyable Sedona hike for your next sunrise.

  • Jordan Road Trailhead: 34.8879751,-111.7684405
  • Difficulty: Easy to Moderate
  • Distance: ~2.8 miles round trip to Pools (out and back)
  • Time to Pools: About 30 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: 170 feet
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes or America the Beautiful Pass

Since the Soldier Pass Trailhead parking lot opens at 8 AM, you will have to begin your sunrise mission from the Jordan Road parking lot (also referred to as Jim Thompson).

Once parked, hop on Cibola Pass Trail.

You’ll hike 0.7 miles to connect with Jordan Trail, then another 0.3 miles to get on Soldier Pass Trail.

At this point, you’ll see the famous Devil’s Kitchen Sinkhole!

You’ll come up to the famous Seven Sacred Pools in about 0.4 miles, and if you keep going you can hunt for the Soldier Pass Cave.

Pro tip: The Pools are best enjoyed after a rainfall.

About 0.9 miles away from the Pools, there will be a fork in the trail.

Taking the right side will lead you up to an open mesa. In the distance, you’ll see a red rock wall — this is where the Cave is!

The trail to the Cave will be along the lefthand side of the mesa.

Trail Secret: Getting to the Secret Cave requires some scrambling, so save it for after sunrise! It’s a great Sedona photo spot so bring your travel camera gear with you.

#6 Bell Rock Climb via Bell Rock Access Trail (Sunset)

The Bell Rock Vortex is iconic for its Bell shape, but not many folks known you can explore the top of it!

  • Bell Rock Trailhead: 34.8050676,-111.7667896
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: 0.8 miles round trip
  • Time to Top: 45 minutes to an hour
  • Elevation Gain: 600 feet
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes or America the Beautiful Pass

Various trails lead you around the rock, but the top is where the real magic happens.

You can begin your hike from two different parking lots, but for the quickest route, start from the Courthouse Vista lot.

On some maps, it is labeled as the “Bell Rock Trailhead.”

From the Courthouse Vista lot, jump onto Bell Rock Access Trail.

It will have wooden signs leading to the Bell Rock Climb, which is the path you’ll take to the top!

The trail will start flat but will ascend rather quickly as you begin your climb.

At the top, you’ll have a great place to watch the sunset (but there is no shade so wear sunscreen)!

The Bell Rock Climb isn’t for the faint of heart, but completing it will give you panoramic red rock views, making this one of the best Sedona sunset hikes!

Trail Secret: If you’re afraid of heights, this trail may be difficult for you when the sun goes down, so as an alternative, do the Courthouse Butte and Bell Rock Loop (3.9 miles RT).

#7 Birthing Cave via Long Canyon Trail (Sunrise)

Known for having sacred powers and teardrop shape, the Birthing Cave is a Sedona local favorite and just so happens to look fabulous at sunrise.

  • Long Canyon Trailhead: 34°54’24.0″N 111°49’27.5″W
  • Difficulty: Easy
  • Distance: 1.5 miles round trip
  • Time to Cave: About 15 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: ~400ft
  • Red Rock Pass required? No

Your hike to Birthing Cave will begin on Long Canyon Trailhead No. 122. Parking is limited, so plan to get here early!

You will find that the trail is flat and wide with no elevation gain.

Hike for about 0.6 miles until you reach a fork—go left towards the red cliffs!

You should be able to see the Cave nestled in the red rocks ahead.

As you get closer to the Birthing Cave, keep an eye out for a small trail that will lead directly to it.

The trail is steep and will require you to bushwack a bit, but it is less than a mile — wear a long sleeve shirt for protection.

Once inside, enjoy the view!

Women from all around come to the Birthing Cave hoping that it will give them a better chance at having a healthy pregnancy, so be respectful!

Trail Secret: To capture the best images, bring a 16-35mm f/4 and climb into the tiny hole in the center of the cave.

#8 Doe Mountain (Sunrise)

Hiking Doe Mountain doesn’t require much effort and its 360 perspective makes it a fantastic Sedona sunrise hike!

  • Doe Mountain Trailhead: 34.8927633,-111.8651711
  • Difficulty: Easy
  • Distance: 1.7 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Top: 20 to 30 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: 430ft
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes or America the Beautiful

The trail begins at the Doe Mountain/ Bear Mountain parking area.

Almost immediately after you start your hike, you’ll reach the Aerie Trail junction.

Skip the junction and continue on the path forward to reach the top of Doe Mountain. 

The trail itself is easy to follow and has a gradual incline.

A couple of well-made switchbacks will take you right to the mesa where you can enjoy sunrise!

Trail Secret: Doe Mountain is pretty great for sunset too, but the key is to get here well before your hike since parking is so limited.

#9 Airport Mesa Vortex (Sunset)

If you’ve been searching for places to watch the sunset in Sedona, you’ve undoubtedly come across Airport Mesa—for a good reason too!

  • Airport Road Parking: 34.855304,-111.7803895
  • Difficulty: Easy
  • Distance: 0.1 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Vortex: 5 to 10 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: Extremely minimal
  • Red Rock Pass Required? No

The Airport Mesa Vortex is one of the most accessible Sedona vortexes and places to watch the sunset.

To reach the Mesa, park at the small lot off Airport Road and walk under 100 feet up a small path.

The vortex is less than 200 feet in front of you! If you’re unsure of where exactly to go, ask folks in the area.

You’ll undoubtedly see some people climbing up a small rock formation lined with hand rails to help you reach the vortex.

Some maps refer to the precise path as Airport Mesa Trail while others call it Summit Trail.

Once you’re up there, though, you’ll have unobstructed panoramic views of Sedona— bring something like a Sony a6400 for great pics!

Trail Secret: As an alternative, you can do a ~1.2 mile round trip hike from the Sedona Airport Scenic Lookout parking lot, which costs $3 to park.

#10 Sugarloaf Mountain via Teacup Trail (Sunrise)

Sugarloaf Mountain towers over a valley of large Sedona red rock formations and makes for the perfect vantage point for a desert sunrise!

  • Sugarloaf Trailhead: 34.8775908,-111.7969803
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: 1.6 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Summit: 30 minutes to an hour
  • Elevation Gain: 250 feet
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes or America the Beautiful Pass

While hiking up a mountain for sunrise sounds intimidating, it’s pretty quick and easy to summit Sugarloaf!

Your adventure will start in the Sugarloaf Trailhead parking area.

From here, you’ll hop on Teacup Trail and hike a relatively flat 0.4 miles to Sugarloaf Loop Trail.

Stay on the left-most fork of Sugarloaf Loop, and walk 0.1 miles until you reach Sugarloaf Mountain Trail.

Hike Sugarloaf Mountain Trail 0.2 miles to the top of the mountain!

Your elevation gain will happen here, so take breaks as needed.

It can take some folks 30 minutes to an hour to reach the summit, so plan your sunrise mission accordingly!

Trail Secret: With its 360 views, Sugarloaf Summit can be the perfect hike for sunset too!

#11 Munds Wagon Trail to Merry Go Round Rock (Sunset)

Nestled in the heart of Sedona’s breathtaking Red Rock Country, the Munds Wagon Trail to Merry-Go-Round Rock offers hikers an unforgettable experience of Arizona’s natural beauty.

  • Munds Wagon Trailhead Coordinates: 34.869034, -111.760251
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: 6.4 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Complete: 2 to 3 hours
  • Elevation Gain: Approximately 1,000 feet
  • Red Rock Pass Required? No

You can expect to encounter ancient red rock formations, including the iconic Mitten Ridge, before reaching the stunning Merry-Go-Round Rock!

There’s even a secret little cave here— can you find it?

The trail is best enjoyed during sunrise or sunset when the sun’s rays paint the sandstone cliffs in vivid hues of orange and pink, creating a dramatic contrast with the surrounding scenery.

But from experience, sunset is my fave time to enjoy this hike! And this was literally the best Sedona sunset I’ve ever seen.

Trail Secret: If hiking isn’t your thing, you can actually book an off-roading tour to get here!

List of Best Sedona Sunset & Sunrise Hikes + Map

  1. Cathedral Rock
  2. Red Rock Crossing
  3. Devil’s Bridge via Chuck Wagon Trail
  4. Bear Mountain
  5. Soldier Pass
  6. Bell Rock via Bell Rock Access Trail
  7. Birthing Cave via Long Canyon Trail
  8. Doe Mountain
  9. Airport Mesa Vortex
  10. Sugarloaf Mountain via Teacup Trail
  11. Munds Wagon Trail

Click here to access a live version of the map!

✨ PS: You might need these! Sturdy hiking boots, a cute sun hat, a headlamp, sunscreen, a reusable water bottle, and sunglasses.

More Hikes to Consider

Here are more hikes to consider!

Marg’s Draw (Sunset) — 2 miles round trip. Features rugged peaks and remarkable red rocks.

Fay Canyon Trail (Sunrise) — 2.4 miles round trip. You will see arches and sweeping views of Sedona!

Courthouse Butte Loop / Bell Rock Pathway (Sunset) — 3.9-mile loop. The loop will give you the best vantage points and sunset photo opportunities!

Boynton Canyon Trail (Sunset) — 6.1 miles round trip. This trail offers excellent vista views of Sedona and features a hidden cave!

My Top Picks

Based on my experience as an Arizona native, these are the Sedona hikes I would go on:

The ClassicsCathedral Rock and Devil’s Bridge are classics and you should highly consider doing these hikes if you’re a Sedona first-timer!

Unique Sunset Hike — I love Munds Wagon for sunset. While it’s not the easiest trail, it offers one of the most beautiful views in my opinion.

Easy Sunrise & Sunset Hikes — You can’t beat Doe Mountain as a Sedona sunrise hike and Red Rock Crossing is AMAZING for sunset!

Final Tips for Hiking Sedona

Here are some things you need to keep in mind before you go and catch an epic sunset and sunrise in Sedona AZ!

Pay attention to the shuttle schedule — Watch the shuttle schedule if you’ll be in Sedona when the shuttles are running! You will NOT be able to access certain trailhead parking lots when the shuttles operate.

Watch the weather — If there are heavy clouds in the forecast, your chances of catching sunset or sunrise in Sedona, AZ, actually go down… quite a bit.

Space out your hikes — It’s tempting to visit and do every Sedona hiking trail! However, there are multiple things to see that make Sedona equally unique. If you need some inspo for your trip, check out my Sedona 3 day itinerary write-up.

Pack accordingly — Hiking in the desert is no joke, so come prepared:

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

Overall Thoughts on the Best Sedona Sunrise and Sunset Hikes

Sedona has some fantastic sunrise and sunset hikes! Hopefully, this list of trails helps you witness your share of cotton candy skies when you visit.

And if you’re planning an upcoming Sedona trip, read my other Sedona blogs:

Happy hiking :)!

The post 11 Best Sedona Sunrise & Sunset Hikes for Unreal Views appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-sedona-hikes/feed/ 24 1743
32 Most Instagrammable Places in Sedona + Where to Find Them https://dani-the-explorer.com/instagrammable-places-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/instagrammable-places-sedona/#respond Tue, 25 Apr 2023 15:11:17 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=52990 It’s true: Sedona is magical as heck, and it isn’t short of beautiful red rocks, vistas, restaurants, hotels. I mean, gosh, the whole damn place is gorgeous! Which probably leaves you wondering, what are the most Instagrammable places in Sedona? Because if we haven’t posted about it, we weren’t there, right? HA. Kidding. But I […]

The post 32 Most Instagrammable Places in Sedona + Where to Find Them appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
It’s true: Sedona is magical as heck, and it isn’t short of beautiful red rocks, vistas, restaurants, hotels. I mean, gosh, the whole damn place is gorgeous! Which probably leaves you wondering, what are the most Instagrammable places in Sedona?

Because if we haven’t posted about it, we weren’t there, right? HA. Kidding.

But I imagine you KNOW how much postcard worthy beauty is just waiting for you in Sedona. 

As an Arizona resident and influencer, I go to Sedona all the time and know all the most picturesque spots. I’ve got a list of over 30 that you’re going to love! 

In this blog, we’ll cover all the Instagram worthy places and some must-know details before you visit them.

When you’re done with this post, check out my other Sedona blogs:

Ready? Let’s goooooo!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Camera Gear I Use

If you’re a content creator, want to make money as a content creator, or just a photo lover, you might want to check out the camera gear I use below! Just about all of my pictures were taken with this equipment:

For editing, there’s tons of aesthetic photo editing apps you can use too!

P.S. Click here to read my guide on how to become an adventure photographer!

Map of Instagrammable Places

Here is a map of Sedona photo spots.

You can click here to view the live version!

Instagrammable Places in Sedona Map

List of Best Sedona Instagram Spots

  1. Red Rock Crossing
  2. Lover’s Knoll
  3. Secret Slickrock
  4. Yavapai Vista Point
  5. Airport Mesa
  6. Boynton Pass Road
  7. Cathedral Rock Vortex
  8. Devil’s Bridge
  9. Soldier Pass – 7 Sacred Pools
  10. Bear Mountain
  11. Brins Mesa
  12. Bell Rock
  13. Courthouse Butte Loop
  14. Doe Mountain
  15. Sugar Loaf Trail
  16. Schnebly Hill Vista
  17. Merry Go Round
  18. Canyon Breeze Restaurant
  19. Local Juicery
  20. Open Range Grill & Tavern
  21. Indian Gardens Cafe & Market
  22. Oak Creek Canyon – West Fork Trail
  23. Keyhole Cave
  24. Birthing Cave
  25. Hideout Cave
  26. Subway Cave
  27. Tlaquepaque
  28. Amitabha Stupa and Peace Park
  29. Chapel of the Holy Cross
  30. Uptown Sedona
  31. Amara Resort and Spa
  32. Enchantment Resort

We’re going to dive into all of these Instagrammable places now!

To keep things organized, I broke down all the photo spots into categories. That way, you can easily refer to this blog as you’re planning out photoshoots and such!

Instagram Spots in Sedona that Don’t Require Hiking

Let’s start with the easy stuff because no, you don’t need to hike your way through Sedona to get beautiful pictures!

#1 Lover’s Knoll

I LOVE Lover’s Knoll for sunset or sunrise!

What makes this one of the best Instagram spots in Sedona is how easy it is to get there and the views it offers. I call it a bang for your buck kind of place.

You can find Lover’s Knoll along Upper Red Rock Loop Road.

There’s enough parking for about 4 cars, so get there early!

Lover’s Knoll is one of the best places in Sedona for engagement photos too! Make sure you snap some pics for your Instagram Stories ;).

#2 Red Rock Crossing

Red Rock Crossing is an AMAZING photo spot for sunset!

Sure, you can hike here using Baldwin Trail, but you can also get to Red Rock crossing through the Crescent Moon Day Use Site ($11). 

When you arrive, you’ll be able to photograph Cathedral Rock in all its glory.

Of course, Red Rock Crossing is a famous swimming hole and easy Sedona hike.

Red Rock Crossing is one of the most popular Sedona photography locations so plan accordingly.

#3 Secret Slickrock Trail

Secret Slickrock can be accessed by walking Secret Slickrock Trail.

The less than half a mile trek will take you to a tucked-away vista with sweeping views of Cathedral Rock.

It’s considered one of the most scenic spots in Sedona.

And while it’s a “hike,” you don’t have to do much to get there at all.

Perfect Sedona sunset hike that requires 0 effort on your part!

You can find the trailhead along Chavez Ranch Road, and it will take an incredibly easy 0.3-miles to get to this spot. 

When you get here, you’ll notice that you’ll be ABOVE Red Rock Crossing! 

#4 Yavapai Vista Point

This best Sedona photo spot is super underrated and often looked over. Located along Highway 179, the Yavapai Vista Point will give you views of Bell Rock, Courthouse Butte, and the canyons beyond.

To get to the point, you’ll park in the designated parking and walk a short, well-marked path.

You have the option of stopping along any of the vistas as you please!

#5 Airport Mesa

Airport Mesa vortex is located in the heart of Sedona and is a fantastic place for a Sedona photoshoot!

When you walk up the short Overlook Trail to the top of the mesa, you’ll be rewarded with some of the best views in Sedona, 360 style!

The walk up from the Overlook parking is about 100-feet.

That’s 360 views worth of Insta pics right there.

#6 Boynton Pass Road

Want some Instagram pics of your car or you wandering into the road? We all know the photos I’m talking about, lol. Drive down Boynton Pass Road!

The surrounding mountains are larger than life!

Grab a 24-70 lens for decent photo compression and snap away.

This is one of the best Instagram spots in Sedona because it’s easy to get to AND offers views of the hot air balloons in the morning. 

Be careful when parking on the pull-offs!

Instagrammable Hikes

Seeing that Sedona is known for its hiking, it’s only fair that we cover the most Instagrammable trails you can explore!

Pro Tip: Some Sedona trails require a Red Rock Pass ($5). You can purchase a pass online or at the trailhead. If you have your America the Beautiful Pass you can use that instead!

#7 Cathedral Rock Vortex

Cathedral Rock Vortex is probably considered one of the best Instagram spots in Sedona, AZ.

I mean, this hike is full of fantastic sunset photo spots.

If you choose to make the mile and a half hike to the top, you’ll have the opportunity to take photos at the main overlook or the “secret” red rock pillar!

This is one of the most popular trails in Sedona, so plan accordingly!

#8 Devil’s Bridge

Devil’s Bridge is another Sedona classic!

Hike here to explore one of the best sunrise photo locations in the area and to score a photo of you looking bad@$$ walking across the natural Bridge.

While you won’t get much variety with your pictures, it’s still worth the visit! 

#9 Soldier Pass—7 Sacred Pools

Soldier Pass Trail has various landmarks like Devil’s Kitchen and the secret arches.

However, one of the best photo spots in Sedona happens to be along this trail: Seven Sacred Pools.

The Seven Sacred Pools perfectly align with the surrounding red rocks in a way that makes all of us photo nerds out there all giddy inside. 

To learn how to find the secret cave and what to expect on trail, read my Soldier Pass Trail blog!

Pro Tip: Come to photograph them after some rain when the pools are full. 

#10 Bear Mountain

Hiking Bear Mountain isn’t for the faint of heart.

But if you’re feeling adventurous and want a real sunrise adventure, you’ll like this photo spot.

Hike this trail to capture some golden light and one of the best views in Sedona for hot air balloons that launch every morning!

Bear Mountain Trail is also very photogenic, considering how many overlooks it offers hikers.

#11 Brins Mesa

Brins Mesa Trail will take you up and up through the red rocks until you reach an overlook that gives you views of the famous Sphinx Rock.

Fun fact: you can also take this trail to Soldier Pass for an Instagram photo double whammy. Hike Brins Mesa early in the morning for the best light and to get some of the best photo ops in Sedona.

#12 Bell Rock

Bell Rock Vortex was named after its bell shape (pretty obvious, huh), which just so happens to make it one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona.

You can capture Bell Rock from a distance or make the Bell Rock Climb Trail to get to the top of the red rock, which offers the best views, in my opinion!

#13 Courthouse Butte Loop

Doing this easy hike can take you between some of the most popular Sedona photo spots, such as Courthouse Butte and Bell Rock.

Along your walk, you’ll notice that Bell Rock, and Courthouse Butte will tower over you.

It’s so pretty!

This is an excellent Sedona photo spot for hikers who want action shots of them on trial! 

#14 Doe Mountain

If you’re looking for an easy hike to snap your Instagram photos, try Doe Mountain! This trail leads you up to a flat mesa with views of Sedona in every direction!

It’s an excellent spot for a picnic and some cute picnic pics too ;).

Try Doe Mountain for sunrise and snap away!

#15 Sugar Loaf Trail

Sugarloaf Trail is a naturally photogenic trail from the start.

With the option to head towards Thunder Mountain or the towering Chimney Rocks, taking this trail to some of the best Sedona photos spots is easy!

Sugarloaf looks amazing during sunrise.

My favorite Instagrammable views are from the tops of the surrounding red rock formations.

#16 Oak Creek Canyon – West Fork Trail

West Fork Trail is one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona, ESPECIALLY in the fall!

The Oak Creek Canyon is lush with foliage that’ll make you want to move to the desert!

Take photos in or around the creek for fairytale forest vibes.

Off-Roading Photo Spots

Like a good adventure? Grab your 4×4 and check out these off-roading spots for Instagram worthy photos!

Click here to book your own 4×4!

#17 Schnebly Hill Vista

Schnebly Hill Vista is an AMAZING Arizona overlook and rightfully deserves a list on Sedona Instagram spots.

The sunsets here are unbeatable!

The only tricky part about getting there is having a 4×4, high clearance vehicle or taking a long hike there. If you don’t feel like renting a jeep of your own, book a Jeep Tour to take you there!

Click here to book a Jeep Tour!

#18 Merry Go Round/ Munds Wagon Trail

Merry Go Round is a GORGEOUS vista located near Schnebly Hill. It’s one of the best Sedona photo spots for sunset and offers unique views you won’t get elsewhere!

Unfortunately, like Schnebly Hill, you have to off-road here via your own rental vehicle or take a Jeep Tour.

So your last option is to hike the Cow Pie Trail to this epic Instagram spot in Sedona!

Most Instagrammable Restaurants in Sedona

Sedona is home to beautiful restaurants and quaint cafes, too—let’s get into the most Instagrammable places in Sedona for foodies ones!

#19 Canyon Breeze Restaurant

If you want to visit a restaurant that’s Instagrammable and gives off romantic vibes, head to Canyon Breeze Restaurant!

Their outdoor seating area is to die for since it aligns with Sedona’s beautiful red rocks.

Coming here for a sunset dinner is the perfect way to cap off a Sedona itinerary, FYI.

So come here, grab a burger, and watch a Sedona sunset.

#20 Local Juicery

Enjoy a juice and fresh acai bowl while taking your Insta pics!

Local Juicery makes for one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona with its clean, bright interior and green hanging plants.

Try to get a seat at one of their benches and have someone take an Instagram picture of you with your back to the plant wall for the best photos.

#21 Open Range Grill & Tavern

Calling all foodies! Who feels like enjoying fajitas while snapping some pics?

Not just me, I hope! Open Range Grill & Tavern is located in the Sedona Uptown area and is one of the best Sedona photo spots for all you foodies out there.

So snag a seat by the windows for the best views and photo opportunities!

Pro Tip: Usually the restaurants in the Uptown area offer great sunset views, so plan your dinners around there.

#22 Indian Gardens Cafe & Market

Indian Gardens Cafe & Market is located off the 89A.

UGH. It’s so adorable.

If you’re a lover of cute cafes, head to this Sedona Instagram spot for some pics of you and your coffee surrounded by the lushness of Oak Creek Canyon!

Grab a space on the patio for the best pictures and snag one of their fresh-baked pastries or a vegan donut for some cute foodie pics!

Secret Caves

Wanna hunt for one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona? Give one of these “secret” caves a try!

#23 Keyhole Cave

The hike to Keyhole Cave requires some bushwacking and route finding, but this has to be one of the best places to take pictures in Sedona.

Located off Sugarloaf Trail, Keyhole Cave features a massive cave formation that perfectly frames its surrounding red rock formations.

We love some framing photos here.

#24 Birthing Cave

Birthing Cave makes for one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona because of its unique shape!

But grab your wide-angle lens!

Capturing the Birthing cave and all of its tear-drop-shaped goodness definitely requires at least a 16-35mm camera lens. 

The Birthing Cave is another great sunrise photo location—that’s when it’s bound to have fewer visitors too.

#25 Hide Out Cave

Hide Out Cave is in a tucked-away part of Sedona, AZ.

It’s a fantastic Instagram spot in Sedona because of its “window” like viewpoints.

While other Sedona caves are supermassive, Hide Out cave is much smaller and almost feels like you’re in someone’s little desert cubby, ha!

Once parked, you’ll take a short trail to get here: 3 miles RT or 0.3 miles RT if you have a 4×4.

#26 Subway Cave

The Subway Cave can be found along the Boynton Pass Trail.

It’s considered one of the best Sedona photo spots because of the cave’s unique structure!

It’s tubular and looks as if a subway passed right through the red rocks to cave out the most perfect viewing window. 

Instagram Spots Featuring Arts & Culture

Don’t sleep on these photogenic Sedona gems! They’re full of Instagram worthy photo opportunities.

#27 Tlaquepaque (Unique Sedona Instagram Spot)

Tlaquepaque is a gorgeous arts village in the heart of Sedona. It’s known for its shops and restaurants, but OOF.

Take pictures around the fountain area or the lush walls covered in greenery.

Another option is waiting until the evening when all the string lights come on! This village is an Instagrammer’s dream! It’s a popular Sedona AZ photography location for portrait shoots, too.

#28 Amitabha Stupa and Peace Park

Created for prayer and meditation, The Amitabha Stupa Peace Park is considered one of Sedona’s “jewels.” Surrounded by red spires and junipers, you’ll find the Peace Park to be one of the best Instagram spots in Sedona!

However, keep in mind that this park is used for prayer, so please be respectful during your visit!

#29 Chapel of the Holy Cross

Chapel of the Holy Cross is undoubtedly one of the most popular Sedona attractions.

BUT its beautiful architecture built into the red rocks makes for some fantastic Instagrammable photos. You can also take the Chapel Trail to get a different view of the surrounding area or hike to the famous and photogenic Chicken Point.

#30 Uptown Sedona

Looking for some more city vibes? Then check out Uptown!

Uptown is one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona with its adorable shopping center and bustling Main Street.

For the best photos, walk around and see what hidden gems you can find.

Make sure you get here early, though! Parking fills up quickly.

Instagram Worthy Hotels in Sedona

Want a luxury desert getaway AND a reason to photograph your stay? You’re going to love these Instagram worthy hotels in Sedona!

#31 Amara Resort and Spa

The Amara Resort and Spa pool area is *chef’s kiss*.

The designers created it to look like part of Oak Creek, with incredibly lush plants blocking obstructing views.

You’ll feel like you’re in your own little world in the red rocks! The entire property is beautiful and photographs well early in the morning or evening.

Click here to book a stay at Amara Resort!

#32 Enchantment Resort

The Enchantment Resort in Sedona is a gorgeous Sedona getaway that is FULL of Instagram photo opportunities.

You can take pool pictures while admiring the red rocks, get images from indoors along one of their floor or ceiling windows—it never ends!

The outdoor area lights up in the evening and looks like something out of a Hollywood movie. 

Click here to book your stay at the Enchantment Resort!

Next Steps for Your Sedona, Arizona Adventure

Sedona as a whole is an Arizona gem to be admired!

There are countless Sedona photo spots, and even if you somehow didn’t go to one on this list, you’re sure to admire Sedona’s beauty as soon as you step foot in the place. 

Be sure to check out my Sedona travel guide and other Arizona blogs:

The post 32 Most Instagrammable Places in Sedona + Where to Find Them appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/instagrammable-places-sedona/feed/ 0 52990
Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon Itinerary – 5 Day AZ Road Trip https://dani-the-explorer.com/phoenix-sedona-grand-canyon-itinerary/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/phoenix-sedona-grand-canyon-itinerary/#respond Tue, 25 Apr 2023 14:32:46 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53238 Arizona has a lot to see, whether it’s national parks, canyons, urban sprawl, hot pink skies, or the famous saguaro cactus. Wow, don’t you wish there were a way to see it all? There is! One of the most bucket-list-worthy Arizona adventures you can embark on is a Phoenix Sedona Grand Canyon itinerary! This sort […]

The post Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon Itinerary – 5 Day AZ Road Trip appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Arizona has a lot to see, whether it’s national parks, canyons, urban sprawl, hot pink skies, or the famous saguaro cactus. Wow, don’t you wish there were a way to see it all? There is! One of the most bucket-list-worthy Arizona adventures you can embark on is a Phoenix Sedona Grand Canyon itinerary!

This sort of road trip features the best of AZ, with the perfect balance of adventure time and sightseeing. Sounds yummy, right?

In this blog, I’m pulling from my experience as a local to help you plan an epic Phoenix Sedona Grand Canyon trip that’ll have you see some of the best destinations Arizona has to offer and then some!

And as if these three epic spots weren’t enough, the in-between destinations are even better. So don’t worry, you’ll see exactly what I’m talking about very soon.

When you’re done with this blog, you should read these Southwest guides:

Sooooo, let’s begin! First, we’ll start with some details on how to plan your trip then we’ll jump into the itinerary.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon Trip

  • 🌵When to Go: February to May. Summer is a bit too hot!
  • Distance from Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon: About 230 miles
  • ⏰Trip Length: 5 Days 
  • ✈Fly: For the best tickets, check KAYAK. Fly into Phoenix, AZ, to start your trip!
  • 🚗Rental Car: KAYAK can help you find the best rental car prices! You will not need a 4×4.
  • 🚐Rental Campervan: Rent a campervan using Outdoorsy!
  • 🏨Stay: We’ll discuss where to stay for each day in your itinerary!
  • 🎟Fees: Red Rock pass for Sedona ($5) and National Park entry ($35). Bypass both fees with an America The Beautiful Pass ($79.99).

The Phoenix to the Grand Canyon drive time is about 4 hours, but this trip is best enjoyed when split into 5 days. 5 days will give you enough time to see all the best AZ attractions without rushing.

Arizona Trip Map

Here is a map I made for you to reference! You can click here to see a live version of that map that you can reference during your road trip.

Your Phoenix Sedona Grand Canyon Itinerary

Now that you understand how to best road trip Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon National Park, we’ll discuss the itinerary! The best scenic drive from Phoenix to Grand Canyon National Park will be along the I17, including stops in Sedona and Flagstaff.

That’s why your itinerary is organized the way it is! Let’s dive in!

Each day is split into morning, afternoon, and evening itineraries.

Day 1 Phoenix to Sedona, AZ

Morning to Afternoon

After arriving in Arizona through the Phoenix Sky Harbor Airport, grab your rental car and make your way north to Sedona. You’ll get your first mountain views while passing through Black Canyon during your drive.

BUT, the real magic begins when you enter Red Rock Country. You’ll spend one day in Sedona but it’ll be amazing!

Once there, you’ll be greeted with your first views of Sedona red rock formations—what a treat! Ultimately passing through Sedona and taking the Red Rock Scenic Byway will be the best scenic drive from Phoenix to Grand Canyon National Park.

So you won’t want to skip this!

Once you’ve gotten to Sedona, opt for a hike! There are a plethora of Sedona hiking trails you can explore. Here are some of the popular choices:

  • Devil’s Bridge Trail — 4.2 mile round trip hike from Dry Creek Road. Brings you to a natural bridge you can walk on. 
  • Bell Rock Vortex — A unique adventure that takes you around and to the top of one of Sedona’s vortexes.
  • Soldier Pass — Great trail for adventurous hikers. Features secret arches, 7 Sacred Pools, and more! 4 miles round trip.

Make sure you bring sunscreen, a hat, sturdy hiking boots, and a good camera (Sony a6400 or Sony a7RIII)!

If you want to squeeze in multiple hikes today, I suggest going with an easy Sedona hike for now!

Afternoon to Evening

Alas, your Phoenix, Sedona and Grand Canyon itinerary continues! Red Rock Crossing is a famous Sedona sunset hike and is worth the visit.

You’ll be in awe of the view you get of Cathedral Rock from afar! The most beautiful orange and red light dances on the rocks: a sight you will never forget.

Alternatively, you can take the classic Cathedral Rock Vortex trail — an iconic hike to one of the best red rock views! Hike is 1.4 miles round trip.

The easiest way to get here will be through the Crescent Moon Day Use Site ($11). If you come here earlier, you can spend the day swimming before sunset hits.

And hey! If you want to spend more time in Sedona, I recommend checking out my guide on how to spend 3 days in Sedona.

After spending a day hiking in Sedona, it’s time to move on to Flagstaff! You’ll spend one night in Flagstaff before heading to the Grand Canyon.

Day 2 Halfway Point in Your Phoenix Sedona Grand Canyon Itinerary

View of Humphreys Peak during a Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon trip

Morning

Before you depart, you can do a morning hike in Sedona to kick off the day! Doe Mountain Trail for sunrise is an easy option.

Alternatively, you can hike to Birthing Cave, which is also excellent for sunrise. If that doesn’t suit you, then head straight to Flagstaff.

I love Flagstaff for many reasons: it’s a cute ski town, has great places to eat, and is COVERED with wildflowers every spring. And guess what? It’s a famous hiking city too.

But before we get into all of that, start your day in Flagstaff at a Flagstaff staple: Macy’s European Coffeehouse. So grab a latte or hot apple cider, a muffin, or scone, and enjoy!

Macy’s is located in the heart of Flagstaff, allowing you to explore the downtown area when you’re done.

Afternoon

There are many things to do in Flagstaff, but I recommend seeing an Arizona hidden gem: Grand Falls!

Grand Falls has to be one of the most underrated spots in Northern Arizona! Picture a giant waterfall cascading into the Colorado River, and you’ll be envisioning something half as good as Grand Falls.

This waterfall only flows when enough snowmelt from the mountains, so you need to time your Arizona road trip just right! This is another reason why spring is an excellent time to go.

Your drive to Grand Falls will take about an hour on a dirt road. Once there, you can explore the main viewpoint and take a ton of pictures!

Evening

If you have time, head to the Humphreys Peak area (Snowbowl), which is about a 30-minute drive from the center of Flagstaff. Once there, you’ll get to admire the San Francisco peaks and Arizona’s tallest mountain, Humphrey, in all of its glory!

Afterwards, head to dinner and call it a night.

At some point during the day you might want to stop at a grocery store to get some food and snacks for your day at the Grand Canyon!

Day 3 Grand Canyon National Park South Rim

Morning

If you wake up early enough and are comfortable making the drive up, get out of Flagstaff early and head to Mather Point! Mather Point is one of the best spots for sunrise in the Grand Canyon and is sure to be a showstopper!

Yavapai Point is another excellent choice too. 

Afternoon

The best views of the Grand Canyon come from hiking below the rim! An easy option is hiking South Kaibab Trail to Ooh Aah Point.

This is a 1.8 miles round trip journey. Beware that hiking down is the easy point, but hiking back up will be the real test!

You really can’t beat the views from South Kaibab, so if you were debating this trail or Bright Angel, go with South Kaibab.

Evening

Hopi Point will undoubtedly be busy when you get there to watch the sunset, but the views are spectacular! Expect the Canyon to glow in the most gorgeous purples, and reds that look like someone is hand-painting the view right before your eyes.

Another choice is to go to Mohave or Yavapai Point if you didn’t see one of them earlier in the day.

After your sunset mission, get some sleep! Tomorrow will be a long drive day.

Day 4 Make Your Way Back to Phoenix

Morning

A four-hour drive will lead you back to Phoenix, Arizona. Don’t worry, though, we’ll break your drive up a bit before you go!

BUT, if you want to make your way to Utah for an Arizona Utah road trip, you can do that too ;).

Before you officially leave, stop at one of the Grand Canyon viewpoints for one last look at the Canyon’s beauty! If you feel like you’ve seen enough, you can skip this and start your drive back to Phoenix. 

Afternoon

At about the 2 hours and 45-minute mark, you will have passed Flagstaff and Sedona. To see something new, head to Jerome!

Jerome is an old mining town located in the mountains. It’s known for its “haunted” destinations, among other things. Stop here to walk about the charming main street area and grab some food!

A popular destination is The Haunted Hamburger.

In about 2 more hours, you’ll arrive in Scottsdale, AZ! This is where you’ll spend the night and spend your last day in Arizona.

Once you’ve arrived, check in at your hotel! Before check-in, leave your luggage with the front desk and head over to Old Town if you have some time.

Evening

Old Town Scottsdale is an easy place to explore after all the driving you just did. You can head to dinner at one of their restaurants like Diego Pops or Canal Club, do some shopping, or walk around to some of the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale.

P.S. You should also read my guide on things to do in Scottsdale, AZ!

Of course, if you’re in the mood for a drink Old Town Scottsdale has an excellent nightlife!

Day 5 Last Day of Your Phoenix to Grand Canyon Road Trip

Morning to Afternoon

There are tons of fantastic day trips from Scottsdale, but for your last day in AZ, I suggest you head to the Superstition Mountains. The Supers are a mountain range unique to Arizona and often skipped over when folks visit!

This day trip from Scottsdale is about a 45 minute drive.

You can choose to hike around Flat Iron in Lost Dutchman State Park or take a boat ride in Canyon Lake. However, my favorite thing to do in the Superstitions, and what I recommend for your Arizona road trip, is taking a ride up towards Tortilla Flats and the Apache Trail.

The drive will blow you away and be a great way to see it!

P.S. You should also read my post on how to spend one day in Phoenix!

Some popular hiking trails in these mountains include Peralta Trail and the Wave Cave.

Evening

Once you’re done in the Supers, you can head back to Old Town Scottsdale or your hotel. If you’re in the mood to do something else, drive to the Desert Botanical Gardens or catch the sunset at the McDowell Sonoran Preserve!

But, of course, you can also relax at your hotel and prepare to depart tomorrow.

Day 6 Depart Arizona

Depending on how much time you have today, you can totally do something else in the Scottsdale area like a sunrise hot air balloon ride (adventurous, ha!), or relax at your hotel before leaving.

But today is when you’ll be making your trip back home!

While there is so much more to see in Arizona, hopefully this road trip gave you a good taste of what the state has to offer! I know you’ll enjoy your Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon trip!

If you are spending more time in the Southwest, check out my other Southwest guides! Here are some posts I recommend reading next:

Happy exploring :)!

The post Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon Itinerary – 5 Day AZ Road Trip appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/phoenix-sedona-grand-canyon-itinerary/feed/ 0 53238
Red Rock Crossing Vortex Sedona: How to Find It & Map https://dani-the-explorer.com/red-rock-crossing-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/red-rock-crossing-sedona/#respond Tue, 25 Apr 2023 13:50:11 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53504 Okay, let’s be honest. Sedona, AZ, is pretty impressive for many reasons, but sometimes, you don’t want to hike all over the place, which is what Sedona is known for! What if I told you that there’s a magical little spot in Sedona where you can feel vortex energy, take a swim, AND marvel at […]

The post Red Rock Crossing Vortex Sedona: How to Find It & Map appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Okay, let’s be honest. Sedona, AZ, is pretty impressive for many reasons, but sometimes, you don’t want to hike all over the place, which is what Sedona is known for! What if I told you that there’s a magical little spot in Sedona where you can feel vortex energy, take a swim, AND marvel at a glorious Sedona sunset? I’m talking about the Red Rock Crossing vortex. 

As part of Oak Creek, Red Rock Crossing is a famous Sedona swimming hole with an unobstructed view of Cathedral Rock. And it’s an easy Sedona hike, making it a favorite for travelers and locals alike.

If you’re coming to the area for the first time, you must visit Red Rock Crossing Sedona. Now, where things get a bit confusing, multiple routes will lead you there. Some are more straightforward than others, so I’m writing this blog! We’ll discuss the different ways for getting to Red Rock Crossing Sedona, AZ, and other must-know details for your trip there. 

If you’re currently planning a trip to Sedona, AZ, make sure you check out my other write-ups that can help:

Let’s get into it, starting with some tips for planning your trip to the vortex.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Trip to Red Rock Crossing Sedona

The Red Rock Crossing hike isn’t long and will take you just over half a mile to get there, regardless of which route you choose. All routes are relatively flat and take 10 to 15 minutes one way. So it’s pretty easy to get here!

And yes! You can swim at Red Rock Crossing, so you’ll want to pack a swimsuit. Here is a quick list of items to consider bringing:

✨Pack: comfy sandals, a swimsuit, a cute sun hat, a towel, sunscreen, a reusable water bottle

As far as when to go, Red Rock Crossing vortex Sedona is best enjoyed mid-day and at sunset! Sunset will cast a gorgeous red glow over Cathedral Rock, the red rock formation that towers over the Crossing.

And finally, make sure you purchase a Red Rock Pass ($5) or bring your America the Beautiful Pass to display on your dash.

That’s really all you need to know for planning a trip to the Crossing! Now let’s discuss the routes for getting there.

Verde Valley Road Route

  • Baldwin Trailhead: 34.8217445,-111.8080694
  • Route: Verde Valley to Red Rock Crossing Trail to Templeton Trail
  • Difficulty: Easy
  • Distance: 1.4 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Crossing: 10 to 15 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: 50 feet
  • Parking at Trail: Minimal with about 15 spaces
  • Best Light: Sunset
  • Red Rock Pass required? Yes

To begin your hike, park at the Baldwin Trailhead. Then, hang a left and walk down Verde Valley Road until you get to Oak Creek. Depending on what time of day you go, you’ll undoubtedly see other visitors swimming here, so you’ll know that you’re in the right place! 

Go right and walk along Red Rock Crossing Trail for 0.5 miles to Templeton Trail, then Templeton 0.2 miles to Buddha Beachand that’s it!

As an alternative, rather than turn right onto Red Rock Crossing Trail, you can cross the creek at the end of Verde Valley Road. After crossing the creek, you’ll be at the Crescent Moon Day Use Site.

From here, turn right and walk to Buddha Beach. Warning, this can be hard to follow if you haven’t been here before or if the water levels are too high.

This path is the best “hiking” route if you want an easy peasy way to get to the vortex. 

Baldwin Trail to Templeton Trail Route

  • Baldwin Trailhead: 34.8217445,-111.8080694
  • Route: Baldwin Trail to Red Rock Crossing Trail to Templeton Trail 
  • Difficulty: Easy
  • Distance: 1.4 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Crossing: 10 to 15 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: 50 feet
  • Parking at Trail: Minimal with about 15 spaces
  • Best Light: Sunset
  • Red Rock Pass required? Yes

Ready for more of an adventure? Park at the Baldwin Trailhead and jump onto Baldwin Trail. Hike about 0.3 miles until you get to Red Rock Crossing Trail. Walk Red Rock Crossing Trail 0.2 miles until you get to Templeton Trail. 

From Templeton, walk 0.2 miles to Buddha Beach. Boom! You’re there.

I call it an “adventure” because it includes two trail junctions. It’s still easy to navigate, though!

Probably the best part about hiking this trail is that you’ll be rewarded with an amazing view of Cathedral Rock along Baldwin Trail. It’s a little bonus the other routes don’t offer!

Crescent Moon Picnic Site

If everything I just said about the Baldwin area is too much of a hassle, no problem! You can get to Red Rock Crossing Sedona without parking in the Baldwin lot. Instead, drive to the Crescent Moon Picnic Site and pay the $11 fee! 

To get to the Crossing area, you will walk on a sidewalk. Please note that this area is CASH ONLY.

Your America the Beautiful Pass and Red Rock Passes will not get you in. This is an entirely separate entrance fee.

Choosing the picnic area route is the easiest way to get to the Red Rock Crossing vortex, but that means many more people will choose this option, and you should expect crowds!

If you’re a photo lover, Crescent Moon Picnic Site features a cute barn area, making it one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona!

Tips for Getting to Red Rock Crossing Vortex

So now that you know how to get to Red Rock Crossing Sedona let’s cap things off with some final tips for getting to the vortex!

Visit Red Rock Crossing Vortex at Sunset

If you want the best light for photos, you’ll want to get to Red Rock Crossing for sunset. My best advice would be to spend an afternoon here: have a picnic, or come for a dip after a hike, and stay until the sun goes down!

If you want to see how to incorporate Red Rock Crossing into your trip, read my Sedona 3 Day Itinerary blog!

Be Flexible

Because the vortex is popular, you might get to the Day Use Site or trailhead parking and realize it’s at full capacity. In that case, you’ll have to turn around and try to park elsewhere, which could ultimately change what route you take to the Crossing.

So be flexible with your plans! Additionally, you can try hiking Airport Mesa Vortex for an even easier hike.

Hike Cathedral Rock

You can park at the Baldwin Trailhead, hike up to Cathedral Rock, and jump in the Crossing afterward! This adventure is a great way to see two great Sedona vortexes in one sitting.

If you want to learn more about the Cathedral Rock vortex hike, I have a whole write-up you can read! Additionally, you can hike Bell Rock Vortex for an entirely different adventure.

Final Thoughts on Red Rock Crossing

Regardless of which route you take to get to the Red Rock Crossing vortex, I know you’ll enjoy it! The entire Buddha Beach area is a marvel, and not to mention, having a swimming hole in the middle of Sedona makes this desert town that much more magical! 

But hey! Let’s make your trip to Sedona even more memorable! Next, read my Sedona Travel Guide for First-Timers for tips on where to stay, where to eat, etc., then head to my Best Sedona Hikes for Sunrise and Sunset blog for more trail inspo!

Happy exploring :)!

The post Red Rock Crossing Vortex Sedona: How to Find It & Map appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/red-rock-crossing-sedona/feed/ 0 53504
Hiking Sugarloaf Trail Sedona: Most Underrated & Beautiful Hike https://dani-the-explorer.com/sugarloaf-trail-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/sugarloaf-trail-sedona/#respond Sat, 15 Apr 2023 18:23:05 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53834 Sugarloaf Trail Sedona has to be one of the most underrated hikes in the area. With its minimal crowds, and 360 views, it’s the perfect place to enjoy the beauty and of Sedona. If places like Cathedral Rock Vortex and Devil’s Bridge sound a bit too “cliche” for your Sedona adventure, then you really need […]

The post Hiking Sugarloaf Trail Sedona: Most Underrated & Beautiful Hike appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Sugarloaf Trail Sedona has to be one of the most underrated hikes in the area. With its minimal crowds, and 360 views, it’s the perfect place to enjoy the beauty and of Sedona.

If places like Cathedral Rock Vortex and Devil’s Bridge sound a bit too “cliche” for your Sedona adventure, then you really need to get Sugarloaf on your list. The best part about it? Because it’s so open and scenic, you can enjoy this hike for sunrise OR sunset.

Interested in going, yet? I hope so! Let’s dive into everything you need to know about this underrated Sedona hike.

When you’re done with this post, make sure you read my other awesome Sedona blogs (I can say that because I wrote them ;)):

girl watching sunrise over sugarloaf trail in sedona arizona

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Sugarloaf Summit Trail Fast Facts

map of sugarloaf summit trail in sedona arizona
  • Sugarloaf Trailhead: 34.8775908,-111.7969803
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: 0.4 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Summit: 15 to 30 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: 250 feet
  • Parking: Parking is limited
  • Best Light: Sunrise
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes

As you can see, Sugarloaf Summit Trail (Sugarloaf Mountain Trail on some maps) sits smack dab in the middle of a loopty loop—Sugarloaf Loop Trail. While Sugarloaf Loop is fun, I personally enjoy getting to the summit via Teacup Trail!

Teacup Trail is pretty easy to follow and has minimal elevation gain. For those reasons, I’m confident you’ll like that route too.

So for the duration of this blog, we’ll cover getting to Sugarloaf Summit Trail via Teacup Trail. 

Cool? Let’s go!

Planning Your Hike

  • 🌞When To Go: Sunrise or sunset is a great time to hike up Sugarloaf Mountain
  • ⛈When To Avoid: Avoid Sugarloaf Mountain during a storm—the trail can become slick and dangerous!
  • 🚙Where To Park: Park at the Sugarloaf Trailhead lot
  • 🌵What Do You See?: At the top of Sugarloaf Mountain Sedona, you’ll see Chimney Rock, Coffee Pot Rock, and 360 views of Sedona

I want to let you know that while you can hike Sugarloaf Mountain at sunset, sunrise is preferred! From my experience, that’s when the most beautiful light is cast in the area.

If you need some ideas for sunset hikes in Sedona, I have a blog on that!

This can be a great trail to take them on if you have a dog. Again, that is pulling from my experience, but you know your dog’s abilities best!

And finally, you should know that the parking lot for Sugarloaf Trail is fairly small. So getting there early can help you secure a spot! 

A Red Rock Pass is required. However, you can avoid it by bringing your America the Beautiful pass!

Also, the parking lot is smack in the middle of a neighborhood, so please be respectful! Parking on the street will earn you a ticket, so don’t try it.

Hiking Sugarloaf Mountain via Teacup Trail

map of teacup trail to sugarloaf mountain sedona arizona
  • Sugarloaf Trailhead: 34.8775908,-111.7969803
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: 1.6 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Summit: 30 minutes to an hour
  • Elevation Gain: 250 feet
  • Parking: Parking is limited
  • Best Light: Sunrise
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes

Once you park at the Sugarloaf Trailhead lot you’ll begin your hike! From here, go ahead and jump right onto Teacup Trail. You’ll notice that the path is pretty flat and easy to follow!

You might walk over some bumpy red rocks, but you’ll only be here for a little bit.

Around 0.3 miles, you’ll come to a junction where Thunder Mountain Trail meets Teacup Trail. Stay RIGHT, taking Teacup Trail. 

Now pay attention. In about 0.1 miles, you’ll hit Sugarloaf LOOP trail. You want to make sure you’re going clockwise on the loop, so you should take the LEFTMOST path.

Once you do that, it’s about 0.1 miles to Sugarloaf Mountain Trail. And you’re almost done! Once you’re on Sugarloaf Mountain Trail, you have 0.2 miles and 250 feet of gain to the top. 

You should read: The Best Easy Hikes in Sedona, Arizona

Woohoo!

Where to Take the Best Photos

When I went up Sugarloaf Trail Sedona, I found that all the best photos were on the tippy top. So while you’re there, you can spot some famous Sedona red rocks in the distance. 

These include Chimney Rock and Coffee Pot Rock.

At the top of the mountain, you’ll have 360 views of Sedona.

In a way, Sugarloaf Mountain reminds me of Doe Mountain, BUT I think the views are much better here. 

What to Pack

At the end of the day, the hike to the top of Sugarloaf Mountain is pretty short! You won’t be on the trail for very long, so packing will be easy!

Here are some items I recommend you take with you on your hike.

A Good Camera

Duh! This is the perfect spot for photos. Heck, it might be one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona!

Of course, you can use your iPhone, but me being me, I usually pack my big boi cam. To see a list of all the camera gear I use, read my blogger camera gear post!

Sun Coverage

Gosh, this tip applies to just about every Sedona hike, but get yourself some sun coverage!

That Arizona sun will COOK YOU. And it is not fun, trust me. I love red rocks, but I don’t wanna look like one, ya know?

I use Elta MD sunscreen because they don’t leave a white cast on my skin, are great for acne-prone peeps, and feel boujee and luxurious on the face.

A sunscreen that makes you love sunscreen? Yes, please!

Sturdy AF Hiking Boots

I know, I KNOW, hiking boots can be clunky and chunky, and you probably don’t like them because they cramp your style. 

But, boo, LISTEN. Sedona trails, in general, are rocky AF, and stubbing your toes on them things is, OOF, painful. 

Now, I’m a clumsy h* and tend to stub said rocks more times than I’d like to admit. KEEN Targhees are the only hiking boots that COMFORTABLY protect my feet and give me enough grip that I’m not walking around like a gangly Gumpy impersonator. 

You feel me?

Anyhoot, 10/10 recommend. 

Final Tips for Hiking Sugarloaf Trail Sedona

Let’s wrap this bad boy up with some parting tips! If they’re anything like the rest of this blog, they’ll be laced with bad jokes and some useful gems you can walk away with.

Make It a Loop

If you want a longer hike, make this excursion a loop! After hiking up Sugarloaf Mountain, make a right and continue your adventure along Sugarloaf Loop Trail!

Doing this will give you some additional views to admire and is a great way to spend the day. Adding the loop trail to your hike will be an extra 0.8 miles.

Plan Your Sunrise Excursion

Hiking up Sugarloaf Trail Sedona doesn’t take long! Most people can get to the top in 30 minutes to an hour.

If you choose to hike for sunrise, you will be walking in the dark. For that reason, I suggest bringing a headlamp with you AND giving yourself some extra time to get to the top.

With the trail junctions you’ll be navigating, an extra 30 minutes can do the trick!

Watch the Weather

If you plan on hiking up Sugarloaf Trail Sedona for sunrise or sunset, you need to watch the weather!

OOF! When the sky is gloomy, it is GLOOMY. And boo, I’m talking clouds so thick they’ll make you think of fondant.

If the weather is kind of meh, you can still hike this trail for the experience! But I wouldn’t have any grand expectations for lighting.

Explore the Area

Generally speaking, the surrounding Sugarloaf area has tons of trails and is fairly scenic. You can hike up Sugarloaf and spend some additional time exploring Coffee Pot Rock. 

Or, you can hunt for the secret Keyhole Cave! Heck, if you want to, you can take Teacup trail an additional 1.2 miles over to Soldier Pass trail!

Sedona is unique because a lot of the trails connect, and people don’t even know it!

I hope this blog gave you all the information you need to have a fun hike up Sugarloaf Mountain! If you enjoyed this blog, you might like my other Sedona posts!

I wrote all of them from my experience to help folks like you have the best experience possible. Check them out! 

The post Hiking Sugarloaf Trail Sedona: Most Underrated & Beautiful Hike appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/sugarloaf-trail-sedona/feed/ 0 53834
14 Unreal Easy Hikes in Sedona, Arizona (Local Recs) https://dani-the-explorer.com/easy-hikes-sedona-arizona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/easy-hikes-sedona-arizona/#respond Sat, 15 Apr 2023 17:35:38 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=55556 Welcome to Sedona, Arizona, a place where the beauty of nature is so breathtaking it almost seems unreal! The towering red rock formations, winding trails, and stunning scenery make Sedona, AZ a must-visit destination for anyone who loves the great outdoors. And while there are plenty of challenging hikes here, there are also easy hikes […]

The post 14 Unreal Easy Hikes in Sedona, Arizona (Local Recs) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Welcome to Sedona, Arizona, a place where the beauty of nature is so breathtaking it almost seems unreal! The towering red rock formations, winding trails, and stunning scenery make Sedona, AZ a must-visit destination for anyone who loves the great outdoors. And while there are plenty of challenging hikes here, there are also easy hikes that offer a more relaxed way to take in the beauty of this magical place.

As an Arizona native and hiker who has explored Sedona, AZ dozens of times over the last 15 years, I’m pulling from my experience to recommend what easy trails are “worth” your time.

So, put on your hiking shoes, grab your camera, and get ready to explore some of the most picturesque and best easy hikes in Sedona, Arizona! 

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Good to Know: Red Rock Passes

When hiking in Sedona, it’s important to note that many trails are on federal land managed by the U.S. Forest Service. Therefore, visitors must purchase a Red Rock Pass to help maintain the trails and preserve the area’s natural beauty.

The Red Rock Pass is a parking permit required for most of the trailheads in Sedona, including those in the Coconino National Forest and the Red Rock Ranger District.

The pass costs $5 per day or $15 weekly. It can be purchased at several locations throughout Sedona, including ranger stations, visitor centers, and many local businesses.

But hey! If you have an America The Beautiful Pass, you can use that instead.

Easy Hikes in Sedona That’ll Take Your Breath Away

Ready to start hiking?

Next we’ll dive into the best easy Sedona hikes! After this section, you’ll get a map with all the trailheads.

#1 Bell Rock Pathway

Bell Rock is one of Sedona’s most recognizable landmarks.

The Bell Rock Pathway offers an easy Sedona hike with stunning views of the red rock formations. The trail is 2.8 miles round trip, but you can turn back at any point to make the hike shorter.

Length: 2.8 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 475 feet

Fees: America the Beautiful Pass

Parking: Bell Rock Vista Trailhead

Bell Rock is one of Sedona’s most iconic natural landmarks, towering majestically over the surrounding landscape.

The Bell Rock Pathway offers an easy hike that takes you on a journey around the base of this incredible formation, providing stunning views of the red rocks from all angles.

And, of course, what makes this hike extra special is how up close and personal you get with Bell Rock. And guess what? It looks like a bell, duh! 

Make sure you have your Sony a7RIII camera ready because this hike is also highly photogenic, making it one of the most Instagrammable spots in Sedona— you’ll thank me later for the recommendation.

For a harder hike, you can do the Bell Rock Climb.

Next Read: Read my guide on the best camera gear next!

#2 Red Rock Crossing (Easy Sunset Hike in Sedona, AZ)

Suppose you’re looking for an easy hike in Sedona, AZ, with stunning views of Sedona’s red rocks.

In that case, the Red Rock Crossing Trail is an excellent choice!

The path is a leisurely 0.8-mile walk along Oak Creek, offering a peaceful and picturesque stroll through the beautiful Arizona landscape.

Truthfully, this is one of my favorite places in Sedona because you can swim and enjoy the incredible views!

Length: 0.8 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: Minimal

Fees: $10 per vehicle for parking

Parking: Red Rock Crossing/Crescent Moon Ranch

The hike’s highlight is the Red Rock Crossing, where the trail crosses the creek and provides a breathtaking view of Cathedral Rock. And pro tip— this is a fantastic Sedona sunset hike!

At the crossing, there are plenty of spots to take in the scenery and snap some photos.

You can even dip your toes in the cool water of Oak Creek or take a refreshing swim on a hot day.

To be honest, this hike isn’t really much of a “hike” at all, which actually adds to the enjoyment. When you arrive at Crescent Moon and park, you’ll follow the paved path to the Crossing.

You can turn this into more of a hike by parking at Verde Valley Road and taking Baldwin Trail.

Tip: Wear comfortable shoes and bring plenty of water, sunscreen, and a hat, as there is little shade on the trail.

#3 Fay Canyon Trail

The Fay Canyon Trail is an easy hike that’s just 2.4 miles round trip and offers beautiful views of Sedona’s red rocks.

The trail follows a scenic canyon that is pretty easy to navigate, especially for beginner hikers!

Length: 2.4 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 193 feet

Fees: America the Beautiful Pass

Parking: Fay Canyon Trailhead

One of the highlights of the hike is the opportunity to climb up to the scenic overlook, where you can take in the stunning views of the surrounding landscape.

From this vantage point, you’ll be able to see for miles around, with the red rocks stretching out before you in all directions.

The trail can be a bit rocky in some parts, so make sure you wear sturdy hiking boots when you go! Sunscreen and a hat would be great too.

Fun Fact: And guess what? There’s a Fay Canyon Arch hidden along the way—can you find it?

#4 Doe Mountain Trail

Doe Mountain is one of the best easy hikes in Sedona for many reasons.

One of them is the beautiful view you get at the top!

The trail is just 1.5 miles round trip and offers stunning panoramic views of Sedona’s red rocks. It’s a great Sedona sunrise hike too!

Length: 1.5 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 408 feet

Fees: America the Beautiful Pass

Parking: Doe Mountain Trailhead

The trail is easy to navigate since it consists of several switchbacks.

In fact, the hike can take at most 30 minutes to complete but will take the average hiker about 15.

Again, one of the highlights of the hike is the opportunity to climb up to the scenic overlook, where you can take in the stunning panoramic views of the surrounding landscape.

From this vantage point, you’ll be able to see for miles around, with the red rocks stretching out before you in all directions.

Tip: If you want to try something a bit harder, you can go across the street from the parking lot and hike Bear Mountain Trail!

#5 Birthing Cave Hike (Unique Easy Hike in Sedona, AZ)

The Birthing Cave hike is a unique and fascinating hike that takes you to a sacred Native American site in Sedona.

The trail to Birthing Cave is 1.9 miles round trip, so it’s a great option for a quick adventure on your Sedona itinerary.

Length: 1.9 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 242 feet

Fees: None

Parking: Long Canyon Trailhead

The start of the hike will have you crossing the desert until you hit the red rock wall your destinations lays ahead.

At the end of the hike, you can visit the Birthing Cave, known for its tear-drop shape!

The cave is nestled in the cliffs and offers stunning views of the surrounding landscape.

Getting inside the Birthing Cave requires a bit of a climb, but it’s well worth the effort.

Bring a 16-35mm f/4 lens to capture the entire cave! I also recommend a Sony a6400 for great photos.

The Birthing Cave has become so popular over the years that you’ll most likely have some sort of crowd when you get there.

To get some seclusion, I recommend going early or late in the day.

Once you reach the cave, you’ll be struck by its peaceful and spiritual atmosphere, and you’ll be able to imagine the ceremonies that once occurred here.

#6 Airport Mesa Loop Trail

The Airport Mesa Loop Trail is a fantastic option for anyone who wants to experience the beauty of Sedona’s red rocks from all angles.

This relatively flat hike offers 360-degree views of the surrounding landscape, with stunning vistas of Cathedral Rock, Bell Rock, and other iconic formations.

Length: 3.3 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 429 feet

Fees: $3 airport parking fee

Parking: Airport Mesa Trailhead

The trail is a 3.3 miles round trip and an easy hike suitable for hikers of all ages and skill levels.

The trailhead is located at the Airport Mesa vortex site, which is believed to have spiritual and healing properties by some.

As you make your way around the loop, you’ll be treated to various landscapes, from wide-open vistas to shady forests of juniper and pine trees.

There are several spots along the trail where you can stop and enjoy the scenery, including a picnic area and a meditation labyrinth.

One of the hike’s highlights is seeing the red rocks bathed in the golden light of sunset.

As the sun sinks lower in the sky, the rocks take on a warm and glowing hue, creating a magical and unforgettable experience.

#7 Sedona View Trail

If you want a shorter hike but the beauty of Airport Mesa, head to Sedona View Trail!

The Sedona View Trail is a moderately easy Sedona hike that offers stunning panoramic views of Sedona’s red rocks. The trail is just 1.2 miles round trip and super easy to navigate.

Length: 1.2 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 380 feet

Fees: $3 airport parking fee

Parking: Sedona View Trailhead

As you go along the trail, you’ll be treated to sweeping views of the surrounding red rocks, with towering formations rising from the surrounding landscape.

The trail winds through a mix of open terrain and shaded forests, offering various landscapes to explore.

Sedona View Trail is part of the Airport Loop, so you can turn around at any time.

The trail is well-maintained and easy to follow, with a gradual incline. Make sure you take your camera to snap some pictures or an Instagram Story!

Tip: Regardless of whether or not you do the loop hike or make this an out and back adventure, I recommend coming to this area for sunset!

#8 Courthouse Butte Loop Trail

The Courthouse Butte Loop Trail is a moderately easy hike offering stunning views of Sedona’s iconic formations.

The trail is 3.9 miles round trip and features a mix of flat, easy terrain and more challenging sections with steep inclines—most folks will walk flatter sections of the loop then turn around for an easy hike.

Length: 3.9 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 357 feet

Fees: America the Beautiful Pass

Parking: Courthouse Vista Trailhead

The highlight of the hike is, of course, Courthouse Butte itself.

This massive red rock formation rises up from the ground like a giant monolith, with jagged edges and a distinctive shape that’s impossible to miss.

As you make your way around the loop, you’ll also be treated to sweeping views of Bell Rock, Cathedral Rock, and other formations that make Sedona famous.

Several spots along the trail allow you to stop and take in the scenery, including a scenic overlook and a picnic area.

Some steep sections can make this hike moderately challenging, but remember, you can turn around at any time! Take breaks and enjoy the view!

Next Read: Wonder how I travel so much? Check out my post on How to Become an Adventure Photographer!

#9 West Fork Trail

The West Fork Trail is one of the most popular hikes in Sedona, offering a scenic journey through a shaded canyon alongside Oak Creek.

The trail is 6.4 miles round trip, but don’t worry if you’re not up for hiking the total distance; you can turn back at any point to shorten the hike!

Length: 6.4 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 564 feet

Fees: $12 per person

Parking: West Fork Trailhead

Fun fact: West Fork Trail is a great backpacking option too!

Walking along the trail, you’ll encounter several creek crossings, so be prepared to get your feet wet.

The crossings are part of the fun, as they offer a refreshing break from the heat and provide an opportunity to take in the beauty of Oak Creek up close.

West Fork Trail was one of the first hikes I ever did in Sedona!

It’s an amazing option for summer because it’s mostly shaded. Parking can be tricky to swing, so get there early.

In the spring and summer months, you might also get lucky and see butterflies along the trail.

The trail winds through a narrow canyon that’s filled with towering cliffs and lush greenery.

#10 Secret Slickrock Trail (Scenic Easy Hike in Sedona, AZ)

Secret Slickrock Trail is one of the most scenic and easiest hikes you can do in Sedona!

Just under the mile mark, you’ll be rewarded with gorgeous views of Cathedral Rock.

Length: ~0.3 miles

Elevation Gain: Minimal

Fees: None

Parking: Secret Slickrock Trailhead

To get to the trail, you’ll head down Chavez Crossing Road and park in the designated parking lot.

As soon as you park, walk across the street to the trailhead. From there, you’ll take a gradual descend down to the “slickrock”!

The trail will take you through some desert fauna, but it’s incredibly easy to navigate.

Once you arrive at the slickrock, pick a seat and admire Cathedral Rock.

This is an incredible place to enjoy sunset and take some Sedona Instagram pictures.

Fun Fact: You’ll notice that this trail takes you above Crescent Moon and Red Rock Crossing—I personally think this is a better vantage point!

#11 Huckaby Trail

The Huckaby Trail is a scenic hike that follows Oak Creek and offers views of Cathedral Rock and other rock formations.

The trail is 5.7 miles round trip and can be made shorter by turning back at any point.

Length: 5.7 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 902 feet

Fees: None

Parking: Midgley Bridge Trailhead

This is a great hike for the summer because you can stop along the creek at any time and hop in the water! 

One of the highlights of the hike is the opportunity to take a break and admire Midgley Bridge from below.

A lot of folks will use this trail to access the creek for swimming.

You can certainly complete the entire hike, which will be a moderately easy route!

Grasshopper Point is up the road if you wanted to stop there too! 

#12 Soldiers Pass Trail

The Soldiers Pass Trail is a moderate hike that offers stunning views of red rocks, sinkholes, and natural arches.

The best part about this hike, though, is that there are so many different ways to enjoy it that you can make it as easy or as difficult as you’d like.

The easiest route takes you to highlights you may have heard of before—keep reading! 

Length: 4.4 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 839 feet

Fees: America the Beautiful Pass

Parking: Soldiers Pass Trailhead

As you make your way along the trail, you’ll encounter a variety of natural wonders, including the Devil’s Kitchen sinkhole and the natural arch known as the Seven Sacred Pools.

These unique features provide an exciting and memorable experience that’s unlike anything else in Sedona.

To get the best photos at Seven Sacred Pools, go after it rains in Sedona!

And if you want a unique adventure, I recommend heading to the Soldier Pass Caves.

The trail is 4.4 miles round trip and can be made easier by turning back at the Seven Sacred Pools.

#13 Cibola Pass and Jordan Trail Loop

The Cibola Pass and Jordan Trail Loop is an easy hike in Sedona that just about anyone can enjoy.

The trail is just 0.9 miles round trip and offers stunning views of the surrounding red rocks.

You’ll love it even more if you take it to Soliders Pass!

Length: 2 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 334 feet

Fees: America the Beautiful Pass

Parking: Jordan Road Trailhead

The loop will take about an hour to complete. It’s a great option if you have a dog hiking with you, too!

But, if you want a real adventure, you can actually use Jordan Trail to connect to Soldiers Pass! This is one of my favorite ways to enjoy the magic of Sedona.

If you want to read more about what your adventure would look like, read my Soldier Pass blog here.

Otherwise, you can meander around Jordan Trail and enjoy this easy hike in Sedona, AZ.

Please keep in mind that if you extend your hike, it will become moderately challenging, but the views will be worth it!

Just make sure that you pay attention to the trail signs along the way because there are a lot of connecting routes that branch off of this trail.

#14 Cathedral Rock Trail

The Cathedral Rock Trail is a popular Sedona hike that offers stunning views of the iconic Cathedral Rock formation.

And truthfully, it’s a must if you’re a first-time visitor!

Length: 1.5 miles round trip

Elevation Gain: 608 feet

Fees: America the Beautiful Pass

Parking: Cathedral Rock Trailhead

Although the trail is steep in parts, it’s still an easy hike that can be completed by hikers of all skill levels.

In addition, the round trip distance is only 1.5 miles, making it an excellent option for anyone who wants to experience the beauty of Sedona without too much exertion.

The trail begins with a gentle incline through a forest of juniper and pine trees before climbing higher and offering sweeping views of the surrounding landscape.

As you approach the top, the trail becomes steeper and more challenging, with narrow ledges and sections of slick rock to navigate.

But the reward at the end is well worth the effort, as you’re treated to a stunning viewpoint overlooking Cathedral Rock.

This towering formation rises from the ground like a red sandstone cathedral, with red rocks jutting skyward and a breathtaking view of the surrounding landscape.

List of Easy Hikes in Sedona, AZ & Map

Here is a list of the best easy hikes in Sedona, AZ:

  1. Bell Rock Pathway
  2. Red Rock Crossing
  3. Fay Canyon Trail
  4. Doe Mountain Trail
  5. Birthing Cave
  6. Airport Mesa Loop Trail
  7. Sedona View Trail
  8. Courthouse Butte Loop Trail
  9. West Fork Trail
  10. Secret Slickrock Trail
  11. Huckaby Trail
  12. Soldiers Pass Trail
  13. Cibola Pass and Jordan Trail Loop
  14. Cathedral Rock Trail

And here is a map you can reference with all the hikes we just covered. You can click here for a live version of the map!

Tips for Hiking in Sedona

Hiking in Sedona can be a truly incredible experience, but it’s important to be prepared before hitting the trails. Here are some tips to help make your hike safe and enjoyable:

Wear sturdy hiking boots: The trails in Sedona can be rocky and uneven, so it’s important to wear sturdy, comfortable hiking shoes. Avoid wearing sandals or flip-flops, as they provide little support and can be dangerous on rough terrain. Click to see my fave good hiking boots!

Bring a Hydroflask: The Arizona sun can be intense, even in cooler months, so it’s important to stay hydrated. Bring plenty of water with you on your hike, and consider bringing an electrolyte supplement to help replace lost minerals. Click to see my Hydroflask!

Check the weather: Arizona weather can be unpredictable, so it’s important to check the forecast before heading out on your hike. Be prepared for sudden changes in temperature, and avoid hiking during thunderstorms or other extreme weather conditions.

Bring sunscreen and a hat: The sun in Sedona can be intense, so it’s important to protect yourself from harmful UV rays. Wear sunscreen and a hat to avoid sunburn and heat exhaustion.

Purchase an America the Beautiful Pass: As mentioned earlier, many of the trails in Sedona require a Red Rock Pass for parking. If you have an America the Beautiful Pass, you can use this instead and it gets you into all the National Parks. Check out America the Beautiful Pass!

Stay on the trail: Sedona’s fragile ecosystem is easily damaged, so it’s important to stay on designated trails to avoid causing unnecessary harm. Don’t wander off-trail or disturb the natural landscape.

Leave no trace: Pack out all trash and dispose of it properly. Don’t leave any food or other items behind, as they can attract wildlife and harm the ecosystem.

What to Pack for Hiking in Sedona

Sedona’s hiking trails offer some of the world’s most beautiful and awe-inspiring views. Packing the right gear is important to ensure a safe and enjoyable hike. Here are some items you should consider bringing with you:

Sturdy hiking boots or shoes: The trails in Sedona can be rocky and uneven, so it’s important to wear comfortable, sturdy hiking boots or shoes with good traction.

Osprey Pack: Bring a small backpack or daypack to carry your water, snacks, and other essentials. This is a great affordable option >>

Water and snacks: Bring plenty of water to stay hydrated during your hike, and pack some snacks such as energy bars or trail mix to keep your energy levels up. This is my fave Hydroflask!

Sunscreen and hat: The Arizona sun can be intense, so make sure to pack sunscreen with at least SPF 30 and a hat to protect your face and neck.

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

First-aid kit: Bring a small first-aid kit with bandages, antiseptic wipes, and any necessary medications. Use this day hike option >>

Map or GPS: Make sure to bring a map or GPS device to help you navigate the trails.

Layers: The weather in Sedona can be unpredictable, so bring layers that you can easily add or remove as needed. These are my fave shirts >>

Camera: Don’t forget to bring your camera or smartphone to capture the stunning views and memories of your hike. I love my Sony a6400 or a Sony a7RIII!

sony a6400

Sony a6400

Sony a7iii

Sony a7RIII

sony 16-35 f4

16-35mm f/4

Sony 24-70 f2.8

24-70mm f/2.8

sony 70-200 f_2.8

70-200mm f/2.8

JOBY Gorillapod

Final Thoughts on Easy Sedona Hikes

Sedona, Arizona is a hiker’s paradise, offering some of the world’s most breathtaking and awe-inspiring views. Even the easy hikes in Sedona, AZ get you to some of the most beautiful views!

With various trails suitable for hikers of all ages and skill levels, there’s something for everyone to explore and enjoy.

But there’s much more to discover beyond the hiking trails, from art galleries and wineries to hot air balloon rides and spa treatments.

So to help you plan your trip to Sedona, check out my other blogs:

The post 14 Unreal Easy Hikes in Sedona, Arizona (Local Recs) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/easy-hikes-sedona-arizona/feed/ 0 55556
How to Spend 3 Amazing Days in Sedona, AZ (Local Recs) https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-3-day-itinerary/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-3-day-itinerary/#comments Fri, 14 Apr 2023 21:55:06 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=52627 With its red rocks, vortexes, and OOF don’t get me started on those *magical* cotton candy sunsets, Sedona is quite frankly my favorite place in Arizona. If you’re heading there for the first time, 3 days in Sedona is the perfect amount of time to see all the above and then some. Once you experience […]

The post How to Spend 3 Amazing Days in Sedona, AZ (Local Recs) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
With its red rocks, vortexes, and OOF don’t get me started on those *magical* cotton candy sunsets, Sedona is quite frankly my favorite place in Arizona. If you’re heading there for the first time, 3 days in Sedona is the perfect amount of time to see all the above and then some.

Once you experience Sedona’s magic, you probably won’t want to leave—just warning you! This blog is my suggestion on the most perfect Sedona 3 day itinerary. As an AZ local, I’ve been to Red Rock Country enough to know the musts and must-nots.

We’ll cover all the “musts” and give you a little bit of relaxing time between attractions. When you’re done reading this post, check out some of my other blogs that’ll help you plan your trip:

With that, let’s start with some helpful planning tips before we jump into the itinerary!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

How to Plan a 3 Day Trip to Sedona, AZ

Here’s a quick rundown of the nitty-gritty details you should be aware of before your 3 day trip to Sedona. 

  • 🌵Where is Sedona? Northern Arizona in Yavapai County and is about an hour’s drive south of Flagstaff, surrounded by the Coconino National Forest.
  • ✈How to Get to Sedona: Fly into Flagstaff (1hr drive to Sedona) or Phoenix (2hr drive to Sedona). KAYAK can help you find cheap flights!
  • 🚙Rental Cars: KAYAK is great for vehicle rentals too!
  • 🚐Campervan Rental: Click here to rent a campervan!
  • 🌞Best Time to Visit: The best months to visit Sedona, AZ are October through April.
  • 🎟Fees: Some trails require a Red Rock Pass ($5)or you can use your America the Beautiful Interagency Pass.

Good to Know —To access the trailhead to some of these hikes, you might need to take the Sedona Shuttle (operates Thursday through Sunday, year round). The parking lots are CLOSED when the shuttle is running. Read more on SedonaShuttle.com.

Where to Stay

The best part about Sedona accommodations is that they’re GORGEOUS and usually located right by all the goodies. Any of these hotels or Sedona vacation rental properties will work for your 3 day itinerary:

Amara Resort and Spa ($$$$) — This place is BOUJEE. I mean, the pool looks like it’s part of the red rocks. Speaking of rocks, one of the first things you’ll notice about this resort are the 360 red rock views. Not to mention, they have a famous spa. Great treat yo self kind of place.

Geo Dome ($$$) — Want to book a unique Sedona AirBnB? Go for the Sedona Dome Home! As a guest, you’ll marvel at how the dome windows make you feel immersed in Sedona’s red rock or like you’re entirely on another planet!

Photo-Worthy Home in Central Sedona ($$$) — This BEAUTIFUL home is located in the heart of Sedona making it easy to go to and from attractions. Not to mention, the floor-to-ceiling dining room windows are a marvel.

Read Next: The Best Boutique Hotels in Sedona, AZ

What to Do in Sedona for 3 Days & Map

Let’s quickly cover what to do with your 3 days in the desert! In the itinerary, I’ve put all of these together for you, but you might want to mix and match activities as you see fit.

Explore a Vortex — Folks travel to Sedona from all over to marvel and enjoy the “vortex” energy unique to this part of the desert. Some of the more popular vortexes include Cathedral Rock, Bell Rock, and Airport Mesa Vortex.

Go Hiking — This is a given but you’ll probably want to hike at some point on your Sedona trip! Must-see trails include Devil’s Bridge, Doe Mountain, or even Bear Mountain.

Catch a Sunset — If you head to Sedona, you HAVE to catch a sunset at least one of the nights you’re there! There are plenty of Sedona sunset hikes you can see, but there are lots of vistas too. Be sure to check the weather beforehand because gloomy skies will pretty much erase any chance of seeing a sunset in the area.

Book a Tour — Book a helicopter tour or a jeep tour for a more unique and adventurous experience in Sedona!

Visit a Winery — Sedona is home to vineyards that offer tasting tours. This is the perfect activity for a fun date.

Shop in Uptown — Uptown Sedona is home to fun shopping and desert trinkets (think turquoise jewelry, etc.). If you want souvenirs before you leave, head here.

Find a Cave — During your Sedona itinerary you can explore a cave (oooooo). An easy one to access is Birthing Cave.

Admire the Tlaquepaque Art Village — Tlaquepaque is a small art village where you can shop, eat, walk around, and relax. Inside you can enjoy beautiful art pieces on display in galleries and live music!

Need a map? I got you! You can click here to view a live version of the map!

Now let’s take a peep at your itinerary!

Your Sedona 3 Day Itinerary at a Glance

Here is what the ideal 3 day Sedona itinerary looks like:

  • Day 1
    • Morning hike
    • Swim at Red Rock Crossing
    • Sunset at Lover’s Knoll
  • Day 2
    • Chapel of the Holy Cross
    • Tlaquepaque Arts & Shopping Village
    • Helicopter Tour
    • Sunset at Airport Mesa
  • Day 3
    • Hike Doe Mountain
    • Relax at hotel
    • Depart

To start, we will assume that you flew into Phoenix Sky Harbor (the popular choice) and want to spend a long weekend in Sedona, AZ. Keep in mind that if you fly into Flagstaff or Sedona directly, your driving time will be much shorter. 

This itinerary works best if you arrive in AZ early on day 1 or the night before.

Let’s begin!

✨ Don’t forget these: sturdy hiking boots, a headlamp, a cute sun hat, comfy walking shoes, sunscreen, a reusable water bottle, and sunglasses.

Arrival

Woohoo! You have just landed in PHX (preferably in the morning/ early afternoon), picked up your rental car, and prepared to boogie onto your Sedona 3 day itinerary! 

Your first task is to make the 2hr drive to Sedona, AZ. You will most likely be taking the 179 in, which means you will be passing through the Village of Oak Creek.

When you arrive at the Village of Oak Creek, you can stop for gas or use the restroom. 

Day 1

Morning Hike

Since Sedona is known for its hiking, I suggest jumping on a Sedona hiking trail to start day 1 with a bang! As a suggestion, I would do Devil’s Bridge or Doe Mountain.

Doe Mountain is an easy hike in Sedona, but if you want to see the iconic Devil’s Bridge, you should really go early. The parking lot AND trail get packed. Below is a list of great alternatives:

  • Birthing Cave—Know for its tear-drop shape, and easy to get to, about 1.5 miles RT.
  • Soldier Pass to Seven Sacred Pools—Popular photo spot in Sedona that features 7 perfectly aligned pools.
  • Boynton Canyon Trail—Features a hidden cave and beautiful vistas, 6 miles round trip.

Make sure you grab a Red Rock Pass at the trailhead or online!

If you’re a national park lover and have your America the Beautiful Interagency Pass, you can hang that on your car, and skip the Red Rock Pass!

Go for an Afternoon Swim

A swim is a MUST in your Sedona 3 day itinerary! What better way to cool off after your hike than a little dip in a creek? Hehehehe.

After your hike, head over to Red Rock Crossing! You can park at the Baldwin Trailhead down Verde Valley Road or park at the Crescent Moon Picnic Site to get here. 

Red Rock Crossing vortex is a great vantage point to watch the sunset on Cathedral Rock! If you choose to spend the rest of the day here, maybe stop at Whole Foods for some food and have a little picnic while you wait for the sun to go down. 

Grasshopper Point is another option, but parking can be such a hassle! If you want to go to Grasshopper Point, get to the park lot and wait for a spot to open or try to get there early afternoon.

Catch a Sedona Sunset

Ready to end day 1 with a bang? On a clear day, you can get a fantastic sunset at what’s called Lover’s Knoll, and NO HIKING IS REQUIRED… AND IT’S FREE.

It’s one of the best Instagram spots in Sedona too so bust out your camera gear. Secret Slickrock Trail is another sunset alternative and along the same route as Lover’s Knoll.

I’ll let the pictures speak for themselves:

Stop at the Whole Foods hot bar or head to Picazzo’s Healthy Italian Kitchen Sedona for dinner!

Day 2

Chapel of the Holy Cross & Tlaquepaque

Day two is your day to explore Sedona’a cultural scene! To start the day, head to Sedona’s Chapel of the Holy Cross.

It’s is considered one of the most popular and sought-after attractions in Sedona, Arizona, and was built in the 1950s, nestled between red rocks. The Chapel is open from 9 am to 5 pm, 7 days a week, free to visit, and an easy Sedona vortex to get to!

If you want to make this more of an adventure, head to The Chapel Trail hike in the Holy Cross parking lot. As an alternative, you can spend the morning in Tlaquepaque Arts & Shopping Village.

Pumphouse Station has a great breakfast menu if you’d like to grab something to eat before your next major activity.

Make sure you take pictures while you’re in the Village!

Afternoon Tour

Ready to see Sedona from a different POV? Get yourself on a Sedona helicopter tour!

This is the perfect Sedona 3 day itinerary activity because it’ll give you the option to admire the red rock views uniquely. You can opt for a 30 minute Sedona helicopter tour or if you want to see more, go with a one hour Sedona helicopter tour.

Either way, I don’t think you’ll be disappointed! 

Alternatively, you can book a hot air balloon ride for sunrise and spend hours admiring the Sedona red rocks from up above.

Sedona is full of attractions you can enjoy with the help of a guide. Here are some other noteworthy tours to consider:

  • Pink Jeep Tours – You’ll see some great parts of Sedona that you wouldn’t be able to explore without the help of massive vehicles. I’m talking about scenic vistas and other hard-to-reach Sedona gems!
  • Mountain Bike Tour – Sedona is home to some of the best mountain biking trails you’ll find! This tour will take you on a scenic trail, so you can witness all that red rock magic from two wheels ;). 
  • Sedona Vortex Energy Tour – Many people come to Sedona to be immersed in the famous Sedona vortexes, which a guide can help you enjoy. You’ll hike to some of the bets vortexes and bask in their energy.
  • Sedona Horseback Riding Tour – You’ll spend one-hour touring scenic parts of AZ while feeling like Fabio on a white stallion. Sounds magical!

Want a completely different kind of adventure? You can also opt to do a 12 hour tour to the Grand Canyon departing from Sedona!

Alternative Longer Hike

If you don’t want to book a tour and would rather cross something else off of your Sedona bucket list, I suggest heading to one of Sedona’s famous sunset hikes.

Day 2 is the perfect day to do something like Cathedral Rock or the Bell Rock Climb. As a side note, I will say Cathedral Rock looks best at sunset, but it’s still amazing mid-day!

Sunset at a Sedona Vortex

Depending on how your day goes, you can choose to end things off by watching the sunset at Airport Mesa! This is a popular Sedona sunset hike because it’s easy to get to, extremely short, and has 360 views.

Fun fact: Airport Mesa Vortex is famous for its “healing energy”.

Alternatively, you can skip the mini hike and have dinner in Uptown at Canyon Breeze—they have an amazing outdoor patio that’s perfect for sunset viewing.

If you choose the dinner route, take time to explore the Uptown Sedona area, which features more cute shops and is surrounded by red rocks!

Day 3 (Ending Your 3 Days in Sedona)

Sunrise or Mid-Morning Hike

To cap off your 3 days in Sedona, you can start day 3 with a super easy sunrise hike (it’ll take less than 30 minutes to complete).

Doe Mountain trail is a 1.7mi round trip hike with a 400ft elevation gain. So it shouldn’t take you more than an hour to reach the top—and that’s if you’re going pretty slow! 

If you already did Doe Mountain, a favorite of mine is Sugar Loaf Trail. You can make this a loop hike or head to the top of Sugar Loaf and turn around. If you go this route, I 100% suggest grabbing breakfast afterwards.

Need a breakfast suggestion? Head to the famous Coffee Pot Restaurant!

Eat & Shop (The Best Way to End 3 Days in Sedona, AZ)

There’s a good chance you’ll be a little tired after hiking and since we want to make sure you’re not leaving Sedona EXHAUSTED, day 3 is a great day to finish up souvenir shopping or enjoy a great lunch!

Head to Uptown for gifts and trinkets. If you want a nice dining experience, you can make lunch reservations at the award-winning Rene Restaurant for a “southwestern flare” on Mediterranean food.

Sedona Itinerary Add-Ons

Want to swap out some things in our itineraries? Here’s a list of activities you can add to your Sedona itinerary! 

Sedona Spa Day

Want a real treat-yo-self-experience? Book a spa day!

The best part about having 3 days in Sedona is that you have plenty of time to relax in-between adventures. Scott and I visited the Amara Resort and LOVED our experience at their spa. If there were a way to live at this place secretly, I would HAHA.

Visit a State Park

Did you know there are some amazing state parks in the Sedona area? let’s talk about them!

  • Red Rock State Park – Full of beautiful hikes and other attractions! You can check out an entire list of Red Rock State Park Sedona activities by visiting their website!
  • Slide Rock State Park – Known for its swimming, Slide Rock is a desert gem about 15 minutes outside of Sedona. Depending on the day of the week you go, expect to pay $20 to $30 per vehicle to enter the park. You can see all the fees and park information on the Slide Rock State Park website.

Oak Creek Canyon – West Fork Trail

Hiking Oak Creek Canyon is a must! West Fork Trail is about a 20min drive from Sedona. There is no service on the way up there, so answer your calls beforehand and make sure you download a Google map of the area.

Once you arrive at the West Fork Trail, you will need to pay a $10 vehicle fee. Red Rock passes don’t apply here!

See More of Arizona

Since you’re already in Northern Arizona, I think it makes sense to tack on one of these to your Sedona 3 day itinerary for an extended Southwest trip.

Visit Flagstaff

Flagstaff is a great destination to visit after you complete your trip! You can do some hiking here, mountain biking, shopping, eating, or book a stay at a cozy cottage.

After that, it’s entirely up to you. Scott and I have a coffee shop we LOVE in this area, so we always make the trek to go there once we’ve explored Sedona.

I have an entire blog on things to do in Flagstaff, AZ, you can check out too!

Grand Canyon National Park

Of course, I have to mention that the Grand Canyon National Park is up this way. A Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon trip is the best way to do it! 

An itinerary like that will have you seeing multiple Arizona gems for the ultimate bucket list type trip. In the Grand Canyon there are copious amounts of trails up there—it’s a hiker’s dream park!

While you’re up this way, you can book an Antelope Canyon tour too!

Camp in Havasupai

You need permits to camp in Havasupai, but if you have them, you can totally make a trip to Sedona before or after your trip! Havasupai is where you will find epic waterfalls that are in the most unreal turquoise color.

You’ll feel like you just walked onto another planet!

Explore Phoenix, AZ

In the Phoenix area, we have Downtown Phoenix and drives from Scottsdale that offer some fantastic things to do, restaurants, and hiking (believe it or not). So if you have extra time to explore the valley, I highly recommend it! You’d also like my post on things to do in Scottsdale, AZ!

Final Thoughts on 3 Days in Sedona, AZ

And that’s all she wrote! Well, folks, I hope you enjoyed this blog and my recommendations for a Sedona 3 day itinerary! If you don’t want to do everything I recommended, I say at the least do one Sedona hike and one “big” activity like a tour of sorts.

This will ensure you see just about everything Sedona has to offer.

Regardless of what you decide to do, you’ll enjoy your trip—it’s hard not to in a gorgeous place like this! If you need more help planning your vacay, or just want some inspo on what an epic Southwest vacay could look like, I suggest you read these next:

Happy exploring :)!

The post How to Spend 3 Amazing Days in Sedona, AZ (Local Recs) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-3-day-itinerary/feed/ 2 52627
All 5 Utah National Parks Ranked Best To Worst https://dani-the-explorer.com/utah-national-parks-ranking/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/utah-national-parks-ranking/#comments Thu, 13 Apr 2023 20:19:27 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=2870 Utah has an undeniable allure that hikers, photographers, and travelers can’t deny. And OOF, when you add 5 beautiful national parks to that mix— things get a whole lot better, don’t they? But are all of the parks worth visiting? We’re about to find out as we discuss the Utah National Parks ranked best to […]

The post All 5 Utah National Parks Ranked Best To Worst appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Utah has an undeniable allure that hikers, photographers, and travelers can’t deny. And OOF, when you add 5 beautiful national parks to that mix— things get a whole lot better, don’t they? But are all of the parks worth visiting? We’re about to find out as we discuss the Utah National Parks ranked best to worst! Muahahaha!

Truthfully, each Utah National Park is unique; it’s why they’ve been coined “The Mighty 5.”

And a Big 5 Utah National Parks road trip is DEFINITELY worthy of a spot on your bucket list. However, this kind of adventure isn’t feasible for everyone.

I have had about three passes through each UT park, so in this blog I will do my best to pull from my experience and rank each Utah National Park from “best” to “worst.”

If you only have time to visit one of the Mighty 5 right now, hopefully, this blog will clarify which one to see first!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: This blog contains affiliate links. Please note, these are my OPINIONS. You may have visited one of these parks and loved it dearly. This post is simply my take on Utah National Parks ranked.

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Utah National Parks Ranking System

So how does one rank Utah National Parks anyways?

It took some time, but I had to take in specific criteria to get the Utah National Parks ranked for you.

These criteria look like Utah National Park’s facilities, trails, scenery, photogenic-ness, transportation methods, and crowds. Then, I gave each park a score out of ten for each “category” and added our totals!

I want to preface this blog by saying that I do not dislike Utah National Parks.

However, if you had the opportunity only to visit one of the five parks, I want to make sure you have the information you need to pick the right one for you!

Now that we’ve set expectations and taken a look at our ranking system let’s dive into each UT park!

To help you further decide what park is suitable for you, I’ve also included details on when to visit, how much time you need, camping, and things to do.

Remember to grab your America the Beautiful pass!

#1 Zion National Park (Best Utah National Park)

SCORE: 41/50

Zion ranked the highest out of the Utah National Parks.

However, where it shines the most is its trail options and scenery.

It’s difficult to remember to blink as you drive through Zion!

The views will leave you speechless and there is so much to do there.

Best Time to Visit

When planning your trip to Zion, shoot for late spring and early summer.

Don’t expect to avoid the crowds, though.

The upside to visiting in the summer is having access to all of the trails (they sometimes close them in late spring due to weather).

If you are visiting for the first time and want to do day hikes, 2 days in Zion is more than enough time!

However, if you’re in the mood for a more extended trip that includes backpacking, canyoneering, etc., spend about 4 to 5 days there.

That’ll give you enough time to take a break in between hikes and other adventures! Bring sturdy hiking boots for your adventures.

Where to Stay

Springdale will be your best bet! Try these options:

Historic Cottage — OMG, this property gives me fairytale vibes. It’s located in Springdale and about a 2min drive from the park entrance. Great if you want to book a home away from home during your visit!

Under Canvas ZionYou can also stay outside the Springdale area by going with a fun glamping option like Under Canvas Zion. It was rated one of the Top 20 Resorts in this area of the US by Conde Nast and sits about 20 miles from the Zion National park entrance, about a 30-minute drive.

CampingKolob Terrace Road and BLM Land along the 59 are both free camping options.

The Best Things to Do in Zion

For a better idea of things to do in Zion National Park, read my Zion National Park Guide!

Cons About Zion

From experience, there’s only one major con to Zion National Park:

Zion’s transportation system is the worst.

To visit most trails, you must park at the Visitor Center and take a shuttle. If parking is full (which it usually is), then you will have to park outside of the park and pay upwards of $20!

The only other place to park in Zion is the small pull-outs located along the roads, which also fill up.

So folks opt to rent bikes in Zion, but that’s not everyone’s cup of tea.

Insider Tip: If you’re interested in reading more about when to visit Zion, head to my complete Zion National Park Guide!

#2 Arches National Park

SCORE: 40/50

Arches is a reasonably famous Utah National Park, and it’s easy to see why!

Similar to Zion, there is a ton of hiking to do.

However, what I will say Arches really has going for it is how photogenic it is!

Arches National Park sunrise and sunset spots glitter with a vibrant red.

To capture its beauty, I recommend a Sony a6400 or a Sony a7RIII. You’ll need a 16-35mm lens too.

Best Time to Visit

Winter is a fantastic time to visit because Arches turns into the dreamiest place ever!

The crowds during winter are also at a minimum. If winter is not your jam, aim for spring.

In regards to how long to make your trip, two days in Moab or one day in Arches National Park is more than enough time to explore Arches!

You will be able to see a majority of the spots.

However, if you want to see more of the Moab area and tack on some additional activities to your itinerary, go for about 4 days!

Where to Stay

Moab is the ideal place to stay during your visit!

Under Canvas Moab — Glamping near Arches and Canyonlands! You can choose to stay in in this Under Canvas property that will put you in a beautiful desert oasis.

Luxury Condo — Beautiful 2BR condo near the heart of Moab! Book a cozy stay in Moab where you’ll have a comfy home away from home.

Camping — There are various campgrounds you can choose to stay in including: Devils Garden Campground, Sand Flats Recreation Area, and Willow Springs Road.

The Best Things to Do in Arches

Lucky for you, Arches has a ton of great things to do! These are some of the more popular options:

Cons About Arches National Park

Like most popular places, the crowds are the worst part about Arches National Park.

If you do not arrive in the park early enough, you will experience long wait times to enter it, which takes away from adventure time!

But at least you can go to the neighboring park, Canyonlands, during your visit.

Pro tip: Consider making time to see sunset and sunrise in Arches NP — it’s beautiful!

#3 Bryce National Park

SCORE: 36/50

Bryce Canyon National Park is known for its massive hoodoo formations and orange color!

The first time I visited this place, I was in such awe!

What’s sure to surprise you about Bryce is how orange it is.

The rock formations in Bryce National Park are seriously insane and will leave you speechless.

For some of the trails you’ll definitely want trekking poles.

Best Time to Visit

Late spring and early winter are the best times to visit Bryce National Park!

Late spring is great because the trails begin to open, and you are less likely to experience massive crowds.

Winter is beautiful, though, because Bryce’s orange walls pop after a fresh dusting of snow.

You can get away with spending one day in Bryce.

Doing so will give you enough time to hike the ever so famous Navajo Trail and catch a decent sunset/ sunrise!

Where to Stay

Under Canvas Bryce — Yes! Another Under Canvas property where you can have a unique experience during your visit to Bryce.

Canyon View Home — 1BR home outside of Bryce NP that has a beautiful canyon view! Book this Vrbo to have a beautiful stay surrounded by nature.

Camping — If you want to camp near Bryce you can try Sunset Campground or BLM Land outside of the park.

The Best Things to do in Bryce National Park

If you’re considering exploring Bryce National Park, try these popular attractions:

  • Sunset Point
  • Sunrise Point
  • Navajo Trail and Queen’s Garden
  • Red Canyon (just outside Bryce National Park)
  • Park Tour from Las Vegas

Cons About Bryce National Park

I have always loved Bryce National Park for its unique orange hoodoo formations.

However, if you’re exploring the park all day, everything begins to look the same.

I think this sounds kind of superficial, but it’s true! You can’t beat the beauty here, but most of the park does look similar.

Insider Tip: If you want to visit another national park, I recommend spending 2 days in Zion then driving an hour to Bryce— remember your America the Beautiful pass!

#4 Canyonlands National Park

SCORE: 36/50

Canyonlands National Park is beautiful and surprisingly under explored.

So if you’re looking for fewer crowds, visit this Utah National Park!

Canyonlands ended up ranking lower than the rest of the parks because it is so spread out that the activities aren’t nearly as accessible as those in the other parks.

So if you’re not a climber, off-roader, or mountain biker, you may not enjoy this park as much.

BUT, if you’re up for booking some tours when you go, you’ll have a hell of a time. Bring a hat and sunscreen!

Best Time to Visit

My absolute favorite time to visit Canyonlands National Park is in the winter.

However, you can also visit Canyonlands in late spring or early summer for decent weather and lovely sunshine.

If you want to get a decent sunset and sunrise in Canyonlands, I think it’s appropriate to allocate one to two days to explore the park.

You can also visit Dead Horse Point State Park, located right outside Canyonlands!

Where to Stay

Canyonlands National Park is in the Moab area, which means you can stay in the same properties you would for an Arches trip—and you can visit both parks!

Under Canvas Moab — Glamping near Arches and Canyonlands! You can choose to stay in in this Under Canvas property that will put you in a beautiful desert oasis.

Luxury Condo — Beautiful 2BR condo near the heart of Moab! Book a cozy stay in Moab where you’ll have a comfy home away from home.

Camping — There are various campgrounds you can choose to stay in including Willow Flats Campground, Sand Flats Recreation Area, and Willow Springs Road.

The Best Things to do in Canyonlands National Park

Canyonlands is known for its beautiful vistas. You can also book some bucket list experiences here!

Cons About Canyonlands National Park

The park can be boring.

I don’t mean to sound prude, but when you compare Canyonlands to a place like Zion, Canyonlands lacks easily accessible trails!

You’ll enjoy this park much more if you can do a unique experience like off-roading or packrafting.

Insider Tip: If you can, get a guide and packraft the Green River that runs through Canyonlands NP; I did this in 2019, and it was seriously one of the best experiences of my life.

#5 Capitol Reef National Park (Cutest Utah National Park)

SCORE: 34/50

Capitol Reef is probably the cutest National Park I have ever visited. The farm area is to die for.

One of the main highlights of Capitol Reef is Cathedral Valley Road, which requires a high clearance vehicle.

In all honesty, I love this park!

However, it ranked lower than the others because there aren’t that many thrilling hiking trails or attractions compared to the other parks.

Best Time to Visit

The summer is the best time to visit the park!

If you want some cooler weather, you can try for the spring, but you need to watch the weather report for rain since it can flood the roads.

It would seriously suck to get stuck somewhere like Cathedral Valley Road!

If you decide to drive Cathedral Valley Road, I think you need to give yourself two days to explore that and the rest of the park! Otherwise, one day is perfect.

When you visit, I suggest exploring the surrounding area, Hanksville, too.

Where to Stay

Your stay options near Capitol Reef are a bit limited but here is what I recommend:

Pet-Friendly Home — Adorable pet-friendly home with a view right outside the park!

Camping — For camping try the BLM land near Beas Lewis Flat Road or Fruita Campground.

The Best Things to do in Capitol Reef National Park

Ready to see what there is to do in Capitol Reef? Try these!

  • Capitol Reef Scenic Byway
  • Hickman Natural Bridge
  • Cathedral Valley Road
  • Sample baked goods made at Gifford House

Cons About Capitol Reef

If it rains in Capitol Reef National Park, you become extremely limited in your activities.

This is because most of the roads in the park are prone to flooding (like my favorite, Cathedral Valley Road), and no vehicle will be able to pass through.

Insider Tip: If you’re into off-roading, come to Capitol Reef— Cathedral Valley Road is sooooo beautiful and my favorite part of the entire park.

Tips for Visiting the Parks

If you’re going to be visiting and of the Utah National Parks ranked in this blog, keep the following tips in mind!

Go Early to Avoid Crowds

Utah National Parks are POPULAR. If you want to go to some of the top-rated ones, you’ll want to get there early!

Sometimes the parks get so crowded that you’ll be navigating through swarms of people during your adventures.

Go early to avoid crowds.

Save Money and Grab an Annual Pass

Use an America the Beautiful Pass to get into all these parks!

The pass is $80 and will pay for itself if you visit all 5 UT parks (each has a $35 entry fee).

Plus you can obviously use your pass to visit other National Parks.

Double Up

Luckily, visiting Utah’s Mighty 5 isn’t very difficult. While you can go to one park, you can easily hit a couple on a single trip!

For example, Bryce and Zion are about an hour apart, while Arches and Canyonlands are next door neighbors.

Make a Trip Out of It

Remember, you can tack all of these parks or a couple to a larger Southwest road trip you might be planning.

For example, Arches and Canyonlands are the perfect additions to an Arizona Utah road trip!

You really can’t go wrong with exploring the Southwest!

Frequently Asked Questions

What are the Mighty 5 Utah Parks?

The Mighty 5 Utah parks are Arches, Zion, Canyonlands, Bryce, and Capitol Reef.

Which of the Mighty 5 is the best?

Zion is the best of the Utah National Parks because of its accessibility and various attractions.

Which is the most beautiful park in Utah?

Zion and Arches are the most beautiful parks in Utah, but each of the Mighty 5 has something unique and beautiful to offer!

How many days do you need to see the Mighty 5?

You can do a Utah National Parks road trip through the Mighty 5 in 8 days.

What to Pack for Your Trip

Heading to Utah National Parks soon? Make sure you have these and an America the Beautiful Pass!

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

How to Pick Which Ranked Utah National Park to Visit

Picking a park is a tough decision! It all comes down to what kind of activities you’re into and what sort of Southwest trip you think you’ll have.

For example, if you’re a thrill seeker, you might be into Canyonlands. If you want to relax, Capitol Reef is perfect for you!

But, if you have time, I recommend checking out all of them. Each Utah National Park has its own unique attributes that I love.

I have a Utah National Parks road trip blog you can read next that highlights what visiting all 5 parks would look like!

Regardless of which UT National Park you choose to visit, I hope you have a fantastic trip! Happy exploring :).

The post All 5 Utah National Parks Ranked Best To Worst appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/utah-national-parks-ranking/feed/ 9 2870
How to Spend 2 Days Zion National Park Itinerary for a Perfect Trip https://dani-the-explorer.com/2-day-zion-itinerary/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/2-day-zion-itinerary/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 15:42:18 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53121 From The Narrows to the famous Angels Landing— Zion is the perfect place for an epic Southwest adventure. The best part about it is you can see just about everything if you know how to spend 2 days in Zion National Park. Pulling from my experience as a southwest native, in this guide we’ll be […]

The post How to Spend 2 Days Zion National Park Itinerary for a Perfect Trip appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
From The Narrows to the famous Angels Landing— Zion is the perfect place for an epic Southwest adventure. The best part about it is you can see just about everything if you know how to spend 2 days in Zion National Park.

Pulling from my experience as a southwest native, in this guide we’ll be breaking down the perfect 2 day Zion itinerary so you can check this Utah Mighty 5 park off your bucket list!

And hey! If you want to take a real bucket list adventure and explore all of Utah’s Mighty 5, I suggest you read my other blogs:

But let’s not waste any more time! We have a lot to cover in this itinerary. First, we’ll start by going over some of the must-knows for your trip; then, we’ll dive right into spending 2 days in the park.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning 2 Days in Zion National Park

Here’s a quick rundown of the information you need to plan your itinerary!

Alert! As of 2023 if you want to hike Angels Landing, you have to get a permit! You can read more about the permit system here.

Where to Stay

Considering its popularity and location, figuring out where to stay for 2 days in Zion National Park can be a bit tricky. Zion National Park lies smack inside a canyon next to Springdale, UT— this means your best stays are limited to the Springdale area or camping.

Campgrounds are typically reserved in advance or limited to first come first serve. But if you’re like me and are fine skipping the camps, you’ll love these options:

Luxury Log Cabin — $$$$ — This place is F-A-N-C-Y. If you have a large group with you and y’all wanna arrive at Zion National Park in style, this is the place. 10min from the park.

Historic Cottage — $$ — OMG, this property gives me fairytale vibes. It’s located in Springdale and about a 2min drive from the park entrance. Great if you want to book a home away from home during your visit!

Cozy Cabin Near East Zion — $$ — This charming little property is the perfect place to stay if you’re into the whole cabin vibe. It’s about 4mi from the East Zion entrance and in an excellent location for those who plan on making a day trip to Bryce Canyon National Park too!

You can also stay outside the Springdale area by going with a fun glamping option like Under Canvas Zion. Under Canvas Zion was rated one of the Top 20 Resorts in this area of the US by Conde Nast and sits about 20 miles from the Zion National park entrance, about a 30-minute drive.

Click here to book your stay with Under Canvas Zion!

Zion National Park 2 Day Itinerary Map

This is your Zion National Park 2 day itinerary map! The map includes all of the main points we’ll be covering in this blog.

You can click here to view a live version of the map to refer to as needed.

Your 2 Days in Zion National Park Itinerary at a Glance

Here is a peep at your 2 days in Zion National Park:

Day 1

  • Zion Scenic Drive
  • Bike Rental Pickup
  • Bottom-Up Hike The Narrows
  • Sunset at Canyon Junction Bridge

Day 2

  • Sunrise Hike Angels Landing
  • Bike Pa’rus Trail
  • Sunset at Canyon Overlook Trail

Arrival in Zion National Park

Now we’re going to break down each day in the park! I’m going to assume you flew into either Las Vegas or St. George. Regardless, for this itinerary to work best, I suggest you arrive at Zion National Park no later than early afternoon on day 1!

Let’s be honest, there is so much to do in Zion National Park, and you probably won’t get to see it all in 2 days. You can certainly see the highlights, though!

To make the most of your time, try to see at least one of the most popular attractions. That way, you can at least leave your Zion National Park 2 day itinerary knowing you saw some of the major park landmarks.

P.S. After this itinerary I’ve listed out some add-ons and alternatives you can use to mix and match into your itinerary!

Day 1 (The Best Start to 2 Days in Zion National Park)

Morning — Scenic Drive

If you don’t want to start your morning off with anything major, take a Zion scenic drive, hitting the Zion-Mount Carmel Tunnel. Depending on when you arrive, you might have completely missed this fun landmark! 

The byway between the main Zion Canyon and Mount Carmel is beautiful. This is a great introduction activity to the park. Along the way, you’ll see swirling rock formations and cream and red-colored canyon views, which offer plenty of places to pull off for photos if you’d like!

Get your camera ready for the first sweeping views of the Zion Canyon as you make your way up! There are a few pull-off spots to take pictures. You can also park at the Visitor Center and ride the shuttles through the canyon.

Along the way, you’ll learn about the park’s history, which is a nice way to start your 2 day Zion itinerary.

From November to March, you can explore Zion by car when the park roads are open to vehicles. Bring snacks! The Zion Lodge sells food, but otherwise, you will not have any food options.

Early Afternoon — Bike Rentals

At some point during your day, you’ll want to head to EBikes Zion (hours 9 AM – 6 PM) and rent a bike overnight! Then, you will use it for hiking the Angels Landing trail for sunrise on day 2.

Remember to make time today to get your Angels Landing permits!

Zion Cycles (hours 9 AM – 5 PM) also offers multi-day rentals. Both shops are located in Springdale, so this should be an easy stop if you stay in the area.

For both of these rental places, I recommend calling and making sure you can pick up a bike for a sunrise hike. In most cases, you can book online, but it helps to double-check with the rental companies.

Their hours are around 9 AM to 6 PM, so plan accordingly to ensure this doesn’t interfere with your plans to see Zion in two days.

Afternoon — The Narrows

Assuming the weather is nice and you’re ready to hit your first “big” activity of the day, you can head back to the Visitor Center and take the shuttle to bottom-up hike The Narrows from Temple of Sinawava!

Hiking along The Narrows will require you to get wet and wade through the Virgin River. However, the best part about the Temple of Sinawava access point is that you will not need a permit. The trail is 10mi long, but plenty of people just walk around for a mile or two then turn around, which can take about 2 hours.

The Narrows is one of the most popular things to do in Zion National Park, but if you have never been before, they’re worth the visit! First, however, you’ll have to pay attention to the trail conditions because at any sign of a rockfall or flooding, the trail will close. 

Ready for something to eat? Head over to Cafe Soleil! The cafe serves up sandwiches and healthy eats. It’s located in Springdale but sits right outside the park. If you packed your own lunch, then keep going!

Evening — Canyon Junction Bridge Sunset

Depending on how you’re feeling after hiking The Narrows, you might be too tired for another adventure. Therefore, I recommend you watch the sunset at Canyon Junction Bridge!

There is parking on the side of the road. This is one of the most popular spots in Zion National Park, known for its sweeping view of the Virgin River with the Watchman towering behind it. 

In the mood for another hike? Go for it! You only get to see Zion National Park in 2 days, anyways!

The Watchman Trail is where it’s at! It takes you up and up and around the Zion Canyon area, where you’ll see some of the iconic parts of Zion National Park, like Watchman Peak. 

In the spring, this trail is littered with flowers! It’s gorgeous! It’ll take about 2 hours to hike and is 3.3mi RT and 300ft+ elevation gain. However, you don’t have to finish the whole trail if you don’t want to. To access the trail, you can park right by the Visitor Center. No shuttle is required.

When you’re ready to leave the park, head to Oscar’s Cafe, a popular choice for Mexican cuisine in the area! Oscar’s closes at 9 PM, so it’s an excellent option for food post-sunset.

Day 2

Morning — Angels Landing Sunrise

Hiking Angels Landing is notably one of the most popular things to do in Zion National Park. Angels Landing is a beautiful hike that will bring you to a view above Zion Canyon. Your jaw will probably drop when you get there! 

One of the best times to hike Angels Landing is for sunrise. The hike starts at the Grotto Trailhead and goes along the lower West Rim Trail. It is 4.8mi RT, and has a total of 1,630ft in elevation gain. 

To get here for sunrise, you’ll use the bikes you rented! This is a popular way for folks to hike Angels Landing for sunrise, so you might not be the only ones doing it! I recommend packing a good headlamp with you for your hike. 

Observation Point (Alternative)

Want to do something else? Observation Point is one of my favorite hikes in Zion National Park! It makes for a great alternative to Angels Landing because the view is much higher.

The only downside to this hike over Angels Landing is more strenuous. The Observation Point trail is 8mi RT, begins at Weeping Rock Trailhead, and has a 2,788ft elevation gain. 

You can take a morning shuttle to get to the trailhead — no need to ride bikes here.

The trail takes anywhere from 4 to 6 hours to complete. Therefore, I recommend starting this hike early in the morning to get the most out of it.

Expect this adventure to take up most of your time during your 2 days at Zion National Park. Reasonably you wouldn’t be able to get to the top in time for sunrise (unless you started VERY early), but it can be a great adventure nonetheless.

You will have to check trail conditions before getting there because sometimes the trail closes during flooding or a rockfall.

Afternoon — Bike Pa’rus Trail

Assuming you did rent bikes, you can opt to ride over the Pa’Rus trail. It’s a 3.4mi trail that goes through the park and is a great riverside walk.

There are actually river access points along the path people use to get up close to the Virgin River. In addition, there are sandy beaches along the shore you can stop on. 

Paying attention to the weather conditions and avoiding going into the river when the current is strong. Have a picnic-type lunch along here somewhere or just relax until you’re ready for the next adventure!

Late Afternoon — Emerald Pools

In the mood for something lowkey to do after your hiking adventure? If you have time, head to the Emerald Pools!

There are 3 sections you can hit: lower, middle, upper. The Lower Emerald Pool is the easiest to get to with a 1.2 mile RT hike. The Upper Pool is often recognized as the “prettiest” Emerald Pool and takes approximately 2 hours to get to with a 2 mile RT hike. 

Regardless, this series of trails will lead you to waterfalls and pools you can admire. In addition, they’re a great place to enjoy some snacks! 

Evening — Canyon Overlook Trail Sunset

Ready to catch one last sunset before taking off? No problem! Canyon Overlook trail is exceptionally photogenic and is only 1mi RT.

The bad part about this hike is that there is next to no parking to get to the trailhead, so your best bet is to get there early and try to find overflow parking near the trailhead. 

Canyon Overlook is known for its incredible views in every direction. It’s a popular place for engagement photos because the view is so spectacular.

Canyon Overlook Trail is 1 mile round trip and will take anywhere from 30min to an hour to complete. And that wraps up your 2 days in Zion National Park!

Hikes to Consider for Your 2 Days in Zion National Park

Want to switch things up during your 2 days in Zion National Park? No problem!

Here are some alternative trails to consider. Switch them out in your itinerary as you please.

The Narrows Thru-Hike

Remember, you can hike The Narrows for free by starting at the Temple of Sinawava (bottom-up route). If you want to do the 16-mile through-hike from Chamberlain’s Ranch, you will need a permit. Head to the NPS site for all of the details.

West Rim Trail

The West Rim Trail is a backcountry classic in Zion National Park. It begins at the Grotto Trailhead and is a 15mi trail that goes through some of the best canyon views in Zion. The bottom section of the trail leads you to Angels Landing, but there is much more to explore here.

If you wish to backpack this trail, you will need a Zion backpacking permit!

The Subway

In the mood for a backcountry adventure? Check out The Subway (Left Fork of North Creek)! The Subway is possibly one of the most famous backcountry desert trails in the USA and worth getting permits for if you can. 

The Subway will take you through another canyon system in Zion National Park. Along your adventure, you’ll see sweeping canyon views and glorious pools. 

You can either canyoneer or hike The Subway. Regardless, you will need to acquire a permit.

Zion National Park has an entire Subway permit system that allows visitors to obtain a pass months in advance. I recommend reading more about The Subway permit system on the NPS site if this is something you’re interested in adding to your Zion National Park itinerary 2 days edition!

This is an adventure for someone who has been to the park multiple times and wants to see something different.

2 Day Zion Itinerary Add-Ons

Looking for a different kind of adventure? Below are some Zion activities for you to consider.

Feel free to add these to your Zion National Park 2 day itinerary.

Canyoneering — Try Canyoneering at Zion National Park! The Canyoneering at Zion NP is some of the best, and surely you won’t be disappointed for adding it in your Zion itinerary. You can even do a half day Canyoneering tour that’ll take you through a once-in-a-lifetime experience through some of Zion’s best slot canyons.

Helicopter Ride — Want to get a different perspective of Zion National Park? This Zion helicopter ride might be for you. Along the ride, you’ll get gorgeous views of Zion Canyon, the Virgin River, and other areas of the park you might not get to explore otherwise.

Horseback Riding — What desert location DOESN’T offer horseback riding? You can book a Zion horseback riding tour and explore some of the park areas more uniquely. Two days in Zion National Park is enough time to go riding and see some of the major Zion attractions.

Rock Climbing — Zion National Park also features some of the best rock climbing in the USA! So, if you don’t feel like hiking but still want to enjoy most of what the park has to offer, I suggest heading out on a rock climbing adventure.

After Your Zion Itinerary 

Need something to do after your Zion National Park 2 day itinerary? Check out these local options!

Sand Hollow State Park — Sand Hollow is one of the best state parks to see a crystal clear oasis in the desert. You can spend your day by the waterfront, taking a stroll or driving, and ATV!

Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park — Coral Pink Sand Dunes is a great place to visit after your 2 day itinerary for Zion National Park! It’s a beautiful landscape with unique colored dunes! Some folks choose to go sledding here or go on one of the park’s nature walks!

Bryce Canyon National Park — In a 2 hour drive, you can also see Bryce Canyon National Park! Bryce is full of massive rock formations that are bright orange and make you feel like you’re on another planet! If you’re interested in exploring Bryce AND the other Big 5 parks, I suggest reading my Utah National Parks road trip write-up next!

Valley of Fire State Park — Valley of Fire State Park is another excellent option to visit around Zion! The parks are only 2 hours away from each other and would make for a great road trip! Valley of Fire is full of unearthly-like landscapes that’ll make your jaw drop!

Grand Canyon National Park — Continue south and drive to Grand Canyon National Park! The Grand Canyon is about a 4 hour drive from Zion. Getting here will allow you to explore more of Arizona. The best way to explore this park and Zion would be to do an Arizona Utah road trip!

Final Thoughts on How to Spend 2 Days in Zion National Park

Regardless of whether or not you extend your trip, I hope you enjoyed seeing my recommendations for 2 days in Zion National Park! As you plan your trip, I recommend doing at least one “major” activity a day.

That can be a hike that requires a permit (like Angels Landing or The Narrows) or a tour— my favorite tour recommendations are in the “add-ons” section.

If you’re interested in seeing more UT parks, make sure you check out my Utah National Parks road trip write-up next!

Happy exploring :)!

The post How to Spend 2 Days Zion National Park Itinerary for a Perfect Trip appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/2-day-zion-itinerary/feed/ 0 53121
10 Best Old Town Scottsdale Happy Hour Spots for Stellar Drinks & Bites https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-old-town-scottsdale-happy-hour/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-old-town-scottsdale-happy-hour/#comments Thu, 02 Feb 2023 21:16:47 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53934 Old Town Scottsdale is where you’ll find blue skies, mountain views, biking paths, shops, and amazing restaurants. But you know what else is waiting for you there? A bomb @$$ Old Town Scottsdale happy hour! Whether at a swanky hotel or a scenic rooftop lounge, happy hour is the perfect excuse to explore the Old […]

The post 10 Best Old Town Scottsdale Happy Hour Spots for Stellar Drinks & Bites appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Old Town Scottsdale is where you’ll find blue skies, mountain views, biking paths, shops, and amazing restaurants. But you know what else is waiting for you there? A bomb @$$ Old Town Scottsdale happy hour!

Whether at a swanky hotel or a scenic rooftop lounge, happy hour is the perfect excuse to explore the Old Town area and try multiple popular bars and restaurants. 

The best part is that they all offer something a little different, so you’ll have some variety in drinks and bites!

So let’s jump right in! I’m writing this blog based on my local experience, which I also used to write these posts you’d like:

Check them out when you’re done.

Let’s begin!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

List of Best Old Town Scottsdale Happy Hour Spots

  1. The Canal Club
  2. Yard House
  3. Maple & Ash
  4. Citizen Public House
  5. The Beverly on Main
  6. Diego Pops
  7. Hula’s Modern Tiki
  8. The Herb Box
  9. Bourbon and Bones
  10. Los Sombreros

Don’t worry! We’ll be covering each of these in more detail, so you can choose the happy hour spots for you.

#1 The Canal Club

  • Location: The Scott Resort and Spa
  • Happy Hour Time: 3PM to 6PM, Monday through Friday
  • Happy Hour Special: A few dollars off drinks and tapas
  • Noteworthy Bites & Drinks: Coconut Mojito, Ceviche

The Canal Club is located inside The Scott Resort and Spa—a gorgeous Cuban-inspired hotel in Scottsdale.

You’ll love The Canal Club because you’re instantly transported to the Caribbean as soon as you enter the place.

From the natural furnishing to the bright-pink neon sign hanging over The Canal Club, you can’t help but feel like you’re on some island vacay! Happy hour at the Canal Club is the perfect time to sample their craft cocktails and Caribbean-inspired tapas. The coconut mojito is a must!

Read Next: Best Boutique Hotels in Scottsdale, AZ

#2 Yard House

If you love good beer and good food, Yard House is the place to be. They have a pretty good happy hour selection that just about anyone can enjoy.

This is a great place to hang out with a group of friends, especially on game night! P.S. You’d also like my blog on things to do in Scottsdale, AZ!

#3 Maple & Ash

Maple & Ash screams high-class. As soon as you enter the restaurant, you’re greeted by dark green, luxurious velvet booths, intimate lighting, and an elegant leather bar area.

The environment has a way of making you feel like you’re somewhere extra special, making this one of the best happy hours in Old Town Scottsdale.

The cocktail menu is quite the treat.

Each drink has a clever name and is crafted with love by the bartenders.

And the happy hour menu—ooof! So fun.

You can enjoy unique bites like $2 oysters, a seafood tower, and plenty of rose. It’s boujee!
It’s worth noting that you need reservations to dine at Maple & Ash, BUT bar seating is first-come-first-serve.

And there is a dress code you must adhere to before walking in!

#4 Citizen Public House

  • Location: 7111 E 5th Ave, Scottsdale, AZ 85251
  • Happy Hour Time: 4PM to 6PM, Daily
  • Happy Hour Special: Half priced draft, half off small bites
  • Noteworthy Bites & Drinks: Bacon Fat Popcorn, Beer Fondue

Ever had beer fondue? You’re about to now!

The Citizen Public House Social Hour is an Old Town Scottsdale happy hour favorite!

You can try items like beer fondue, bacon fat popcorn, and barrel-aged cocktails during said social hour.

Citizen Public House is quaint, flowered in multiple gallery walls, and dressed in a moody interior. It’s described as an upscale gastropub and has quickly become a Scottsdale must over the years!

If you plan on exploring more of the area, you’ll definitely love that Citizen Public House is just a 3 minute’s walk from landmarks. For example, Instagrammable places in Scottsdale like the Waterfront are just a couple of blocks away!

#5 The Beverly on Main

  • Location: 7111 E 5th Ave, Scottsdale, AZ 85251
  • Happy Hour Time: 4PM to 8PM, Daily
  • Happy Hour Special: $5-$8 bites, $4 off cocktails
  • Noteworthy Bites & Drinks: Buffalo Wings, Truffle Fries, Pretzel

As you can probably guess, Beverly on Main got its name from its fab location right on Main Street in Old Town Scottsdale. This upscale, intimate, speakeasy-vibe bar does not disappoint!

The Beverly has an extensive cocktail menu AND their “Flexin Cocktails” menu, which features signature drinks ranging from $50 to $500! Don’t worry, though—their happy hour won’t break the bank like that!

The happy hour menu at Beverly’s features small bites like buffalo wings and flatbreads and $4 off cocktails.

AND most of the small bites can be made vegan, so there’s something for everyone!

But what you’ll probably love most about the Beverly is that…it’s a vibe! the lighting is dim, the chandeliers sparkle, and the leather booths scream “comfy.”

It’ll give you speakeasy feels all the way. Take a Sony a6400 with a 24-70mm f/2.8 for some pics while you’re there!

#6 Diego Pops

Diego Pops is an Old Town Scottsdale favorite! Located in the middle of the action, Diego Pops serves up their famous margaritas and Mexican bites in a cute AF taco shop.

If you’re a guac lover like me, you MUST get their dip trio—salsa, queso, and chunky guacamole with plantain chips. It’s a fave.

You can’t beat $5 margs and half-off appetizers!

I should also mention that Diego Pops happens to be one of the most Instagrammable spots in Scottsdale, so if anything, go there for the gram ;).

#7 Hula’s Modern Tiki (Unique Happy Hour in Old Town Scottsdale)

  • Location: 7213 E 1st Ave, Scottsdale, AZ 85251
  • Happy Hour Time: M T Th F, 3:30PM to 6PM ; Wed. all night 3:30PM to 10PM ; Sat & Sun drinks only 10:30AM to 6PM
  • Happy Hour Special: $7 appetizers, $2 wine by the glass, $7 drinks
  • Noteworthy Bites & Drinks: Mai Tai, Abalone -Style Calamari

Who doesn’t love a tiki bar? If you’re feening a little beach vacay, you won’t get that in Scottsdale, but you can at least pretend!

Hula’s Modern Tiki will make you feel like you’ve just landed in Hawaii in a tropical atmosphere.

The entire space is 60s inspired, and we love some good retro vibes here.

They’re known for their perfect Mai Tai and flaming cocktails with an obvious wow factor. In my opinion, Hula’s has one of the better Old Town Scottsdale happy hours.

It’s the perfect place to enjoy drinks with friends. Try the Abalone-Style Calamari or sweet potato fries!

#8 The Herb Box

  • Location: 7051 E 5th Ave J, Scottsdale, AZ 85251
  • Happy Hour Time: 3PM to 6PM, Monday through Friday
  • Happy Hour Special: $8 shared plates, $8 cocktails, $5 wines, $3 beer
  • Noteworthy Bites & Drinks: Crisp Brussels Sprout Chips, Korean Fried Cauliflower

The Herb Box is a brunch favorite in Old Town Scottsdale, but they also have an excellent happy hour!

During said happy hour, you can enjoy $8 shareable plates of favorites like the Korean Fried Cauliflower—YUM.

And the atmosphere is pretty damn cute.

You’ll wanna go here with all your frans and girlfrans.

We’re talking country chic vibes. Their La La Lavender signature cocktail will feel like you’re in some sort of Southern soiree that Martha Stewart is hosting.

It’s right around the corner from Berdena’s—one of the best Scottsdale coffee shops!

#9 Bourbon and Bones

  • Location: 4200 N Scottsdale Rd, Scottsdale, AZ 85251
  • Happy Hour Time: 4PM to 6PM, Monday through Friday
  • Happy Hour Special: $10 cocktails
  • Noteworthy Bites & Drinks: Prime Ribs, Crispy Calamari Fries, Old Fashioned

Bourbon and Bones is a classy yet laid-back steakhouse in Old Town Scottsdale.

It’s known for its delicious hand-crafted food, AND their happy hour is fire!

You can enjoy drinks from their extensive bourbon list in an intimate setting. Old fashioned, anyone?

Appetizers include decadent prime ribs, crispy calamari, and steak sliders, among other things.

#10 EVO

Ready for some Italian goodness? Try EVO!

EVO is another Old Town Scottsdale happy hour favorite. With their chic decor and “cozy” Italian cuisine, you can easily see why it’s adored!

Their philosophy of being a friendly neighborhood eatery will make you feel like family as soon as you step foot through the door. Pair your drinks with some antipasti plates like grilled octopus or housemade meatballs.

Outrider Rooftop (Honorable Mention)

  • Location: The Canopy by Hilton
  • Happy Hour Time: n/a
  • Happy Hour Special: n/a
  • Noteworthy Bites & Drinks: Southwest Sunburst, Honey-Balsamic Glazed Pork Belly

Outrider Rooftop Lounge is the place to be. Go here if you’re looking for the perfect setting to enjoy a view and drinks. They took away their happy hour, but this bar is so scenic that it’s a must if you’re looking for a nice place to enjoy sunset!

Once you arrive at Outrider, you’ll be seated in a cozy outdoor area with panoramic views of Scottsdale, including Camelback Mountain. You’ll love it even more as the sun goes down and the whole sky is glittering with vibrant pinks and oranges.

Try to get some seating right by the balcony to enjoy an unobstructed view of Camelback.

After the sun sets, the lounge glows with string lights, making it feel even more magical. When you leave, you can jump on over to Main Street Old Town to bar hop or explore!

Overall

Overall, Old Town Scottsdale happy hour includes a mix of Italian love, scenic rooftops, Caribbean vibes, and a whole lot more.

But, no matter where you decide to spend happy hour, any of the places on this list will give you an idea of what Scottsdale is all about!

Seriously! You can’t go wrong with any of these.

For more help with planning an epic time in Scottsdale, AZ, I recommend checking out my other guides:

The post 10 Best Old Town Scottsdale Happy Hour Spots for Stellar Drinks & Bites appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-old-town-scottsdale-happy-hour/feed/ 2 53934
9 Best Boutique Hotels Scottsdale, AZ | Luxury Resort Getaways https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-boutique-hotels-scottsdale-az/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-boutique-hotels-scottsdale-az/#respond Fri, 09 Sep 2022 16:14:13 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=54591 Heading to Arizona and looking for the best boutique hotels in Scottsdale? Well, you’re in for a treat. When it comes to luxury hotels, Scottsdale, Arizona, does not disappoint.  Scottsdale is known as one of the finest golf destinations in the world, so it’s no surprise that it has boutique hotels to match. Pair that […]

The post 9 Best Boutique Hotels Scottsdale, AZ | Luxury Resort Getaways appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Heading to Arizona and looking for the best boutique hotels in Scottsdale? Well, you’re in for a treat. When it comes to luxury hotels, Scottsdale, Arizona, does not disappoint. 

Scottsdale is known as one of the finest golf destinations in the world, so it’s no surprise that it has boutique hotels to match.

Pair that with attractions like Old Town Scottsdale, the Desert Botanical Garden, and the Scottsdale Museum of the West, and you can see why this city is so popular. 

Many of the below options have mesmerizing views of the Camelback Mountain range and Sonoran desert. This means you’ll come across plenty of great Instagrammable places in Scottsdale on your visit. 

So be sure to bring your favorite camera gear along, and let’s jump right in!

And once you’ve decided where to stay in Scottsdale, you might want to check out my other posts on this city:

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

#1 Boulders Resort & Spa | Luxury Hotel in Scottsdale, AZ

  • Hotel Class: 5-star
  • Price Range: Luxury $$$
  • Address: 34631 North Tom Darlington Drive, Scottsdale, AZ 85377, United States
  • Check-in: 4pm-midnight
  • Check-out: Until 12pm

The Boulders Resort and Spa is the perfect luxury getaway destination for a couple or small group of friends or family. You’ll especially love it if you enjoy keeping active. 

Tucked among towering boulders and cacti in the Sonoran Desert, this Scottsdale luxury hotel features an interior design palette of warm hues and wood detailing.

You’ll also find fireplaces throughout to keep you warm during cold desert nights! 

Bond with your partner or loved ones over a game at the two championship golf courses and multiple tennis courts.

Or head out to Blackrock Mountain Trail for a hike. 

If you’re keen on something more relaxing, find inner calm at a yoga or pilates class or simply unwind in one of the four swimming pools. 

There’s no need to fret about sore muscles, as you’ll have access to a spa, whirlpool tubs, and a sauna to reset! 

#2 The Scott Resort & Spa 

  • Hotel Class: 4-star
  • Price Range: Luxury $$$
  • Address: 4925 North Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, AZ 85251, United States
  • Check-in: From 4pm
  • Check-out: Until 11am

Situated within walking distance from Old Town Scottsdale and all its exciting bars, The Scott Resort and Spa is a true oasis.

The Scott is my hotel of choice! I love that it’s Cuban-inspired and makes you feel like you’re on a luxury island vacation (oo la la).

Not to mention, the coconut mojito is AMAZING— you’ll thank me later.

The warm-hued wooden decor is offset with crisp white linens and pops of leafy plants throughout. 

Start your day off with a cup of coffee on your porch before heading to the Canal Club restaurant for a tasty breakfast.

The restaurant serves Caribbean-inspired cuisines, while the poolside bar has you sorted for cocktails and nibbles throughout the day. 

The pools are as exciting as the hotel lobby, as they’re surrounded by lanterns, lounge chairs, fireplaces, and even more plants.

The hotel is also pet-friendly, so you don’t have to leave your furry friend behind! 

Head to the nearby golf course, or get sweaty at the on-site gym. Afterward, wind down with a massage at the spa, or unwind with complimentary toiletries and bathrobes in your spacious room. 

P.S. You should read my guide on the best things to do in Scottsdale, AZ!

#3 Canopy By Hilton Scottsdale Old Town

  • Hotel Class: 4-Star
  • Price Range: Mid-range $$
  • Address: 7142 East 1st St, Scottsdale, AZ 85251, United States
  • Check-in: 4pm-midnight
  • Check-out: 11am-12pm

You’re sure to love this Scottsdale boutique hotel, which features tastefully modern decor in muted, neutral tones and spacious rooms. 

The Canopy is a pet-friendly hotel, conveniently located as it gets.

It’s within walking distance from Scottsdale Old Town and its many restaurants, museums, and art galleries. 

Scottsdale’s Old Town happy hour will have you on a great buzz, which you can keep going at the hotel’s rooftop bar and pool. And trust me when I say the rooftop bar views here are to die for.

When you’re not lounging about and cooling down in the pool, you’ll get to enjoy the on-site restaurant’s ultra-fresh and tasty food.

They serve everything from a classic American breakfast to quesadillas and tacos. 

Let the food settle with a cycle on the hotel’s complimentary bikes, or take your furry friend for a walk. The hotel also has a gym if you’d like to keep up with your fitness routine. 

After a day of exploring or day-tripping from Scottsdale, unwind in your comfy bed, enjoying the city views and quiet — thanks to soundproof walls.

You’ll also have a minibar to stash your nighttime snacks and a coffee machine to start the next day off with a good cup of joe!

Pro tip: head to the rooftop for sunset!

#4 Bespoke Inn | Boutique Hotel Scottsdale

  • Hotel Class: 4-star
  • Price Range: Budget $
  • Address: 3701 North Marshall Way, Scottsdale, AZ 85251, United States
  • Check-in: 3pm-6pm
  • Check-out: Until 11am

This boutique hotel is nestled in the heart of the Old Town Arts District.

But you’re bound to forget your surroundings once you step through Bespoke Inn’s vine-covered entrance. 

The quaint and charming 8-room inn offers the perfect intimate and peaceful weekend in Scottsdale.

Each room is uniquely decorated and features details like claw-foot bathtubs and private patios. 

Have a romantic dinner at the award-winning on-site restaurant, Virtù, run by chef Gio Osso. This spot serves a creative menu with American, Mediterranean, and Italian influences.

Alternatively, you can explore the surrounding streets of Old Town Scottsdale for more dining options. 

By morning, hop on a complimentary bike to discover the surroundings before heading back to your hotel for a dip in the infinity pool.  

Pets are welcome on request, so you can enjoy the leafy courtyard and nearby attractions with your favorite pooch.

There’s no fitness center, but with all the cycling, swimming, and hiking you’ll be doing, who needs one, right?  

Pro tip: Check out the best hikes in the Superstition Mountains while you’re here!

#5 ADERO Scottsdale, Autograph Collection

  • Hotel Class: 4-star
  • Price Range: Mid-range $$
  • Address: 13225 North Eagle Ridge Drive, Scottsdale, AZ 85268, United States
  • Check-in: From 4pm
  • Check-out: Until 11am

Head to Adero Scottsdale if you’re seeking the ultimate relaxing gateway.

Everything from the minimalist, neutral decor to the on-site spa and restaurants is there to help you unwind!

The spacious rooms each have a balcony so you can take in the views of the surrounding nature.

The decor elegantly matches the soft tones of the natural landscape, with pops of color and quirky art further uplifting the calming space. 

You’ll also get to take in unmatched views of the Four Peaks Mountain and Fountain Hills from the swimming pool.

The view is best enjoyed at sunset—with a refreshing drink in hand, of course. 

The three on-site restaurants, SkyTop, Cielo, and Revive, all offer familiar dishes ranging from healthy wraps and salmon to tacos. 

Let the food settle while taking in the sun and sights in the hotel garden, cool off in the pool, or get active at the tennis and basketball courts.

If you’d like to try your hand at golf, you’ll find the pristine Sunridge Canyon Golf Club a 5-minute drive away. 

The state-of-the-art gym also won’t disappoint. 

Round off your day with a massage at the spa before heading outdoors to admire the night sky. Adero Scottsdale is one of the few hotels located in an International Dark Sky Community!

So you can expect mind-blowing views of the heavens. 

#6 Sanctuary Camelback Mountain | Best Hotel in Scottsdale  

  • Hotel Class: 5-star
  • Price Range: Luxury $$$
  • Address: 5700 East McDonald Drive, Scottsdale, AZ 85253, United States
  • Check-in: From 4pm
  • Check-out: Until 11am

Situated a mere 10-minute drive from Old Town Scottsdale, Sanctuary Camelback Mountain is exactly as its name suggests.

This serene spot overlooking the Camelback Mountains and Paradise Valley is the ultimate place for a relaxing getaway.

No, genuinely, it has even been named the number one hotel in Arizona! 

This luxury resort has various accommodation options, including casitas, suites, and private villas.

So there’s something for every budget and traveler.

Pets are also welcome on request, so don’t let your furry friend miss out on this beauty. 

Start your day with a bit of meditation, yoga, or pilates at the fitness center.

Or get your heart pumping with a good run on the treadmill. You’ll also love strolling across the manicured lawns, admiring the view of Paradise Valley. 

Enjoy an innovative lunch at the award-winning Elements restaurant, where they serve American-style cuisine with Asian-inspired elements.

Then savor a cocktail and occasional live music at the Jade Bar. 

Round that off with an afternoon of tennis or a day trip from Scottsdale before heading to the Asian-inspired spa to release any last remnants of tension.  

#7 The Phoenician, a Luxury Collection Resort

  • Hotel Class: 5-star
  • Price Range: Luxury $$$
  • Address: 6000 East Camelback Road, Scottsdale, Arizona 85251 USA
  • Check-in: From 4pm
  • Check-out: Until 11am

The Phoenician is one of the best hotels in Scottsdale, AZ, for families. With nine swimming pools, an impressive wellness center, and eight restaurants, you’ll have everything you need on-site. There’s even a mini market for snacks and more. 

But, if you’re keen on exploring beyond, Scottsdale’s Old Town and Camelback Mountain are a short drive away. 

While the resort features a neutral palette throughout, luxury accents like Italian marble and extravagant lighting fixtures add an opulent edge. The rooms and suites are bright, with ample space and complimentary toiletries to make you feel at home. 

Let the kiddos play at the children’s pool with its 165-foot waterslide while enjoying a massage or getting your hair done at the spa and salon. There’s also a fitness center and regular yoga activities like aqua, aerial, and walking yoga. 

Spend some family time on the tennis courts or golf course, or swim in one of the many glittering pools. You’ll also be spoilt for choice with restaurants offering everything from reimagined American comfort food to Italian-inspired cuisine. 

#8 Omni Scottsdale Resort & Spa at Montelucia 

  • Hotel Class: 5-star
  • Price Range: Luxury $$$
  • Address: 4949 East Lincoln Drive, Scottsdale, AZ 85253, United States
  • Check-in: From 4pm
  • Check-out: Until 12pm

Another one of the best hotels Scottsdale has to offer is the beautiful Omni Resort near Camelback Mountain.

The Spanish architecture and warm-toned decor, accompanied by the lovely Arizona temperatures and towering palm trees, give this resort an irresistible atmosphere. 

Pair that with the four swimming pools, four on-site restaurants, and a large spa, and you’ve got the perfect cocktail for a memorable getaway. 

You might not be able to take your furry pets to Spain, but you’re welcome to bring them here to join in on the luxury experience. 

One of the best parts of this boutique resort is how private and quiet it feels.

You’ll have more than enough space to swim about in the pool, lounge outside, or walk about without crowds disturbing your peace. 

For even more tranquility, walk to Camelback Mountain in under 20 minutes and set off on a hike.

#9 CIVANA Wellness Resort and Spa

  • Hotel Class: 4-star
  • Price Range: Mid-range $$
  • Address: 37220 North Mule Train Road, Scottsdale, AZ 85377, United States
  • Check-in: From 4pm
  • Check-out: Until 11am

Sometimes all you need is to escape to the Sonoran Desert and reconnect with yourself. And the 22,000-square-foot CIVANA Wellness Resort and Spa offers precisely that. 

This award-winning wellness retreat in Scottsdale hosts daily activities like yoga, meditation, outdoor adventures, journaling, and more to help you reconnect with yourself and nature. There’s also an on-site gym. The best part? It’s all included in your room price. 

When you’re not taking a sound bath or enjoying a smoothie from the Seed Café, head to the spa for a deep muscle massage or a facial. There’s also a salon so your nails can look as revived as you do once you return home. 

Round the day off with a prickly pear margarita beside the pool and a farm-fresh meal at the Terras Restaurant. Retreat to your bright and spacious room for (hopefully) the best sleep of your life. 

While you may feel like you’re far from civilization, CIVANA is a mere 5-minute drive from Scottsdale attractions like Harold’s Cave Creek Corral and El Pedregal Marketplace. So you’re not limited to the resort. 

List of the Top Scottsdale Boutique Hotels

In no particular order, here are the eight best Scottsdale luxury hotels for an ultra-relaxing Arizona getaway: 

  1. Boulders Resort & Spa
  2. The Scott Resort & Spa
  3. Canopy By Hilton Scottsdale Old Town
  4. Bespoke Inn Scottsdale
  5. Adero Scottsdale, Autograph Collection
  6. Sanctuary Camelback Mountain
  7. The Phoenician
  8. Omni Scottsdale Resort & Spa
  9. CIVANA Wellness Resort and Spa

And if you need more help planning your trip, check out my post on unique things to do in Scottsdale!

Final Thoughts on the Best Boutique Hotels in Scottsdale

Offering everything from pristine golf courses to award-winning restaurants and top-tier spas, the best hotels in Scottsdale, AZ, are perfect for a luxury getaway. 

But the fun doesn’t end there! You’ll find some of the best restaurants, bars, and sights in this city near Phoenix (and Phoenix’s Instagrammable locations are a must-see)!

Or if you have time, you might also enjoy a Phoenix to Sedona to Grand Canyon road trip.

Be sure to have a look at this guide to the most Instagrammable Scottsdale places for more fun things to do in Arizona. 

The post 9 Best Boutique Hotels Scottsdale, AZ | Luxury Resort Getaways appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-boutique-hotels-scottsdale-az/feed/ 0 54591
10 Best Scottsdale Coffee Shops for Irresistible Drinks & Vibes https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-scottsdale-coffee-shops/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-scottsdale-coffee-shops/#respond Mon, 15 Aug 2022 18:51:35 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=54525 Sure, you probably know Scottsdale, Arizona, for its old west vibes, mountains, shopping, and high-end dining, buttttt do you know about the best Scottsdale coffee shops? As a local, I feel slightly biased when I say that Scottsdale coffee shops are some of my favorites, but alas, it’s true.  Of course, they have the obvious, […]

The post 10 Best Scottsdale Coffee Shops for Irresistible Drinks & Vibes appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Sure, you probably know Scottsdale, Arizona, for its old west vibes, mountains, shopping, and high-end dining, buttttt do you know about the best Scottsdale coffee shops?

As a local, I feel slightly biased when I say that Scottsdale coffee shops are some of my favorites, but alas, it’s true. 

Of course, they have the obvious, like great beans, pastries, and barista blend non-dairy milk (v hipster), but you might not know that Scottsdale coffee shops go ALL out. 

From being totally Instagrammable to hosting car events to blasting classic hip-hop, the best coffee in Scottsdale has much more than pour-overs.

And once we dive into what makes each of the 10 coffee shops on this list as awesome as they are, the caffeine addict in you is going to be screaminnnnnggg for a double shot oat milk latte—no? Just me?

K, well, without further ado, let’s dive into Scottsdale’s best coffee shops!

Written from local experience.

And when you’re done with this blog, you might want to check out my others:

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Where to Stay in Scottsdale, AZ

Need a swanky hotel during your trip? These are my top 3 picks for where to stay!

The Scott Resort and Spa — A Havana-inspired hotel that will leave you feeling like you’re on an island getaway. Home to the amazing Canal Club where you HAVE to try a coconut mojito.

Royal Palms Resort and Spa — The perfect luxury spot for a special occasion. Every corner of this hotel is beautiful and will make you never want to leave Scottsdale!

Hotel Valley Ho — A fun hotel that’ll give you retro vibes.Spend all day at their pool, which has a jaw-dropping mountain view, before heading to Old Town Scottsdale.

Read Next: Best Boutique Hotels in Scottsdale, AZ

List of the Best Scottsdale, AZ Coffee Shops

  1. Berdena’s
  2. Cartel Coffee Lab
  3. Press Coffee and Roasters
  4. Sip Coffee and Beer House
  5. Fourtillfour Cafe
  6. Mystical Coffee
  7. Yellow Spruce
  8. Echo Coffee
  9. Street Brew Coffee
  10. Schmooze

P.S. These are in no particular order! 

Later we’ll dive into what are the “cute coffee shops in Scottsdale” because we all love a little cuteness with our brew, heyyyyyy.

Need a map of these? I got one for you below.

Click here to view a live version of the map!

map of the best coffee in scottsdale

But now, let’s dive into each of these so you can find the Scottsdale coffee hub you want to try next!

#1 Berdena’s (Best Coffee in Old Town Scottsdale)

I’ll just say it right now, Berdena’s has to be one of my favorite coffee shops in Scottsdale, AZ! Located in Old Town, Berdena’s is a small shop tucked away in a corner that you’d easily miss if it weren’t for the line that’s usually out the door!

This Scottsdale coffee shop gets a 10/10 for atmosphere. Its bright interior makes you feel all happy inside, and you can’t help but smile at the baby blue espresso machine sitting front and center on the counter. The coffee lives up to the hype! And so do the pastries. Try one of the croissants or avocado toast when you visit!

#2 Cartel Roasting Co.

Ask any local where to grab a coffee, and they’ll probably point you to Cartel Roasting Co. (previously Cartel Coffee Lab). This hip shop is where you might want to go to try chewy brownies and housemade pop-tarts among their to-die-for espresso drinks. 

If you love making your coffee at home, you might want to pick up a bag of beans from here! Cartel is easily a Scottsdale staple that all first-timers should try, especially if you’re spending a weekend in Scottsdale.

#3 Press Coffee and Roasters

Press, PRESSSSS. I can’t get enough.

If I could, I would have a latte from Press Coffee and Roasters every day. 

I do, actually, because this is where I get my coffee beans. Anyhoot, you’ll come here for the vibes, but you’ll stay for the roasts.

Press is the kind of place any coffee lover should go. You can enjoy their fantastic cold brew, espresso classics, or, if you’re feeling adventurous, one of their coffee shakers that come in fun flavors like peanut butter.

There are Press locations up and down Scottsdale, which means you’re never too far away from a coffee fix. If you’re looking for a place to get some work done, their fast wifi and cozy lounges will be perfect for you.

P.S. You’d like my guide on Things to do in Scottsdale, AZ

#4 Sip Coffee and Beer House

Love coffee and a good beer? Perfect! Sip Coffee and Beer House is the place for you.

You’ll love Sip for its rustic atmosphere, complete with live performances. And if that doesn’t sell you, come here for a housemade pretzel! Or, orrrr, you can enjoy a cocktail too.

In a rush? Skip Starbucks—there’s a drive-thru here!

Read Next: Best Old Town Scottsdale Happy Hours

#5 Fourtillfour Cafe (Must-See Local Coffee Shop in Scottsdale)

Calling all car lovers. Fourtillfour is the Scottsdale coffee shop you never knew you needed in your life.

Located in Old Town Scottsdale, Fourtillfour was founded in 2007. Aside from having good @$$ coffee, they’ve become a community favorite for their love of vehicles—from hot rods to adventure mobiles to classic Porches.

Truthfully, I’m not huge on cars, but when you come here on a car show day, you’ll go ga-ga over the aesthetics of the whole thing—Kelly Green Porche? Yes, please.

But seriously, this should be high on your list if you find yourself in the Old Town area. Their outdoor patio area is bright, airy, perfect for furbabies and a great place to catch up with friends.

If you like a good origin story, you can read all about the owner and the inspiration behind the cafe in their blog here. And you can keep up with their events here. The Porsche show is on the 1st Saturday of every month.

P.S. They also have a cute AF blue espresso machine.

#6 Mythical (Maverick) Coffee (Unique Scottsdale Coffee Shop)

Mythical Coffee, previously Maverick, has some of the best specialty coffee in Scottsdale. It’s where you can enjoy a tasty lavender latte or a blueberry cold foam (YUM)—seriously. 

The drinks are so colorful and fun that it’s something my inner child, unicorn-loving self, is obsessed with.

Prickly pear and hibiscus latte? Sure! Why not?

This North Scottsdale coffee shop doesn’t skip out on serving delicious treats. I’m talking about vegan donuts (YASSS) and savory goodies.

And when you walk inside, you’ll love their colorful menu as you cozy on up in their newly remodeled bright and inviting interior! If you’re visiting with someone who isn’t super into coffee, Mythical has a menu of non-coffee drinks like kombucha and London Fog.

#7 Yellow Spruce

If you have a sweet tooth, you’ll love Yellow Spruce. Known for its espresso and gelato, you can probably guess that they have a mean affogato too.

Can we really pass up an opportunity to enjoy a good @$$ coffee and gelato? I think not.

Roasted Banana Dulce de Leche? LITERALLY SOUNDS LIKE A DREAM. I’LL TAKE 2.

But what you’ll find special about Yellow Spruce is its yellow and green color palette that makes you want to lay in a pleasant forest somewhere. And I’m not far off from thinking about that. 

Check out what the owner Brian has to say about the name:

“Yellow Spruce is a representation of our personal origins, which began in the Colorado pines and firmly rests in the Arizona desert. Our travels have taken us all over the world in both leisure and service. Our logo, a lone spruce twig shrouded by yellow and green, are reminders of the places we call home.” 

#8 Echo Coffee

Echo Coffee is a quaint coffee shop in Scottsdale known for its great beans and baked in-house treats.

Aside from a decadent muffin or cowboy cookie, pair your lattes with one of their vegan BLT sandwiches or a PB&J! But you’ll REALLY love the view of Arizona’s Camelback Mountain when you come here. They name all the in-house roasted beans after their fur babies (cute touch), and 1% of every purchase gets donated to the Arizona Humane Society.

#9 Street Brew Coffee (Cool Scottsdale Coffee Spot)

Coffee lovers like you will probably agree with the giant mural inside of Street Brew that reads “Life Begins After Coffee”—true.

Street Brew is known for rich and robust coffee drinks that are unmatched!

You’ll love their cappuccinos and fresh pastries as you relax in their moody black and white interior—don’t worry, though, the staff is anything but moody and will make you feel right at home!

And how can we not talk about the freaking VIBES in this place? A Scottsdale coffee shop playing classic hip-hop tracks? SIGN ME UP, FAM.

It’s a great place if you want to enjoy a coffee and just have some fun! A total 180 from the traditional relaxing “hipster” coffee shop we’re used to.

And for that, it deserves a place on your “must-see” Scottsdale coffee spots list. 

#10 Schmooze (Best Scottsdale Coffee Shop for Getting Sh*t Done)

Schmooze is much more than a coffee shop. It’s a great cafe for brunch AND it’s a co-working space!

Located in Old Town Scottsdale, when you come here, you can enjoy a seat in their front garden area while you gulf down a black coffee and some hashbrowns.

Schmooze caters to entrepreneurs and business professionals who want a place to enjoy a fun atmosphere and get work done. They have a conference room folks can use for meetings—super unique to the space!

It’s the perfect place to enjoy a lovely morning with friends and walk around the Old Town Scottsdale area!

Cute Coffee Shops in Scottsdale

While there are 10 of the best coffee shops in Scottsdale up there, we have to have a moment to talk about which ones are the cutest.

Sure, cuteness level is probably subjective; at the end of the day, these are just my opinions.

And yes, cuteness has nothing to do with how good the coffee is, but I do believe the environment, overall atmosphere, and aesthetics place a large part in whether or not we choose to visit a place (sometimes, anyways).

So of the 10 shops we just discussed, these are what I would call cute coffee shops in Scottsdale AZ:

  • Berdena’s—Probably the cutest of the bunch! You can’t beat the beautiful tile and blue espresso machine.
  • Fourtillfour—We love a nice outdoor seating area. And the car shows are a VIBE. Bring your film cameras.
  • Mystical Coffee—The drinks are colorful, the interior is bright, and the whole place screams narwhal, unicorn. Haha.

Picking Which Shop to Visit

How do you pick which of the best coffee shops in Scottsdale you will visit? Here are a few parting tips for you.

Pick Your Vibe

Are you a sing-a-long to hip hop kind of person, or do you need to hunker down and get a ton of work done for the day? 

Or are you looking for one of the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale?

Depending on your mood and what environment you want to immerse yourself in, you’ll be able to narrow down your options and find the right coffee place for you!

Have an Itinerary

Scottsdale is a fairly large city. So if you’re spending a weekend in Scottsdale (click on that link to read my blog), you’ll want to plan where you’re going!

That’ll help you find coffee shops in the areas you’ll spend the most time in.

This list of coffee in Scottsdale has something in just about every area in the city!

Use Them as Snack Time

I would venture to say that most people don’t visit coffee shops just for coffee. We come for the coffee and stay for the food, duh!

If you’re having trouble deciding what coffee shop to visit, look at their menus and decide what kind of food you might be in the mood for.

For example, if you’re feeling for ice cream, Yellow Spruce would tick all the boxes for you with their gelato!

Overall

You probably expect me to say this, but overall you can’t go wrong with which coffee shop you visit. That’s why these are the best Scottsdale coffee shops!

I hope this blog gave you some inspo on your coffee adventure. Planning on spending more time in Scottsdale?

Check out my other helpful blogs:

The post 10 Best Scottsdale Coffee Shops for Irresistible Drinks & Vibes appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-scottsdale-coffee-shops/feed/ 0 54525
11 Best Sedona Boutique Hotels | Top Luxury Places to Stay https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-sedona-boutique-hotels/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-sedona-boutique-hotels/#respond Tue, 05 Jul 2022 21:49:50 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=54351 Are you planning on visiting Sedona to explore the Grand Canyon and Arizona? Consider staying at one of Sedona’s charming boutique hotels.  One of the best things about Sedona is its abundance of fantastic hotels set among the backdrop of unique red rock formations. This mysterious location has plenty of spa resorts and stunning boutique […]

The post 11 Best Sedona Boutique Hotels | Top Luxury Places to Stay appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Are you planning on visiting Sedona to explore the Grand Canyon and Arizona? Consider staying at one of Sedona’s charming boutique hotels. 

One of the best things about Sedona is its abundance of fantastic hotels set among the backdrop of unique red rock formations. This mysterious location has plenty of spa resorts and stunning boutique hotels that are sure to suit selective tastes.

I’ve created a list of the best hotels Sedona has to offer, and I can’t wait for you to check them out. But first, let’s understand where you should stay when traveling to Sedona.

And while you’re here, read these next:

Let’s begin!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Where to Stay in Sedona, Arizona: Best Neighborhoods

This northern Arizona desert town comprises four separate neighborhoods. These are Village of Oak Creek, Oak Creek Canyon, Uptown Sedona, and West Sedona.

Village of Oak Creek

Located approximately five miles south of Uptown Sedona’s business district, the Village of Oak Creek is a peaceful residential and business area. You may want to book a Sedona boutique hotel here if you’re planning to see top sights such as the Chapel of the Holy Cross, as well as go on the famous Pink Jeep Adventures tour.

Oak Creek Canyon

Oak Creek Canyon, on the other hand, is perfect for those looking to get some easy Sedona hiking done. Later, when you’re all tired and sweaty, you’ll want to retire to a comfortable and relaxing Sedona lodging in this intimate part of town.

Uptown Sedona

In contrast to Oak Creek Canyon, Uptown Sedona is a bustling shopping district teeming with stores and restaurants. If you want easy access to all amenities and would like to pop into a store on your trip, you may want to pick a hotel in Uptown Sedona.

West Sedona

And lastly, we have West Sedona. This lively neighborhood is brimming with arts and culture. You may want to consider staying here if you’re planning to visit the Tlaquepaque Arts & Crafts Village or head to the Sedona Arts Festival nearby. 

Outdoor enthusiasts will particularly enjoy the hiking trails in the area. The almost-300 acre Red Rock State Park has easy hiking trails, making it suitable for beginners.

Ultimately, where you decide to stay usually depends on your choice of activities and what you prefer.

The 11 Best Hotels in Sedona, Arizona

  1. Enchantment Resort
  2. Amara Resort & Spa
  3. L’Auberge De Sedona
  4. Lantern Light Inn
  5. Hilton Sedona Resort at Bell Rock
  6. Hyatt Residence Club Sedona, Piñon Pointe
  7. Sky Ranch Lodge
  8. Adobe Grand Villas
  9. Casa Sedona Inn
  10. El Portal Sedona Hotel
  11. A Sunset Chateau

Don’t worry, we’ll take a deep dive into each of these properties so you can select the one for you!

Numbers 1 through 3 on the list are my top picks if you’re looking for a real, lux Sedona experience.

Without further ado, let’s take a look at some of the best boutique hotels Sedona offers.

#1 Enchantment Resort (My Top Pick)

  • Hotel Class: 5-Stars
  • Price Range: $590 – $905 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 525 Boynton Canyon Rd, Sedona, AZ 86336, USA
  • Check-in: 4 PM-midnight
  • Check-out: Until 12 PM

Enchantment Resort is simply one of the best places to stay in Sedona, AZ. This stunning hotel is highly rated for its style and unrivaled comfort. It is beautiful within and without — offering magnificent views of Boynton Canyon.

Seriously, staying here is such a treat because you’ll feel fully immersed in the red rocks. It’s the perfect place to take an Instagram Story or Reel (if you’re into that, haha).

You don’t have to stay in a specific room to relish the views of the stunning red rock formations. Each guestroom, suite, and villa has a private balcony from which you can enjoy breathtaking vistas.

If you’re a foodie, you’ll delight your taste buds at Enchantment Resort, as it has four signature dining experiences for you to explore on a culinary adventure. The resort serves excellent meals, which is what you’d expect from one of the best Sedona hotels.

Speaking of dining, they also have a bar that serves handcrafted cocktails and premium spirits.

The resort also has facilities for differently-abled guests and free parking. Other notable amenities include a swimming pool for a little water action and a fitness center to stay active during your stay.

Lastly, if you have a fur baby, you won’t have to leave them with a friend or send them to pet daycare. Enchantment Resort is animal friendly, so you can bring your furry friends along.

Useful: Enchantment Resort has an ATM machine on its premises, so if you’re short on cash, there’s no need to fret.

#2 Amara Resort & Spa

  • Hotel Class: 4-Stars
  • Price Range: $379 – $663 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 100 Amara Ln, Uptown, Sedona, AZ 86336, USA
  • Check-in: 4 PM
  • Check-out: 11 AM

If you’re looking for one of the best places to stay, Sedona has you covered with this boutique hotel. Amara Resort & Spa is perfect for a romantic getaway as it sits quietly along the scenic Oak Creek.

Take laps around the infinity pool before resting at the edge to take in gorgeous views of the Red Rocks through the trees. When you’re done, dry yourself off and enjoy a light cocktail relaxing at one of the cabanas surrounding the pool.

Experience unrivaled comfort lounging on beds outfitted with Italian linen and hot tubs to luxuriate in. Each room comes with a 40-inch flat-screen TV so you won’t miss out on your favorite shows.

Outside your room, you can savor culinary delights at the resort’s SaltRock Kitchen & Cocktails. They serve mouthwatering Southwestern cuisine, which typically includes tasty skillet street corn and Chile Limón fries.

To keep up with your workout routine during your stay, head to Amara Resorts & Spas fitness center. Then soothe your muscles by getting a relaxing massage at their full-service spa.

The hotel is close to areas of interest like Slide Rock State Park and Cathedral Rock Trail. A bit out of the way is the Grand Canyon, which is 108 miles away.

You’ll enjoy a comfortable stay at Amara Resort & Spa, receiving excellent service from their friendly and professional staff.

#3 L’Auberge De Sedona

  • Hotel Class: 4-Stars
  • Price Range: $626 – $809 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 301 L’Auberge Ln, Uptown, Sedona, AZ 86336, USA
  • Check-in: 4 PM-midnight
  • Check-out: 11 AM

Situated in Uptown Sedona, L’Auberge De Sedona is perfect for anyone looking to be close to the main attractions and sought after amenities. Additionally, the Sedona Airport is just 10 minutes away from  L’Auberge De Sedona.

This Sedona luxury hotel features on any best boutique hotels in Sedona list, and it’s easy to see why. Staying in this serene hotel offers you spectacular views of Sedona’s red rock formations in a lush and tranquil environment.

Enjoy excellent services from the staff in this upscale hotel, be it room service or dining at the restaurant. Find a comforting hideaway in your lavish room from the hustle and bustle of everyday life. You can visit L’Auberge De Sedona’s spa center to melt your cares away.

You’ll remain connected to friends and loved ones thanks to the hotel’s free Wi-Fi and dance to your favorite tunes on the iPod docking station.

Looking to go shopping in Uptown Sedona? No need to worry about transportation as L’Auberge De Sedona has a free shuttle service to take you there. Uptown Sedona is one of Sedona’s most Instagrammable places, so it’s worth charging your phone so you can get good snaps upon arrival.

Tip: If you want to take in some beautiful views at sunrise and sunset, consider staying in the Cottage with Creek View or Cottage with Mountain View to watch the sun rise (and set) over the beautiful red mountain nearby.

#4 Lantern Light Inn

  • Hotel Class: 3-Stars
  • Price Range: $217 – $330 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 3085 AZ-89A, West,  Sedona, AZ 86336, USA
  • Check-in: From 3 PM
  • Check-out: Until 10 AM

Lantern Light Inn is a relaxing and peaceful hotel, perfect for lovebirds looking to spend time away in nature. This Sedona boutique hotel boasts simple and understated luxury in West Sedona.

Enjoy the comforts of home with a Keurig coffee maker to make delicious Americanos and a refrigerator to store some light meals and ingredients for cooking later on.  This can be quite handy as breakfast is not available at Lantern Light Inn. So, you may want to make a light breakfast for yourself.

Having a movie date night? Pop in some butter popcorn in the microwave to have hot, buttery popcorn ready before your movie starts playing.

It can get quite hot in West Sedona during summer but rest assured you’ll keep nice and cool in your airconditioned room. Alternatively, you can opt to spend time outdoors on the sun terrace, basking in the beautiful lush garden.

At nighttime, sit on beautiful patio furniture around the fireplace and have a lovely conversation over a hot cup of Keurig coffee and roasted marshmallows.

Thanks to its great location, Lantern Light Inn is close to all the activities you’d like to do in Sedona. Take your pick between hiking, horseback riding, and cycling. If you’d like something different, you can go on fun balloon rides or take a Jeep tour.

Note: You can request an earlier check-in or later check-out time, but this is subject to availability.

Note: Breakfast is not available at Lantern Light Inn, so you may want to stop for a bite along your way to the hotel if you’re making a morning trip.

#5 Hilton Sedona Resort at Bell Rock

  • Hotel Class: 4-Stars
  • Price Range: $313 – $462 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 90 Ridge Trail Dr, Sedona, AZ 86351, USA
  • Check-in: 4 PM
  • Check-out: 11 AM

Hilton Sedona Resort at Bell Rock is one of the best hotels in Sedona, AZ. Set among sprawling green lawns and Bell Rock, Hilton Sedona Resort offers breathtaking scenery.

You’ll have spacious rooms that can comfortably accommodate large groups, perfect for an outing with friends (or family). Thanks to the roomy accommodation, you can arise early enough to take time for yourself and observe beautiful sunrises over a cup of coffee. All this, without waking up the rest of your group.

Take a fitness class to keep active. Alternatively, you can play tennis or golf. Channel your inner Serena Williams (or Roger Feder) at the tennis courts, or take it easy putting balls at the expansive golf course.

Once you’re done playing sports to your heart’s content, retreat to your room where you can rest and keep snug under luxurious goose-down duvets.

Keep warm with the low environmental impact gas fireplaces while you wind down in front of the flat-screen TVs. But, If that’s not your jam, why not luxuriate at the hotel’s on-site spa? 

Enjoy fine dining options, one of which is The Grille, which serves appetizing Southwestern cuisine. Other dining options include Blue Water Café at Cascade Pool and Shadowrock Tap + Table.

Whatever your heart desires, the opulent Hilton Sedona Resort at Bell Rock has you covered.

Note: You can bring your furry friends along as Hilton Sedona Resort welcomes dogs. They even offer tasty organic treats and have dog beds for your fur babies. How’s that for hospitality?

#6 Hyatt Residence Club Sedona, Piñon Pointe

  • Hotel Class: 3-Stars
  • Price Range: $310 – $455 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 1 North Highway 89 A, Sedona, AZ 86336, USA
  • Check-in: 4 PM-11 PM
  • Check-out: 10 AM

Hyatt Residence Club Sedona, Piñon Pointe is part of the Hyatt Residence Club hotel chain and offers the amenities and experience you’d come to expect from this brand.

Experience a comfortable stay with the feeling of being at home, thanks to a fully equipped kitchen to whip up a storm in if you don’t feel like room service. Each room is outfitted with flat-screen TVs, allowing you to entertain yourself with movies on the DVD player.

If you’d like to watch some of your favorite shows on your mobile device, rest assured you’ll have an internet connection in this desert oasis. You’ll have access to wireless internet so you can keep entertained and connected at all times.

Other room features include a private balcony boasting either red rock or resort views. Whichever view you get, it’s bound to be stunning thanks to Sedona’s delightful red evening sunsets.

Evening times are great because you’ll get to cozy up in front of the gas fireplace in your living room or luxuriate in a hot jetted tub situated in the en-suite bathroom. You’ll sleep comfortably in one of Hyatt’s Grand Beds ® that surely takes comfort to the next level.

Thinking of exploring the stores nearby? Luckily, Hilton Residence Club Sedona, Piñon Pointe is close to The Shops at Piñon Pointe so you can always visit an establishment or two.

Back at the hotel, you can maintain your fitness levels by working out at the gym or playing a game of tennis. On those Sedona hot days, however, you may want to keep cool by taking swimming laps at the pool.

Bringing kids along? The Camp Rynamuka Children’s Program is sure to delight, educate, and entertain children with their wide range of activities.

#7 Sky Ranch Lodge

  • Hotel Class: 2-Stars
  • Price Range: $237 – $330 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 1105 Airport Rd, Sedona, AZ 86336, USA
  • Check-in: 2 PM
  • Check-out: 11 AM

Sky Ranch Lodge is a breath of fresh air. Situated atop Airport Mesa, it’s no wonder why. In fact, it’s often referred to as an “Oasis in the Sky ” thanks to the endless breathtaking Sedona views it offers.

The beauty doesn’t end there. While you’re here, you can visit the sprawling 6.5 acre Sky Ranch Lodge’s Botanical Garden. Take a stroll of the grounds on a self-guided tour to explore the diverse range of plants and trees.

Back at the lodge, you’ll find that the hotel has an airy feel to it, partly due to the expansive windows that let light in. Plus, the interior is awash with light yet warm colors, adding to the magical and airy feel to the hotel.

Each room type comes with an en-suite bathroom, air conditioning, and a flat-screen TV, providing you with all you need for a comfortable stay. Make yourself deliciously hot coffee with the coffee machine and take in beautiful views from your balcony. 

Thanks to the free Wi-Fi, you can snap and send dreamy sunset pics to your friends and family on the spot. Speaking of family, Sky Ranch Lodge allows pets, so you can bring your fur babies along to experience magical Sedona.

#8 Adobe Grand Villas

  • Hotel Class: 4-Stars
  • Price Range: $456 – $615 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 35 Hozoni Dr, West, Sedona, AZ 86366, USA
  • Check-in: 3 PM-7 PM
  • Check-out: 11 AM

This 5-star luxury resort can be considered the best hotel in Sedona. Adobe Grand Villas is an exquisite private hotel in West Sedona. Appreciate the unrivaled rustic elegance in this exclusive getaway.

Upon arrival, you’ll be greeted by the scent of freshly baked bread in your room. Each lavish room features a private patio or balcony. This allows you to take in beautiful vistas of Sedona while snacking on the yummy snacks freely provided. But that’s not all you get to savor.

Adobe Grand Villas serves guests a 3-course breakfast in the mornings in their restaurant. Executive Chef Michael has years of experience that culminate in gourmet dishes and happy tummies. 

Missing that freshly baked bread you first had upon arrival? Don’t worry. Chef Michael prepares freshly baked bread daily, so you can enjoy it with a cup of tea or coffee in the comfort of your room.

Popular amenities include a spa and wellness center to de-stress and a swimming pool to splash around in and soak up a bit of that Arizona sun.

#9 Casa Sedona Inn

  • Hotel Class: 3-Stars
  • Price Range: $282 – $369 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 55 Hozoni Dr, Sedona, AZ 86336, USA
  • Check-in: 3 PM-8 PM. You can check in later than 8 PM, provided you’ve given the hotel advanced notice. Just note that they don’t allow check-ins after 10 PM.
  • Check-out: 11 AM

Casa Sedona Inn offers an intimate home-away-from-home stay in a serene and lush desert oasis environment.

Retreat to your warm, inviting hotel room after exploring Red Rock State Park. Find relief from the Arizona heat with air conditioning in your room while reading a magazine or a book in the seating area. On the flip side, the fireplace will keep you warm on those bitterly cold Arizona nights.

If you’d prefer, use free Wi-Fi and entertain yourself on your devices or watch a show on the flat-screen cable TV.

Each room is outfitted with 600 thread count luxury linens that are sure to provide unparalleled comfort, along with a premium Cuddledown comforter to keep you snug and warm. Those with allergies may be relieved to know that Cuddledown comforters are hypoallergenic. 

Depending on the room you choose, you’ll either enjoy Red Rock or garden views from your balcony or patio.

Did you know? Grand Canyon National Park is a 2-hour drive away from Casa Sedona Inn, making it a fun full-day outdoor adventure to have before returning to the hotel.

Note: Unlike some of the hotels listed here, Casa Sedona Inn is not a pet-friendly hotel, so you may have to find alternative accommodation options for your pets while staying here.

#10 El Portal Sedona Hotel

  • Hotel Class: 2.5-Stars
  • Price Range: $366 – $539 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 95 Portal Ln, West, Sedona, AZ 86336, USA
  • Check-in: 3 PM-6 PM
  • Check-out: 10 AM

When you first step onto El Portal Sedona Hotel grounds, you’ll feel as though you’ve stepped into a fairytale. Beautiful green plants line the roofs and exterior of this luxury hotel.

Promising to provide the comforts of home, this 4-star luxury hotel was created with pets in mind, making it suitable for both pet owners and pets alike. Each room is tastefully decorated with unique artwork yet maintains simple elegance. This is perfect for you if you don’t like over-the-top décor.

Tile and wood flooring are featured throughout the boutique hotel, making it easier to clean after pets. With that being said, you won’t notice pet dander or anything similar anywhere as El Portal Sedona Hotel is highly rated for its cleanliness.

Focusing on guest rooms: High beamed ceilings make the rooms larger and airier. Depending on your chosen room, you’ll have a balcony or patio. Either of these allows you to enjoy beautiful views of your surroundings.

Each room features an en-suite bathroom, a hairdryer to style your hair, and a safe to store your precious belongings. You’ll also have a mini-fridge to enjoy an assortment of beverages or preserve some of the left-over snacks you received free of charge upon arrival.

While El Portal Sedona Inn may not have a swimming pool or fitness center, those looking to keep fit do so at the Los Abrigados Resort adjacent to the hotel. 

Did you know? You don’t pay extra for bringing your pets along. How rad is that?

#11 A Sunset Chateau

  • Hotel Class: 4-Stars
  • Price Range: $339 – $486 (based on avg. standard room rates)
  • Address: 665 South Sunset Dr, West, Sedona, AZ 86336, USA
  • Check-in: From 3 PM
  • Check-out: Before 11 AM

Last but certainly not least is the luxurious A Sunset Chateau. This boutique hotel in West Sedona boasts a prime estate with staggering views of Sedona’s magnificent red rocks. As equally as stunning are the gardens where you can take a leisurely stroll while enjoying the sound of running water from the nearby stream. It’s the perfect place to find peace in nature.

Another place to relax in is the pool or jacuzzi. Go for a calming swim in the saltwater pool or luxuriate your cares away in the jacuzzi. You can also spend time in front of the fireplace on the central patio and keep warm under the beautiful night sky.

Once you’re done for the day, head to your private room, where you’ll have an en-suite bathroom as well as free toiletries and towels to freshen up. Each room has a hairdryer to dry your hair after washing it, swimming or just to style it up.

Apart from watching TV and using the Wi-Fi to connect to the internet and scroll Twitter for the latest news, you can take a morning stroll in the garden before you enjoy a delicious full breakfast. 

A Sunset Chateau offers an American breakfast that also caters to those on a gluten-free, vegetarian, or vegan diet. Regardless of your tastes, A Sunset Chateau has something for everyone.

Final Thoughts on the Best Sedona Boutique Hotels

This northern Arizona town has so much to offer, and its boutique hotels are no exception, being some of the best places to stay in Sedona. Whether you’re hiking at sunrise or going sightseeing before sunset, you’re guaranteed an amazing stay at any of these top boutique hotels in Sedona.

Loved reading about these interesting and unique hotels? Check out this Sedona itinerary to learn how best to spend three days in this magical town, enjoying a range of activities in Red Rock Country.

The post 11 Best Sedona Boutique Hotels | Top Luxury Places to Stay appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/best-sedona-boutique-hotels/feed/ 0 54351
Ultimate Weekend in Scottsdale Itinerary for a Memorable Getaway https://dani-the-explorer.com/weekend-in-scottsdale/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/weekend-in-scottsdale/#respond Wed, 04 May 2022 20:51:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53099 Retro vibes, cactus, cowboy culture, luxury, hot air balloon rides—this is Scottsdale, Arizona at a glance! It’s like a little treasure chest just waiting for you to sort through all of its golden goodies, which is exactly why you need to spend a weekend in Scottsdale ASAP. What’s also great about this desert city is […]

The post Ultimate Weekend in Scottsdale Itinerary for a Memorable Getaway appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Retro vibes, cactus, cowboy culture, luxury, hot air balloon rides—this is Scottsdale, Arizona at a glance! It’s like a little treasure chest just waiting for you to sort through all of its golden goodies, which is exactly why you need to spend a weekend in Scottsdale ASAP.

What’s also great about this desert city is that it’s a hub for some other fantastic Arizona gems.

I mean, seriously: there are some gorgeous day trips from Scottsdale out there!  

So, if you’re coming to Scottsdale, AZ for a little bit but found yourself going, “WTF is there to do there?” I got you.

In this blog, I’m pulling from my experience as a Scottsdale, AZ local to give you ALL the tea.

We’ll go over the best weekend itinerary and the juicy details you need to know before ya go. You’re about to have the best Scottsdale trip ever—take me with you? Ha!

When you’re done with this blog, make sure you check out some of my other AZ blogs:

Let’s start by covering some of the planning details and travel tips for your Scottsdale itinerary!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Weekend in Scottsdale, AZ

I should note that you can visit in summer, but you’ll have to watch the weather!

Summers in Arizona are hot (110+ degrees Fahrenheit), BUT hotels will offer large room discounts.

Where to Stay in Scottsdale

You have amazing choices for accommodations to fit into your Scottsdale itinerary, but you’ll wanna check out The Scott Resort and Spa.

Staying there is like a vacation within a vacation!

The resort was inspired by Cuba and the Caribbean, so you KNOW it’s gorgeous. 

As soon as you pull up to the resort, you’re greeted by their vintage blue convertible. It’s similar to those driving around Havana, Cuba.

And walking through those front doors instantly transports you to an island. 

Not to mention, The Canal Club inside the resort is 10/10.

Their coconut mojitos will make your day. The rooms themselves are so airy and beautiful that they’ll out you in an instant state of relaxation—the kind of place you want to come back to after a long day exploring.

The Scott just so happens to be pet-friendly too! As if it couldn’t get any better!

Plus, it’s right by Old Town, so you’ll be in the heart of the action! 

Click here to book your stay at The Scott Resort and Spa!

Next Read: Best Boutique Hotels in Scottsdale, AZ

Scottsdale Map

Here’s a map for you to reference during your weekend in Scottsdale!

Click here to view a live version of the map.

You’ll notice that everything is relatively close together, making it easy to explore multiple areas.

Weekend in Scottsdale Map

Perfect Weekend in Scottsdale Itinerary at a Glance

  • Friday
    • Arrive in Scottsdale
    • Hotel Check-in
    • Dinner
  • Saturday
  • Sunday
    • McDowell Mountain Gateway Trail — McDowell Sonoran Preserve
    • Desert Botanical Garden
    • Pool or Spa
    • Depart

Don’t worry! We’ll be diving into this itinerary.

To get the most out of your weekend in Scottsdale, I highly suggest getting to Scottsdale Friday evening if possible—no later than Saturday morning!

Then, depart late on Sunday or nice and early on Monday.

Now that we’ve covered some of those details let’s get into our weekend itinerary!

Friday Itinerary — Arrive in Scottsdale

Evening

Once you land in Scottsdale, AZ (or Phoenix), grab your rental car, and head to your hotel for check-in. Take a second to freshen up if you need to, then it’s time to head out and begin your weekend in Scottsdale!

Get over to The Scott Resort and Spa where you’ll be having dinner and a drink at The Canal Club.

All of their food is Cuban-inspired and there’s something for everyone!

I enjoyed the vegetable Paella with a coconut mojito—HEAVEN. 

But seriously, the coconut mojito is the best, don’t skip on this. 

If you can’t get a seat in the restaurant, you can sit in The Canal Club’s cozy bar and lobby areas, then order your tapas and entrees there!

Tomorrow will be an early day, so get to bed ;).

Saturday Itinerary — Hot Air Balloon & Old Town Scottsdale

Morning

Rise and shine, boo!

Since Saturday is your only full day in your Scottsdale itinerary, it’ll be the busiest!

You’ll survive, though, don’t sweat. Now, it’s time to enjoy what makes Arizona shine: desert sunrises and sunsets.

When you book a sunrise hot air balloon ride, you’ll probably have to get up around 4am to start your day.

The views will be worth it, though!

Once in the sky, you’ll get to see the Sonoran desert glow a deep golden color—it’ll blow you away! Expect the hot air balloon ride to take about 3.5 hours.

Click here to book your hot air balloon ride!

Eat a snack before you get there! After landing, hop over to the Old Town Scottsdale area, where you’ll enjoy the rest of your Scottsdale itinerary.

Opt for brunch at Herb Box or a coffee at Fourtillfour.

Recently, I went to Herb Box for brunch with a friend and I was impressed!

I loved the Korean Fried Cauliflower.

Pro Tip: If you want to dine at Herb Box, I recommend making a reservation on Open Table—that’ll guarantee you a spot!

Early Afternoon

Ready for some more fun?

Snag some bicycles and explore around the town!

Or, if you stay somewhere like The Scott Resort, you can use their complimentary bicycles!

Hotels like this provide you with some bike route recommendations. Old Town Scottsdale also has a bike-share program.

Of course, renting bikes is another option too!

Make sure along your route you check out the Scottsdale Waterfront!

It’s a canal system with beautiful views and architecture that stretches through the city. It’ll be a highlight during your 48 hours in Scottsdale.

Not into bikes? Book a tour instead!

JoyRides AZ and Arizona Food Tours are great tour companies to book with:

  • JoyRides AZ will take visitors around Scottsdale and share some of the city’s history, which is an option if that sounds more like your vibe for your Scottsdale 2 day itinerary!
  • Arizona Food Tours will take you all around Old Town Scottsdale so you can sample all of the tasty food and drink Scottsdale has to offer. This is literally a foodie’s dream.

You’ll head to Scottsdale’s famous restaurants like The Mission, AZ88, Malee’s Thai Bistro, and more!

At the waterfront, make sure you take some pictures! The whole area is super photogenic—you can also explore Scottsdale Fashion Square since it’s across the street.

Read Next: I have a whole blog on the best Scottsdale Coffee Shops—click here!

Lunch

If you book a food tour, you’ll be golden in the lunch department, but if you’re busy doing a bike tour, head to Diego Pops for some tacos!

Diego Pops also happens to be one of the most Instagrammable Places in Scottsdale!

I love their watermelon margarita and appetizers.

You can get a sample platter with queso, salsa, and guacamole! Most folks enjoy Diego Pop’s street corn, so that’s something you can pig out on too.

As an alternative, you can stop by Berdena’s Coffee Shop for a quick pick-me-up and pastry!

Berdena’s is an adorable Scottsdale coffee shop on 5th Ave in Old Town.

Their oat milk lattes are *chef’s kiss*.

OR, did you know that Scottsdale is a popular destination for wine tasting? Yep!

As a matter of fact, Scottsdale is home to 6 wineries that you can visit. This is otherwise known as the Scottsdale Wine Trail and makes for a great day time activity.

You can certainly opt to take a self-guided wine tour during your weekend in Scottsdale. It’s all walkable.

Visit ScottsdaleWineTrail.com for more information and a map!

While you’re in the area, you can explore the Civic Center Plaza or the Scottsdale Museum of Contemporary Arts. Make sure you take a picture with the LOVE sign while you’re there!

Evening

Depending on how your day goes, you can opt to head back to your hotel and enjoy a relaxing time at the pool or a lovely spa day.

A massage probably sounds great after this adventure!

You can book a facial at The Scott Resort and Spa or spend your day at Sanctuary Camelback Mountain Resort & Spa—a nationally recognized spa on the Forbes Travel Guide.

Ready for dinner? Head over to The Mission in Old Town.

The Mission serves up Latin cuisine and cocktails that are sure to impress!

They have everything from flavor-packed guacamole to tacos in hand-pressed tortillas to entrees cooked over a mesquite flame.

Citizen Public House is a great dinner alternative! They serve up gastropub cuisine and craft beers.

And, you have to cap things off with dessert! Sprinkles Cupcakes has a cupcake ATM in Old Town that is just as insta-worthy as delicious!

If you’d rather have ice cream, go to Sugar Bowl for a sundae. 

If you want to end Saturday with some drinks, opt for some bar hopping fun! I have a whole blog on the best happy hours and bars in Old Town!

Sunday Itinerary — Finishing Your Weekend in Scottsdale, AZ

Morning

Today is your last day in Scottsdale, AZ! So let’s end your 2 days in Scottsdale with a bang! 

Start your last morning off with a short hike in the McDowell Mountains.

The Gateway Trail at the McDowell Sonoran Preserve is quite literally the gateway into the McDowell Mountains.

Hikers can use this area to intersect with longer hiking routes and spend the entire day engulfed in the Sonoran Desert.

But if you’re not into long hikes, don’t sweat. The Gateway Trail includes some short and easy hiking routes that gets you into the McDowell Mountains and Scottsdale’s nature scene without spending HOURS in the desert. 

For a short adventure, you can opt for the Gateway Loop:

  • Length 4.5 miles RT
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Elevation Gain: 685ft

Rather than complete the Loop, you can also turn around at the halfway point before the trail starts to climb! You’ll still see plenty of the desert.

If you weren’t in the mood to hike after last night, another option is sleeping in and enjoying brunch!

Lucky for you, Scottsdale has some fantastic brunch options like Hash Kitchen, The Mission, Herb Box, and Snooze AM Eatery. 

Early Afternoon

Ready to see one last attraction before you leave? Head to the Desert Botanical Garden.

The Desert Botanical Garden is noticeably one of the most popular attractions and Scottsdale photo spots you’ll find.

It’s known for its desert fauna and flora and its integrated sculptures.

This is a great place to cap off your weekend in Scottsdale!

For safety reasons, the Gardens require that guests reserve tickets ahead of time.

You can read more about the process on DBG.org.

Before you head off, stop in Old Town for some last-minute shopping and pictures! 5th Avenue and Main Street are the best places in Old Town for some shopping.

To end things, head back to your hotel and pack your bags!

Have a final dip in the pool before it’s time to leave, then depart!

Alternative Weekend Itineraries

By now, you can probably tell that there are so many things to do in Scottsdale.

For that reason, I’ve provided two alternative itineraries for you to consider below.

Of course, feel free to mix and match as you please!

Alternative Itinerary #1

For the first alternative weekend in Scottsdale itinerary, you’ll have a similar layout to the one above.

Friday you arrive and end with dinner, Saturday is a full day, and Sunday is a chill day.

What you’ll find differs with this itinerary is that it gives you some more opportunities to enjoy Scottsdale’s art scene.

For instance, Frank Lloyd Wright’s Taliesin West is a celebration of the famous architect’s work.

Cosanti is another great art attraction!

Cosanti features some beautiful desert structures that celebrate local culture.

Friday Itinerary

  • Arrive
  • Check-in
  • Dinner at Sol in the Scottsdale Quarter

Saturday Itinerary

Sunday Itinerary

  • Coffee Fourtillfour or brunch
  • Desert Botanical Garden
  • Old Town
  • Depart

Of course, you can take elements from this itinerary and add them to the original one we discussed in detail!

Alternative Itinerary #2

This second alternative itinerary is a favorite!

It’s the perfect mix of adventure, art, and boujee-ness.

On Saturday, you’ll start with horseback riding or a hike up Camelback Mountain.

You’ll spend the rest of the day either relaxing at your hotel or exploring more of Scottsdale!

Your Sunday will include a lovely morning paddle sesh at Saguaro Lake, a 40-minute drive from Scottsdale.

You can opt for another day trip from Scottsdale too!

You’ll end Sunday with brunch or coffee and a trip to the Botanical Garden before leaving!

Friday Itinerary

  • Arrive
  • Check-in
  • Dinner at T. Cooks

Saturday Itinerary

  • Hike Camelback Mountain or go Horseback Riding
  • Relax at Hotel
  • Explore Cosanti Originals
  • Scottsdale Museum of Contemporary Art
  • Civic Center Plaza & Old Town
  • Dinner

Sunday Itinerary

  • Morning at Saguaro Lake
  • Pack
  • Brunch or coffee
  • Desert Botanical Garden
  • Depart

Pick this itinerary if you want a little bit of everything!

What to Pack

Packing for a weekend in Scottsdale, AZ isn’t difficult.

Still, you’ll have to pack items to account for all the different activities you’ll be doing!

Here is a quick list of items to bring with you.

A Comfy Dress

Whether it’s for romping around Old Town Scottsdale or elsewhere, I love a good comfy dress. It’ll allow you the freedom to explore around and pop in and out of restaurants as you please (while adhering to any pesky dress codes).

Walking Shoes

This one is pretty obvious! You’ll be walking, riding bikes, eating your heart out. Good walking shoes are a MUST, bestie!

Electronics

Of course you’ll want to have a camera, phone, and charger with you!

If you’re interested in seeing a list of some of the camera gear I use, check out my blogger camera gear post!

Toiletries

Probably the most important toiletry you’ll want to have is sunscreen. Look, that Arizona sun is BRUTAL and you will not want to walk away from your bomb@$$ Scottsdale trip with a mean sunburn.

Elta MD UV Clear has always been my go to! It’s super moisturizing, doesn’t leave a white-cast, and is for acne-prone skin!

Accessories

Don’t forget to bring a water bottle! I would also recommend a hat of sorts!

For Hiking

Whether you do the original itinerary we discussed or you choose an alternate, you’ll most likely be doing SOME adventuring around Scottsdale. Here’s a quick list of the hiking gear Scott and I love.

To call out one piece of gear, my go-to boot has always been the KEEN Targhee. They’re sturdy, reliable, and have amazing grip!

Final Tips for Your Weekend in Scottsdale

Let’s end things by covering some final tips for your weekend in Scottsdale! I’m pulling these from my experience so you can have the best trip possible!

Do One Large Activity a Day

We went over three different itineraries—that’s a lot of info to look at!

If you’re having trouble deciding what to do, listen up:

I recommend picking at least one large activity for Saturday and Sunday.

That could be horseback riding, hot air balloon riding, hiking Camelback Mountain, or kayaking Saguaro Lake.

You can’t go wrong with either!

Try the Food

This is a given, but Scottsdale is an awesome foodie city!

I recommend going to at least one decent place for dinner or lunch!

There are some great cocktail bars in the area too, and they’re worth exploring!

Outrider Rooftop Lounge, for example, has great drinks and an amazing view you won’t get in many other Scottsdale places!

And remember, a good way to see it all is a food tour!

Stay in Old Town

From experience, staying in Old Town Scottsdale is the way to go.

There is so much to do in the area, and a lot of it is a walk away from most hotels!

Plus, some Old Town hotels will have bikes you can use to explore!

AND, most hotels in Old Town Scottsdale are SUPER cute—issa vibe.

Here’s a quick list of hotels to consider: The Saguaro Scottsdale, Hotel Valley Ho, The Scott Resort & Spa, Andaz Scottsdale Resort.

Read Next: Best Boutique Hotels in Scottsdale, AZ

Next Steps for Your Scottsdale Trip

Ahh! There is so much to see in Scottsdale that a weekend in Scottsdale Arizona is almost not enough time!

I set up all of the itineraries to give you a healthy mix of everything I just mentioned, so hopefully one of those will do.

If you are exploring more of Arizona, I suggest you check out some of my other blogs:

The post Ultimate Weekend in Scottsdale Itinerary for a Memorable Getaway appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/weekend-in-scottsdale/feed/ 0 53099
How to Enjoy Bell Rock Vortex Sedona for an Incredible Adventure https://dani-the-explorer.com/bell-rock-vortex-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/bell-rock-vortex-sedona/#respond Wed, 04 May 2022 01:14:52 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53907 Bell Rock Vortex, known for its unique bell shape, needs to be at the top of your Sedona bucket list. Alone, it’s pretty special, but with its proximity to Courthouse Butte and scenic surroundings, an adventurer like you will love experiencing this special formation! And guess what? There is more than one way to enjoy […]

The post How to Enjoy Bell Rock Vortex Sedona for an Incredible Adventure appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Bell Rock Vortex, known for its unique bell shape, needs to be at the top of your Sedona bucket list. Alone, it’s pretty special, but with its proximity to Courthouse Butte and scenic surroundings, an adventurer like you will love experiencing this special formation!

And guess what? There is more than one way to enjoy Bell Rock. As a local, it took me years to figure that out, which is why I’m using this blog to spill all the tea. I’m going to tell you how to see all of Bell Rock’s surroundings, but I’ll also tell you how to get to the top!

That way, you have an easy time planning your trip to Sedona!

Let’s dive in!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

And make sure you check out my other Sedona, AZ blogs:

But Okay, What is a Vortex?

A vortex is a large sum of energy from the universe. Some folks believe that Sedona is like the mecca for vortex energy. Bell Rock Vortex energy is said to be some of the most powerful in the area.

Some other popular vortex hikes you can do include:

Whether you have one day in Sedona or multiple, a vortex is a must-see!

Now that we’re all caught up on the vortex tea let’s get into some things you should know for planning your Bell Rock hike!

girl on the bell rock climb trail in sedona arizona

When to Go & How to Get There

From my experience, Bell Rock Vortex is best enjoyed at sunset because of its 360 views.

Surely, you can enjoy the top of Bell Rock for sunrise, but from my experience, there are some other sunrise destinations I’d consider first:

Keep in mind there are plenty of easy Sedona hikes you can enjoy too!

As mentioned previously, you can use two parking lots to access the trails you need to get to Bell Rock. But if you can, try to park at the northern lot.

I’ve marked on a map for ya (below), don’t worry. Going to the southern parking lot will make your hike longer.

Now, let’s cover the best ways to enjoy Bell Rock!

Insider Tip: For this hike, you will need a $5 Red Rock Pass. But you can avid the pass by having an America the Beautiful Interagency Pass handy — hang that on your car and you’ll be good to go!

Bell Rock Climb

  • Bell Rock Trailhead: 34.8050676,-111.7667896
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: 0.8 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Top: 45 minutes to an hour
  • Elevation Gain: 600 feet
  • Parking: Limited with about 20 spaces
  • Best Light: Sunset
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes or America the Beautiful Pass

To see some of the best views Bell Rock offers, you’ll want to take the Bell Rock Climb trail.

But, fair warning, this hike isn’t for the faint of heart.

You will be scrambling a bit, and at times the trail can be hard to follow.

If you’re uncomfortable with heights, skip this!

We will discuss another option you can use to enjoy Bell Rock Vortex. 

Once you park at the Bell Rock Trailhead, you’ll hop on Bell Rock Access Trail and begin the easy, flat walk to Bell Rock.

It’s about 0.2 miles. Once you’re near the base of Bell Rock, start looking for the sign that reads Bell Rock Climb.

You’ll want to follow rock cairns and the faint trail to the top.

The trail ascends rather quickly—you’ll cover about 200 feet in 0.4 miles.

Wear sturdy hiking boots!

But, all of your efforts will be worth it! Once you’re at the top, you can enjoy unobstructed views of Sedona and feel all that juicy Bell Rock Vortex energy.

Courthouse Butte Bell Rock Loop

  • Bell Rock Trailhead: 34.8050676,-111.7667896
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: 3.9 miles round trip (loop)
  • Time to Top: 1.5 hours
  • Elevation Gain: 357 feet
  • Parking: Limited with about 20 spaces
  • Best Light: Sunset
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes or America the Beautiful Pass

If you’re not a fan of heights, the Courthouse Bell Rock Loop is just as great an option!

This trail can be best enjoyed at sunset or early in the morning. 

From the same parking area, you’ll jump on the Bell Rock Access Trail and walk 0.2 miles to the start of Bell Rock Trail.

You can then take a left or right to start your loop!

Taking a left, walk 0.3 miles to the Llama Trail junction. Then, walk Lllama Trail for a mere 300 feet until you reach Courthouse Butte Loop Trail.

This is the loop trail you’ll be taking for about 2 miles until it reconnects will Bell Rock Trail.

The entire loop almost 4 miles and pretty flat! So it’ll be a super easy, scenic hike for you.

Bell Rock Trail Maps

Navigating these trails can be a bit tricky, which is why I’ve created a couple of maps for you.

The map below shows the route you’d take to Bell Rock Climb.

And here is the map for the Courthouse Butte loop.

The blue line indicates your route when you take a left to begin the loop going clockwise!

trail map of courthouse butte bell rock loop in sedona az

Best Bell Rock Vortex Photo Spots

Bell Rock Vortex is one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona, AZ.

The whole area is so photogenic, so get your memory cards ready!

As far as where to take the best photos, you’ll find that along Bell Rock Climb trail is pretty great for pictures.

So is the top of Bell Rock. 

However, if you don’t want to climb, you can take some amazing images along Courthouse Butte Loop Trail!

Best Friends Lookout Point is a popular photo spot.

Insider Tip: I also suggest going across the street to Yavapai Vista Point! This will give you a different perspective of Bell Rock Vortex and Courthouse Butte, minus the hiking!

What to Bring

Regardless of whether or not you decide to climb Bell Rock, there are a few items you’ll want to make sure you have with you!

Sturdy Hiking Boots

IDK about you, but I am a CLUTZ on trail. And when it comes to hiking in Sedona, tripping on some red rocks is no joke!

To protect my feet, I always wear my Keen Targhees.

I like them because they’re sturdy and have such good grip. That extra grip power goes a long way when you’re doing something like Bell Rock Climb!

Sunscreen

All Bell Rock trails have no shade, so you will be fully exposed to the sun’s harsh rays!

To protect your beautiful skin, get some sunscreen like Elta MD — their UV clear sunscreen does wonders for my acne-prone skin!

Hydroflask

Please remember that you’re hiking in the desert!

You need to stay hydrated and should have a reusable bottle with you.

I always recommend Hydroflasks, especially because their newest ones are extremely lightweight.

Small Pack

Whether it’s a stylish fanny pack or an Osprey Pack, I suggest you have a vessel to carry your belongings!

You’ll want your hands completely free while doing the Bell Rock Climb.

You don’t need anything large. However, if you don’t have pockets, at least have a tiny waist pack on you for your wallet and Apple iPhone!

You should also bring: a cute sun hat, a headlamp and Hydroflask.

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

sony a6400

Sony a6400

Sony a7iii

Sony a7RIII

sony 16-35 f4

16-35mm f/4

Tips for Hiking Bell Rock Vortex

Avoid in the Rain

I would skip Bell Rock’s climb and the surrounding hikes in the rain.

The trails can become slick, muddy, and sometimes unsafe.

Going to Bell Rock for sunset on a clear day will give you the best chance at seeing an epic sunset.

So that’s another reason to do this hike during fair weather!

Get an Annual Pass

If you’re planning a 3 day Sedona itinerary, you’ll probably be visiting some other Sedona vortexes and hikes. Most require a Red Rock Pass.

However, you can completely skip the Red Rock Pass if you bring an America the Beautiful Pass!

That’ll also act as your national park annual pass—woohoo!

Additionally, you’ll get access to more Sedona hikes like Cathedral Rock and Doe Mountain!

Add it to a Larger Itinerary

There are honestly so many things to do in Sedona that you’ll have the best experience spending more time there!

I recommend a minimum of one day in Sedona, but a 3 days is ideal.

Doing this will allow you to explore more of the area before your sunset adventure up the vortex!

Get There Early

If you’re hiking around here for sunset, consider getting to the trailhead 30 to 40 minutes before the sun goes down!

Bell Rock Vortex is one of the most popular hikes in Sedona!

The trailhead locations are near the city entrance, so visitors always come around to explore!

The parking lots are small, so getting there early will help you secure a spot!

Next Steps for Enjoying Sedona

I hope this blog helps you enjoy hiking Bell Rock Vortex and the surrounding area!

To help you plan your best Sedona trip ever, I suggest checking out my other Sedona AZ blogs!

The post How to Enjoy Bell Rock Vortex Sedona for an Incredible Adventure appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/bell-rock-vortex-sedona/feed/ 0 53907
Airport Mesa Vortex | Discover 3 Ways You Can Enjoy This Sedona Gem https://dani-the-explorer.com/airport-mesa-vortex-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/airport-mesa-vortex-sedona/#respond Mon, 02 May 2022 22:17:26 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53885 Airport Mesa Vortex in Sedona, AZ, is one of the area’s most accessible vortexes AND just so happens to be an amazing place to watch the sunset in Sedona. When you get there, you’ll be embraced with a giant hug of vortex energy and have a view of epic rock formations like Thunder Mountain and […]

The post Airport Mesa Vortex | Discover 3 Ways You Can Enjoy This Sedona Gem appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Airport Mesa Vortex in Sedona, AZ, is one of the area’s most accessible vortexes AND just so happens to be an amazing place to watch the sunset in Sedona. When you get there, you’ll be embraced with a giant hug of vortex energy and have a view of epic rock formations like Thunder Mountain and Chimney Rock.

Sounds nice, right?

Lucky for you, Airport Mesa is and easy Sedona hike, which is another reason why it’s loved by thousands of visitors every year. But unfortunately, this Sedona gem is so popular that parking can be next to impossible.

Don’t worry! There are many different ways to enjoy the Airport Mesa Vortex, and we will cover them in this blog!

If one option doesn’t pan out, you can go to plan B and have just as much fun. Everything I’m going to tell you is based on my experience as a local.

Let’s begin!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

When you’re done with this post, read my other Sedona blogs:

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

First, What is a Vortex?

A vortex is a large sum of energy that spews out from the universe. You can’t see the energy, but folks claim you can feel it.

Some Sedona visitors say that vortex energy is cleansing or feels like a rush of good vibes, depending on who you talk to. Others say it’s life-changing!

These claims helped put Sedona on the map.

In fact, there are several vortexes in Sedona. Some of the more popular ones include:

Regardless of whether or not YOU believe in the power of vortex energy, remember that people have the right to enjoy a location as much as you do.

Be respectful 🙂

Now that you have an idea of what we’re talking about when we say “vortex,” let’s go into planning your trip to Airport Mesa.

When to Go to Airport Mesa

Airport Mesa Vortex Sedona is best enjoyed at sunset! It’s the perfect place to visit with one day in Sedona.

You can also enjoy a sunrise here. However, there are some better places to go for good Sedona sunrise hikes like:

Because of the limited parking, get there early (30 to 40 minutes) if you want to visit Airport Mesa for sunset!

But, again, if you can’t find parking in one area, you can probably choose a different route to get there.

Let’s cover the routes now!

Airport Mesa Vortex via Airport Road

  • Airport Road Parking34.855304,-111.7803895
  • Difficulty: Easy
  • Distance: 0.1 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Vortex: 5 to 10 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: Extremely minimal
  • Parking: About 8 spaces
  • Red Rock Pass Required? No

The first way to get to Airport Mesa Vortex Sedona is from the small parking lot off Airport Road.

You’ll want to get here anywhere from 30 to 40 minutes before sunset—there is next to no parking!

The lot is easy to miss, as it’s relatively small and just looks like a pull-off.

Once parked, though, you’ll walk about 100 feet up a small path.

You’ll immediately come upon a super photogenic mesa great for sunset and photos!

Go left to get to the vortex, following Aiport Mesa Trail (aka Summit Trail).

Less than 200 feet in, you’ll climb a small hill (there are handrails to help), and arrive at the vortex!

Go here if you’re not in the mood for an “actual” hike!

Insider Tip: This is the easiest way to get to Airport Mesa Vortex. It’s the perfect addition to any Sedona itinerary because it’s short and sweet.

Sedona View Trail #169

  • Airport Loop Trail34.8566938,-111.7865323
  • Difficulty: Easy
  • Distance: 1.2 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Complete: 1.5 hours
  • Elevation Gain: 380 feet
  • Parking: $3
  • Red Rock Pass Required? No

Heading north on Airport Road is Sedona View Trail—another path that will take you to the vortex!

To hike Sedona View Trail, public parking is $3 (paid in a kiosk or to an attendant) and sits right before the trailhead.

Once parked, hit the trail and begin your hike to Airport Mesa Vortex.

Sedona View Trail is easy to follow and relatively flat. So you’ll reach Airport Mesa in about 0.6 miles. 

Because this trail sits parallel to Airport Mesa Road, you’re sure to have some great views along your hike!

That’s what makes this trail a great option if you want a slightly better adventure than the first route we discussed!

Insider Tip: Once you hit Airport Loop Trail at the 0.6-mile mark, follow the same path we previously discussed to get to the vortex!

Airport Loop Trail

  • Airport Loop Trail34.8566938,-111.7865323
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: 3.2 miles round trip
  • Time to Complete: 2.5 hours
  • Elevation Gain: 416 feet
  • Parking: $3
  • Red Rock Pass Required? No

And finally, we have Airport Loop Trail.

Airport Loop Trail will be the longest and most difficult to hike of all the routes we covered. Your adventure will begin at the same overlook parking lot we previously discussed.

If you don’t want to pay the $3 parking fee, you can park at the lot off Airport Road.

But assuming you paid for parking near the airport, hiking the loop counter-clockwise will get you to the vortex in about 0.8 miles (shown in blue on the map below).

From the vortex, you can complete the loop in 2.4 miles.

The trail is considered pretty rock and can be challenging. Though, you’ll have great views of Sedona during your entire hike!

Insider Tip: Choose this path for getting to Airport Mesa Vortex if you want a longer adventure. Otherwise, I would skip and choose a shorter route to the vortex.

What to Pack

Hiking to Airport Mesa Vortex Sedona isn’t hard, but here are a couple of things you should bring with you.

Good Hiking Shoes — Do yourself a favor and get some good hiking boots to protect your precious toes! At the least, have some decent hiking shoes with good grip. Rocks along the hiking trails in the area can sometimes be slick!

Sunscreen — There is truly nothing worse than an Arizona sunburn. And Sedona trails are usually open, completely unshaded.

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

Final Tips for Enjoying Airport Mesa Vortex

Before we close things up, here are my final tips for enjoying Airport Mesa.

Choose an Easy Route — While the Loop Trail is popular, I think you can skip it. If you’re in the mood for a strenuous sunset hike, Cathedral Rock Vortex is worth the effort! If it were me, I’d choose Sedona View Trail or the lot of Airport Road to get here.

Get There Early — Remember, because getting to Airport Mesa is so easy, it’s usually crowded. So to ensure you get a parking space, try to get there early!

Bring Your Camera — Airport Mesa is considered one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona. You’ll want to take pics here, trust me. A phone camera will be just fine! BUT If you’re curious to see what camera I use, check out my camera gear for bloggers post.

sony a6400

Sony a6400

Sony a7iii

Sony a7RIII

sony 16-35 f4

16-35mm f/4

Sony 24-70 f2.8

24-70mm f/2.8

sony 70-200 f_2.8

70-200mm f/2.8

JOBY Gorillapod

Overall

And that’s it! Pretty simple, huh?

I hope you enjoyed this post on Airport Mesa Vortex Sedona. AND I hope you enjoy the vortex.

To plan your best Sedona trip ever, I recommend checking out my other helpful Sedona blogs:

The post Airport Mesa Vortex | Discover 3 Ways You Can Enjoy This Sedona Gem appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/airport-mesa-vortex-sedona/feed/ 0 53885
Hiking Bear Mountain Trail: A Majestic Sedona Summit https://dani-the-explorer.com/bear-mountain-trail-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/bear-mountain-trail-sedona/#respond Thu, 28 Apr 2022 03:35:50 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53820 Hiking Bear Mountain Trail Sedona is a real treat. Yes, this hike is a bit more strenuous than other Sedona trails, but the views are extraordinary.  As a matter of fact, on a clear morning, you can witness the first hot air balloons in flight over Sedona. Talk about a way to see the sunrise! And […]

The post Hiking Bear Mountain Trail: A Majestic Sedona Summit appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Hiking Bear Mountain Trail Sedona is a real treat. Yes, this hike is a bit more strenuous than other Sedona trails, but the views are extraordinary. 

As a matter of fact, on a clear morning, you can witness the first hot air balloons in flight over Sedona. Talk about a way to see the sunrise!

And when you hike up Bear Mountain, you’ll want to spare no expense at gawking over the views of Flagstaff‘s San Francisco Peaks in the distance. It’s quite the treat. 

While Bear Mountain Trail is about 5 miles long (round trip), it gets pretty steep. Bear Mountain is one of Sedona’s tallest mountains, after all!

So in this blog, we’re going to cover what exactly to expect on the trail. Then we’ll talk about some tips for your hike. That way, you’ll have the best damn adventure possible. 

When you’re done with this post, make sure you read my other Sedona blogs:

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

What to Know Before Your Hike

Like most Sedona hikes, Bear Mountain Trail requires a Red Rock Pass. This is a $5 fee visitors pay to help with trail upkeep.

You can purchase a pass online or at the trailhead parking lot!

Avoid the Pass: If you’re a national park lover and have your America the Beautiful Interagency Pass handy, you can hang that on your car and you’ll be good to go!

Before you jump on trail, let’s quickly go over some additional must-know details. 

Trailhead Parking

Getting to Bear Mountain Trail is pretty easy. The trail parking lot is shared with Doe Mountain Trail.

On maps, it is labeled as Oski Approach/Doe Mountain Parking. From the heart of Uptown Sedona, the parking lot is about a 20-minute drive.

The trail starts across the street from the parking lot! In other words, cross Boynton Pass Road to get to the trail. Doe Mountain Trail is a completely different hike! Take a look at the map below to see what I’m talking about.

When to Go

Bear Mountain is best enjoyed at sunrise. When you hike at sunrise, you have a good chance of seeing hot air balloons

Plus, you’ll witness some AMAZING golden light!

Hiking up Bear Mountain can take some folks around 2 hours. So, you’ll have to plan your sunrise excursion accordingly.

If hiking a strenuous trail in the dark, early morning sounds like too much, try to hike later in the evening. The mid-day light will be harsh and won’t be nearly as enjoyable!

Let’s talk about the trail, now!

Hiking Bear Mountain Trail

  • Bear Mountain Trailhead: 34.8983127,-111.874322
  • Difficulty: Difficult
  • Distance: ~5 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Time to Top: About 1.5 to 2 hours
  • Elevation Gain: ~1,800 feet
  • Parking: Limited with about 20 spaces
  • Best Light: Sunrise
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes, or bring your American the Beautiful Pass

Once you park, you will walk across the street to start your hike up Bear Mountain. There is a gate at the start of the trailhead, letting you know you’re in the right place.

The Start of the Hike

You’ll have a flat hike as you approach the gate and continue on the trail. The path is nestled in a field of golden grass, surrounded by red rocks. 

This is about a 0.3-mile stretch of trail. And in roughly the next 0.3 miles, you will start that wonderful elevation gain Bear Mountain is known for (that was sarcasm, by the way). 

Read Next: The Best Easy Hikes in Sedona, AZ

The Middle

Once you conquer the first hill up Bear Mountain Trail Sedona, you’ll have a gradual climb to the summit. 

Immediately after that hill, you’ll want to keep your eyes out for white diamonds spray-painted on the red rocks. The diamond shapes are trail markers left by the forest service. 

They’ll help guide your hike! The middle portion of the hike will be a bit difficult, but you’ll see some amazing views along the way! When you can, I suggest stopping to take some pictures! The views only get grander and grander as you climb!

The Summit

When you reach the top of the trail, you’ll be greeted by a summit sign—woohoo! When you get up here, enjoy the views!

You’ll be on a relatively flat mesa and can explore as you please. Truthfully, some folks never hike all the way to the summit.

The panoramic views are so great along trail, you really can stop at any point if you want. Some of my favorite views have come from random mesa you pass on the way up!

But if you DO go to the top, this is a great place to have snacks and relax before heading back down.

What to Pack

The most important things to pack for your hike up Bear Mountain Trail will be sturdy hiking boots and sun coverage. 

Bear Mountain Trail is rocky and steep. Every time I hike it, I stub my toes on a rock at least 10 times. 

And THAT is why I rely on sturdy boots like Keen Targhees. If I skipped wearing them, I think I’d be missing all my toes by now. 

Plus, they’re incredibly comfortable. But you know what’s not comfortable? An Arizona sunburn. 

With how open Bear Mountain is, you’ll definitely want to have a hat and sunscreen to protect your beautiful skin!

The Best Photo Spots

It’s hard to pinpoint specific areas of Bear Mountain Trail that are “photogenic.”

Honestly, the whole damn trail is gorgeous! That’s exactly why I call Bear Mountain one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona!

My suggestion would be to take your time hiking and take photos as you go. Of course, if you’re hiking the trail around sunrise, you’ll be taking most of your pictures on your way down.

Regardless, you can use multiple flat areas to take breaks and photos.

Final Tips for Hiking Bear Mountain Trail

So that wasn’t too bad, right? Again, hiking Bear Mountain Trail isn’t long, but it’s exhausting.

Therefore, we don’t have too many tips to cover. But I want to provide you with some handy tips I wish I knew before my first hike up Bear. 

Skip This Trail if You Have Limited Time

Yep! You read that right. If you have limited time in Sedona, AZ, I would skip Bear Mountain.

Bear Mountain is beautiful, and I LOVE this trail, but there are so many Sedona classics you need to experience first. 

Cathedral Rock Vortex, Birthing Cave, and Devil’s Bridge are all amazing options for you to consider! If you have around 3 days in Sedona, AZ, you can totally squeeze Bear Mountain in there!

But again, I wouldn’t make it a priority. 

If you want to see some more trail options, I recommend reading my blog on the best Sedona sunrise and sunset hikes!

Go on a Clear Day

When Sedona is remotely gloomy, every ounce of beautiful light the sun offers seems to get sucked out of the atmosphere. 

Gloomy Sedona days aren’t the best for hikes like Bear Mountain. So while you will have a cooler hike, temp wise, the views will be meh. 

Go on a clear day!

Pair it with a Swim

A great way to make Bear Mountain more enjoyable is to pair it with a swim. Seems random, but trust me. 

One of the best days I had in Sedona was hiking Bear Mountain in the morning and then heading over to Red Rock Crossing Vortex for a dip in the creek!

Use this hard AF hike as an excuse to have a creek picnic.

Bring a Headlamp

Whether you’re hiking Bear Mountain early morning or in the evening, you might end up in the dark. I suggest bringing a headlamp just in case!

If you want to do something easy for sunrise, I suggest checking out Doe Mountain Trail! You’ll park in the same lot as you would for Bear Mountain to get there.

Regardless of where you choose to hike in Sedona, I hope this blog sets your expectations for Bear Mountain Trail!

To plan an epic trip to Sedona, read my other blogs:

The post Hiking Bear Mountain Trail: A Majestic Sedona Summit appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/bear-mountain-trail-sedona/feed/ 0 53820
Soldier Pass Trail Sedona, AZ: Ultimate Guide to this Epic Hike https://dani-the-explorer.com/soldier-pass-trail-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/soldier-pass-trail-sedona/#comments Wed, 27 Apr 2022 03:24:56 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53797 Soldier Pass Trail in Sedona, AZ, is a classic! It’s known for popular landmarks like Devil’s Kitchen and Seven Sacred Pools. The famous sinkhole and natural pools are visited by millions each year because they’re unique to the trail. But do you know what else you can find on Soldier Pass Trail? A secret cave—what? […]

The post Soldier Pass Trail Sedona, AZ: Ultimate Guide to this Epic Hike appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Soldier Pass Trail in Sedona, AZ, is a classic! It’s known for popular landmarks like Devil’s Kitchen and Seven Sacred Pools. The famous sinkhole and natural pools are visited by millions each year because they’re unique to the trail.

But do you know what else you can find on Soldier Pass Trail? A secret cave—what?

You can off-road Soldiers Pass or join this path with another nearby trail, making it a loop hike. In other words, there are countless ways to enjoy this Sedona gem.

Which probably has you wondering what the best hiking route is, when to go, or how to find that “secret” cave? Let’s cover all that and more in this post!

And while you’re at it, check out my other Sedona guides to get the most out of your trip:

girl hiking soldier pass trail sedona at sunrise

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

When to Go

From my experience, Soldier Pass Trail is most enjoyable in the morning. However, if you hike around sunrise, the surrounding red rocks glow with the most beautiful morning light!

Hiking in the evening can work too. But there are better Sedona sunset hikes you can go on.

Parking & Sedona Shuttle

There are multiple ways to hike Soldier Pass Trail and enjoy what it offers. The most popular route includes parking in the Soldier Pass lot.

The Soldier Pass lot is gated. It’s open from 8AM to 6PM. If you don’t get back to your car by 6PM, it will be locked behind the gate.

But that’s not all. In spring 2022, Sedona created the Sedona Shuttle. The Sedona Shuttle runs year-round, Thursday through Sunday. It stops at a handful of trailheads, including Soldier Pass.

And when the shuttle is operating, visitors cannot park at trailhead lots. This makes things tricky for hikers like us.

I recommend doing this hike early in the morning, Monday through Wednesday when the shuttle isn’t running. Or parking at Jordan Trail and taking an alternate route to Soldier Pass.

If you have to take the shuttle, do it! But make sure you know the shuttle schedule—SedonaShuttle.com.

Now that we got the planning details out of the way, let’s talk about exploring Solider Pass Trail Sedona! After, we’ll cover the other routes to get here.

Hiking Soldier Pass Trail

  • Soldier Pass Trailhead: 34.891881,-111.7836384
  • Difficulty: Easy to Moderate
  • Distance: ~4.0 miles round trip (out and back); 1.2 miles to Sacred Pools and back
  • Duration: About 1.5 hours to complete
  • Elevation Gain: Mostly flat
  • Parking: About 14 spaces (open Monday through Wednesday)
  • Shuttle Stop: Yes (Thursday through Sunday)—SedonaShuttle.com
  • Best Light: Sunrise
  • Red Rock Pass Required? No

Everything you see along Soldier Pass Trail sits in a valley. Come here early to avoid crowds and catch the best light!

I would recommend avoiding this trail at sunset because everything in the area gets engulfed by shadows.

The trail is relatively flat from the start to Seven Sacred Pools, making it easy for hikers of all skill levels to enjoy! You’ll walk this path for about a quarter-mile until you reach your first stop, Devil’s Kitchen!

You might also like my blog on easy hikes in Sedona!

Devil’s Kitchen & Seven Sacred Pools

Believe it or not, Devil’s Kitchen is an active sinkhole! There used to be an underground cave there, but it eventually collapsed.

It is GIANT, and you can’t miss it. Stop at Devil’s Kitchen for a quick photo before heading off onto the next part of the trail! Coming from Devil’s Kitchen, you’ll continue forward for about 0.4 miles. At this point, you should reach Seven Sacred Pools.

The Seven Sacred Pools were naturally carved over time. And while it is rare to see them full, it’s not impossible!

Hike Soldier Pass Trail AFTER a rainstorm for your best chance at seeing the pools with water. Full or not, the pools are another fantastic photo spot, so take some pics while you’re here!

The Secret Cave

Want to know how to find the Soldier Pass Cave? About 0.9 miles from the Pools will be a fork in the trail.

An excellent way to tell if you’re in the right place is to look at the right-hand fork. You will see a tree with a “Wilderness” sign nailed to it.

This is the path you’ll take to the caves! If you miss the fork or the sign, try asking another hiker for directions.

Follow the path with the “Wilderness” tree up to a flat mesa. In the distance, you’ll see a rock wall.

To reach the caves, you’ll want to follow the footpath left of the mesa. It will lead you closer to the rock wall and directly to the cave.

Beware that going to the Caves may require some scrambling and WILL be a steep ~0.5 mile hike. Consider skipping if you’re weak in the knees!

Now that we know all about hiking Soldier Pass Trail Sedona and the three famous landmarks let’s combine this trail with others.

More Ways to Enjoy Soldier Pass

Truthfully, there are four popular ways to enjoy Soldier Pass.

  1. Soldier Pass Trail via Shuttle Stop/ Parking Lot
  2. Brins Mesa to Solider Pass (Loop)
  3. Cibola Pass to Jordan Trail to Soldier Pass
  4. Drive Solider Pass Road (4WD)

Don’t worry! We’ll be getting into more detail.

#1 Soldier Pass Trail via Shuttle Stop

map of soldier pass trail sedona arizona

We already covered this! When you get off the shuttle or park in the Soldier Pass lot, you can expect your adventure to look like the above.

When you’re done hiking to Seven Sacred Pools or the Caves, you can turn around and go back the way you came. Or, you can jump on another trail.

#2 Brins Mesa Loop

map of brins mesa loop in sedona arizona
  • Jordan Road Trailhead: 34.8976104,-111.7859149
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: ~5.0 miles round trip (loop)
  • Duration: About 3 hours to complete
  • Elevation Gain: ~1,200 feet
  • Parking: Fairly large lot
  • Shuttle Stop: No
  • Best Light: Sunrise
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes

After hiking to the Caves, come back down to Soldier Pass Trail and make a right. This will take you to Brins Mesa Trail!

Brins Mesa Trail is beautiful. Hiking up the path from Soldier pass will be steep, but you’ll be rewarded with stunning views of Sedona!

The best way to enjoy Brins Mesa and Soldier Pass is to park at the Jordan Trail parking lot (AKA Jim Thompson Trailhead) and go on a loop.

Your route would look like this:

Brins Mesa > Soldier Pass > Jordan Trail > Cibola Trail

The blue line on the map above is Brins Mesa, the red line shows the loop. Also, clearly Google maps hasn’t hiked this trail.

It takes longer than 46 minutes.

#3 Cibola Pass Trail to Soldier Pass

map of cibola pass loop in sedona az
  • Jordan Road Trailhead: 34.8976104,-111.7859149
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Distance: ~6.0 miles round trip (out and back)
  • Duration: About 2 hours to complete
  • Elevation Gain: Mostly flat
  • Parking: Fairly large lot
  • Shuttle Stop: No
  • Best Light: Sunrise
  • Red Rock Pass Required? Yes

You can do the above route backward too. Starting from the Jordan Trail parking lot, that would look like:

Cibola Trail > Jordan Trail > Soldier Pass Trail > Brins Mesa

It’s important to note that some folks completely skip Brins Mesa and turn right around at the end of Soldier Pass. That’s okay too! It ultimately comes down to whether or not you want to deal with the elevation gain from Brins Mesa.

The benefit of choosing to hike Soldier Pass from one of the Jordan lot trails is that you won’t have to rely on the shuttle! That means you can enjoy this area of Sedona, AZ, early in the morning, when it has the best light!

The blue line on the map above is the out and back route, the red line shows the loop with Brins Mesa.

#4 Drive Solider Pass Road (4WD)

The last way to enjoy Soldier Pass is to drive it. Offroading is a MUST in Sedona, so if you have the chance to do this, take it!

The tricky part about offroading Soldier Pass is that you have to rent a car with 4WD and have a permit.

Only 12 permits are available to book on Recreation.gov. If you’re still like, “Mannnnn, I really wanna do that,” and can’t get a permit, book a jeep tour! Jeep tours in Sedona are a-plenty.

A jeep tour was one of my favorite ways to enjoy Sedona as a first-timer. I got to see so many unique locations I couldn’t reach otherwise.

So whether it’s for Soldier Pass or another Sedona gem, booking a Jeep tour is an experience you’ll remember forever!

The Best Photo Spots

All of the best photo spots along Soldier Pass come one after another. I suggest taking pictures at Devil’s Kitchen and Seven Sacred Pools.

The cave is a great photo spot too!

Some of my favorite photos from this area come from Brins Mesa. The top of the trail is incredibly scenic!

And remember, the Soldier pass area looks its best in the morning. Mid-day and late afternoon provide harsh lighting.

I suggest trying Cathedral Rock Vortex or Red Rock Crossing if you need a sunset hike.

What to Pack

Even if you’re doing a longer loop hike, Soldier Pass Trail isn’t difficult. That makes packing much easier!

Sun Coverage

No one likes a sunburn, right? But, unfortunately, the entire trail offers little to no shade, and that Arizona sun can BEAT down on you.

Bring a hat and sunscreen to protect yourself!

America the Beautiful Pass

Want to save some money? Sedona has this thing called the Red Rock Pass.

It’s a way to pay for trail maintenance with a $5 fee. You pay this at trailheads.

But, if you’re a national park lover and have an annual America the Beautiful Pass, you can skip this pesky fee altogether!

A Good Camera

In my book, Soldier Pass is one of the most Instagrammable places in Sedona.

Make sure you have your camera handy, even if it’s your iPhone! To see what gear I use, read my blogger camera gear post!

✨ PS: You need these too! Sturdy hiking boots, a headlamp, a reusable water bottle, and sunglasses.

Final Tips for Hiking Soldier Pass Trail

Let’s wrap this bad boy up with some parting tips to get the most out of your hike!

Plan Accordingly

With the new Sedona Shuttle and parking rules, you need to plan ahead. Read up on the shuttle schedule on SedonaShuttle.com.

And if you want to hike Soldier Pass from the Jordan lot, get there early. Some people arrive as early as 7:00AM!

Visit After Rain

This is not a must. You should hike after a rainstorm to see Seven Sacred Pools full of water.

Again, not required, but something to think about!

Add it to a Larger Adventure

Even if you have limited time in Sedona, there are so many things to do after your hike! Try to add Soldier Pass to a larger Sedona itinerary.

That way, you can see more of this gorgeous destination!

And that’s it!

Soldier Pass will be a fun little adventure no matter what route you take. However, to get more out of your time in Sedona, I suggest reading one of my other Sedona, Arizona posts:

The post Soldier Pass Trail Sedona, AZ: Ultimate Guide to this Epic Hike appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/soldier-pass-trail-sedona/feed/ 1 53797
Birthing Cave Hike Sedona, AZ – How to Get There + Map https://dani-the-explorer.com/birthing-cave-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/birthing-cave-sedona/#comments Fri, 22 Apr 2022 02:26:22 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53757 Famous for its iconic teardrop shape and sacred (oooooh) powers, visitors near and far visit Birthing Cave in Sedona, Arizona, to marvel at its existence. Believe it or not, this cave used to be relatively hush-hush and hard to find. As a result, it was and easy Sedona hike primarily visited by locals! But over […]

The post Birthing Cave Hike Sedona, AZ – How to Get There + Map appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Famous for its iconic teardrop shape and sacred (oooooh) powers, visitors near and far visit Birthing Cave in Sedona, Arizona, to marvel at its existence. Believe it or not, this cave used to be relatively hush-hush and hard to find.

As a result, it was and easy Sedona hike primarily visited by locals! But over time, the Birthing Cave has become a must-see Sedona attraction for Sedona first-timers and frequent fliers.

So let’s begin. We’ll start with the must-know details on the cave, then get into the hiking trail. When you’re done with this blog, I suggest you read my other Sedona posts to help you plan the best desert trip of your liiiiiiiiiife… 😉

Birthing Cave Sedona sunrise

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Birthing Cave Hike Fast Facts

  • Long Canyon Trailhead: 34°54’24.0″N 111°49’27.5″W
  • Difficulty: Easy
  • Distance: ~2 miles round trip
  • Time to Cave: About 15 to 30 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: ~200ft
  • Parking: Minimal
  • Best Light: Sunrise
  • Red Rock Pass required? No

Below you’ll find a map that indicates the route you’ll be taking along your Birthing Cave hike. The waypoint at the bottom righthand corner is Long Canyon Trailhead.

The long red line on the left is where you will verge OFF of Long Canyon Trail and make your way to the cave.

Birthing Cave Sedona trail map

Planning Your Hike

The benefit of hiking to the Birthing Cave is that the trail is relatively flat and short—who doesn’t like that? But, that doesn’t excuse you from a bit of pre-planning before you set off on your hike. 

So let’s talk about what to know before ya go.

Getting to the Trailhead

Your hike to the Birthing Cave Sedona will begin on Long Canyon Trail. To get to the trailhead from the heart of Sedona, AZ, head west on 89A.

After about 3.4 miles, you’ll turn right onto Dry Creek Road. You’ll take Dry Creek Road for 2 miles until it turns into Boynton Pass Road. This is the same area you use to access Chuck Wagon Trail to hike Devil’s Bridge!

Continue on Boynton Pass Road until you reach the junction to Long Canyon Road. Make a right on Long Canyon Road, and drive down it for 0.5 miles, where you will see a small dirt lot representing the Long Canyon Trailhead. 

Boom! You’re there. The only downside is that the lot is tiny. It is only big enough for a handful of cars.

If you cannot find parking, you can try to park along the shoulder of the road, but I would caution you on this because Sedona has been getting more strict about shoulder parking (for safety reasons). 

The other alternative is to park at Mescal Trailhead, which you will pass on your drive up Long Canyon Road.

Best Time to Go

Now that you know how to get to the Birthing Cave trailhead and the parking situation let’s use this as the perfect segway into when to go. The best time to hike Birthing Cave Sedona is for sunrise or in the late afternoon to evening—these times will give you your best shot at getting parking and offer the best light for photos.

You can undoubtedly hike the Birthing Cave mid-day. As a matter of fact, when I plan a Sedona itinerary, I’ll hike to the cave in the middle of the day in between my other activities.

It’s easy enough to allow for that!

The Birthing Cave Sedona hike can take anywhere from 15 to 30 minutes to complete. If you’re worried about time and want to hike here for sunrise, I suggest getting to the parking lot about 45 minutes before the sun comes up.

That’ll give you time to navigate the trails in the dark, get to the cave, and settle in!

Now let’s talk about the hike itself.

view from inside birthing cave sedona arizona

Hiking to Birthing Cave Sedona

Hiking to the Birthing Cave is so easy it’s almost too good to be true. Once parked, begin your hike down Long Canyon Trail.

You will be hiking the trail for about 0.6 miles until you reach a fork that will lead you to the cave. You’ll find that the trail is surprisingly flat—woohoo!

At the 0.6-mile mark, you’ll see a wooden fence on your right-hand side. This is a good indication that you’re at the fork to reach the cave!

Take a left on the open path, and continue making your way to the red rocks ahead. This is where the Birthing Cave lies. 

You’ll follow this path for about 0.3 miles, and as you get closer to the red rocks ahead, keep your eyes peeled for a narrow way that will go upwards into the red rocks. It’s easy to spot since so many people have used it for hiking to the cave.

This is the short path that will finally lead you into the cave. It’s a bit steep but extremely short. Climb up, and you made it!

Inside the Cave

Once inside the cave, you’ll immediately notice how massive it is. Unfortunately, you probably won’t be able to get a good look at the teardrop shape until you make your way to the back of the cave!

The cave walls are slick, so be careful when climbing around, especially if you’re trying to take pictures! 

You’ll notice a human-sized hole in the very back and center of the Birthing Cave Sedona. This is where some folks position themselves to take pictures!

Again, careful climbing into the hole because the cave walls are slick. The hole, or belly button as I like to call it, is a great spot to watch sunrise too.

Where to Take the Best Pics

To get the best photos of the Birthing Cave, you’ll want to have a 16-35mm lens. But, of course, that’ll be even better if you have an ultra-wide lens!

Even with my 16-35, though, I still found myself using editing apps to stitch multiple pictures together.

To capture the Birthing Cave’s teardrop shape, you’ll want to climb into the belly button, as I had previously mentioned. You might find it difficult to shoot photos of the cave opening at sunrise because the sun will be super bright, BUT if you can manage to adjust your settings, you shouldn’t have to worry about that.

Or, you can skip the photos and just enjoy the sunrise :).

A commonly asked question people have is whether or not there is somewhere to place a tripod. The simple answer is not really.

The only place in the Birthing Cave you might be able to put a tripod would be our favorite belly button hole. You’ll want to be super careful with making sure your camera is level and support.

If your camera tumbles out of the hole, it’ll surely come crashing into a gazillion pieces. No bueno. 

Aside from the belly button, taking pictures along the walls adds a fun perspective! If you want to see what camera gear I use, check out my what’s in my camera bag blog!

Tips for Hiking the Birthing Cave Sedona

To have the best trip to the Birthing cave, you’ll want to keep these tips in mind!

Wear Hiking Shoes with Good Grip

The cave is slick! This is not the place for flip-flops. Instead, wear some hiking shoes with an excellent grip to allow you to move around with ease. 

Go Early or Late

Yes, you can undoubtedly hike to the Birthing Cave mid-day, but if you want to get parking, try to go early for sunrise or late afternoon. Also, remember that a hike like the Cathedral Rock vortex might better suit a sunset mission.

Watch the Weather

I’ve mentioned other Sedona sunrise and sunset hikes, but you need to watch the weather for on-coming storms and cloud coverage! When thick layers of clouds reach Sedona, they engulf the entire city entirely, making the red rocks appear washed out and lacking in detail. In my opinion, it makes for “meh” photos.

Be Respectful

The Birthing Cave got its name from its overall shape and a sacred tradition that the Hopi people have—taking women there when it was time to give birth. Over time, the Birthing Cave’s so-called holy abilities haven’t become less valuable to people.

Some women still come to the cave hoping that it will bless them with a healthy pregnancy. Regardless of what YOU think about the cave’s powers, everyone, including you, has a right to visit and enjoy it—regardless of beliefs. When you visit, be respectful of others who visit and their intended purpose for doing so.

view of blue hour in birthing cave sedona arizona

Packing List 

Luckily, packing for hiking to the Birthing Cave is pretty straightforward! Here’s a quick list of what you’ll need:

✨ Sturdy hiking boots, a cute sun hat, a headlamp, sunscreen, a reusable water bottle, and sunglasses.

Continue the Sedona Fun

The Birthing Cave is a small piece of the magic waiting for you in Sedona. Next up, you’ll probably want to read my 3 days in Sedona guide to see where a hike like this would fit into your trip. Finally, here are some more Sedona blogs you can refer to:

Happy exploring :)!

The post Birthing Cave Hike Sedona, AZ – How to Get There + Map appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/birthing-cave-sedona/feed/ 1 53757
22 Instagrammable Places in Phoenix, Arizona + Map (Local Recs) https://dani-the-explorer.com/instagrammable-places-phoenix/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/instagrammable-places-phoenix/#respond Wed, 20 Apr 2022 04:21:58 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53737 Sure, Phoenix is the capital of Arizona and known for its eye-blindingly pink sunsets, food scene, and warm summers, but what if I told you it was also a photo lover’s oasis? If you’re used to #DoinItForTheGram, the most Instagrammable places in Phoenix should be next on your shot list! You heard me! This post […]

The post 22 Instagrammable Places in Phoenix, Arizona + Map (Local Recs) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Sure, Phoenix is the capital of Arizona and known for its eye-blindingly pink sunsets, food scene, and warm summers, but what if I told you it was also a photo lover’s oasis? If you’re used to #DoinItForTheGram, the most Instagrammable places in Phoenix should be next on your shot list!

You heard me!

This post has you covered whether you’re looking for the perfect spot to shoot your cactus portraits or need a fabulous urban destination to flaunt on the gram.

I’ll be pulling from my experience as a local to make sure you know about all the best Phoenix photo spots, AND I’m hooking you up with a map on where to find them—you’re welcome ;). So let’s get started; we have quite a bit to cover!

When you’re done reading this post, I recommend checking out some of my other AZ blogs:

Let’s begin!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Camera Gear I Use

If you’re a content creator, want to make money as a content creator, or just a photo lover, you might want to check out the camera gear I use below! Just about all of my pictures were taken with this equipment:

For editing, there’s tons of aesthetic photo editing apps you can use too!

Map of Instagram Spots

Below you’ll find a map of Instagram spots near Phoenix. We’ll be covering the deets on all of these.

You can click here to view a live version of the map!

Map of Instagrammable places in phoenix arizona

List of Instagrammable Places in Phoenix, Arizona

  1. Phoenix City Hall
  2. Roosevelt Row Arts District
  3. Civic Space Park
  4. Japanese Friendship Garden
  5. Historic Apartment Building 
  6. Historic Home & Lawn
  7. Westward Ho
  8. Heritage Square Park
  9. W. Portland St.
  10. Washington Street and Central Ave
  11. Bridge Over Central Avenue
  12. Downtown Phoenix Parking Garages
  13. Lola Coffee
  14. The Farm South Mountain
  15. Whitfill Nursery
  16. Granada Park
  17. South Mountain Park & Preserve
  18. Tempe Town Lake Pedestrian Bridge
  19. Mill Ave Bridge
  20. Elvis Chapel
  21. Salt River Tubing Exit
  22. Usery Mountain Regional Park

We’ll be breaking down the details on each of these spots like when to take the best pictures, and any fees associated with visiting them.

Below, you’ll notice that I broke up the Instagram spots into categories.

I did this to help you plan your photoshoots! When you’re in a specific area of Phoenix or are looking for a location with a certain “vibe,” you can pull up this blog for inspo :).

Let’s dive in!

Downtown Phoenix Photo Spots

Downtown Phoenix is FULL of hidden gems.

Some spots don’t necessarily have a name since they’ve been discovered on a whim.

Whether or not you go to a specific Downtown Phoenix photo spot on this list, you’ll indeed find hidden photo gems of your own just by driving around.

Not to mention, Downtown Phoenix is an awesome day trip from Scottsdale, so if you’re visiting, take a drive this way, will ya?

#1 W. Portland St.

  • Location Description: Palm-tree lined street
  • Best Light: Morning to Evening
  • Coordinates: 33.45969, -112.078
  • Fees: None

The famous palm tree-lined road is one of the best Downtown Phoenix photo spots. Portland St. will make you feel like you’re in LA!

You can park near Lola Coffee to get here, but parking is limited, so plan accordingly. Photograph this road at just about any angle, but my favorite photos came from pointing the camera slightly upwards to feature the palm trees.

Sunset is a great time to go here if you want a pink sky and palms in your pics!

#2 Japanese Friendship Garden

  • Location Description: Lush garden inspired by Japanese culture
  • Best Light: Morning
  • Coordinates: 33.46095, -112.07657
  • Fees: $12

The Japanese Friendship Garden is located in Downtown Phoenix near Portland Street. It features 3.5 acres of tea gardens and a tea house.

With its lush plants and small bridge walkways, it’s undoubtedly an underrated and GORGEOUS location for Instagram photos.

#3 Washington Street and Central Ave

  • Location Description: Photogenic crossroads
  • Best Light: Mid-Day
  • Coordinates: 33.4482, -112.07383
  • Fees: Possible street parking fees

This is 100% a city lover’s Instagrammable place in Phoenix. Of course, you need to be careful with the light rail, but the Washington Street and Central Ave crosswalk is a gem for your urban photos!

Late afternoon light or sunset offers the best light.

Next Read: Taking these pics to become an influencer? Read this blog: 12 Steps to Becoming an Instagram Influencer

#4 Phoenix City Hall

  • Location Description: Photogenic city hall building with large steps
  • Best Light: Morning
  • Coordinates: 33.44872, -112.07732
  • Fees: Possible street parking fees

Ready for some urban vibes or want a location to shoot some ridiculously sized dresses? Head over to Phoenix City Hall.

The Hall’s large stairs and tile exterior make it one of the most aesthetic places in Phoenix!

Come to City Hall for some fantastic editorial-type photos! The light here is best mid-morning or late afternoon—midday offers pretty harsh light.

#5 Roosevelt Row Arts District

  • Location Description: Downtown street with art shows and photogenic buildings
  • Best Light: Mid-Day
  • Coordinates: 33.45825, -112.0691
  • Fees: Possible street parking fees

If you like murals and wall art, this is the photo destination for you! There are countless murals in downtown Phoenix, especially in the Roosevelt Row Arts District.

One notable mural by Brian Boner features hundreds of birds in flight on the side of monOrchid. There’s also historic buildings in the area that are VERY photogenic!

Next Read: You might like this blog—how to beat the Instagram algorithm.

#6 Civic Space Park

  • Location Description: City park with large art display
  • Best Light: Mid-Day
  • Coordinates: 33.45335, -112.07465
  • Fees: Possible street parking fees

Want some incredible night photos? Come to the Civic Space Park in Downtown Phoenix and strike a pose in front of the “Her Secret is Patience” sculpture by Janet Echelman.

It’s a giant structure made out of fishnet that looks almost iridescent when its lights shine!

#7 Historic Apartment Building 

  • Location Description: Historic apartment building with photogenic exterior
  • Best Light: Mid-Day
  • Coordinates: 33.45851, -112.07728
  • Fees: None

Right across the street from Lola Coffee sits a historic apartment building that doesn’t look like it belongs in Downtown Phoenix.

On Google Maps, it’s called “SB Real Holdings.”

But, with its brick exterior and adorable windows, this building is an excellent location to strike a pose for your Phoenix city pictures.

#8 Historic Home & Lawn

  • Location Description: Historic home with an open lawn area
  • Best Light: Mid-Day
  • Coordinates: 33.45854, -112.07678
  • Fees: None

A historic Phoenix home sits to the left of the apartment building across from Lola.

Its front lawn features giant palms and a grassy area that makes you feel like you’re in the Caribbean or Cali.

In other words, it’s the perfect photo destination for pictures that look like you’re visiting a beach.

No one will know the difference, right? Cali, who?

If you’re doing a bunch of photoshoots in a day, this can be an excellent place for midday pictures or Instagram Stories!

#9 Westward Ho

  • Location Description: Historic hotel in Phoenix
  • Best Light: Anytime
  • Coordinates: 33.45505, -112.07422
  • Fees: None

Unlike most Instagrammable places in Phoenix, the Westward Ho used to be a boujee hotel for presidents and celebrities.

Now it’s affordable housing, but nonetheless it’s still a gorgeous place for Instagram photos! 

#10 Heritage Square Park

  • Location Description: Park area featuring historic buildings in Phoenix
  • Best Light: Morning or late afternoon
  • Coordinates: 33.45, -112.06578
  • Fees: None

Heritage Square Park is great for city pics! It features historic Downtown Phoenix buildings like the Rosson House, a Victorian Museum.

Its elegant and chic vibes are the perfect scene for Instagram portraits or engagement photos.

#11 Bridge Over Central Avenue

  • Location Description: City bridge featuring gorgeous city views of Downtown PHX
  • Best Light: Evening
  • Coordinates: 33.42854, -112.07376
  • Fees: None

The Bridge Over Central Avenue in Downtown Phoenix is one of the unique photography locations in Phoenix!

At sunset, the surrounding buildings start to glow, and the entire environment looks absolutely magical in urban photos.

This is an excellent Instagrammable place for fashion portraits or urban engagement photos!

#12 Downtown Phoenix Parking Garages

  • Location Description: Scenic parking garages that feature views of skyscrapers
  • Best Light: Anytime
  • Coordinates: All around Downtown PHX
  • Fees: None

I mean, what would a list of Instagrammable places be without mentioning a parking garage?

Some of the best Downtown Phoenix photo spots are parking garages. They take you between the skyscrapers.

You can’t go wrong with most of them, but the Central Ave parking garages have some better views!

Instagram Worthy Restaurants in Phoenix

Are you a foodie in need of an Instagram fix? Check out these Instagrammable restaurants in Phoenix.

#13 Lola Coffee

  • Location Description: Cute coffee shop featuring a yellow entrance and brick patio area
  • Best Light: Anytime
  • Coordinates: 33.4588, -112.0774
  • Fees: Should buy something

Lola Coffee is located in Downtown Phoenix and is famous for its yellow exterior and brick patio. The entire sidewalk area is full of cute building entrances that are highly photogenic.

Take pictures inside of Lola or outside near the yellow entryway!

#14 The Farm South Mountain

  • Location Description: Farm with a cute cafe and beautiful outdoor seating area
  • Best Light: Morning to Evening
  • Coordinates: 33.39092, -112.01527
  • Fees: Should buy something

The Farm at South Mountain is located in Phoenix, Arizona.

It’s a cute cafe serving sandwiches and desserts, but its outdoor area is where it REALLY shines.

The outdoor area of the farm features picnic tables and tree-lined walkways that, when full of lush greenery, is one of the more scenic places in the area!

More Aesthetic Places in Phoenix

Oh don’t worry, we’re not done yet. Here are a couple more aesthetic places in Phoenix that just so happen to be some of the best photography spots in Phoenix for all you grammers out there!

#15 Whitfill Nursery

  • Location Description: Lush nursery with beautifully enclosed greenhouses
  • Best Light: Anytime
  • Coordinates: 33.39295, -112.024
  • Fees: None

Like planty things or just planty photos? Head to the large greenhouse in Whitfill Nursery.

The greenhouse is FULL of plants, as it should be, and makes for some gorgeous jungle-vibe Instagram pictures.

#16 Granada Park

  • Location Description: Large public park with mountain views and trees
  • Best Light: Morning or Sunset
  • Coordinates: 33.53257, -112.03632
  • Fees: None

Granada Park is one of the more underrated Instagrammable places in Phoenix!

In the morning, you can capture Piestewa Peak in the background of your images as it glows from the rising sun.

This is the perfect photo spot for a picnic photoshoot.

OR you can opt for something that requires some open space and props.

There’s plenty of room to set up your photos! Sunset is a fantastic time to shoot Granada Park too, but expect there to be more crowds.

#17 South Mountain Park and Preserve

  • Location Description: An entire mountain area with epic vistas for sunset
  • Best Light: Sunset or Sunrise
  • Coordinates: 33.35357, -112.07432
  • Fees: None

South Mountain Park and Preserve gives you wild west vibes all day. Visit this location during sunset for your cowboy-inspired photos!

Scorpion Gulch is a popular photo destination here among many of the other scenic drives and mountain trails.

Photography Locations Around Phoenix

As you’ve probably noticed from looking at our most Instagrammable places in Phoenix map OR just a map of the Phoenix Metro Area, all of the different Phoenix subsets sit relatively close together.

I’m talking about Tempe, Chandler, Mesa, etc.

Therefore, I thought it would be worthwhile for you to know about these locations as well!

And don’t forget, I have a whole blog dedicated to the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale you can check out too.

#18 Tempe Town Lake Pedestrian Bridge

  • Location Description: Large pedestrian bridge with a modern structure
  • Best Light: Sunrise or Sunset
  • Coordinates: 33.43362, -111.94859
  • Fees: None

Right outside the Tempe Center for the Arts sits the Pedestrian Bridge and it makes for beautiful sunset photos with an urban vibe.

When you’re done shooting here, you can head over to Tempe Center for the Arts for bonus photos!

#19 Mill Ave Bridge

  • Location Description: Large bridge going over a lake, lined with string lights
  • Best Light: Evening
  • Coordinates: 33.43345, -111.94113
  • Fees: None

The Mill Ave Bridge is just across from the Tempe Town Lake Pedestrian Bridge.

This one is special because the globe lights lining the bridge are turned on at night, making for some DREAMY Instagram pictures!

#20 Elvis Presley Memorial Chapel

  • Location Description: Old chapel in the middle of the desert, surrounded by mountains
  • Best Light: Golden Hour
  • Coordinates: 33.44754, -111.50158
  • Fees: None

The Superstition Mountain Museum is located near Lost Dutchman State Park.

The museum features a little white chapel, called the Elvis Chapel, that used to be used for movie sets, among other things.

Now it’s a popular destination for Instagram photos!

#21 Salt River Tubing Exit

  • Location Description: Desert oasis complete with a “beach” and desert flora, popular for portraits
  • Best Light: Sunrise or Sunset
  • Coordinates: 33.55366, -111.62183
  • Fees: None

The Salt River is one of the most Instagrammable places in Phoenix—technically located in Mesa. No one can deny its beauty when it looks like a desert oasis.

It is a trendy photoshoot destination for wedding photographers and family portraits, so you’ll have to plan your shoots accordingly.

The Coon Bluff Recreation Area has photogenic walkways and “beach” areas for photos!

#22 Usery Mountain Regional Park

  • Location Description: Desert regional park near Mesa, Arizona featuring mountain views
  • Best Light: Sunset
  • Coordinates: 33.47917, -111.61947
  • Fees: $7

Usery Mountain Regional Park is located near Mesa, Arizona.

It’s known for its vast mountain scene and open desert, perfect for outdoor photos.

Next Steps for Your Photo Mission

And there you have it! That completes this list of the most Instagrammable places in Phoenix, Arizona.

Hopefully you can see how diverse the city is!

My final word of advice to you would be to check the weather.

Sometimes a lingering storm and gloomy day can make these places look dull—all the gorgeous details disappear with the lack of light.

Next up, I suggest reading one of my other AZ blogs:

Happy exploring 🙂

The post 22 Instagrammable Places in Phoenix, Arizona + Map (Local Recs) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/instagrammable-places-phoenix/feed/ 0 53737
25 Most Instagrammable Places in Scottsdale, AZ + Map (Local Recs) https://dani-the-explorer.com/instagrammable-places-scottsdale/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/instagrammable-places-scottsdale/#respond Mon, 18 Apr 2022 15:17:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53062 If you’re heading to the Scottsdale, Arizona area soon and want some pics for the #gram, this blog has you covered. We’re going to discuss the 20+ most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale and PLUS where to find them—all recommendations come from my experience as a local. The best part is that all of these photo […]

The post 25 Most Instagrammable Places in Scottsdale, AZ + Map (Local Recs) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
If you’re heading to the Scottsdale, Arizona area soon and want some pics for the #gram, this blog has you covered. We’re going to discuss the 20+ most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale and PLUS where to find them—all recommendations come from my experience as a local.

The best part is that all of these photo spots are concentrated in roughly the same area, which means less travel time and more picture time for you! SO get ready to strike a pose, boo, we have a lot of ground to cover. Let’s begin!

And when you’re done reading this blog, check out my other Scottsdale and Phoenix area posts:

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Camera Gear I Use

If you’re a content creator, want to make money as a content creator, or just a photo lover, you might want to check out the camera gear I use below! Just about all of my pictures were taken with this equipment:

  • Sony a7RIII—My absolute favorite camera! If you’re looking for a beginner’s mirrorless option, you can snag a Sony a6400
  • 24-70mm f/2.8 lens—My go-to lens thats great for portraits and landscapes! 

For editing, there’s tons of aesthetic photo editing apps you can use too!

Map of Instagram Spots

Here is a map of all the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale we will cover. 

Click here to view a live version of the map!

List of Instagrammable Places in Scottsdale

  1. Bicycle Haus
  2. Flowers Across Eldorado on 1st
  3. Civic Center Plaza
  4. Bischoff’s at the Park
  5. Main Street
  6. It’s That Hot Mural
  7. Sugar Bowl
  8. The Canal Club
  9. Ruze Cake House
  10. Diego Pops
  11. FourtillFour
  12. Berdena’s
  13. Maple and Ash
  14. Sprinkle Cupcake ATM
  15. Outrider Rooftop Lounge
  16. The Scott Resort
  17. Hotel Adeline
  18. The Saguaro Scottsdale
  19. Boulders Resort and Spa
  20. McDowell Mountain Preserve
  21. Desert Botanical Garden
  22. Papago Park
  23. Scottsdale Quarter
  24. Scottsdale Waterfront
  25. Taliesin West

Below is where we get into the good stuff.

I’ve broken our aesthetic places in Scottsdale into specific categories to keep things easy! That way, you can pull this blog up when you’re in an area and snap away at allllllll the different gems for the gram.

Ready? Let’s gooooo!

Old Town Scottsdale Photo Spots

Let’s kick things off with Old Town Scottsdale photo spots.

Known for its cowboy vibes, cute restaurants, boutique hotels, segway tours, and more, Old Town Scottsdale is cute AF and has plenty of places for you to take photos!

Please note that there is a place most call the “Pink Law Office” some people recommend—this is private property and shooting there is not allowed! So please disregard that recommendation anytime you see it.

#1 Bicycle Haus

  • Location Description: Aged metal wall outside the store
  • Best Light: Mid-Day
  • Coordinates: 33.49377, -111.92779
  • Fees: None

Bicycle Haus, located next to one of my favorite coffee shops in Scottsdale, Fourtillfour, is a street down from the Sugar Bowl in Old town Scottsdale. If you’re into aesthetic photos with kind of an edgy vibe, this metal wall is for you.

To find it, head over to the little alley in the middle of the Bike Haus and Fourtillfour buildings (don’t worry, it’s not creepy). It’s perfect for creative portrait shots!

P.S. You might like my blog: How to Become a Successful Influencer

#2 Flowers Across Eldorado on 1st

  • Location Description: Large row of flowered bushes outside of apartment building
  • Best Light: Early Morning or Late Afternoon
  • Coordinates: 33.49193, -111.93201
  • Fees: None

When flowers bloom in the spring, you can take some gorgeous Instagram pics bushed along the flower wall across from the Eldorado on 1st apartment building in Old Town Scottsdale. Their vibrant pink hue gives every picture or Instagram Story a beautiful pop of color.

#3 The Civic Center Plaza

  • Location Description: Park with a large LOVE sculpture
  • Best Light: Early Morning or Late Afternoon
  • Coordinates: 33.49291, -111.91971
  • Fees: None

*Opens back up in 2023* The Civic Center Plaza is known for its large LOVE sculpture, but it’s also one of the fantastic places to take pictures in Scottsdale! So walk around to photograph the fountains and lush green areas for your next Instagram photo.

You can walk around to the arts center and take some photos near the outdoor area too. And before I forget, you should read my blog on the best things to do in Scottsdale, AZ!

#4 Bischoff’s at the Park in Old Town

  • Location Description: Lush, green, ivy-covered wall
  • Best Light: Early Morning or Late Afternoon
  • Coordinates: 33.49294, -111.92414
  • Fees: None

The Bischoff’s at the Park ivy wall near the Old Town Tavern patio is a hidden Scottsdale gem.

The entire side of the Native American shop building is covered in thick, lush ivy shining in the brightest green! It looks like something that belongs in San Francisco or another city.

Come here to snap some photos near the wall while you explore the rest of what Old Town has to offer!

#5 East Main Street Old Town

  • Location Description: Palm-lined street with cute shops and string lights
  • Best Light: Morning or Late Afternoon
  • Coordinates: 33.49313, -111.92632
  • Fees: None

Old Town’s Main Street is undoubtedly the most photographed street in Old Town Scottsdale.

It features some wild west vibes, and cute shops on every corner. You can shoot photos in front of cute buildings or right on Main Street (watch for cars). If you come later in the day, you might catch Main Street when it’s all lit up with string lights, making it 10 ties more adorable for pictures!

#6 It’s That Hot Mural

  • Location Description: Vibrant mural on the side of Geisha A Go Go
  • Best Light: Anytime
  • Coordinates: 33.49892, -111.92657
  • Fees: None

There are several murals in the Scottsdale area, but the It’s That Hot Mural on the righthand side of the Geisha A Go Go building is a favorite.

It’s vibrant colors will make your Instagram photos siiiiiiiiiiiing—ha! Maybe you can make some good Instagram Stories here too—just saying! In all seriousness, though, this is the perfect place to take pictures while you’re walking around Old Town Scottsdale. It looks good all day long!

Instagram Worthy Restaurants in Scottsdale

There are some fantastic Instagrammable restaurants in Scottsdale, so let’s cover those now!

#7 Sugar Bowl

instagrammable place in scottsdale az: sugar bowl
  • Location Description: Old school ice-cream parlor with pink features
  • Best Light: N/A
  • Coordinates: 33.49384, -111.92595
  • Fees: Should purchase something

Sugar Bowl has to make this list of the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale! It’s a Scottsdale “Classic” and not just for its ice cream sundaes.

But let’s be honest, who doesn’t like ice cream? Jk. The Sugar Bowl is Insta-famous for its pink aesthetic. And its interior will give you all the vintage vibes. 

#8 The Canal Club

  • Location Description: Caribbean inspired bar with a neon sign and comfy seating area
  • Best Light: N/A
  • Coordinates: 33.49384, -111.92595
  • Fees: Should purchase something

The Canal Club is located in The Scott Resort! It’s located in the back of the lobby. What looks like a cute little beach bodega turns into a popular lounging area in the evening.

Take your Insta pics with the neon sign as the backdrop.

But whatever you do, DO NOT leave without getting a coconut mojito: you’ll thank me later.

While you’re at it, check out my list of the best happy hours in Old Town Scottsdale for more spots like this!

#9 Ruze Cake House

  • Location Description: Adorable bakery with white interior
  • Best Light: N/A
  • Coordinates: 33.4928, -111.92948
  • Fees: Should purchase something

Ruze Cake House is a small bakery in Scottsdale that features macaroons and an aesthetic neon sign that reads “stop & taste the roses.” It’s an adorable cafe for a photoshoot. So naturally, it gives off Instagram vibes with its bright interior.

#10 Diego Pops

  • Location Description: Taco shop with aesthetic interior and neon sign
  • Best Light: N/A
  • Coordinates: 33.49938, -111.92656
  • Fees: Should purchase something

Diego Pops isn’t just a taco shop! Known for its tacos, pineapple wallpaper, AND pink taco neon sign—stop here for your foodie pics. OOO and make sure you grab a watermelon margarita afterwards—or during, I won’t tell ;).

P.S. If you’re taking these pics for your content creator page, you should read my guide on how to become an Instagram influencer!

#11 Berdena’s

  • Location Description: Quaint, aesthetic coffee shop in Old Town
  • Best Light: N/A
  • Coordinates: 33.49752, -111.92956
  • Fees: Should purchase something

Berdena’s is a quaint, boutique coffee shop located in Old Town Scottsdale. When you get there, you can’t help but notice its cuteness.

The coffee shop features adorably patterned wallpaper and carefully selected decor that adds to the overall aesthetic. Grab an oat milk latte and a fresh-baked croissant then shoot away!

#12 Maple and Ash

  • Location Description: Schwanky restaurant and bar near Fashion Square
  • Best Light: N/A
  • Coordinates: 33.50192, -111.92796
  • Fees: Should purchase something

Maple and Ash is a BOUJEE restaurant located across the street from Scottsdale Fashion Square. The outside entryway features a beautiful flower arch that makes for adorable pictures.

But, the inside is where all the magic happens. The dining areas are elegant, with edgy touches like a leather bar and dark green velvet booths. It’s very photogenic.

To dine inside, you must have a reservation and adhere to their dress code. If you’d rather not do all that, stick to the gorgeous flower arch outside!

#13 Fourtillfour

  • Location Description: Adorable coffee shop that hosts car events
  • Best Light: Morning
  • Coordinates: 33.49375, -111.9281
  • Fees: Should purchase something

Fourtillfour is a fabulous coffee shop in the heart of Old Town Scottsdale. The owner is a self-proclaimed car guy that themed the coffee shop to almost look like it’s in a small garage.

Aside from having great coffee and a neat concept, every weekend the coffee shop invites car lovers to come and show off their rigs! Now, these aren’t some average Joe-Shmo Corolla’s pulling up to the party.

We’re talking vintage Porches, overlanding rigs, and sports cars. It’s a vibe, and one of the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale!

#14 Sprinkles Cupcake ATM

  • Location Description: Cupcake shop with a bright pink ATM
  • Best Light: Mid-Day
  • Coordinates: 33.50271, -111.92589
  • Fees: Should purchase something

A cupcake ATM? I didn’t even know they made those—did you? Probably not, which is WHY you need to head to the Sprinkles cupcake ATM ASAP.

Yes, it will spit out a cupcake order for you, which is cute and futuristic, but can we please talk about how adorable that vibrant pink color is? Perfect for fun summery photos.

The ATM is incredibly easy to find since there is only one Sprinkles location in Scottsdale. Since the ATM sits outside the shop, you can walk right up to it and take a gazillion pics for the gram!

#15 Outride Rooftop Lounge

  • Location Description: Photogenic rooftop lounge with mountain views
  • Best Light: Sunset
  • Coordinates: 33.4924323,-111.9275633
  • Fees: Should purchase something

Talk about an Instagram spot! Outrider Rooftop Lounge is a lounge and bar located on the Canopy Hotel. And let me just say, it is a VIBE.

You don’t need a reservation to come here, but you’ll definitely want to get there an hour before sunset for the best pictures!

When you’re there, you’ll have amazing Insta-worthy, unobstructed views of Camelback Mountain. Get the Southwest Sunburst cocktail—it’s AMAZING.

Instagram Worthy Hotels

Scottsdale Instagram spots extend to their hotels too. What you’ll notice about a lot of Instagram worthy hotels in Scottsdale is that the details have NOT gone unnoticed.

These properties make for great guest experiences and just happen to be some of the most beautiful places in Scottsdale.

Read Next: Best Boutique Hotels in Scottsdale, AZ

#16 The Scott Resort

  • Location Description: Cuban-inspired hotel property with decorated lobby and blue convertible
  • Best Light: N/A
  • Coordinates: 33.50857, -111.92569
  • Fees: Avg. Room $389

The Scott Resort and Spa is located on Scottsdale Road, smack dab in the middle of Scottsdale. But oh my gosh.

There is so much that makes this a photogenic location.

When you park in the resort, you feel like you’ve been transported to the Caribbean. The entire hotel was inspired by Havana, Cuba, giving you beach vibes in the desert. Take some pictures at the front entrance or with their cute blue Canal Club convertible!

#17 Hotel Adeline

  • Location Description: Hip hotel with scenic pool area and cute signs
  • Best Light: N/A
  • Coordinates: 33.51079, -111.9257
  • Fees: Avg. Room $199

Hotel Adeline was practically made with Instagrammers in mind. Take a picture by their “WTF, Where’s The Fun sign,” or near their “Wanderers Welcome” entryway!

The pool area is also surrounded by mountains—what more could you ask for? These features make it photogenic and it continues to attract grammers to its property every year!

#18 The Saguaro Scottsdale

  • Location Description: Colorful hotel with retro-style features
  • Best Light: Anytime
  • Coordinates: 33.494, -111.92274
  • Fees: $75 for Poolside Cabana

Because of its COLORFUL property, the Saguaro Scottsdale has been deemed one of the most Instagram worthy places in Scottsdale. I mean, this hotel has a wall in just about every color of the rainbow, cute bicycles for rent, and a lot more. Sign me up for all of it!

#19 Boulders Resort and Spa

Just outside of Phoenix, you can visit the magical Boulders Resort and Spa. At sunset, this place lights up like a DREAM. Wanna know something fun? The boulders are 12 million years old!

I suggest booking a spa day here so you can take pictures and enjoy the resort afterwards. I also recommend visiting their Discovery Lounge—the view from the floor to ceiling windows is AMAZING.

As soon as you go there, you’ll understand why it’s one of the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale, AZ.

Instagram Places for Nature Lovers

Here are a few Scottsdale, Arizona photography spots to consider for your next nature pic!

#20 McDowell Sonoran Preserve

  • Location Description: Nature park with hiking trails and view of McDowell Mountains
  • Best Light: Sunrise and Sunset
  • Coordinates: 33.64942, -111.85846
  • Fees: None

The McDowell Mountain Preserve was featured in my day trips from Scottsdale blog, and for a good reason! It’s great for portraits, landscape images, or hiking photos. Come here during sunset to watch the mountains glow a stunning red color!

#21 Desert Botanical Garden

  • Location Description: Large botanical garden featuring exhibits with large cacti and succulents
  • Best Light: Golden Hour
  • Coordinates: 33.46184, -111.94463
  • Fees: $24.95 – $39.95

The Desert Botanical Garden is full of gorgeous desert fauna and flora, bridges, sculptures, and more! Ask any local and they’ll tell you that the Botanical Garden is a great photo spot.

Depending on when you go, you might get lucky and catch a seasonal exhibit there—usually they’re very photogenic. TECHNICALLY, the Desert Botanical Garden is located in Phoenix, but it sits on the border of PHX and Scottsdale, so meh, who cares.

And hey, if you want to see the most Instagrammable places in Phoenix, I have a blog on that!

#22 Papago Park

  • Location Description: Scenic nature park featuring large rock formations
  • Best Light: Morning and Golden Hour
  • Coordinates: 33.45363, -111.94869
  • Fees: None

Papago Park is undoubtedly one of the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale. It’s right by the Botanical Garden so the same vague location rules apply here. Regardless, we can’t deny its beauty!

At sunset, you can do a photoshoot with Hole in the Rock, the park’s desert surroundings, or the little lake in Papago Park. This diversity makes it one of the popular photography spots for engagement photos and family portraits. 

Best Places for Urban Pictures

I see you over there wondering, “Where the urban spots at?” Here are a couple of Scottsdale Instagram spots for urban inspired photos.

#23 Scottsdale Quarter

  • Location Description: Shopping center in North Scottsdale
  • Best Light: Morning and Evening
  • Coordinates: 33.62559, -111.92269
  • Fees: None

The Scottsdale Quarter is a popular shopping center in Scottsdale, AZ. But OOF, its parking garages have some amazing views from the top.

Come here for urban vibe Instagram photos or clean girl aesthetic—ha! The rest of the Scottsdale Quarter is pretty photogenic as well!

#24 Scottsdale Waterfront

  • Location Description: Scenic canal trail in the heart of Scottsdale
  • Best Light: N/A
  • Coordinates: 33.50133, -111.92778
  • Fees: None

The Scottsdale Waterfront is a gorgeous canal trail nestled in the heart of Scottsdale, AZ. It’s a great sunset spot.

You can ride a bike around the area and get some adorable pictures that way then eat at one of the restaurants down the street. The best part about the waterfront is its proximity to Old Town’s 5th Avenue, which is where you’ll find other Instagrammable locations like Beredena’s—all in walking distance!

#25 Taliesin West—Frank Lloyd Wright

  • Location Description: Former home of Frank Lloyd Wright featuring interesting architecture
  • Best Light: N/A
  • Coordinates: 33.60638, -111.84518
  • Fees: $35

Who was Frank Lloyd Wright? He was a famous architect in America that created some of the most innovative structures!

Now, architect lovers and history buffs can admire his winter home, Taliesin West. The entire estate is gorgeous.

You can take a self-guided tour and snap some beautiful pictures amongst the architecture. Another building like this is hard to come by, so you’ll be able to get more unique images here!

Next Steps for Your Photo Adventure

Hopefully by now you can see that the most Instagrammable places in Scottsdale and are A PLENTY.

There’s really something for everyone!

My final parting tips before heading to one of these photo spots would be to check the weather before you arrive and try to plan your photos for the morning or evening.

While mid-day lighting will be fine for cafes and such, anything outdoors will get blasted with the Arizona sun, making it difficult to capture details! Not to mention, your photos may turn out harsh with over-exposed highlights.

If you’ll be exploring Scottsdale for a while, you’ll definitely want to check out more of my blogs:

The post 25 Most Instagrammable Places in Scottsdale, AZ + Map (Local Recs) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/instagrammable-places-scottsdale/feed/ 0 53062
9 Best AirBnbs in Sedona, AZ | Luxury Vacation Rentals You’ll Love https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-vacation-rentals/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-vacation-rentals/#respond Sat, 09 Apr 2022 22:45:57 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53532 While Sedona, Arizona is abundant with enchanting hotels and spa resorts, sometimes we’re looking for a home away from home. You know, a place we can come back to after a long day of hiking and chill in our own personal hot tub, watch a movie, or cook some dinner. Well, folks, I’m happy to […]

The post 9 Best AirBnbs in Sedona, AZ | Luxury Vacation Rentals You’ll Love appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
While Sedona, Arizona is abundant with enchanting hotels and spa resorts, sometimes we’re looking for a home away from home. You know, a place we can come back to after a long day of hiking and chill in our own personal hot tub, watch a movie, or cook some dinner. Well, folks, I’m happy to report that some of the best AirBnBs in Sedona, AZ will do all of that for you and more!

Imagine waking up to watch the sunrise over Sedona’s gorgeous red rock formations while sipping your cup of coffee. Ahhhh. That’s my kind of morning. 

In this guide, we will cover the details on Sedona vacation rentals you can book to enjoy a memorable desert vacation. When you’re wanting a luxury vacation, cabin retreat, girls’ trip, family getaway, couple’s escape, or a vacation rental with a view, there’s a property for everyone.

Sounds fab, right? 

Afterward, I suggest you read my Sedona travel guide and Sedona 3 day itinerary write-ups to help further you plan your vacation here!

Let’s get started!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

#1 Bright & Airy Home (Top AirBnB in Sedona Pick)

  • Size: 1500 sq. ft
  • Rooms: 2 Bedrooms, 3 Bathrooms
  • Sleeps: 4
  • Pet-Friendly?: No
  • Special Amenities: Central Location, Open Floor, King Beds
  • Avg. Per Night: ~$280+

This home, located in central Sedona, AZ, will be the perfect place to gather around the kitchen, make some homemade margaritas, cook a meal, and bask in the memories you’ve made on your trip!

The open floor plan and fun decor make the interior vibrant and bright, giving you an immediate need to smile when you enter.

This is the perfect rental for small families or a group of friends who have never been to Sedona and want their accommodation to enhance their experience. Seriously, staying here is such a treat because you’re in a great location and get to enjoy a gorgeous property!

The hosts are gracious enough to set up guests with a Red Rock Pass, so you can spend more time enjoying the local adventures! Speaking of adventures, you’ll be right around the corner from Airport Mesa Vortex, where you can witness an epic Sedona sunset!

After a day of exploring the desert, come back here and enjoy a hot shower in the renovated bathroom that looks like it belongs in a luxury spa! Now THAT’S a home away from home.

#2 Sedona Uptown Starry Nights

  • Size: 2200 sq. ft
  • Rooms: 2 Bedrooms, 3 Bathrooms
  • Sleeps: 8
  • Pet-Friendly?: Yes
  • Special Amenities: Hot Tub, Deck, Fireplace
  • Avg. Per Night: ~$550+

How does a margarita with a view sound? Good, I hope, because that’s exactly what you can enjoy in this Sedona vacation rental!

The Uptown Starry Nights property is a single-floor home located in a quiet Sedona neighborhood. You’ll be able to enjoy the hustle and bustle of Uptown Sedona, from shops to tour companies to restaurants, and come back to this cozy casa waiting for you.

If you’re the main chef in your household, you might enjoy the fully stocked kitchen packed with all the cooking gizmos and gadgets you could ever want and need—perfect for folks who love to entertain!

#3 Cabin on Oak Creek (Top Pick for Luxury Vacation Rental in Sedona)

  • Size: 3665 sq. ft
  • Rooms: 5 Bedrooms, 4 Bathrooms
  • Sleeps: 14
  • Pet-Friendly?: Yes
  • Special Amenities: Hot Tub, Private Creek Access, Deck
  • Avg. Per Night: ~$2,200+

Now, THIS is a Sedona getaway kind of property. When you book your stay at this luxury cabin, you’ll immediately be immersed in a secluded forest retreat nestled in the red rocks—a luxury only some get to experience!

Every morning, you’ll say hello to the sun coming over the enormous mountains. They’re practically smiling at you from your bedroom windows—it’s quite the view! The best part is that your whole party can enjoy admiring the red rocks from the rest of the property, including the cozy living room complete with a fireplace.

You’ll also be able to enjoy your own private creek access, which is the perfect place to retreat after a long day of exploring. The property itself is in the ideal location to see the best of Sedona. Some of the nearby attractions include the famous Airport Mesa Vortex! Needless to say, if you’re planning to celebrate a special occasion when you get to Sedona, do it here. And can you invite me while you’re at it?

#4 Mountain Whispers Retreat

  • Size: 2128 sq. ft
  • Rooms: 3 Bedrooms, 2 Bathrooms
  • Sleeps: 10
  • Pet-Friendly?: Yes
  • Special Amenities: Fireplace, Spacious, Large Yard, Quiet
  • Avg. Per Night: ~$490+

Looking for a home away from home that the whole family will love? Well, with a mix of places to gather together but an equal amount of quiet nooks for some much-needed alone time, this charming property does it all.

When you book your stay here, you can enjoy views of the famous Thunder Mountain, take a drive to a local trail, play with Fido in the expansive backyard, then gather with the family for a nice home-cooked meal—sounds like my kind of vacation!

Then, as if the Mountain Whispers Retreat wasn’t already thoughtfully stocked with the essentials, you’ll be a hop and skip away from a Safeway grocery store when you need some extra snacks or last-minute toiletries.

The surrounding neighborhood is quiet, so you’ll be getting some of the best Z’s of your life here—you might never leave! So whether you’re coming to Sedona to meditate by a vortex or go on an epic sunset adventure, you’ll enjoy this peaceful retreat.

#5 Modern Desert Estate

  • Size: 2800 sq. ft
  • Rooms: 5 Bedrooms, 3 Bathrooms
  • Sleeps: 12
  • Pet-Friendly?: Yes
  • Special Amenities: Hot Tub, Deck, Gourmet Kitchen, Central Location
  • Avg. Per Night: ~$1,200+

Live like kings and queens in the heart of Sedona while you stay at this luxury desert estate. Whether it’s for a girls’ trip or another group getaway, you’ll love all the special touches in this gorgeous vacation rental.

We’re talking 360 red rock views and a walk away from some of the city’s best restaurants.

From the spa jacuzzi to the bathrooms to the multiple decks to the bedrooms, everyone can enjoy that gorgeous view no matter where they are in the house. Grab a bottle of wine from a local vineyard and laugh the night away in this swanky AirBnB in Sedona, AZ.

#6 Charming Home in Uptown

  • Size: 2954 sq. ft
  • Rooms: 5 Bedrooms, 3 Bathrooms
  • Sleeps: 12
  • Pet-Friendly?: Yes
  • Special Amenities: Hot Tub, Fireplace, Peloton, Deck
  • Avg. Per Night: ~$770+

Check out this charming Sedona home if you’re heading out on a girls’ weekend or group outing! This 5 bedroom, 3 bathroom home is located in Uptown Sedona, meaning it’s near all the fantastic attractions you’ll want to be close to during your trip. 

What makes this property special is its elegantly and boujee designed spaces that will make you feel like you just jumped into a West Elm catalog—fancy! The rooms, especially the living room, are bright and airy with massive windows that give you a peep at the surrounding red rock views. 

Plus, the hanging chairs in the living room make for an adorable, Instagrammable moment!

#7 Creekside A-Frame Cabin

  • Size: 1500 sq. ft
  • Rooms: 2 Bedrooms, 2 Bathrooms
  • Sleeps: 4
  • Pet-Friendly?: Yes
  • Special Amenities: Central Location, Deck, Creek Access
  • Avg. Per Night: ~$620+

Feel like you’ve just been transported into the PNW or a fairytale hideaway in this Sedona A-Frame cabin! When you book your stay at this Sedona vacation rental, you’ll be able to enjoy the tranquility of Oak Creek Canyon and the surrounding forest.

Plus, the cabin is located under a mile from Tlaquepaque Ville and popular trails like Marg’s Draw. So you get the best of the desert and the forest oasis!

This A-Frame cabin was exquisitely designed to feel homey and cozy.

#8 Dome Home (Unique AirBnB in Sedona)

  • Size: 2100 sq. ft
  • Rooms: 2 Bedrooms, 2 Bathrooms
  • Sleeps: 6
  • Pet-Friendly?: No
  • Special Amenities: Fireplace, Unique View
  • Avg. Per Night: ~$390+

Want to book a unique Sedona AirBnB? Go for the Sedona Dome Home!

As a guest, you’ll marvel at how the dome windows make you feel immersed in Sedona’s red rock or like you’re entirely on another planet!

Coupled with the design, location, and sense of privacy, the Home Sweet Dome Home has a way of making guests like you feel like they can finally let go of the hustle and bustle of life—even if it’s just for a little while.

Spend your mornings reading a book and enjoying your coffee while snuggling up on the living room poofs and enjoying the view above.

#9 Canyon Wren—Honeysuckle

  • Rooms: 1 Bedroom, 1 Bathroom
  • Sleeps: 2
  • Pet-Friendly?: No
  • Special Amenities: Secluded, Patio, Fireplace
  • Avg. Per Night: ~$150+

Have a quiet, intimate retreat into the heart of Oak Creek canyon when you stay in this beautiful log cabin. The charming cottage and lush garden exterior will make you feel like you’ve escaped to a magical forest that only exists in fairytales.

Wake up to the sounds of birds chirping and the peaceful creek flowing—does Snow White live here?

You’ll be less than a mile away from highlights like Slide Rock State Park and 15 minutes from the heart of Sedona.

After you finish exploring, come back and enjoy a hot cup of tea on the front porch Adirondack chairs. Then end the night with a cozy session by the old brick fireplace before tomorrow.

Next Steps for Booking

Now that you have your Sedona vacation rental out of the way, check out my other blogs to help you complete your Sedona vacation planning!

See you in the next blog :)!

The post 9 Best AirBnbs in Sedona, AZ | Luxury Vacation Rentals You’ll Love appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-vacation-rentals/feed/ 0 53532
Ultimate Sedona, AZ Travel Guide—Read Before You Go https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-travel-guide/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-travel-guide/#respond Thu, 07 Apr 2022 13:40:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=52906 Sedona is MAGICAL—I imagine you’ve heard the rumors. As a first-timer, you’re probably looking forward to visiting this desert oasis so you can explore or bask in vortex energy all day, but you want some help putting it all together into an epic vacation. So, in this Sedona travel guide, we’ll cover all the must-knows […]

The post Ultimate Sedona, AZ Travel Guide—Read Before You Go appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Sedona is MAGICAL—I imagine you’ve heard the rumors. As a first-timer, you’re probably looking forward to visiting this desert oasis so you can explore or bask in vortex energy all day, but you want some help putting it all together into an epic vacation. So, in this Sedona travel guide, we’ll cover all the must-knows before your trip: how to get there, where to stay, where to eat, etc.

And I have to say… you’re in for a treat!

As someone who has visited Sedona, Arizona, about a gazillion times and lived there, I feel like I have to ensure your Sedona vacation is just as lovely as you’re hoping it’ll be.

That’s why I’m pouring all the good-good into this guide! We have a lot to cover, so let’s get started.

Afterward, check out my other Sedona travel blogs like:

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Trip to Sedona

  • 🌵Where is Sedona? Northern Arizona in Yavapai County and is about an hour’s drive south of Flagstaff, surrounded by the Coconino National Forest.
  • ✈How to Get to Sedona: Fly into Flagstaff (1hr drive to Sedona) or Phoenix (2hr drive to Sedona). KAYAK can help you find cheap flights!
  • How Many Days: 3 days in Sedona is the perfect amount of time!
  • 🚙Rental Cars: KAYAK is great for vehicle rentals too!
  • 🌞Best Time to Visit: The best months to visit Sedona, AZ are October through April.
  • 🎟Fees: Some trails require a Red Rock Pass ($5)or you can use your America the Beautiful Interagency Pass.

That’s a quick rundown of the must-knows, but let’s continue and take a deeper dive into more of the planning details!

Sedona Travel Guide Map

For your reference, check out the Sedona travel guide map below! You can also click here to view a live version of the map, hehehehe.

3 day Sedona Itinerary Map

Where to Stay in Sedona

Sedona, Arizona, is home to some of the best boutique hotels that make for a perfect getaway! When you drive in from Phoenix using the 179, you will pass through the Village of Oak Creek.

Traffic tends to bottleneck in this area. Because of bottlenecks and the fact that Village of Oak Creek is 15 minutes away from Sedona city center, I suggest that you do NOT book your stay here.

You’ll be further from attractions!

To help you narrow down your options, here are a couple of hotels to consider:

Want a AirBnB instead? I have a write up on the best Sedona vacation rentals!

How To Get There

You have about four decent options for getting to Sedona, AZ, that we will discuss now. Make sure you check KAYAK for cheap flight tickets!

  • Sedona Airport KSEZ
    • The Sedona Airport is located in the heart of Sedona.
    • If you want to fly directly into the city without driving hours, choose this option.
    • You might pay more for flights, though.
  • Flagstaff Pulliam Airport FLG
    • Flying directly into Flagstaff is another option for you.
    • If you choose this route, you will have about a one hour drive to get to Sedona
    • Again, you might pay more for tickets.
  • Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport PHX
    • Possibly the most popular option since PHX is Arizona’s largest airport.
    • If you choose to fly directly into Phoenix, you will have about a 2hr drive to Sedona.
    • While the drive is a bit longer, I like recommending this to folks because you can take day trips from Scottsdale or Phoenix!
  • Las Vegas Reid International Airport LAS
    • Flying into Las Vegas is another option! You will have about a 4-hour drive to Sedona and enter from the 89A.
    • This is an option if you want to extend the itinerary in this Sedona travel guide to include Flagstaff, AZ (you’ll be passing through it anyway).

What is the Best Month to Visit Sedona AZ

The best months to visit Sedona are October through April. But now, let’s talk about the different seasons and hopefully clarify when to book your trip! 

  • Winter — Winter can be a fabulous time to visit Sedona! It doesn’t happen often, but if the temperatures in December are cool enough, you might get snow in Sedona. Snow plus those gorgeous red rock formations are to dyyyyyyyye for. 
  • Spring — Spring is another great time to visit Sedona. If you come in February, there is a chance of rain. The spring temperatures can get a bit chilly from the mid-40s to as warm as the mid-70s. It just depends on the year. 
  • Summer — Summers in Arizona are pretty hot, but if you DO book a trip then, you might score cheaper room rates! Summers also allow for the most swimming in Sedona.
  • Fall — Fall is excellent and notably one of the most popular times to visit Sedona. October one of the most popular times for folks to book their Sedona trip. If you come around then, you might be able to see fall colors in Oak Creek Canyon!

Things to Do in Sedona

In this section of our Sedona travel guide, we’ll list out some of the best Sedona attractions. And let’s not forget, Sedona is a hiker’s oasis, BUT most hiking trails require a Red Rock Pass ($5). A Red Rock Pass is a fee you pay to help the Forest Service keep Sedona trails clean.

To skip the Red Rock Pass, have your America the Beautiful Interagency Pass handy!

To access some of the trailheads in Sedona, you might need to take the Sedona Shuttle. This is a new public transportation system. The shuttles run year round, Thursday through Sunday.

While they operate, you will NOT be allowed to park in specific trailhead lots. I suggest heading to SedonaShuttle.com for more info and to see the schedule, so you can better plan your trip!

But now that we have those details out of the way, let’s dive into the things to do! Remember to check out my other guide on the perfect 3 days in Sedona to see how to put all these items together!

Hiking

Sedona has a mix of difficult hikes and easy hikes!

Swimming Holes

Culture & Arts

Noteworthy Tours

Click here to book a Jeep Tour! 🚙

Where to Eat in Sedona

You have some great options for where to eat in Sedona. Below is a quick list for you to refer to:

  • Bashas — This is an AZ grocery store chain. If you’re renting a place, you might find it helpful to shop for food here. There is a Safeway in Sedona too.
  • Picazzo’s Healthy Italian Kitchen Sedona – A staple. I think every person who visits ends up eating here at least once. They offer their spin on Italian food. Vegan and gluten-free options are available.
  • Coffee Pot Restaurant — If you take breakfast seriously, this is another Sedona staple!
  • Layla’s Bakery-Cafe — A cute little coffee shop is serving up espresso and pastries!
  • Whole Foods — I’m serious! Every time I go to Sedona, I magically end up in the Whole Foods parking lot and go, “Dammit! They got me again!” then I proceed to devour every last bit of food at the hot bar. 
  • Canyon Breeze— This is a great place to come to if you want a burger and a place to watch sunset!

What to Pack

With everything from spas to hiking, you’ll want to make sure you pack everything you need to get the most out of your trip to Sedona! Here is a quick list of what to pack.

Cathedral Rock sunset

Next Steps for Your Best Trip to Sedona

After reading this Sedona travel guide, you should have everything you need to help you book your trip to Sedona. It’s time to put it all together! Next, check out my other Sedona blogs: 

See you in the next post and happy exploring :)!

The post Ultimate Sedona, AZ Travel Guide—Read Before You Go appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/sedona-travel-guide/feed/ 0 52906
Moab Travel Guide for First-Timers – Read This Before You Go https://dani-the-explorer.com/moab-travel-guide/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/moab-travel-guide/#respond Sat, 02 Apr 2022 23:07:46 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53286 Moab is a charming little town in Southern Utah, and it is FULL of things to do. It’s where you’ll find some amazing Utah National Parks like Arches National Park and Canyonlands National Park, but it doesn’t end there, which is why you’ll need this Moab travel guide! With the surrounding desert and mountains, a […]

The post Moab Travel Guide for First-Timers – Read This Before You Go appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Moab is a charming little town in Southern Utah, and it is FULL of things to do. It’s where you’ll find some amazing Utah National Parks like Arches National Park and Canyonlands National Park, but it doesn’t end there, which is why you’ll need this Moab travel guide!

With the surrounding desert and mountains, a Moab itinerary is where you can also try a ton of new activities like rock climbing and canyoneering.

In other words, it’s the perfect place to check a boatload of stuff off your bucket list. 

Have I convinced you to go yet? I hope so!

This guide will cover everything you need to know about traveling to Moab and what to expect when you get there so you can plan the best trip. 

Make sure you check out my other UT posts too:

And with that, let’s start things off with some must-know planning details!

Sunset in Moab Utah

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Trip to Moab, UT

  • Where is Moab: Moab is located in Southern Utah.
  • 🌵When to Go: The best months to visit Moab, UT, are October through May.
  • How Many Days to Visit: You should spend 2 full days in Moab. That will give you time to visit the National Parks and surrounding areas.
  • ✈Fly: For the best tickets, check KAYAK.
  • 🚗Rental Car: KAYAK can also help you find budget-friendly rental cars! 
  • 🚐Campervan Rental: Want a campervan instead? You can rent one using Outdoorsy.
  • 🏨Stay: Under Canvas MoabSage Creek MoabHyatt Place Moab
  • 🎟Fees: The standard National Park entrance fee is about $35 per park. To save, snag the America The Beautiful Pass ($79.99), and it will be your annual pass for all US national parks.

I should note that summer is a popular time to visit Moab, too, but they can be very hot! You’ll need to watch the heat closely.

You can visit in winter as well, but that will require extra preparation.

Getting to Moab

Moab is a destination most folks end up in during a Utah National Parks road trip or some other southwest road trip of choice. However, if you’re looking to fly closer to Moab, you can do that. 

Here are the airports and major cities closest to Moab, UT. 

  • Canyonlands Field Airport – About 18 miles from Moab and a 20-minute drive. Tickets can be costly!
  • Salt Lake City – About 230 miles away and a 3 hour and 45-minute drive.
  • Flagstaff, AZ – About 320 miles away and a 5 hour and 20-minute drive. 
  • Denver, CO – About 530 miles away and a 5 hour and 40-minute drive.
  • Las Vegas – About 450 miles away and a 6 hour and 50-minute drive.

Click here to search KAYAK for flights to Moab!

Where to Stay in Moab, UT

With so many tourists visiting each year, Moab has excellent accommodation options that offer views and proximity to all the good stuff. Take a look: 

  • Under Canvas Moab—This property offers a unique experience to those traveling in the area! You can go glamping under beautifully designed canvas tents complete with a comfy bed and fireplace. Plus, you’ll get a deck with a patio to enjoy your morning coffee on! 
  • Hoodoo Moab by Hilton—A GORGEOUS property with desert-inspired decor. Try to get a room with a view when you go!
  • Hyatt Place Moab—Beautiful property with a mountain-view pool complete with pet-friendly rooms.
  • Sage Creek Moab—Vacation rentals near the heart of Moab! The condos are each designed and curated to feel like your home away from home.
  • Cozy Condo—Beautiful 2BR condo near the heart of Moab that will be the perfect place to unwind after a long day of exploring.

Click here to explore more desert-inspired vacation rentals in Moab!

Things to do in Moab

Now we can get into the fun part! As mentioned before, Moab is a great place to cross many bucket list items.

I recommend exploring some of Moab in both my Arizona Utah road trip and Utah National Parks road trip blogs. 

Now, I’d like to give you an idea of how you can best spend your time here!

READ NEXT: How to Spend 2 Days in Moab, Utah

Explore the National Park

There are 2 US National Parks within a short driving distance from Moab. They are Arches National Park (20 minutes from Moab) and Canyonlands National Park (47 minutes from Moab). 

Both are beautiful places to spend a day! You can also spend a day going on a 4×4 tour through BOTH parks! If that’s too much, you can do a half-day tour too! Don’t forget your America The Beautiful Pass!

Dead Horse Point State Park

Another gem in the Moab area is Dead Horse Point State Park! It’s a must-see and incredible for sunrise or sunset. 

Book an Unforgettable Tour

Don’t leave Moab, UT, without going on an epic adventure! Here are some unforgettable experiences to consider!

Take an Off-Roading Trip

Moab is a MECA for off-road lovers. That’s why they host Jeep Week in Moab, UT every year! Take your own 4×4 here or book an experience like the ones below:

Go on an Epic Canyoneering Adventure

Moab is also home to slot canyons and plenty of hidden gems you can go canyoneering in. If you’re a novice at the sport, you can book a guide!

Jump on a Scenic Plane Ride

See Moab and the surrounding national parks from the sky! You can go on a helicopter tour or a scenic airplane ride.

Go Rafting

Because of Moab’s proximity to the river, you can do everything from whitewater rafting to packrafting!

Girl packrafting in Moab Utah

City Amenities

Between activities you might want to bust out your laptop to do a couple of things or fill up on water before heading out on a long trip.

So in this section of your Moab travel guide, we’ll go over some city amenities you may find useful! When I lived in a campervan in Moab, I found these to be SO helpful.

Where to Get Wifi in Moab

Finding WiFi can always be a bit of a struggle as a traveler.

Moab made it easy, though! If you’re into coffee shops, I recommend Moab Garage. Please note that the Moab Garage saves their tables for customers, which means you will at the least need to buy a small cup of coffee to use their WiFi. 

Otherwise, if you want a quiet space to work, I suggest heading to the Grant County Public Library.

The WiFi is super fast, and they have a significant number of desks for you to work on!

Where to Fill Up or Cleanup

When I went packrafting in Moab, I found myself DESPERATE for a shower afterwards.

We would be camping our last night in the city so a hotel wasn’t an option. Hopefully if you find yourself on a Moab adventure, this section will come in handy for knowing where to take a shower and fill-up on filtered water!

To our surprise, Moab had free filtered water for visitors. This is ESPECIALLY helpful if you’re going camping or booking a tour of sorts. You can find it in the Gear Heads outdoor equipment shop.

If you’ll be out packrafting or canyoneering or camping and need to freshen up, I can’t recommend the Moab Recreation & Aquatics Center enough. 

For $5 you can use their shower for unlimited minutes, while a $7 fee will get you a day pass to their gym and the showers. 

The Rec Center is next to a park, making for a perfect yoga and picnic spot, which is excellent after a long day of visiting Utah National Parks.

Where to Eat in Moab

Before we went out on our packrafting Utah adventure, we needed snacks. So the City Market was the perfect grocery store to restock. 

In between stops along your Arizona Utah road trip or a Utah National Parks road trip you’re embarking on, stop in City Market to pick up granola bars or other supplies you need. 

Getting food within US National Park borders can be so expensive, so this is a great way to save!

But aside from City Market, you might want to eat out during your Moab trip. Here are some great places to eat in Moab:

Sunset over Moab Utah

What to Pack

Figuring out the right items to bring to the desert can be challenging! But, as someone who lived in the desert for 13 years, I kind if know what I’m doing ;).

Below is a list of items to bring. 

Toiletries

Clothing

For Fun

Outdoor Activities

Your Next Steps for Your Trip to Moab, UT

I hope you found this Moab travel guide helpful! Moab is a fun town to explore and has so many excursions in close proximity to it that you’ll have a hard time find something NOT to do. Ha!

If you want my suggestions on how to add Moab to a larger trip you’re planning that includes National Parks and other Utah gems check out one of my other Southwest blogs:

Thanks for reading, and see you in the next post!

The post Moab Travel Guide for First-Timers – Read This Before You Go appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/moab-travel-guide/feed/ 0 53286
Packrafting Utah’s Green River – A Bucket List Experience https://dani-the-explorer.com/packrafting-utah-green-river/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/packrafting-utah-green-river/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 13:57:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=2997 Over four days and three nights, I completed a Utah packrafting trip, and it was magical. I packrafted through the Green River near Canyonlands National Park, seeing everything from canyon walls larger than life to what I believe (and hope) was an otter making a swan dive into the river. It was a once-in-a-lifetime experience […]

The post Packrafting Utah’s Green River – A Bucket List Experience appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Over four days and three nights, I completed a Utah packrafting trip, and it was magical. I packrafted through the Green River near Canyonlands National Park, seeing everything from canyon walls larger than life to what I believe (and hope) was an otter making a swan dive into the river.

It was a once-in-a-lifetime experience I believe everyone should have, especially if they’re exploring Utah National Parks!

I want this blog to be a resource for those looking to spice up their outdoor time.

This is NOT a guide on how to packraft.

It’s more of a summary of my overall experience! I’ll, of course, talk about what packrafting is and a suggested packing list in case you book this kind of adventure for yourself!

Packrafting Utah

Disclaimer: This blog was done in partnership with Kokopelli Packrafts. All opinions are my own. This blog contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of every purchase made at no additional cost to you.

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

But First, What is a Packraft, and WTF is Packrafting?

When Kokopelli first reached out to me and asked if I wanted to go on a Utah packrafting trip with their team, I quickly jumped on the opportunity. But, I had no idea what packrafting even was. 

It is fair to say that most of us know what a raft looks like, right? The act of packrafting involves going through a body of water with a packable raft.

When deflated, the Kokopelli packraft packs down to about the size of a small sleeping bag! But, of course, that’s a lot smaller than the traditional raft. For this reason, packrafts, like those that Kokopelli makes, are perfect for travelers.

You don’t need a roof rack or a crazy amount of storage accessories to bring this tool along for the ride!

The packraft I took on my trip was the Kokopelli Rogue, weighing about 7 pounds.

And if you’re exploring the Moab area, packrafting is the perfect activity to add to a 2 days in Moab itinerary!

Packrafting Utah

How Can You Go Packrafting?

Before my trip, I wasn’t sure how one even goes packrafting. Now I know it’s as simple as getting yourself a packraft and choosing your adventure.

Of course, if you’re inexperienced, you will definitely want to hire a packrafting guide to take you. 

A guide will be able to get the proper permits and will know the appropriate safety precautions for taking you out on the water. 

Some folks decide to find a hiking route that includes a lake, hike the trail, inflate their packraft, and paddle around the lake. 

Others, like me, spend multiple days on a single body of water. Again, this kind of adventure is something you may need a packrafting guide for. 

It’s also important to check the water levels and rules/regulations regarding inflatables on a specific body of water before you decide to go on your packrafting trip.

You can read the packrafting page on Canyonland’s NPS.gov site which goes over permits, equipment needed, etc.

Packrafting Utah

Click here to book a canyoneering and packrafting combo adventure in Utah!

My Experience Packrafting

So as I mentioned at the beginning of this blog, the Kokopelli team reached out to Scott and me about going on this trip. Their incredible team member Mina is the one that took us out! 

Preparing for Launch

Honestly, I was so confused about what to expect. Before actually getting ON the river, I still didn’t understand what packrafting was.

And like, WTF do you bring on a trip like this? “So, do I need to pack really light?” “How much room do these rafts have?” I found myself asking. 

I just couldn’t wrap my head around the concept that a raft that packs down to the size of a small sleeping bag would hold little old me and all of my camping/camera gear. But alas, the rafts were much heftier than I thought!

Once these bad boys inflated, I was all, “Ah, I get it now.” 

I could bring everything I usually would for a multi-day backpacking trip and then some. The best part? The raft would be doing all the carrying for me, HA.

So while all these other river enthusiasts were packing their large canoes, I was strapping my backpack to my own personal flotation device (muahahaha).

With my bag strapped in and my lifejacket clipped on, I threw my camera into a dry bag and set off on the river. 

Launch Time

And once I felt that current pushing Scott and me further down the river, away from the boat launch, we laughed and laughed and laughed. Here were two van dwellers who had no business being on the river that just signed up for four days of it. 

Then it hit me: we did belong here. You don’t get many chances to “go for it,” and this was ours. 

I guess nothing says “adventure” like a carefree paddle sesh.

The Following Days

The following two days consisted of non-stop paddling. There were multiple times we approached canyon walls larger than life. I couldn’t believe I had spent 14 years living in the desert, yet I never bothered to see it in this way.

Every packrafting day felt like a “choose your own adventure” between the abundance of campsites to choose from, side hikes, and tiny islands to dock on.

And life doesn’t get much better than a campfire and a starlit sky. But, of course, there was plenty of that to go around!

The campsites, the views, the stars, every second of my Kokopelli trip left me awe-struck. I walked into packrafting, not knowing what to expect, and walked away with close friends and an adventure I long to replicate someday.

Packrafting Utah

What to Bring Packrafting

Below are the items I brought with me on my packrafting trip.

I found that packing like it was for a multi-day backpacking trip ensured that I had all the needed items.

Toiletries

Clothing

Sleeping & Cooking

Raft Specific

Packrafting Utah

My Final Thoughts on Packrafting

I hope this blog gave you a glimpse into my packrafting experience! Hopefully, it has inspired you to plan a pack trip of your own soon or book a packrafting trip

If you are exploring more of Utah and want some help planning an epic trip, I suggest reading my Utah National Parks road trip blog next!

The post Packrafting Utah’s Green River – A Bucket List Experience appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/packrafting-utah-green-river/feed/ 0 2997
Devil’s Bridge Sunrise Will Blow Your Mind – Here’s The Deets https://dani-the-explorer.com/devils-bridge-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/devils-bridge-sedona/#respond Thu, 17 Mar 2022 16:31:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=6696 If you’re a Sedona first timer, a Devil’s Bridge sunrise should have been on your bucket list like yesterday. Duh! Devil’s Bridge is notably one, if not THE most popular, Sedona, Arizona landmark. I mean, who doesn’t love a natural bridge you can cross at your own risk? HA. Kidding. The structure of Devil’s Bridge […]

The post Devil’s Bridge Sunrise Will Blow Your Mind – Here’s The Deets appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
If you’re a Sedona first timer, a Devil’s Bridge sunrise should have been on your bucket list like yesterday.

Duh!

Devil’s Bridge is notably one, if not THE most popular, Sedona, Arizona landmark. I mean, who doesn’t love a natural bridge you can cross at your own risk?

HA. Kidding.

The structure of Devil’s Bridge is what makes it unique, but its red rock surroundings are breathtaking as well.

In this blog, we will cover what to expect on the trail. Then we’ll discuss what a Devil’s Bridge sunrise hike could look like for you.

If you haven’t already, make sure you also check out my other Sedona blogs:

With that, let’s get into the blog!

female hiker enjoying sunrise on Devil's Bridge Sedona

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Hike Up Devil’s Bridge

  • ❓Is Devil’s Bridge Safe? Yes! Hiking on Devil’s Bridge Trail is safe. Millions of people visit Sedona, AZ, and hike Devil’s Bridge every year. Stay away from the cliff edge, and you will be safe.
  • ⛈When to Avoid: Devil’s Bridge can become slick after rain or snow, so please try to avoid going on a Devil’s Bridge sunrise adventure during or directly after lousy weather!
  • 🌵How High is Devil’s Bridge? Devil’s Bridge stands at 54 feet tall and 45 feet long!
  • 🚙4×4 Rental Cars: Check RentalCars.com for vehicle rentals!
  • 🌞Best Time to Hike: The best months to hike Devil’s Bridge Sedona are October through April.

In my opinion, try to hike to Devil’s Bridge for sunrise if you can! During sunrise, the whole valley behind Devil’s Bridge lights up. 

Should you choose to hike Devil’s Bridge for sunrise, please make sure you start your hike almost an hour before the sun is supposed to come up. 

You will want time to make sure you can both relax and enjoy the sunrise, but also make your way to Devil’s Bridge with no issues. It’s an easy addition to any Sedona itinerary and you’ll love it!

And yes! Devil’s Bridge Trail is dog-friendly. However, the trail can be steep and narrow at times. Please make sure your dog has trail experience. Dogs are also required to be on a leash. An easier hike for dogs might be Doe Mountain trail at sunrise!

*New* Sedona Shuttle

As a side note, in spring 2022 Sedona implemented a free shuttle system to take hikers to and from certain trailheads, including those that take you to Devil’s Bridge. The shuttle operates year round, Thursday through Sunday.

Plan your hikes accordingly! When the shuttle is running, you will NOT be able to park at the trailhead lots for Devil’s Bridge.

Read more on SedonaShuttle.com.

Devil’s Bridge Trail Details

  • Devil’s Bridge Trail to Devil’s Bridge: 2 miles round trip 
  • Elevation Gain: about 400 feet
  • Difficulty: Easy (one uphill section to the top with steps) 
  • Best Time To Hike: Best Sedona trail for sunrise
  • Trailhead Location: 34.90275, -111.81378
  • Red Rock Pass: Without a 4×4, you will have to purchase a $5 Red Rock Pass. If you have an America The Beautiful Pass, you can use that instead!

The Devil’s Bridge Trail is considered easy to moderate because there is a bit of an uphill hike to the Bridge. There is also a way to see Devil’s Bridge from below, which I’ll talk about later. 

Viewing it from the lower perspective will reduce the amount of uphill you have to complete on the Devil’s Bridge hike. BUT, from personal experience, climbing to the top to see the Bridge from above will give you the best view! It’s worth the climb if you’re a Sedona first-timer!

How to Get to Devil’s Bridge Trailhead

Did you see that map I shared? Devil’s Bridge TRAIL is literally in the middle of nowhere.

So, to enjoy a Devil’s Bridge sunrise, or hike in general, you first have to go on a little adventure.

There are various ways to get to Devil’s Bridge Trail. They include driving to the trailhead via a 4×4 vehicle or hiking to the trailhead from a DIFFERENT trail. 

Let’s discuss your options!

Driving a 4×4 to Devil’s Bridge Trail

  • Devil’s Bridge Trailhead Parking Lot: 34.90275, -111.81378
  • Dry Creek Road to Devil’s Bridge Trail: 1.1 miles one way

Your first option for getting to Devil’s Bridge Trail is by a 4×4 vehicle. If you have a high clearance, 4×4, you can drive down Dry Creek Road, park in a little dirt lot for Devil’s Bridge Trail, and follow the signs straight up to Devil’s Bridge. 

Doing this will cut your hike down, making it 2.2 miles round trip. Sedona runs Pink Jeep tours, and the jeeps almost always drive up Dry Creek Road, so you will be sharing the road with them.

Hiking to Devil’s Bridge Trail

Your next option to catch a Devil’s Bridge sunrise is to park at the ever so popular Dry Creek Vista trailhead parking lot and complete your hike by walking Dry Creek Road, OR you can take the more scenic Chuck Wagon and Mescal Trails. 

Here’s what you need to know about hiking to Devil’s Bridge Trail via Dry Creek Road, Chuck Wagon Trail, or Mescal Trail.

Dry Creek Road to Devil’s Bridge Trail

  • Parking Lot: Chuck Wagon parking lot (available Monday through Wednesday)
  • Shuttle Stop: Head to SedonaShuttle.com (available Thursday through Sunday)
  • Dry Creek Road to Devil’s Bridge Trail: 1.1 miles one way
  • Dry Creek Road to Devil’s Bridge Trail to Devil’s Bridge: 2.1 miles one way; 4.2 miles RT
  • Your Route: Dry Creek Road > Devil’s Bridge Trail > Devil’s Bridge

Of all the options you have to hike Devil’s Bridge trail, taking a walk along Dry Creek Road is the easiest route! Walking Dry Creek Road will make your hike to catch a Devil’s Bridge sunrise 4.2 miles out and back. 

Your hike won’t be the most scenic but gets the job done. Dry Creek road is bumpy, but the elevation gain will be minimal until you reach the parking lot that 4×4 vehicles stop in. 

There, you’ll start your ascent up to Devil’s Bridge via Devil’s Bridge Trail. Choose this route because you just want to get to Devil’s Bridge and enjoy the quickest, flattest route there.

Chuck Wagon Trail to Devil’s Bridge Trail 

  • Parking Lot: Chuck Wagon parking lot (available Monday through Wednesday)
  • Shuttle Stop: Head to SedonaShuttle.com (available Thursday through Sunday)
  • Chuck Wagon to Devil’s Bridge Trail: 2 miles one way
  • Chuck Wagon to Devil’s Bridge Trail to Devil’s Bridge: 3 miles one way; 6 miles RT
  • Your Route: Chuck Wagon Trail > Devil’s Bridge Trail > Devil’s Bridge

Chuck Wagon to Devil’s Bridge Trail is the second most popular option for catching a Devil’s Bridge sunrise because it’s in the same parking lot as Dry Creek Road. Once parked, hike Chuck Wagon to Devil’s Bridge for about 6 miles roundtrip.

The trail features various desert plants and classic Sedona red rock surroundings. Chuck Wagon trail is well marked, leading to Devil’s Bridge Trail.

It’s also relatively flat, which is an added bonus! Should you choose this option, you’ll walk Chuck Wagon for 2 miles before hitting the Devil’s Bridge Trail junction.

Choose Chuck Wagon because you want a scenic hike and are uncomfortable or do not wish to walk Dry Creek Road!

Mescal Trail to Devil’s Bridge Trail 

  • Parking: 34.90181, -111.82673
  • Shuttle Stop: Coming summer 2022. Head to SedonaShuttle.com
  • Mescal Trail to Devil’s Bridge Trail: 1.2 miles one way
  • Mescal Trail to Devil’s Bridge Trail to Devil’s Bridge: 2.2 miles one way; 4.4 miles RT
  • Your Route: Mescal Trail > Chuck Wagon Trail > Devil’s Bridge Trail

Your third option for catching a Devil’s Bridge sunrise is to park at the Mescal Trailhead off Long Canyon Road and hike Mescal to Chuck Wagon to Devil’s Bridge. This is about a 4-mile round trip hike. 

You will begin your hike from the Mescal Trailhead parking lot, and at about the 0.2 mile mark, you will follow the Mescal-Chuck Wagon Trail junction signs. You will then take the Chuck Wagon Trail about 1 mile to Devil’s Bridge Trail. 

Here’s some truth: a few years ago, I decided to take the Mescal-Chuck Wagon Trail and ended up getting lost. While the trail is marked, it’s easy to miss the junction signs.

Choose to hike to your Devil’s Bridge sunrise via Mescal Trail if you want to take the scenic route and you’re comfortable with following trail junctions.

BONUS: Long Canyon Trail to Devil’s Bridge

If none of this floats your boat, you can also take Long Canyon Trail to Devil’s Bridge, which will be about a 7.2-mile hike. We won’t discuss the details here, BUT it is an option.

Devil's Bridge Sunrise

What to Expect on Devil’s Bridge Trail

Let’s now get into what hiking TO Devil’s Bridge looks like!

The Start of Devil’s Bridge Trail

For the duration of this blog and to keep things easy, we’re going to assume you are walking Dry Creek Road to Devil’s Bridge Trail. Remember, the road is bumpy and used by Jeep tours, so be careful getting there!

The Ascent to Devil’s Bridge

After 1.1 miles, you’ll finally come to what looks like a small dirt parking lot on your right, which is where Devil’s Bridge Trail starts. The rest of your hike to Devil’s Bridge trail will be steep and quite the thigh burner, if you ask me.

Don’t worry, though! It’ll be worth the climb.

From here, your hike will only be about 1 mile, so the thigh-burning shouldn’t be too bad.

Be on the lookout for a trail fork that allows you to go left or right. As if you didn’t already have enough “choose your adventure” decisions to make, here’s what you can expect with both sides of the fork.

Take a left at this fork, and you will be presented with a view from the bottom of Devil’s Bridge! A bottom view is a popular option for hikers who don’t like heights or folks who want a different perspective for photography purposes.

I have never been to the bottom; however, it’s on my list!

If you want to see the Bridge from the “classic” spot and get your Devil’s Bridge sunrise picture of you standing on it, take a right and continue your climb. 

This trail will eventually feature steps made of stone that’ll bring you to the top, where your hike will be complete. And fin.

Arriving at Devil’s Bridge

Woohooo! After some off-roading on your feet and a bit of a climb, you’ll finally make it up to Devil’s Bridge. Will you step on the Bridge? Will you not? Spoooookyyyyyy. 

Whaaaaattt willlllll youuuu chhooooooooseee? Haha. In reality, though, if you’re going to step on Devil’s Bridge for a picture, please be careful!

What to Bring with You

Now that we’ve gleaned your interest and you’re ready for a Devil’s Bridge sunrise hike, let’s go over what gear to bring on your adventure.

✨ Pack: sturdy hiking boots, a headlamp, a cute sun hat, sunscreen, a reusable water bottle, and sunglasses.

Sturdy Hiking Boots

Whether you’re getting to Devil’s Bridge Trail via Chuck Wagon, Mescal, or Dry Creek, these areas of Sedona can be bumpy. Wear sturdy hiking boots to prevent your toes from being knocked around. 

A Headlamp

If you’re planning to hike Devil’s Bridge Trail for sunrise, 100% pack a headlamp with you. I typically bring my Petzl one with me everywhere.

You can also use a headlamp for your hike back down from Cathedral Rock, which is Sedona’s best sunset hike!

A Wide Angle Lens

Devil’s Bridge is about 45 feet long, which might not sound like much, but it is for your camera lens! I highly suggest bringing a wide-angle with you so that you can capture the whole scene with no issues. 

I also like bringing my F2.8 24-70 lens for Sedona sunrise and sunset shots

Final Tips for Hiking Devil’s Bridge for Sunrise

Now I want to bring your attention to some final Devil’s Bridge Trail details you should know before you go.

Parking is Limited

Devil’s Bridge Trail is one, if not THE most popular hike in Sedona. Unfortunately, parking is limited at all trailhead locations for Devil’s Bridge. 

If you do not get to the parking lots for Devil’s Bridge Trail early, you most likely will not find parking. 

If you don’t have time to do a Devil’s Bridge sunrise and must go mid-day, you might be able to find parking along the roads leading to the Devil’s Bridge trail! However, Sedona has been cracking down on this because of the hike’s popularity.

Remember, you might not be able to access the parking lots while the Sedona Shuttle is operating!

Be Patient

This shouldn’t be a shocker, but Devil’s Bridge is probably one of the most popular hikes in Sedona. It’s highly unlikely that you will be the only party enjoying this landmark, even at sunrise.

So be patient! Everyone gets a chance to walk across the Bridge, take pics, etc. Respect the fact that tourists are coming to enjoy this trail, and you’re one of them!

Devil’s Bridge is the perfect addition to any Sedona itinerary and a must if you find yourself on this side of the Southwest! If you’re planning a larger trip to Sedona, you might find these write-ups helpful:

Happy exploring!

The post Devil’s Bridge Sunrise Will Blow Your Mind – Here’s The Deets appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/devils-bridge-sedona/feed/ 0 6696
8-Day Utah National Parks Road Trip: Big 5 Bucket List Itinerary https://dani-the-explorer.com/utah-national-parks-road-trip/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/utah-national-parks-road-trip/#respond Wed, 16 Mar 2022 04:42:45 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=53206 With their popular attractions like Angels Landing, the orange hoodoos of Bryce, and Canyonlands’ vast landscape, it’s no wonder you’d want to explore all 5 Utah parks! And you can’t go wrong with a Southern Utah National Parks road trip. You’ve been warned: this is the adventure of a lifetime! In this blog, we’re going […]

The post 8-Day Utah National Parks Road Trip: Big 5 Bucket List Itinerary appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
With their popular attractions like Angels Landing, the orange hoodoos of Bryce, and Canyonlands’ vast landscape, it’s no wonder you’d want to explore all 5 Utah parks! And you can’t go wrong with a Southern Utah National Parks road trip.

You’ve been warned: this is the adventure of a lifetime!

In this blog, we’re going to cover the best 8-day itinerary for seeing all the Utah parks in their glory.

So let’s not take up any more time. We’ll start this blog by discussing some of the must-know details before you embark on your trip, then we’ll get into the itinerary.

You’ll also find these posts helpful for planning your trip:

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Utah National Parks Road Trip

  • When to Go: You can get away with visiting the parks anywhere from February to May.
  • Trip Length: This Big 5 Utah road trip will be 8 days — this includes your departure.
  • Fly: For the best tickets, check KAYAK.
  • Rental Car: KAYAK can help you find cheap rental cars as well!
  • Rental Campervan: Want a campervan instead? You can rent one using Outdoorsy.
  • Stay: We’ll discuss your options!
  • Park Fees: The standard entrance fee is about $35 per park. To save, snag the America The Beautiful Pass ($79.99) and will be your annual pass for all US national parks.

If February to May doesn’t work for you, there are other times to embark on this road trip!

Spring is great from a weather perspective and brings in fewer crowds, but summer can be enjoyable.

You will have to keep an eye on the weather and make sure summer won’t be too hot. Winter is doable too, but will require extra preparation.

Where to Start Your Big 5 Utah Road Trip

To start your Utah parks road trip, you have a few cities you can fly into:

Las Vegas, NV (recommended) – 16 hours and 50 minutes, round trip way, starting from Zion National Park. 

Flagstaff, AZ – Your drive will be 16 hours and 40 minutes, round trip, starting in Zion National Park. If you choose this route, it’ll be easy to actually do an Arizona Utah road trip itinerary!

Salt Lake City, UT – You can certainly take a Utah National Parks road trip from Salt Lake City. Your drive will be 15 hours and 30 minutes, round trip, starting from Arches National Park.

For this itinerary, you’ll start in LV and fly out of SLC. This route will be 13 hours and 50 minutes round trip.

Utah National Parks Itinerary at a Glance + Map

  • Day 1 – Land in Vegas and arrive in Zion National Park
  • Day 2 – Explore Zion
  • Day 3 – Head to Bryce Canyon and explore
  • Day 4 – Head to Capitol Reef National Park and explore
  • Day 5 – Drive to Canyonlands National Park and explore
  • Day 6 – Explore Arches National Park and Moab
  • Day 7 – Explore Arches
  • Day 8 – Head to SLC

In this blog, we’ll cover a Utah National Parks itinerary from Las Vegas.

I will start the route in Zion NP, ending with Arches and flying out of Salt Lake City. See this on the map below!

Click here for a live link to the road trip map!

8-Day Utah National Parks Itinerary

Day 1 — Las Vegas to Zion National Park

  • Las Vegas, NV to Zion: ~ 2 hours and 40 minutes
  • Time in Exploring: 2 days (Day 1 of 2)
  • Stay: SpringHill Suites by Marriott
  • Eat: Cafe Soleil, Whiptail Grill, Spotted Dog
  • Fees: Park entry ($35) or America The Beautiful Pass

Once you land in Las Vegas, pick up your rental car, and head to a grocery store to stock up on snacks before heading to Zion.

We’re going to assume you arrive in LV early morning to early afternoon!

Morning — Entering the Park

Zion National Park as a whole is just beautiful. Once you get there, it’s easy to see why folks love it so much.

This park has plenty of hiking trails to choose from, which means you’ll never get bored!

I suggest parking at the Visitor Center or in one of the paid Springdale lots.

You will have to take the Zion shuttles to get around (assuming you are not visiting the park in winter.

I explain all of this in my Zion park guide. You’ll be spending 2 nights here starting tonight.

Afternoon — Emerald Pools or Narrows

Depending on how you’re feeling after your drive, you have a few options for activities!

Here are some notable ones to consider:

Emerald Pools Hike This will be a 2 mile RT hike to the Upper Pool. The Emerald Pool trails are an easy entry trail into the park!

The Narrows The Narrows will take you deep into a canyon system in Zion National Park. Folks from all over love to take this trail because you feel a little Indiana Jones-ish when you’re walking through the water channels! Starting from the Temple of Sinawava, the Bottom-Up section of The Narrows is free to explore!

Evening — The Watchman Trail

Let’s cap off the day with a lovely sunset! The Watchman is the iconic rock formation you always see pictures of in Zion National Park.

Scott and I discovered the Watchman Trail on our most recent trip there and LOVED it!

This is a beautiful sunset hike, and it’ll take about 2 hours to hike and is 3.3mi RT and 300ft+ elevation gain.

The trailhead can be accessed by the Visitor center!

Insider Tip: Not in the mood to hike? Watch the sunset at Canyon Junction Bridge! There is parking on the side of the road near the bridge.

Day 2 — Zion National Park

  • Springdale, UT to Zion: 4 minutes
  • Time in Exploring: 2 days (Day 2 of 2)
  • Stay: SpringHill Suites by Marriott
  • Eat: Cafe Soleil, Whiptail Grill, Spotted Dog
  • Fees: Park entry ($35) or America The Beautiful Pass

Today will be your last day in Zion so let’s make it count!

Morning — Angels Landing Sunrise

Angels Landing is the most noteworthy hike in Zion National Park!

Known for its amazing park views, it attracts millions of visitors to Zion every year. It’s a BEAUTIFUL hike, to say the least, and if you skip it I think you’ll end up regretting it!

The hike starts at the Grotto Trailhead and goes along the lower West Rim Trail. It is 4.8mi RT and has 1,630ft in elevation gain, and can take most hikers 4 hours to complete.

To get there early in the morning, you will have to take the earliest Zion shuttle to the trailhead. Read more about the Zion shuttle system on NPS.gov.

Insider Tip: Want to hike Angels Landing for Sunrise? Read how to coordinate biking to the trailhead in my Zion National Park 2 day itinerary blog!

Afternoon — Scenic Drive or Bike Ride

You’ll probably be tired after your hike, so I recommend relaxing or taking a fun tour that doesn’t require a ton of physical exersion.

Here’s a quick list of activities you can do while you wait for sunset!

Evening — Canyon Overlook Trail Sunset

Canyon Overlook Trail will give you gorgeous views of Zion Canyon and will GLOW at sunset.

This is an easy 1-mile hike that can take 30 minutes to an hour.

After your sunset mission, head back to your accommodations!

Tomorrow you’ll be driving to Bryce.

Insider Tip: I highly recommend grocery shopping in Springdale before you leave. Food options are sparse in Bryce! You can stop in Kanab, but this will add time to your trip.

Day 3 — Bryce Canyon National Park

  • Zion to Bryce Canyon: ~ 1 hour
  • Time Exploring: 1 day
  • Stay: Under Canvas Bryce Canyon
  • Eat: In the park
  • Fees: Park entry ($35) or America The Beautiful Pass

One day in Bryce National Park is plenty as your Utah National Parks road trip continues!

You can choose to leave early in the morning to catch the sunrise at Bryce (no hiking required).

Morning — Sunrise Point

Bryce has made your life easier and told you where exactly to catch the sunrise with Sunrise Point.

The colors are nothing short of amazing as the bright orange hues glow when the sun comes up.

Pro Tip: Make sure you have your camera gear (like a Sony a6400 and 16-35mm f/4 lens) handy for some pics!

Afternoon — Navajo Loop Trail

During the day, jump on the Navajo Loop and Queens Garden Trail!

The Navajo Loop and Queens Garden Trail is probably the most popular hiking route in Bryce Canyon National Park.

It takes you deep into the canyon, where you will come face to face with some fairly interesting rock formations.

Expect the hike to take around 2 hours, depending on how many stops you make for photographs and breaks. The loop is just about 3 miles.

Depending on how much time you have between the end of your hike and sunset, you can go back to your campsite or accommodations to relax.

Insider Tip: Want to see something different? Another great option is to head outside of Bryce National Park and explore the Red Canyon area!

Evening — Sunset Point

If you’re not too tired after your hike, check out Sunset Point before calling it a night!

Sunset point is located near Sunrise Point.

About 0.6 miles of sidewalk separates them.

But if you don’t want to see a similar view for sunset, skip this!

Insider Tip: Sleep tight! Tomorrow you’ll head to Capitol Reef National Park for the next park of your Utah Parks road trip!

Day 4 — Capitol Reef (Utah National Parks Road Trip Halfway Point)

  • Bryce Canyon to Capitol Reef: ~ 2 hours
  • Time Exploring: 1 day
  • Stay: SkyRidge Inn
  • Eat: Capitol Burger
  • Fees: Park entry ($35) or America The Beautiful Pass

When you arrive in Capitol Reef National Park, you’ll automatically notice how cute it is (I’m not kidding).

There are multiple picnic areas and little farmhouses (adorrrrable) making it the perfect stop on your trip!

Morning — Gifford House for Pie

Once you get there, I recommend sampling the baked goods at Gifford House!

And when I say baked goods, I am NOT messing around. Inside the bakery, you’ll find fresh-baked PIES.

Yes. PIES. Like rhubarb and strawberry.

Loaves of bread, salads, jellies. I mean, it’s incredible. I mean, who doesn’t want a pie?

Across from Gifford House, there is a small picnic area.

Snag yourself a table and chill! If you have a campervan, you can cook some lunch and enjoy the outdoors.

That’s what Scott and I opted to do during this segment of our trip!

Afternoon — Capitol Reef Scenic Drive or Hike

Ready to explore after your picnic? Here are some activities you can do:

Drive Capitol Reef Scenic Byway — Scenic Drive features large rock formations, canyon views, and dirt roads you can take (about 1.5 hours to complete the drive).

Hike to Hickman Natural Bridge — A scenic natural bridge in the park, 1.7 miles out and back.

Drive Cathedral Valley Road — Requires a high-clearance 4×4. If you want to drive this road, I suggest adding a day to your trip to accommodate. Takes about 4 hours to drive the loop, but definitely make sure you get to the Temples.

Evening

You can watch the sunset over Capitol Reef at Sunset Point!

This is a short 0.3 mile hike to a scenic overlook.

Access the Sunset Point Trail from the Goosenecks Overlook parking lot.

You can also enjoy sunset as you’re driving the park’s Scenic Drive!

Insider Tip: As an alternative, you can watch sunset at Cathedral Valley Road (start your drive in the afternoon). Beware that you’d be driving out at night.

Day 5 — Canyonlands National Park & Moab, UT

  • Capitol Reef to Canyonlands: ~ 2 Hours and 45 Minutes
  • Time Exploring: 3 days (Day 1 of 3)
  • Stay: Under Canvas Moab
  • Eat: Moab, UT
  • Fees: Park entry ($35) or America The Beautiful Pass

Today you’ll be exploring Canyonlands National Park!

This park is known for its scenic overlook and adventure.

You don’t need to get here early, but you certainly can!

Arches National Park is in the same area, so you won’t have to do any significant driving once you arrive in Moab.

Morning — Mesa Arch

It is no question that Mesa Arch is easily one of the most popular things to do in Canyonlands National Park.

It is a photographer’s hot spot for sunrise, which is usually very crowded.

But, the view is worth it!

Insider Tip: If you get to the park early enough for sunrise, you can head here first. The walk to get to Mesa Arch is less than a mile!

Afternoon — Excursion

Canyonlands is an adventure hub.

To make the most out of day 5 of your Utah National Parks road trip, I recommend booking an excursion like mountain biking, off-roading, or horseback riding!

You can also spend quite a bit of time exploring Moab and the local areas like Long Canyon.

Insider Tip: During my last visit, I booked a packrafting trip down Canyonlands’ Green River and loved it! You can book a canyoneering and packrafting combo trip too!

Evening

The Grand View Point Overlook area can be fantastic for sunset!

Green River Overlook is another option and one of my favorites.

I love these areas of the park because it has a way of making you feel so small against the giant canyon.

The best part is that there is no hiking is required for either view.

You can enjoy them as soon as you park and witness an amazing sunset!

Day 6 — Arches National Park (A Utah National Parks Road Trip Favorite)

  • Moab, UT to Arches: 14 minutes
  • Time Exploring: 3 days (Day 2 of 3)
  • Stay: Under Canvas Moab
  • Eat: Moab, UT
  • Fees: Park entry ($35) or America The Beautiful Pass

Spending one day in Arches is fun, but on this trip you’ll be spending 2!

Since you’re in Moab, getting here will take a matter of minutes.

Morning

Delicate Arch is probably the most iconic structure and top things to do in Arches National Park. There is no reason to not include it in your Utah National Parks road trip!

You can expect this trail to have a crowd if you visit it in the middle of the day, but it is still worth the visit!

The hike is 3.1 miles round trip with 613ft in elevation gain.

Hiking Delicate Arch will take about 2 to 3 hours. In the dark, it may take you a bit longer.

The trail is marked but can be tricky to navigate, so plan accordingly!

Insider Tip: If a sunrise hike isn’t your jam, there are plenty of other sunrise and sunset spots in Arches National Park that you can enjoy!

Afternoon — Explore Moab, UT

After hiking Delicate Arch, you might want to take it easy for the rest of the day. In that case, here are some of my suggestions for things to do:

Additionally, this is the perfect time to leave the park and se more of Moab before your sunset adventure. You can check out my 2 days in Moab itinerary for any suggestions!

Evening — Broken Arch Sunset

And when you’re ready for sunset, head to one of Arches best sunset spots like Turret Arch or Skyline Arch!

An easy one to get to (and my favorite) would be Broken Arch.

Directly next to it is the super photogenic (grab your camera gear) Sand Dune Arch, which you can take your time exploring too!

Day 7 Arches National Park

  • Moab, UT to Arches: 14 minutes
  • Time Exploring: 3 days (Day 3 of 3)
  • Stay: Under Canvas Moab
  • Eat: Moab, UT
  • Fees: Park entry ($35) or America The Beautiful Pass

Today will be your last day exploring the parks on your Utah Mighty Five road trip!

So let’s end it with some more adventure.

Morning — Windows Section

Ready for one last sunrise adventure? The Windows Section is the perfect option!

This is also a popular area for sunrise because there are various arches located near each other (Double Arch, Cove Arch, etc.). No hiking is required, so you can easily pull up and enjoy!

Insider Tip: For a unique perspective of Double Arch, climb inside and snap some pics! Make sure you have a 16-35mm f/4 lens to capture the whole thing!

Afternoon — Park Avenue & Devil’s Garden Loop

After your sunrise mission, you can explore the popular Courthouse Towers and Park Avenue Trail.

Alternatively, this would be the time to go on a hike. Devil’s Garden would be my recommendation because you can admire multiple hikes along the same loop!

Some popular arches along the trail include Landscape Arch and Double O Arch.

Devil’s Garden is a popular hike and a bit strenuous, but worth doing. Expect to hike 7.9 miles with 1,085 feet of elevation gain.

The hike will take about 3 to 5 hours depending on how much time you spend on trail.

Insider Tip: make sure you check for closures before heading over to Devil’s Garden on the NPS site.

Evening — Dead Horse State Park

It’s completely up to you whether or not you’d like to stay in the park for sunset! If you opted for taking the 3 to 5 hour loop hike, you might want to skip this sunset mission (depending on how tired you are).

However, if it were me, I’d make the one hour drive to Dead Horse State Park!

This is notably one of the most popular and iconic views in Moab, and worth the visit.

If this doesn’t make sense for your trip, skip it until next time!

Day 8 — Final Day on Your Big 5 Utah Road Trip

  • Moab, UT to Salt Lake City, UT: ~ 3 Hours and 50 Minutes
  • Time Exploring: 1 Day
  • Stay: SLC
  • Eat: SLC
  • Fees: None

Once in SLC, you can rest up, eat some food, and depart Utah the following day!

If you want to explore SLC a bit, add a day to your trip and leave on day 10!

Insider Tip: If you have even more time, make this a Utah and Arizona road trip!

What to Bring on Your Utah Mighty 5 Trip

From experience exploring the parks, these are the essentials I’d bring!

keen targhee hiking boots

Keen Targhees

blue diamond trekking poles

Trekking Poles

copper hydroflask water bottle

Hydroflask

Hat

gray osprey tempest pack

Osprey Pack

elta md sunscreen

Sunscreen

sony a6400

Sony a6400

Sony a7iii

Sony a7RIII

sony 16-35 f4

16-35mm f/4

Overall Thoughts on a Utah National Parks Road Trip Itinerary

I hope you enjoyed this blog and you get to see all 5 parks in Utah!

Utah National Parks have endless things to do, and we only touched the surface here. However, a Mighty 5 Utah self drive tour is really the best way to go.

It’s the national parks road trip of a lifetime if you ask me!

If you want to do this trip backward, starting in SLC then ending in Flagstaff, that’s an excellent option too!

You’ll be able to see the Grand Canyon on your way down. Even Sedona.

In that case, a Phoenix Sedona Grand Canyon trip (in reverse) may be of interest to you.

Regardless of what you do next, you just completed a bucket-list trip, so congrats! I’ll see you in the next post.

Happy exploring :)!

The post 8-Day Utah National Parks Road Trip: Big 5 Bucket List Itinerary appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/utah-national-parks-road-trip/feed/ 0 53206
Hiking Cathedral Rock Vortex: A Sedona Must (Trail Guide) https://dani-the-explorer.com/cathedral-rock-vortex-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/cathedral-rock-vortex-sedona/#respond Fri, 04 Mar 2022 17:07:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=6625 Pictures don’t do Cathedral Rock justice. Upon reaching the Cathedral Rock Vortex, you immediately feel this sense of otherworldly awe. The red rock pillars are larger than life and have a way of making you realize just how massive, magical, and unique our world is.  Wow, I should be a Cathedral Rock salesman, huh? As […]

The post Hiking Cathedral Rock Vortex: A Sedona Must (Trail Guide) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Pictures don’t do Cathedral Rock justice. Upon reaching the Cathedral Rock Vortex, you immediately feel this sense of otherworldly awe. The red rock pillars are larger than life and have a way of making you realize just how massive, magical, and unique our world is. 

Wow, I should be a Cathedral Rock salesman, huh?

As an Arizona local, I’ve done countless Sedona sunset hikes, but Cathedral Rock continues to be a favorite because it has so much to offer. If you’re on your way to Sedona soon, you better make sure this trail is on your list! In this blog, we’ll go over what to expect when hiking to the vortex, the best routes for getting there, and where to capture the best images. By the time you’re done reading, surely you’ll be ready to hit the trails and bask in all that Cathedral goodness.

You might never leave Sedona afterward! Let’s start with a couple of must-know details.

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

What Exactly is a Vortex?

Think of a vortex as a conglomerate of energy stemming from the universe. Some folks claim it’s so cleansing that it makes them break down in tears! Others feel a rush of energy and clarity upon entering a Sedona vortex. 

And there are a few things that make Cathedral Rock vortex special. Cathedral Rock is one of the best Sedona photo spots.

It got its name from how its massive red rock formations resemble a cathedral. Some folks believe the shape is indicative of the vortex energy at the top of this red rock structure.

On clear evenings, hikers and vortex seekers alike are rewarded with pastel and golden sunsets they can admire at the main Cathedral Rock overlook. Getting there is an adventure in itself, which adds to the thrill of it all.

In other words, the Cathedral Rock hike in Sedona has a lot going for it! It’s the perfect addition to any Sedona itinerary.

Planning Your Hike to Cathedral Rock Vortex

Because Cathedral Rock vortex is a unique adventure with some scrambling, I suggest bringing the following items. 

  • Sturdy Hiking Boots — If the scramble worries you, I 100% suggest you bring sturdy hiking boots with you on your trip.
  • A Reusable Water Bottle — I recommend bringing a Hydroflask for your hike!
  • A Headlamp — A headlamp is a necessity for hiking back!
  • A Comfy Hiking Pack I recently traded my old raggedy hiking pack for an Osprey Kyte 36L, and I LOVE it.  
  • A Hat — The Cathedral Rock Trail has no shade, so please make sure you wear a hat and sunscreen! Brixton hats have been my favorite for the past year.

Sedona Shuttle System

In spring 2022, Sedona, AZ implemented a free shuttle system that takes visitors to Cathedral Rock Trail. The shuttle runs Thursday through Sunday, year round.

When the shuttle is operating, you will NOT be able to park at the Cathedral Rock parking lot. Therefore, you should visit SedonaShuttle.com to look over the schedule.

According to recent visitors, the shuttle system has some kinks to work out—running 30+ minutes late, etc. Plan accordingly!

When to Hike

Hike Cathedral Rock at sunset! On a clear day, you’ll have a cotton candy sunset, which will make all the effort you put into getting here that much more worth it.

Your best bet to have great weather is hiking fall to lat spring! You can certainly visit in the summer, but you will have to watch the weather for excessive heat.

Speaking of getting there, there are multiple ways to hike to the Cathedral Rock Vortex. In this blog, we will cover getting there from Cathedral Rock Trail, then Baldwin Trail.

Let’s begin! And hey, if you want to see Cathedral Rock without the challenging hike, check out my post on easy hikes in Sedona.

Route 1 — Cathedral Rock Trail

  • Cathedral Rock Trailhead: 34° 49’30.7″N 111° 47’18.3″W
  • Route: Cathedral Rock Trail > Cathedral Rock
  • Difficulty: Moderate to strenuous
  • Trail Length: 1.4 miles round trip
  • Time To Top: 40 – 60 minutes
  • Elevation Gain: 645 feet
  • Cost: $5 Red Rock Pass, use an American the Beautiful Pass to avoid the Red Rock Pass.
  • Parking: About 20 spaces (available Monday through Wednesday)
  • Shuttle Stop: Head to SedonaShuttle.com (available Thursday through Sunday)

Start of the Hike

Upon your arrival, you can pay the $5 Red Rock Pass fee. Your hike will start from Back O’ Beyond Road and will be clearly marked along the way! Please note that it may take about 30 to 40 minutes to the top! Google Maps is a bit off.

Before starting your ascent up the rock, you will cross a dried-up creek. Immediately following the dried creek, you will be presented with your steep ascend MUAHAHAHA.

It’s not that bad, trust me. Less than a mile away from the parking lot, you will reach a plateau and continue to follow the Cathedral Rock Trail cairns that will lead you up and up the rock.

Make sure you stop to take in the views! The surrounding area of Cathedral Rock Trail is so damn beautiful.

PRO TIP: Use an American the Beautiful Pass to avoid the Red Rock Pass.

The Scramble

At just about the halfway point of hiking, Cathedral Rock Trail Sedona is a small crag area that requires you to do a bit of hand and knees scrambling. Wear sturdy hiking boots, and you’ll be just fine!

Take the Cathedral Rock Trail scramble slow, and you’ll make it. The crag also has some notches for your feet to go in, making it much easier to complete than most think.

This lasts for about 0.1mi IF that. Immediately following the Cathedral Rock scramble, you will reach another plateau. I suggest taking a break here because the rest of your hike will be uphill.

The views in this area are amazing! Take a break also to snag some pictures. You will continue to follow the rock cairns up the Cathedral Rock Trail.

Eventually, you will reach some stone steps that will lead you to the top, and my, my, if this isn’t what dreams are made of, then I don’t know what is!

End of Trail

You’ll know you have reached the top of Cathedral Rock Trail because a sign reading “End of Trail” will be greeting you.

Before we get into more details. I want to describe the alternative route to getting to the Cathedral Rock vortex.

Route 2 — Cathedral Rock Vortex via Baldwin Trail

  • Baldwin Trailhead: @34.8196508,-111.8060294
  • Route: Baldwin Trail > Templeton Trail > Cathedral Rock Trail > Cathedral Rock
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Trail Length: 3 miles round trip
  • Time To Top: 1.5 hours
  • Elevation Gain: 161 feet
  • Cost: $5 Red Rock Pass, use an American the Beautiful Pass to avoid the Red Rock Pass.
  • Parking: About 20 spaces.

I like to go up to Cathedral Rock vortex via our second option: the backside, down Verde Valley Road! You’ll start your hike to the Cathedral Rock vortex by crossing the road (from the Verde Valley Parking lot) and hopping on the Baldwin Trail.

This route is very flat in the beginning. And after a few hundred feet, you’ll find yourself hiking near Oak Creek, making it more “luscious” than Cathedral Rock Trail. 

This is where you’ll hop on Templeton Trail until you get to Cathedral Rock Trail. I love this route because you get a jaw-dropping view of Cathedral Rock almost immediately!

In addition, Baldwin Trail and Templeton Trail can be used to get to Red Rock Crossing, which offers an almost similar view to what you’ll have. After hiking along Oak Creek, you’ll reach a series of switchbacks that gradually climb up to meet with the Cathedral Rock Trail. Once that happens, your hike to the vortex will continue as previously described!

Please note taking Baldwin Trail will not allow you to avoid the scramble. Choose this trail for a more scenic route!

Exploring the Top of Cathedral Rock

No matter what adventure you choose for getting here, the top of the Cathedral Rock Sedona hike is where all the magic happens. So let’s get into the details! 

Right Side — The Edge

By taking a right at the top of Cathedral Rock, you’ll see the small trail that leads to “The Edge” and gives you the classic insta-famous photo people take at Cathedral Rock Sedona. Beware that this is a popular Sedona photo spot on the Cathedral Rock trail, so there may be a line for the picture.

Left Side — The Pillar (AKA the Vortex)

To get to the Cathedral Rock vortex, take a left at the very top of Cathedral Rock, then climb up the rocky trail until to reach a hidden pillar. This is the vortex!

If you look below the pillar, you might see a very smooth and round stone with what looks like perfect hand placement areas. The stone is called the “birthing stone.” Women come to the stone hoping that it’ll grant them healthy fertility.

I would have to say that the pillar is my favorite area of the Cathedral Rock Trail because it tends to be much more secluded than the classic viewpoint.

Where to Take the Best Photos

Here is where to take the best photos on Cathedral Rock Trail!

  • The Edge
  • The Main Vista
  • Along Cathedral Rock Trail
  • The Pillar (AKA the Vortex)

Let’s explain these in detail!

The Edge

Take the small trail to the right of the main vista, and you’ll be presented with the edge spot. Stand or sit for photos with you and the Cathedral spires in the background. Please be careful here! While it is very photogenic, standing at the edge can be dangerous.

The Main Vista

Various large stones at the top of the Cathedral Rock make quite the viewing area and are so great for pictures! I love taking pictures here because it’s so open.

Along the Trail

Looking behind you from the Cathedral Rock Trail, you’ll be presented with a view of multiple Sedona rock formations in the distance, like Courthouse Butte and Bell Rock. It’s pretty dreamy, and I recommend taking pictures here if you have the time.

The Cathedral Rock Vortex

And, of course, we have the “pillar” located in the Cathedral Rock vortex. You’ll need a wide-angle camera lens or an ultra-wide lens. I love the Sony a6400 and the 16 – 35mm f/4 lens!

The pillar is MUCH taller than it appears in photos. For your best chance at decent light, get here before sunset.

Cathedral Rock FAQ

Here are some frequently asked questions about hiking to the Cathedral Rock vortex in Sedona.

  • How Tall is Cathedral Rock? Cathedral Rock is a red rock formation that stands about 300 feet tall.
  • Why is it Called Cathedral Rock? Many Sedona red rock formations get their names because of their shapes. Cathedral rock has strong pillars that look cathedral-esque. It used to be called Courthouse rock!
  • Are Dogs Allowed on the Cathedral Rock Hike? Yes! However, dogs must be kept on a leash. It is also recommended that your dog has hiking experience.
  • Where is Another Cathedral Rock Vortex? You can go to Red Rock Crossing to witness the power of another Cathedral Rock Vortex.

Want to get your fill of vortexes? Click here to book a vortex tour! 🔮

Final Tips for Hiking Cathedral Rock Vortex

So have I convinced you to add the Cathedral Rock hike in Sedona to your list yet? Good! Here are some more things to know before you go.

Be Respectful

Folks come from worldwide to feel the Cathedral Rock vortex energy. You might not believe in vortexes, but that doesn’t matter. 

People from all walks of life deserve to enjoy the outdoors in whatever way they see fit. Please be respectful of how folks choose to use their time at this view!

Hike Around Sunset or Early Morning

Not only will doing the Cathedral Rock hike for sunset give you some great light, but you’ll beat the crowds! I mean it when I say that the Cathedral Rock vortex is a popular destination. But, unfortunately, the parking lot does fill up rather quickly. 

Sunset is the better choice, but if you’d rather hike in the morning to beat crowds, you can do that too! If you want to hike for sunrise, though, try something like:

Keep Track of Time

While the Cathedral Rock Trail is a short 1.4 miles long, it may take some more time to complete depending on how you handle the scramble and the uphill. 

It can be 30 minutes for some people, while others taking multiple breaks and photos can expect to reach the top in about an hour. If you want an easier experience, check out these easy hikes in Sedona.

Bring Snacks

The Cathedral Rock vortex hike is a THIGH burner! I recommend you have some snacks to munch on when you get to the top. The first time I did the Cathedral Rock hike I was so pissed I didn’t have food and was a cranky bear when I was at the top, LOL. It wasn’t great, FYI.

Hopefully, this blog convinced you to hike the Cathedral Rock vortex! It’s such a Southwest icon, and the challenging climb is worth it. 

For more help with planning an epic trip to Sedona, check out my other Sedona blogs!

Happy exploring!

The post Hiking Cathedral Rock Vortex: A Sedona Must (Trail Guide) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/cathedral-rock-vortex-sedona/feed/ 0 6625
Doe Mountain Trail Sedona – An Easy Sunrise Hike (Trail Guide) https://dani-the-explorer.com/doe-mountain-trail-sedona/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/doe-mountain-trail-sedona/#respond Mon, 28 Feb 2022 17:41:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=7450 Okay, you’re on your way to Sedona, and you’re getting SO pumped for the hiking readily available. HOWEVER, you quickly realize that you know what? You’re not in the mood for a long hike. If there was only a way to enjoy the beauty of Sedona without all of the efforts – oH NOOOOOOOOOOOO. Let me introduce […]

The post Doe Mountain Trail Sedona – An Easy Sunrise Hike (Trail Guide) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Okay, you’re on your way to Sedona, and you’re getting SO pumped for the hiking readily available. HOWEVER, you quickly realize that you know what? You’re not in the mood for a long hike. If there was only a way to enjoy the beauty of Sedona without all of the efforts – oH NOOOOOOOOOOOO. Let me introduce you to the Doe Mountain trail in Sedona, Arizona.

Doe Mountain is one of my favorite easy Sedona hikes because it’s short and offers some great views that you’ll regret missing out on if you skip the trail during your Sedona itinerary.

But I won’t keep you any longer. Let’s get into Doe Mountain trail and everything to expect on trail!

When you’re done reading this, make sure you check out my other Sedona blogs so you can plan the ultimate trip there:

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Hike Up Doe Mountain Trail

How long is the Doe Mountain trail? Where is the trailhead? HELP. Calm down, friend. Below are the Doe Mountain trail fast facts to help you plan your hike there.

  • Trail length: 1.7mi RT; 2.75mi RT if you walk the whole trail on top of the mountain
  • Elevation Gain: 430ft
  • Difficulty: Easy to moderate
  • Time: 1.5 Hours while stopping for views
  • Best Time to Hike: Sunrise or sunset for the best photos. I prefer sunrise.
  • Trailhead Location: Click Here
  • Red Rock Pass Required?: Yes. You can get a Red Rock Pass there or online.
  • Dogs Allowed?: Yes! Dogs must be on a leash.
  • Parking: Parking is available and easy to get to. Please keep in mind that the parking lot is small and is shared with its hike neighbor Bear Mountain trailhead.

Trail Difficulty

While Doe Mountain trail is rated as “easy,” I can see why some folks consider it moderate. After you complete the first half of the trail, it gets a bit steeper for like two minutes.

I don’t think this is anything to worry about; however, if you’re not the uphill kind of person, prepare yourself for this small obstacle! Because of it’s ease, Doe Mountain Trail makes the perfect addition to any 3 day Sedona itinerary. Its ease makes it great for sunrise—the trail isn’t hard to follow in the dark!

Getting There

Because I know some of y’all like things written, the following directions are from the USDA site:

“Drive 27 miles south from Flagstaff to Sedona on US 89A. Continue through Sedona to Dry Creek Road at the west end of town. Turn north on Dry Creek Road (FR 152C) three miles to the Boynton Canyon intersection then left on FR 152C about a mile to the trailhead.”

Upon your arrival, you can pay the $5 Red Rock pass fee. You can learn more about Red Rock passes online. There is a machine in the parking area that allows you to grab a pass there too! Alternatively, if you have an America the Beautiful Pass, you can use this. A small restroom is located at the Doe Mountain Trailhead. You can use it before your hike.

Hiking Doe Mountain Trail

So Doe Mountain is kiiiiiiind of a popular hike, but not nearly as popular as trails like Devil’s Bridge and Cathedral Rock Vortex. I would say Doe Mountain is an excellent hike if you want to escape the crowds and get a unique view of the red rocks!

So what can you expect from Doe Mountain trail? I have hiked this trail several times and will get into that now!

The Start

The beginning of the Doe Mountain hike wastes no time! As soon as you hop on the trail, you’ll begin a gradual incline to the top. You’ll pass under some trees and meander alongside a cactus or two. While the incline does start right away, it isn’t anything to worry about!

The Middle

After about 5 minutes, you’ll start to get a better view of your surroundings! For example, if you look to the right of the Doe Mountain trail, you’ll notice Bear Mountain standing tall and proud in the distance. At this point, the path can get a bit rocky, and you should watch your footing!

Typically when it rains, the rocks along the middle of the Doe Mountain trail get kind of slick, so be careful!

At some point, you will reach a sign for the trailhead junction of the Aerie trail. I don’t know much about that trail, to be honest, BUT for this adventure, you’re just gonna hike on past that and continue your way up Doe Mountain!

The trail may get slightly steeper at this point; however, it’s still very manageable. AND OHHHHH MY THE VIEWS. They get better and better as you climb.

Doe Mountain trail

The End 

THIS IS THE FINAL PUSHHHHH. The end of the Doe Mountain trail requires you to scramble just a tad. I mean, like two seconds. The rocks are shaped like steps, but I always end up grabbing them with my hands. After your junction and steep inclines, you’ll reach a rocky gully that is steps away from the top of the mountain.

Again, all of this is extremely manageable. My only suggestion is to watch your footing if the trail is wet from rain or snow because the rocks can be slick!

After going up the rock gully, YOU’RE THERE. You will have made it to the top of Doe Mountain and are now standing 450ft above Sedona—congrats!

Doe Mountain trail

The Top of Doe Mountain

Okay, so you’re at the top of Doe Mountain Trail – what the heck do you do now? Ummmmm explore, duh. As I said at the beginning of this blog, what I love most about the Doe Mountain trail is its 360 views of Sedona. I promise you’ll love it too! So take this opportunity to explore. 

There is a bit of a trail at the top of Doe Mountain that you can use as your guide for exploring the top and taking photos. You might also notice that there are various rock mesas you can stand on for a quick photo along the trail!

Where to Take the Best Photos

My favorite photos from Doe Mountain have come from the top, looking towards Courthouse Butte in the distance. This Sedona photo spot is a great place for a sunrise!

Also, pro-tip, you might have the trail to yourself if you go up Doe Mountain for sunrise! Unfortunately, not many people go, and I’m not sure why but I’m going to guess it has something to do with, oh IDK, having to wake up early.

You can also take pictures facing North towards Bear Mountain. If you go during sunrise, you might also see hot air balloons.

Tips for Hiking Doe Mountain Trail

That was quick, huh? Told ya! Let’s discuss some tips for hiking Doe Mountain that are sure to increase your level of enjoyment.

Take Some Breaks

While the elevation gain up Doe Mountain trail isn’t nearly as bad as most Sedona hikes, take a break when you need to! Nearing the trail’s end, it can get much steeper than it started. But, there’s no need to rush to the top!

Stay on Trail

There are so many fragile fauna and life along the trail. Please do your part in protecting it by staying on the path! If you want to take photos, there are plenty of mesas all over the top that will give you a high vantage point for your photos.

Doe Mountain sunrise

What to Pack

I already started talking about some of this, but I’m going to take this opportunity to list a few extra items you should have on your Doe Mountain hike.

Sturdy Hiking Boots

Bring some sturdy hiking boots with you so you’re not slipping and sliding all over the place. I have enjoyed the Keen Targhees on my Sedona hikes.

A Small Backpack

To go up the Doe Mountain trail, you don’t need anything crazy! A small 25L backpack should do. I typically hike with a 36L bag because it comfortably holds my camera.

Bring a Headlamp

Bring a headlamp to this Sedona hike! Doe Mountain is best for sunrise. That means you’ll probably end up hiking in the dark on your way to the top! Do yourself a favor and bring a headlamp for your hike.

A Camp Pillow

I need to start doing this more often, but if you’re not the type of person who likes sitting on hard-ass rocks while you watch the sun go down, bring a camp pillow! They’re typically super lightweight, easy to pack, and make a world of difference when it comes to your booty being comfortable on the trail.

Doe Mountain

Want To Hike Something More Challenging?

You’re in luck! Sedona has so many beautiful hikes that range in difficulty. If Doe Mountain isn’t your cup of tea, there are plenty of Sedona sunrise hiking alternatives.

My first suggestion is always Bear Mountain. Why? Because if you LOVE Sedona, then this hike is for you. It combines a good workout with some of the best overhead views you will ever see at this place. A morning person? GREAT! Bear Mountain is an excellent sunrise destination. Devil’s Bridge and Birthing Cave are excellent options too!

Keep Exploring Sedona

I hope this blog has gleaned your interest in hiking Doe Mountain trail! 

And in case you’re like, “Wow, I have a Sedona vacation coming up and don’t know what else to do,” I got you. Check out these posts:

The post Doe Mountain Trail Sedona – An Easy Sunrise Hike (Trail Guide) appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/doe-mountain-trail-sedona/feed/ 0 7450
Zion National Park Guide – Read This Before You Go https://dani-the-explorer.com/zion-national-park-guide/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/zion-national-park-guide/#comments Mon, 07 Feb 2022 11:59:00 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=9456 Welcome to my giant Zion National Park guide! We’ll be diving into everything you need to know before your trip in this post. Zion is an extremely popular US National Park and considered one of the “best” in the country. It’s hard to argue with Zion’s popularity with its epic hiking, canyoneering, and canyon views! […]

The post Zion National Park Guide – Read This Before You Go appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Welcome to my giant Zion National Park guide! We’ll be diving into everything you need to know before your trip in this post.

Zion is an extremely popular US National Park and considered one of the “best” in the country. It’s hard to argue with Zion’s popularity with its epic hiking, canyoneering, and canyon views!

In this Zion National Park guide, we’re going to cover everything you need to know before heading out on your trip. So regardless if you’re spending 2 days in Zion or a week, this guide includes all the must-know details you’ll want to consider in the planning of your trip!

We have a lot to cover, so let’s get started!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

FREE US National Park Checklist

Download my printable checklist of all 63 US National Parks! You can use the digital version to explore free park guides.

Planning Your Zion Trip – Know Before Ya Go

WOO, we have quite a bit of information to cover, so let’s just jump right into everything you need to know while planning your trip.

Best Time to Visit Zion National Park

The best time to visit Zion National Park will be late spring and early fall. Think April to November. However, summer is a good time to visit and notably the most popular time to visit Zion National Park. It’ll just be… hot if you go in the summer.

Summer

Summer is the best time to visit Zion National Park because all the trails will be open. This includes the ever-so-famous Narrows! However, it’s important to note that visiting Zion National Park in the summer means you will more than likely have to deal with crowds.

Spring

Spring can be another great time to visit Zion National Park. However, some trails may be closed due to snowmelt. So, if you want to visit in spring, you need to watch the weather to make sure it doesn’t start storming!

Winter

You still have the option to hike in Zion National Park during the winter season, but some trails might be challenging to reach because of snow and ice. Some trails might be closed, too.

The shuttle system will be closed, so you can drive your car around roads that are usually closed for shuttle purposes. 

Fall

Fall can be beautiful in Zion National Park. In various parts of the park, you will find a range of fall colors like no other! However, similar to spring, some bad weather days may prohibit you from hiking, so plan your Zion itinerary accordingly.

Read Next: 2 Days in Zion National Park

How Many Days in Zion National Park Do You Need?

2 days in Zion National Park is perfect! However, you can also have a wonderful time by having one day in Zion National Park. 

Truthfully, it depends on how much you see yourself doing. If you want to cross off ALL the bucket list hikes and activities, you can stay for 4 days, which will give you some rest time in your Zion National Park itinerary

Zion National Park Fees

Zion National Park fees are as follows. You can visit the official Zion National Park website for additional details!

  • $35 for a non-commercial vehicle – 7 days
  • $30 for a motorcycle – 7 days
  • $20 for a single person entering by foot or bicycle – 7 days
  • $70 Zion Annual Park Pass – one year starting at the month of purchase
  • $80 America The Beautiful – one year beginning at the month of purchase

I always recommend that travelers purchase an Annual USA National Park Pass. The America The Beautiful Pass will get you into all US National Parks without paying the $35 entrance fee. 

If you plan on visiting multiple National Parks, purchasing one of these passes is the way to go, in my opinion. 

Getting to Zion National Park

St. George Regional Airport is the closest airport to Zion National Park.

However, this is not your only option for getting there – let’s discuss this further!

Flying

Here are all of the airports closest to Zion National Park:

St. George Regional Airport
  • About 56min from Zion National Park.
  • A great option if you want to explore this area of Utah and stop at Bryce Canyon National Park.
Las Vegas Harry Reid International Airport LAS
  • 2.5hrs from Zion National Park.
  • A great option if you’d like to save money on tickets and want to take a more extended Southwest-based road trip.
  • You can go from Zion to Page, AZ to the Grand Canyon National Park to FlagstaffSedona, take a drive from Scottsdale, and back! You can drive this in reverse too.
Salt Lake City International Airport
  • About 4.5hrs from Zion National Park
  • A good option if you plan on road-tripping through Utah and want to see Provo and SLC.
Zion National Park

Driving

Like most US National Parks, there are various ways to enter by car. Below are driving directions to Zion National Park from the official Zion National Park Service website

“From Las Vegas, Nevada (163 miles), Mesquite, Nevada (80 miles), and Saint George, Utah (40 miles):

  • Interstate 15 North
  • Exit 16 – Right on State Route 9 East (33 miles)
  • Right to stay on State Route 9 East in La Verkin, Utah (20 miles)
  • Stay on State Route 9 East into Zion National Park, the Zion Canyon Visitor Center is ahead on the right.

From Salt Lake City, Utah (307 miles) and Cedar City, Utah (57 miles):

  • Interstate 15 South
  • Exit 27 – Left on State Route 17 South (26 miles)
  • Left on State Route 9 East in La Verkin, Utah (20 miles)
  • Stay on State Route 9 East into Zion National Park, the Zion Canyon Visitor Center is ahead on the right.

From Page, Arizona (118 miles) and Kanab, Utah (45 miles):

  • US Route 89 North
  • Left on State Route 9 West in Mount Carmel Junction, Utah
  • (24 miles)
  • Stay on State Route 9 West into Zion National Park, the Zion Canyon Visitor Center is 12 miles ahead on the left.”

Where to Stay in Zion National Park

I lovvveeee talking about places to stay on trips. I’m going to include some hotel and rental property options for you!

Hotels Near Zion National Park

If you want to stay in Zion National Park, you will need to stay in the Zion National Park Lodge. The Lodge is pretty boujee, and kind of gives me cowboy cabin vibes but like, fancy? I can’t describe it. Otherwise, you should look into staying in Springdale. 

Springdale is right on the border of Zion National Park and will make getting to the park a lot easier.

What this area DOES have going for it is beautiful properties, so here’s a list of hotels to choose from. 

  • Watchman Villas – $$$ – These boujee AF vacation homes are pet friendly and 1.4mi from Zion National Park. Yes, please! You really can’t beat that view, tho.
  • SpringHill Suites by Marriott – $$$ – Ummm, can we please talk about that giant floor-to-ceiling window sitch they have going on in the lobby? I don’t think I’d ever make it out to the park! This is another pet-friendly property.
  • Cable Mountain Lodge – $$$ – Now this place is fancy, booskie. You can book a spa package enjoy your room’s mini kitchen. If you want to treat yourself, you might want to consider booking here. It’s right by the park entrance too!
  • Hampton Inn & Suites Springdale – $$ – Pet-friendly, beautiful property with all the amenities you may need like a fitness center! About 2mi from Zion National Park.
  • La Quinta at Zion National Park – $$ – Another pet-friendly property that is an excellent option for those who want to book something comfortable!

Rental Properties Near Zion National Park

If none of those hotels do it for ya, maybe one of these VRBOs will!

  • Luxury Log Cabin – $$$$ – This place is F-A-N-C-Y. If you have a large group with you and y’all wanna arrive at Zion National Park in style, this is the place. 10min from the park.
  • Historic Cottage – $$ – OMG, this property gives me fairytale vibes. It’s located in Springdale and about a 2min drive from the park entrance. Great if you want to book a home away from home during your visit!
  • Cozy Cabin Near East Zion – $$ – This charming little property is the perfect place to stay if you’re into the whole cabin vibe. It’s about 4mi from the East Zion entrance and in an excellent location for those who plan on making a day trip to Bryce Canyon National Park too!

Camping in Zion National Park

Zion National Park has two main campgrounds within park boundaries. Below is some information about them! Visit the Zion National Park NPS site to read about booking.

  • South Campground – $20 per night for individual sites; $50 for group sites; there are 117 sites total! 
  • Watchman Campground – Open March to November; 176 sites; $20-$30

These campgrounds book FAST, so plan your Zion itinerary accordingly to camp in the park.

Camping on BLM Land

If you cannot get a campground in Zion National Park, you must camp outside of the park. However, boondocking within Springdale city limits is frowned upon and near impossible to get away with, so I wouldn’t bother. 

A popular free campground in the area is Kolob Terrace Road. Spots here fill up as well, so get there early! I suggest using FreeCampsites.net to check out your other options!

Zion National Park Sections 

Zion National Park comprises six sections that act as a sort of grid system for various adventures. These will be important to keep in mind as you plan your Zion National Park itinerary! The last thing you want to do is spend a bunch of precious fun time transporting everywhere.

Let’s get into the sections below!

Main Canyon (Zion Canyon) Section

The Main Canyon is home to some of the main attractions in Zion National Park. Angels Landing, Weeping Rock, Emerald Pools, the Zion National Park Lodge, and the Visitor Center. This is notably the most popular section of Zion National Park. The Main Canyon is where you’ll end up from the Springdale park entrance when you get in. 

Desert Lowlands Section

Desert Lowlands is the driest part of Zion National Park, making it a great section to visit in the offseason! In addition, the Desert Lowlands are home to hikes like Chinle Trail and Eagle Crags Trail. 

Some of these hikes are known for their backpacking options and can sometimes be strenuous.

Kolob Canyon Section

Kolob Canyon is a secluded part of Zion National Park and is most famous for its pink/ red color! The hikes located in Kolob Canyon are lesser-known. All of them are out-and-back hikes which means you can turn around at any time. 

Some trails include:

  • Timber Creek Overlook Trail
  • Taylor Creek Trail
  • La Verkin Creek Trail

If you want to make these overnight trips, you will need a Wilderness Permit.

Zion Narrows Section

Who hasn’t heard of the Narrows? The Narrows is one of the most popular hikes in the world as it takes hikers through a series of canyons carved by the Virgin River. 

According to the NPS site, this is the narrowest section of Zion Canyon. We’ll get more into hiking The Narrows later!

Kolob Terrace Section

Home to another world-renowned hike: the Subway! Some great campsites are here too! Unfortunately, you will not access this section of the park in winter.

Upper East Canyon Section

Upper East Canyon is one of my favorite parts of Zion because it makes for such a scenic drive! The Zion-Mt Carmel Tunnel is the main attraction and is sort of like the gateway into the park. 

Along this route, you’ll have the chance to stop and take roadside photos! In addition, there are tons of rock formations and pull-offs to explore.

Getting Around Zion National Park

Unfortunately, I must admit that getting around Zion National Park is my least favorite part of taking trips there. The shuttle system in Zion can be a tad restricting. To make your life a bit easier, let’s talk about the shuttles now!

Cost of the Zion Shuttles

The Zion National Park shuttles are free! Once you pay to enter the park, you will be able to access the shuttles to get around. 

When Do the Shuttles in Zion National Park Run?

The shuttles in Zion National Park run during the popular tourism months: February (weekends only) through November. In the winter, you will need your own car to get around. Parking spaces in the park are first-come, first-serve.

The shuttles typically start running at 8am, but this can change with the season. For exact times, check out the Zion National Park shuttle schedule on the NPS site!

For a more specific answer on when the shuttles run, here is how the NPS explains it: “Shuttle season is almost all year. Typically, shuttles run March through November, weekends in February and March, and the last week in December.”

Parking in Zion National Park

Your best bet for finding parking in Zion National Park is to go early. The park gets packed…FAST. The first option you have for parking is to leave your car at the Visitor Center; otherwise, there is paid parking around the Springdale area. Your last option is to leave your vehicle at your Springdale hotel!

Most hotels will have a shuttle service that will bring you to the park entrance. And sometimes parking in Springdale is NOT free.

How do the Shuttles Work?

The critical thing to note about the Zion National park shuttles is the two main shuttle lines. Let’s talk about them now! 

Zion Canyon Shuttle

The Zion Canyon Shuttle will take you to some of the most scenic parts of Zion National Park! This is the shuttle line you’ll ride to get to popular hikes like Angels Landing, Weeping Rock, and more! The shuttle line begins at the Zion Visitor Center. 

Springdale Shuttle

Since Springdale is the neighboring town to Zion National Park, most folks choose to stay here when they visit. Conveniently, Springdale also has a Zion National Park shuttle that’ll take visitors right to the park entrance.

Getting Around Before and After Shuttle Hours

If you plan on doing some sort of sunrise hike or a sunset adventure, you can undoubtedly explore Zion without the shuttles. However, you will have to take a bicycle! 

Bicycling is a popular mode of transportation in Zion National Park. It is allowed on all park roadways and the Pa’rus Trail. You can read more about bicycling in Zion National Park on the NPS site.

Zion Shuttle Map

Here is a shuttle system map taken directly from the NPS site.

Dogs in Zion National Park

Unfortunately, during your Zion National Park itinerary, Fido won’t be able to explore any of these trails. The only exception is the Pa’rus Trail! Plan accordingly.

If you still want to enjoy the park, some folks suggest leaving your dog at Doggy Dude Ranch! This is a popular doggy daycare for folks visiting Zion National Park.

Best Hiking Trails in Zion National Park

Below is a round-up of some of the best hikes in Zion National Park. You can see how to compile these into a Zion itinerary in my 2 days in Zion blog.

  • Angels Landing
  • Observation Point
  • The Narrows
  • The Subway
  • Lower, Middle, Upper Emerald Pools
  • West Rim Trail

My Final Thoughts in this Zion National Park Guide

I hope you found this Zion National Park guide helpful! If you’re ready to start putting a trip together, make sure you check out my 2 day Zion National Park Itinerary blog.

Have a fun trip!

The post Zion National Park Guide – Read This Before You Go appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/zion-national-park-guide/feed/ 1 9456
How to Spend 24hrs in White Sands National Park https://dani-the-explorer.com/white-sands-new-mexico-itinerary/ https://dani-the-explorer.com/white-sands-new-mexico-itinerary/#comments Thu, 10 Jan 2019 00:38:44 +0000 https://dani-the-explorer.com/?p=2093 Imagine arriving in a sea of white, surrounded by mountains. As the sun sets, the sea transforms into a magical view of pastel hues you can bask in all night long. Sounds a bit like a fake fairytale, but this is the beauty that awaits you at White Sands National Park. Relatively speaking, White Sands […]

The post How to Spend 24hrs in White Sands National Park appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
Imagine arriving in a sea of white, surrounded by mountains. As the sun sets, the sea transforms into a magical view of pastel hues you can bask in all night long. Sounds a bit like a fake fairytale, but this is the beauty that awaits you at White Sands National Park.

Relatively speaking, White Sands is much smaller than some other US National Parks (like UT Parks), but it’s worth a day trip!

In this post, I’ll cover how to spend 24 hours in White Sands so you can cross this unique Southwest destination off your bucket-list!

📌 Save this to Pinterest!

Disclaimer: Hey explorer! This post contains affiliate links which means I earn a small percentage of each purchase made through my links. I only ever recommend products I believe in and appreciate your support if you decide to use my links—thank you!

Explore Alkali Flat Trail

Once in the parking lot, you’ll undoubtedly see families with sleds all over the place. Start hiking the Alkali Flat trail, though, and you’ll find yourself in more secluded parts of the dunes.

The layers and formations alone will leave you in awe!

The Alkali Flat trail will present you with dunes of massive scale, too, which make it one of the best things to do in White Sands NM.

Things to do in White Sands National Park

Visit Lake Lucero

While I didn’t get here on this trip, it’s worth noting that there is an oasis in the middle of these vast dunes! Talk about something to add to your list of things to do in White Sands NM!

The dunes of White Sands hold water. When there’s enough, Lake Lucero fills up for all to see. This spot is known as the “Birthplace” of White Sands.

Permits are required to visit this spot, and you can snag one at the Visitors Center.

White Sands National Park

Go Backcountry Camping

Camping is by far one of my favorite things to do in White Sands NM. There are only ten permits sold per day at the Visitors Center.

Because of this, I recommend getting here early! My group ended up at camp number two, which proved to be a great spot for sunset. What makes the campground special is the San Andres Mountains in the distance.

The sun sets itself between the range, coloring the dunes orange and purple. I also need to note that you cannot stay in the dunes during sunset if you do not have a camping permit. Doing so can result in a fine! Check out some of our pictures from sunset below.

Sunset at white Sands National Park

Shoot the Milky Way

Should you get a camping permit, you’ll find yourself in a prime spot for the Milky Way.

My group set their alarms for 4:00 am to snag some shots! I, on the other hand, stayed sleeping in the tent.

24hrs in White Sands National Park: My Final Thoughts

White Sands National Park is such a unique place! No matter what things to do you choose to add to your list, you’ll be rewarded with the beauty of the dunes. If you do anything from this list, let me know in the comments!

And if you’re a national park lover like me, you might enjoy some of my other National Park blogs ;).

PS: Make sure you check out the National Park Service website for White Sands National Park entry fees.

The post How to Spend 24hrs in White Sands National Park appeared first on Dani The Explorer.

]]>
https://dani-the-explorer.com/white-sands-new-mexico-itinerary/feed/ 2 2093